The L/L Research

Channeling Archives

Volume 19 June 6, 2008 – February 6, 2010

Copyright © 2009 L/L Research

Introduction

Volume 14 September 3, 1995 to December 20, 1998. This volume is part of the E-book archives of L/L Research’s extraterrestrial channeling transcripts. The content is metaphysical and spiritual in nature. The sources are members of the Confederation of Angels and Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator. Often the format is Q&A, where the source responds to questions from the research group members. The channels for L/L Research are Don Elkins, Jim McCarty and Carla L. Rueckert, with additional channeling by other group members from time to time. This series of volumes spans the years from 1972 to the present. The most recent transcripts are available at the L/L Research site, http://www.llresearch.org.

About the Contents of the Transcripts:

This telepathic channeling has been taken from transcriptions of the weekly study and meditation meetings of the Rock Creek Research & Development Laboratories and L/L Research. It is offered in the hope that it may be useful to you. As the Confederation entities always make a point of saying, please use your discrimination and judgment in assessing this material. If something rings true to you, fine. If something does not resonate, please leave it behind, for neither we nor those of the Confederation would wish to be a stumbling block for any.

2008

June 6, 2008, Channeling Intensive 2 - Session 1 - Channeling Circle 4

Channeling Intensive 2 - Session 1 - Channeling Circle 4

June 6, 2008

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as Laitos. Greetings in the love and in the light of the infinite Creator. It is our pleasure and privilege to be with this instrument and with each of you this day. We are most privileged and pleased to be able to work with this group of developing channels. We want to thank each of you for offering yourselves to this service. It is our hope to work with each of you. As always, in all that we say through any of the instruments here present, please take the ideas and concepts that have resonance to you and leave the rest behind for we would not be a stumbling block to any. We thank you for this consideration.

We would like to do some story telling this afternoon. We shall move about the circle, clockwise from this instrument and shall attempt to work with each of you. While each of you is not channeling we ask that you continue to tune your instrument, sensing into the energy that is moving in a clockwise fashion around the circle and leaning into that clockwise motion of shared energy which strengthens the contact for all of the group.

We would like to experiment with refraining from identifying ourselves at each shift of contact and instead moving ahead with the story so that the continuity of the story is enhanced. However, if any of you wishes to state, “I am Laitos,” as a part of your personal working with this energy that is entirely acceptable.

Once upon a time there was a very special angel who was floating on a cloud in the heaven worlds of your planet. She very much wanted to become a person and live an incarnation on planet earth. And so she went to the head angel to ask if it would be possible for her to leave her cloud and to come into the dust and dirt of the earth plane for she thought that she might be able to serve the cause of love in incarnation.

We would transfer this contact to the one known as G. We are those of Laitos.

(G channeling)

When she was before the head angel experiencing … explaining that she wanted to experience life on the earth to its fullest, the head angel inquired of her. “Since you carry a feminine energy, do you want to remain as a feminine being on planet earth or would you like to experience the opposite gender as earth people know the opposite to femininity.” She thought for a moment and she said, “Oh, I want to have the fullest experience possible and I know what it is to be the carrier of feminine energy. In this life on earth I want to carry the masculine energy,” and so the head angel said, “So be it.

The head angel asked, “You know something about the climate on the earth and the different cultures, so do you have a preference as to where you would like to live on the earth?” And this angel said, “I know all about the sublime climes of the heaven world and I know how comfortable it is here and how good it feels to be here, so I want to experience an environment that would not be so easy for me.”

The head angel asked, “And where might that be?” And the angel replied, “I would like to go into one of the darkest jungles, that is located where earth beings call the equator where it is very hot and it is not as comfortable as it is here.” And the head angel said, “So be it.”

The head angel asked, “Are there any other requests that you have for this life that you are going to be living on the earth?”

And I now pass this to the channeler on my left who is known as C.

(C channeling)

The next question that came to the angel who wanted to be a human was, “In what type of family would you like to be incarnated with?” And the angel stated that he would want to learn the lessons of love—that would be the reason for going. Therefore, a family who had experienced great hardship would be the family that the small angel would like to incarnate into. So the head angel gave the choices and put them in front of the small angel and said, “You will have the choice of several families to choose from. The one I would suggest would be the one who has lost a child and won’t be able to give you much love as you go in.”

The small angel took the suggestion of the head angel and said, “This will be the family that I will be born into.” The small angel was able to look forward into its life and see the major lessons that would come to him. As he saw these things he got excited about the coming incarnation that he would have. He knew that he would have a sister that would be born after him; that he would be able to take some of the love that his parents had given to him and give to his sister.

The head angel also showed the small angel that this sister would have physical difficulties and the small angel was very excited about learning the lessons of love with his sister.

The only thing left to do was to choose the type of death that would be coming at the end of the lifetime and this would be a difficult choice but one that needed to be looked at before going into the incarnation. So the head angel suggested that the small angel look at the different options available and see which form of death would be the one that would suit and benefit him for the largest lessons in love.

He considered that one of the best lessons would be learning how to forgive. Therefore, the small angel chose a death that would be at the hands of one that he loved. Therefore, he would be able to learn to forgive for the loss of life which would be one of the greatest lessons of love.

I now turn over the contact to the one known as L1.

(L1 channeling)

And the head angel said to the small angel, “You’ve undertaken … you’re about to undertake a most difficult yet rewarding activity. And there may be times when this activity that you’ve undertaken on the Earth will feel overwhelming. And I will give to you a gift to bring you back to remembrance of where you come from. This is the gift of song.

So the head angel also said that by this activity in coming into incarnation you bring back to us awareness and knowledge that benefits us and (inaudible) so do what you can and so the small angel came down into an area, a tribal area, and was born accompanied by the sounds and songs of the people she came into be with and the drumming and chanting and the singing.

These were used by her people to help bring about their survival in the jungle areas; survival where there were perils all around from animals in the jungle to other tribes that were hostile.

And this young angel grew up in the tradition of this group to be the type they called “the warrior” and learned from his youngest age to deal with weapons, battle, survival in this environment of the jungle.

I now pass this story on to the channeler on my left.

(M said she would pass the story on to T.)

(T channeling)

As this young angel grew and progressed in its culture and its environment, it began to notice many areas of pain and discord scattered amongst all of the beauty that there also was to behold in his life. There was great sensitivity of being that he experienced and the juxtaposition of the pain and ugliness and the beauty and delight of his life caused him to move back and forth from anger and confusion to unbelievable longings of peace and love and understandings.

This confusion of energies caused him to begin to lose the remembrance of the song which was to be a ticket to his true inheritance. But at the same time, this confusion planted a great seeking and a great longing to find some way to bring order out of the chaos that his life was becoming.

I will now pass this contact on to D.

(D channeling)

We are those of Laitos and are with this instrument. We interrupt this story briefly to assure each that the conditioning wave of which you were speaking earlier is being offered to each so that whether or not you are able to pick up the impressions that we are offering at this particular moment, please be assured that we are working with each of you and we feel that each of you is making progress.

We would resume the story of the angel with the one known as J. We are the ones known as Laitos.

(J channeling)

The angel as the young boy, as he was learning the ways of the tribe that he found himself in, was confronted with the needs of his people, the needs of his environment, the needs of his own body, its feeding and its comfort, and this in contrast with where he had come from where he had no needs, he had no outside pressure requirement of him other than to be and this caused great pain and discomfort within his being. Yet at the same time he was beginning to forget that which he came from, he was beginning to forget the angelic realm that was his origin. He was only remembering in the dreams that he had when he was sleeping.

Each day then he would find himself moving deeper and deeper into being a human, to being a tribal member, of dealing with the constant requirements of life on earth and he felt a deepening sadness growing within him. One night when he dreamed he remembered the singing, the singing in the heavens and remembered his own singing, or was it his own? He did not see himself as a boy, he saw himself as a creature that was capable of great beauty and that beauty came out in his voice and so when he awoke next, he remembered that dream which seemed so very real to him that he felt he could break out in song.

And thus, he began his singing within his tribe. First, by himself in areas where he would not be detected, for he was self-conscious about this and wondered whether or not he would be accepted or not in this singing because it was not natural to his people to break out in song in the way he felt compelled to do so.

But one day another heard his song and was compelled to confront him about the song and the origin of this song and the meaning of this song.

We now pass this communication on the channel on the left known as L2.

(L2 channeling)

The one who over heard him singing was his little sister. It brought her joy to hear his song and when she told him that he sang for her because he felt safe with his little sister having taken care of her since she was born, loving her with her physical difficulty. She was confined to the hut a lot of the time because she was immobile. So when he sang in the hut when no one was around but her she was the only one to hear him. She encouraged him to spread his song.

He was apprehensive to do so but felt that the people in his most immediate vicinity in the little circle of huts that he was a part of would be receptive to his song. She desired to sing with him and thus encourage him.

And so they sang together in the middle of everything, in the middle of people going from here to there and living their lives and going about their business, the two of them stood together, her beside him in the middle of the grouping of huts and they just let out their souls without worry because the two of them were together to support each other.

People did not take notice at first but one by one people stopped and listened to the song and as one person stopped and another person stopped and they stood together to listen which attracted yet another person and eventually they had quite a little group around them and the people did not mind at all, in fact, they enjoyed standing there smiling, watching these two children enjoy themselves because their light flowed off of them and to the audience and the audience appreciated this light and it fed them too, and soon everybody was stomping a foot or clapping hands and smiling and laughing with the two children.

We pass this contact on to R.

(Pause)

(Carla channeling)

The villagers asked the young boy where he had learned this beautiful song and the young boy replied, “I learned it in a dream, or perhaps I remembered it in a dream, I do not know. I am not sure. I only know that it is my song. It feels right to sing my song.”

“What does it mean?” asked one of the villagers. Again, the young man said, “I do not know, but I feel the love that pours through me when I sing the song and somehow I know it speaks of times that are easy, where we have it hard, I know it speaks of healing, where we are poor and ill nourished. It speaks of rightness and goodness for I feel these energies flowing through me when I sing.”

We would transfer to the one known as G.

(G channeling)

As time went on the young man and his younger sister became the object of high esteem in his tribe. Then one time when they were singing out in the midst of the huts—out in the center space that had been cleared for such gatherings, a terrible storm came up so quickly that the lightning was flashing, the thunder was roaring and before the young man’s sister could get back into her hut, their hut where they lived with their parents, a huge bolt of lightning caused a tree limb to fall on her and she was killed instantly.

The young man was deeply grieved because of the loss of his sister. The chief of the tribe accused the young man of having brought this disaster on the village because the young man’s music and singing was so different from that of the rest of the tribe.

The young man was deeply grieved over that. He had lost his sister. He had lost the prestige that he had in the tribe. He felt betrayed. It became increasing difficult for him to live in the tribe. There were people who believed the chief; most of them believed the chief. He began to be shunned though there had been no edict that he be shunned he was shunned even by his own parents.

And now I pass to the channel on the left known as C.

(C channeling)

When his parents began to ignore him his heart began to close. He thought that he had failed completely in this lifetime and did not know how he could go on. At this he decided to go off into the jungle on his own and prepare for death, and hope for death for he no longer had anything to live for.

Completely heartbroken, not knowing how he would go on he walked for days in the rain, in the sunshine, not knowing where he was going. He continued until he came to a large river. He had not seen this river before in this lifetime and thought, “This will be the place of my death. I will go into this river and know that if I die, my death was meant to be and if I survive then I am to continue living.”

He had been taught by those of his tribe that it was important to have an honorable death. That if you died by the hand of nature, your death would be honorable. He didn’t know any better than what he’d been taught so he waded out into the river, and decided to float on his back and go down the rapids as far as he could and see what would happen, hoping that his life would be taken for in his heart he no longer felt the love and once again did not know how he would continue to live without any kind of joy.

I now give this story to the channel on my left known as L1.

(L1 channeling)

As he floated down the river that was unknown to him beyond the lands that his tribe had explored, he could feel the different currents, some moving him forward, some sideways, but they seemed to buoy him upward, but finally, after what seemed like a long time the current moved him to the shore and there he was in a clearing. He was deposited on the shore in that clearing.

He stood up and looked around and he found himself in what he later came to know as a missionary settlement that had come. These were people of a different color, who looked very different, dressed very different who had come to this area. At the time he didn’t understand what they were doing there but later he understood this was a missionary settlement sent to this continent that was meant to make contact with and be of help to the people on that continent.

And so he was thrust into a totally different environment. Some there in that settlement knew something of his language and could communicate a little to him and they in turn communicated to him knowledge that they had of other parts of the world and also about their spiritual existence.

And so they took him in there to this missionary area where they were setting up a school and he became part of this endeavor there, not forgetting where he came from and what had happened to him …

(Tape change.)

(L1 channeling)

… against him and encouraged him to learn new things, things he had never thought of in terms of his previous upbringing in the forest and the jungle, like reading, writing, and a whole new set of possibilities and experiences opened up to him that excited him and caused him to no longer just wish to drift to death on the river.

I pass this story on to the channeler on my left.

(M channeling)

The young man now seems to be an adolescent age to this instrument as she is visualizing it. He became especially bonded to one of the missionary’s daughters who reminded him very much of his younger sister whom he loved so dearly. And he spent time with this missionary’s daughter who had possessions and cultures and habits very foreign to what he’d ever seen before. Her dress and her toys had femininity in appearance and present that he didn’t experience in his tribal upbringing and they seemed to ring more deeply of his existence as an angel and as he spent time with this missionary’s daughter, he had deeper dreams of his femininity and the missionary’s daughter’s toys and clothes and feminine ways came alive in his dreams.

They sang, they danced, they became beautiful and larger than life then he experienced on the physical plane and he wanted to recreate them for his new friend and give her gifts to reciprocate the gifts she had given to him and he didn’t know how to do this at first, but he remembered his beginning training as a warrior in the tribe and he knew how to use his tools for things that he never did get to grow accustomed to and now he realized he could use his skills to create beautiful toys and gifts for the children in the missionary school as further expression of the joy and love of the Creator.

We now pass this story on to T.

(T channeling)

As this young man began to settle more comfortably into his new life and into the opening remembrance of some of his native gifts and assets, he began to feel more confident and drawing upon these unconscious tools and expressing them in his new life he also became more willing and interested in learning about this new life and incorporating newer gifts that were now being presented to him.

As he did this he began to increase his knowledge of this new language that was the native language of the missionaries and he began to explore more of the reasons behind their thinking and their actions.

In other words, he was expanding his awareness, his consciousness, both in terms of his physical life but also in terms of a larger life that was coming more and more into his consciousness, although he was still viewing much of this as if it were a fog or some kind of a walking dream.

He was putting himself in what seemed to be a whirlwind, which if he stepped into it would take parts of himself that he had not come to recognize and allow them expression which would, in turn, bring more awareness, more life, more remembrance, more passion into his life. It was as if he was on some threshold and the choice was being offered to him to keep this possibility as a potential that he could claim at any time while at the moment to continue his life in a way that he was comfortable in managing, or else he could take a step into that whirlwind, which, while he did not know specifically where that would lead him, yet at the same time he knew that it would greatly accelerate his life as he knew it, or possibly alter totally life as he knew it.

I now pass this story on to the gentleman on the left.

(Long pause.)

(Carla channeling)

The young man was no longer so young; time passed. As the years went by he found ways to adapt to life in his new environment. Occasionally often in dreams and once in a while in waking vision a song would come to him, yet he was not willing to sing this song out loud. For had it not been decided by the tribe that the song was not positive, not a song of love? Had they not blamed him for his sister’s demise?

He became more aloof. His thoughts often far away and one night he prayed to understand more of the path of his life which had been so very strange. And as if in answer to his prayer, in a dream he spoke to his sister as if she were still perfectly well and fully alive she seemed so real to him.

We would now continue the story through the one known as J.

(J channeling)

And his sister cradled him in her arms and comforted him, knowing how much pain he had been in for so many years and whispered in his ear and told him, “You have been given the gift of song and no matter how afraid you are of coming forward with your song, you must come forward with your song. This is why you have come here, this is why you have chosen this life, to bring the gift of happiness to earth.”

And when the young man woke he came to life with more focus and determination, still very afraid as to what path to tread and unsure of how he might come forward with his newfound understanding and his purpose in life. But one thing he did remember was that in this mission that he was part of he so enjoyed the services that they would have each week where they would sing the hymns from older times, hymns that were not natural to his understanding but nonetheless he took great joy in them.

He remembered this joy and felt that this was the path for him—this path of joy that would come through his singing. So he allowed himself to sing these hymns during these services, very quietly at first, very worrisome to him at first for he did not want to be discovered. But over time, as there were no negative repercussions, he began to sing more boldly. He began to sing from the depths of his being, a rich baritone voice coming forward that would speak of the love that he knew within his being.

We now pass this story on to L3.

(L3 channeling)

His own deep voice resonated within him and the way that he felt the resonance, resonated not just in sound but in spirit and he felt the overwhelming love of the Creator in this resonance so that it was like remembering home every time that he sang and as he sang, small voiced at first, growing more and more, the song became him, and he became the song.

The fear dissolved and the song filled the spaces where the fear had been. He started singing for himself and because he sang for himself, others felt the lack of fear when he sang for himself because he was not afraid to sing. Others gathered around him and sang with him. He sang by himself, he sang in the streets, and he could feel this power go through him with his own voice and it connected him to others.

He grew steady in this singing, it grew with him and he matured because of it. He would go on singing pilgrimages, as it were, taking long walks in the forest and singing from his own soul and sometimes his singing would correspond with the animals in various ways. The birds and the frogs became part of his choir and he was connected to the rest of creation through this voice. It combined in a way that felt like one voice, that he was not just singing for himself or from himself but that he was singing from the earth itself, from the Creation itself, that it was singing through him.

The soul of love, the soul of the earth, when he opened his mouth, she came through in this beautiful resonant voice and it no longer mattered what other people thought because he knew who he was—he was a gift to the Mother, to this earth that housed him to this jungle where he was raised, to his sisters, not just biological but spiritual in the missionary village, in his own village and he came to want to see his family again.

He wanted to see his entire family, not just his parents but the chief who had spoken ill of him and he felt such a love for these people who had pushed him out of their hearts because he knew they were part of his family. He loved them dearly.

And the song carried him through the jungles and took him back home to where he was born. And his parents saw him when they heard the singing they knew who it was and they came out to the edges of the village and they saw him coming and they knew immediately who it was. His mother burst into tears and ran to him first and his father, disbelieving, followed her and they embraced him and they said, “We are sorry.” And he said, “There is nothing to be sorry for. I love you.”

They walked back with him to the center of the village and they said, “This is our son.” Without shame, they proclaimed it.

We now pass this story on to R.

(Long pause.)

(Carla channeling)

Each soul who comes to earth in incarnation comes from a cloud of glory as the one known as William has said. Each entity on earth was once of an angelic, restful, stress free, existence. Every seeking soul donned a suit of flesh and bones because he truly wished to serve. Every seeking soul has brought with him a song that helps him to remember who he is and why he has come into the mire and the dust of earth and each soul wends his way, sometimes accepted and sometimes shunned, and we ask each to believe in the song of love unknown.

We are those of Laitos and we thank this group for an excellent session of working. This ensures us that you will sit with us again and we shall greatly look forward to the pleasure and privilege of working with each of you.

For now, we leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai.

June 6, 2008, Channeling Intensive 2 - Session 2 - Channeling Circle 5

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Laitos and we greet you in the love and the light of the infinite Creator. Thank you so much for calling us to your circle of seeking and desiring for us to work with you in developing your ability to perceive our thoughts and to be able to translate them into your words.

It is a great service to us to allow us to work with each of you and we thank you, for it is very close to our hearts to attempt to develop new voices of love that seek to share our humble and simple thoughts, that all things are one and that that one thing is unconditional and unutterable love.

As the conversation goes around the circle, we will be working with each instrument to improve the connection between each instrument’s energy vehicle and our energy vehicles, thusly enabling the communication between us to be of a unified and comfortable nature. We would ask that you avail yourself of this conditioning wave as you wish, looking for it and taking it in, in the way that seems most beneficial to you personally. There is no one right way to work with this conditioning wave, but if you simply avail yourselves of this wave, then we shall realize that we are free to work with improving this connection.

We have been working with storytelling as a good device for relaxing each instrument and reassuring the new instruments that they are not creating the thoughts that they already have, which is sometimes the case, as the discussion before this channeling session indicates. We feel that at this point it would be helpful if we were now to begin to proceed into working with ideas as we channel, for although the storytelling is helpful and always creates a message of love, nevertheless there are questions upon your minds at this time and we would work with some of them. You have expressed them in the conversation preceding this channeling circle session.

We would begin by speaking concerning the question of the experiencing of various degrees of energy or vibrations of energy when each is channeling, although each realizes that it is the same entity, that of Laitos, that is offering the thoughts.

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as Jim. We are those of Laitos.

(Jim channeling)

I am Laitos and greet each again in love and light through this instrument. As we began through the one known as Carla, the contact with which we work, when we work with each of you, is that thing which we seek to strengthen. And as each of you works with us, this contact is indeed strengthened and becomes a more solid and dependable thing.

However, in the beginning, as we familiarize ourselves with each new instrument and in turn each new instrument familiarizes itself with the conditioning vibration and the opening to channel, there is a, shall we say, shoring up of those softer or looser places within the contact as it is being established. Thus each new instrument will discover that there is a slightly different feeling for some period of your time and experience.

As we begin working with each instrument there is the strengthening, the familiarizing and the exercising of the contact.

We shall at this time transfer to the one known as L. We are those of Laitos.

(L channeling)

Much as the vanilla bean can be tasted differently by different tongues, so can our energies be experienced differently by different bodies. It is not something that can be described or written down concretely so that others may know what this sensation is like. It is, once again, a matter of free will that these sensations be different.

If it were always the same sensation for every person in exactly the same way as say, the pressing of a finger upon a sharp instrument like a thumbtack or a pin that causes bleeding, whereby one could write down the mechanical processes of the neurons firing such that the brain feels the sensation of pain and the body produces blood, this would be something that can be proven and replicated.

If such a thing were to occur by our energies, whereby every sensation were exactly the same, and this were written down and could be referred to, there would be somewhat of an infringement on the free will. There would be a kind of proof, suggesting that our energies do indeed exist and can be proven. Therefore channeling exists and can be proven. Therefore our messages would carry authority rather than a subjective knowledge that each individual feels from his heart, a truth that is relied upon by way of faith rather than proof. Therefore, we will be experienced differently through every individual and this is the way we would have it.

We now pass this contact on to the one known as J.

(J channeling)

We are those known to you as Laitos. It is appropriate, then, that the words that are spoken are unique to each instrument that speaks the words. For the words come from the pools of experience that the instrument have gained in their lifetimes. Each is as unique as a snowflake, or a flower. Even though the intent behind the message is consistent from moment to moment, the words that are chosen to be spoken aloud are those of the instruments. The choice is the instruments’, based on the experiences that they hold within, given this form of communication that we are choosing to use.

Therefore it is not necessary nor advisable to judge that which issues forth from the instrument’s own words. Knowing that the intention was there to bring forth our message in a faithful manner is all that is required. Trust that, as one steps out into the unknown, the path will be given, the words will be given, the thoughts, the intentions will be given.

There is a trust that is required on the part of the instrument in order for him to go forth and speak the words that he feels compelled or impelled to speak. This is all that is required at this point in time in order for you to be effective in the communication that you offer to this circle.

We are those of Laitos and we pass this communication on to the one known as D.

(D channeling)

We are Laitos.

(Long pause.)

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos and are again with this instrument. We thank the one known as D for recognizing our vibration and speaking the identification, which is the entrance from the inner world of the work that each instrument does within its energy body and within its mind in preparation for the outer world of words. This forms the opportunity to create messages of inspiration and information, bringing us through that gateway of intelligent infinity and through your higher chakras down to the blue-ray chakra. Then you are able to express our identification. This is a tremendous advance in the learning of offering words which we offer to you through your instrument. We wish to assure the one known as Dean, and any who do not immediately find themselves able to channel thoughts from us, that we are very happy to be able to work with each instrument regardless of the apparent progress that has been made so far in opening the instrument to channel.

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as T, that we may continue our discussion of the variations of experienced vibration which many are experiencing at this time. We are those of Laitos.

(T channeling)

This instrument is in the process of diving into a pool which is beckoning but at the same time which poses a barrier. There is an issue of trust which many experience but which is very personal to this instrument. She takes the plunge and in doing so is walking unto a faith based path upon which she has hesitated to step for many years now. In doing so she is acknowledging much of the validity of information that she has been working with on an intellectual and intuitive level but has yet to translate into experience.

This opportunity, or this challenge, is one that is offered to all those who seek to be of service to a greater or lesser extent and it is a decision that must be made eventually, whether it be before incarnating onto this plane, or at the beginning of the seeking, or somewhere along the path of seeking after one has begun to assemble the pieces that makes the particular individual sacred path for each individual.

This process, while appearing to be frightening or overwhelming, is merely illusion. Once the individual learns just to be, to get in touch with the essence and to desire only to express that essence, the difficulty begins to disappear.

We would now pass this contact on to the one known as M.

(M channeling)

I am Laitos. The issue or the question of the different experiences in the different channeling sessions by the same individual and the same Confederation source is the question we were asked this morning. It is not the variations experienced among the different members of the group with the same Confederation source that this group questions. The puzzlement is as to why the same individual with the same Confederation source has had wildly different experiences in the channeling sessions. Some of the members of this group have experienced such variations thus far.

(Inaudible)

It is the simple principle that we are all one; we are all connected. You and each member of this group is a part of the whole, and feels the different experiences of the different group members at different times and situations and the distinct messages that we are trying to impress at your different channeling sessions.

We are throwing concepts at this instrument but this instrument is having trouble figuring out what to say about the subject involved so this subject chooses to pass this contact onto to G1.

(G1 channeling)

We are those of Laitos. Words of wisdom have been spoken this morning by other selves in this group. There has been mention of trust—having the trust to take the leap into the experience of channeling. There has been mentioned the importance of intention. Words have been spoken regarding the differences experienced from one other self to another and the ability at any given time to express.

I want to speak this morning about the importance of an activity which can cut through all of this and can help us to keep the channels’ intentions uppermost in their minds. It can help them to move forward in their ability to express that which is being presented to them, and it can enable them to be trustful at a level which they may not have achieved at this point in time, and this is the activity of meditation.

This instrument should pay particular attention to this as she tends to be very much a “doing” type person and some days pass when she does not meditate. The activity of meditation can help you to move beyond the filtering of that which is being brought to you through your past experiences on the earth which you have not resolved. It can help you trust more. It can help you be more fearless. It can help you hold a high intention. It can help you attract the highest and best because you will be putting out a vibration that will attract the highest and best.

Imagine yourself standing at the door of the astral plane. You know that the astral plane is populated with all kind of vibrations. You stand there with your intention to channel one of these beings. You want your channel to be the highest and best; one who will speak words of wisdom which will help your other selves on the earth plane here to evolve.

You wouldn’t want the mass murderer who is on the astral plane to respond to your intent to channel. You wouldn’t want the person who is psychotic to respond to your intent to channel. You would want the highest and best that would be attracted to your vibration. So I encourage you to be very faithful in your meditation experience on a daily basis.

I now pass this channel to the person on my right.

(C channeling)

We are those of Laitos. To carry on the conversation, we will touch on the topic of meditation as well. The practice of meditation allows one to calm the mind and develop the ability to sense energy. Once the internal dialogue has been calmed, energy at all levels can be sensed and picked up on and impressions can be made. This impression varies from person to person, much like a thumbprint. It is never the same for any two individuals. As this instrument senses our energy and picks up the vibrations of our message and carries this through in a voice of communication that we are sending forth, she is using her energy body. The way this works, in her energy body is an alignment of the chakras. The chakras are different within each individualized body. As each chakra is aligned and balanced, the alignment can come closer to the alignment of our collective energy body and bring forth the message.

As the one known as Carla has stated, the message is always clear and simple. The beauty of the channeling process is that each individual can put his or her thumbprint onto the message that we send forth. The key is the ability to calm the mind, to sense our energy, and to bring forth this message as a flower would be blooming.

The conditioning wave that we send to each is a wave of pure love. This love can be felt through each and brought forth literally as an energy into the world. This is a gift to your world, to your planet, to each other-self who resides here. The significance of this is beyond words. Just know that this capability is something that is needed on your planet and something that you can do that will have a large thumbprint with your name on it. This is a purpose that is honorable and most high and we are grateful beyond words to each of you for offering it.

We now pass this contact to the one known as L.

(L channeling)

We are Laitos. We come in love and light. Love is like a magic penny. Lend it, spend it, give it away and you have more. This is a child’s song.

One of your earlier prophets, to paraphrase, said that words spoken without love are like an empty gong. [1] The words that may come through channels may not be understood intellectually by all those who hear it. It is like a wave form coming out. It intersects the energy wave forms of the people who are listening, or not listening.

When the information forms are enveloped in a carrier wave of love, they have additional informational power, because when people feel and experience the intersection of this carrier wave of love with their energies, there is a tendency for them to feel safe, to feel that they are not being imposed upon, to feel that they are not being forced to think or believe something. And so the carrier wave provides an opening. Even if they do not understand the technical information, they experience a connection.

And that connection provides an opportunity for them, at that time or at a later time, or maybe in the next lifetime, to be open to the information that you may channel and that we may express through channels. And so this expression of love often comes to a person in meditation. As seekers become more advanced, they can find that carrier wave when out of meditation as well. It is an important way of presenting information, knowledge and understanding.

I now pass the contact on to R.

(R channeling)

We are Laitos. We are having difficulty with this instrument. We pass the contact on to Carla.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos and are again with this instrument. It is with great joy that we complete our circuit about your channeling circle this morning. Due to this instrument’s mental request that we reserve time at the end of this particular session for questions, since one of those present will need to be on her way shortly, we would at this time express again our delight and pleasure at working with each entity in the circle this morning, and express our feeling of confidence in the ability of each entity to become more and more able to connect with us in a way in which the communication through each instrument shall be of a accurate reception of our thoughts and, more than that, of a quality which is imbued with each of your individual distortions.

The word “distortion” has a pejorative sense to many of those ears who hear it. And yet that is not at all our intent in using the word distortion. The limitless white light of the one Creator is distorted as it offers forth the true colors of its iris. And each thought that we offer is also like that white light that can be expressed through the colors of each of your individual colorations of that white light as you use it in your daily life, as you bring up that love/light of the infinite Creator through your energy bodies, creating unique expression of the one Creator. Each unique expression is perfect.

We would now open this meeting to queries. Is there a question at this time that we may consider? We are those of Laitos.

G1: What is the carrier of receptivity—receptivity of evolution? How can we be receptive to the process of evolution?

We are those of Laitos, and believe we understand your query, my sister. Due to the imperfect ears of this instrument we may have misheard you and if so we may ask at the end of our expression that you ask again.

The discussion has several times touched upon the instrument’s functioning as does a receptor, like a radio that receives. It has been suggested that when the vibrational level of the instrument falls within the vibrational level of the source that has been contacted by the instrument, there is then the ability of the two to collaborate in creating a unified string of thoughts.

We are the most wide-band of the sources within the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the One Infinite Creator. Perhaps you have found stations which are supposed to be at say, 91.9 megahertz and which can be found anywhere from 90.7 to 92.1, because of the fact that it is a very wideband vibration that is being sent.

The other members of the Confederation of Planets which attempt communication of this type are more and more narrowband. The fourth density level entities are the widest band. Fifth density has the next narrower band and sixth density contact uses an extremely narrow band that is usually beyond the ability of third-density entities to pick up because of the interference of lack of focus, shall we say, or less than perfect focus, and also the lack of ability to retain a precise tuning for a period of time.

So the mechanism of connection between the source that has been called by the channel and the channel being used as instrument is the ability of the two sources to become compatibly tuned vibrationally. This instrument has been thorough in teach/learning the various ways in which entities may tune to channel and we feel that each of you has made great strides in finding your own way and your own style of tuning, and your own way to declare yourself as a metaphysical being.

These skills shall continue to be refined and honed by you each time that you take up the intent to form a circle and offer yourselves in the service of vocal channeling.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Laitos.

G1: Thank you. That was sufficient

We thank you, my sister, and would ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Laitos.

C: I have a question. Would it be beneficial to do a chakra clearing portion during the tuning process, prior to the attempt to connect to channel, in order to increase that bandwidth, so to speak? In addition to that question, would it be the fourth chakra that would be the one needing to be as cleared as possible to connect with you, since you reside in fourth density? Is that a correlation that I’m making that is correct?

We are those of Laitos and are aware of your query, my sister. Firstly, it is indeed most beneficial to do the clearing of the chakras before opening the self to this work of vocal channeling. As each of you has experienced, this work is particularly tiring to the physical body due to the fact that there is so much intensity of energy which must be focused within the inner realms of the entity, those inner realms that are seldom emphasized in daily life as you experience it.

Consequently, the clearing of the energy body gives to the channel the maximum amount of the love and light of the one infinite Creator that is streaming from the heart of the earth through the base chakra and up through the energy body in an infinite amount.

As the lower chakras especially are cleared so that full energy can flow into the heart chakra, the amount of energy that can be brought through the energy body is heightened. And indeed when there is a very firm resolve and intent upon the part of the instrument, that amount of energy can be enlarged by many orders of magnitude, so that not only are you getting a more ample stream of the Creator’s energy, but it is being compressed to higher intensities, as if your amperage were being raised as well as your wattage.

This is very helpful to us. The more powerful the vibratory characteristics of your beam, the easier it is for us to slip into the vibrational field of your beingness and create a very comfortable and effective contact that enables us to be one with you and to collaborate with you in creating a unified message of love.

Further, the desire of entities who wish to offer themselves as channels is often towards working with the higher chakras, and we would place a cautionary note here, in that it is always effective and wise to focus, not upon the upper chakras, for they will open like flowers once the energy is coming through the heart, but upon your lowest chakras, the red, the orange and the yellow rays. If there is resistance or static from the aggravations and confusions of your daily life, this is where those will likely be held. Releasing them is a help not only within the channeling process but also within the process of living your daily lives.

As to the second part of your query, my sister, it is not necessary for you to focus upon the green-ray energy center simply because we come from the green-ray density. The process of channeling is such that the energy moves through the green ray and through the blue, indigo and violet rays, into the gateway of intelligent infinity and through that gateway in its quest for the compatible energy that has been requested. Then, that energy having been requested as vocal channeling, sources shall come through into not the green ray but the blue-ray chakra.

However, as we said before, it is extremely likely that an entity whose heart is open and whose intent is clear and clean in offering itself as a vocal channel, shall always have an open blue, an open indigo and an open violet ray, once the heart has been opened. So it need not be a concern of yours to work specifically on the heart chakra or even the blue-ray chakra because of the fact that once the heart is open, that springboards the focused entity who knows its own will into the appropriately open and cooperative higher chakras.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Laitos.

C: Thank you, that helped a lot.

We are those of Laitos and we thank you my sister. We would ask for a final query at this time. Is there another query? We are those of Laitos.

G2: Laitos, I have a query. I have a question, not so much about the tuning that is specific to channeling, but about the tuning that one annexes on a day-to-day basis and their seeking of the one Creator. Can tuning itself and can that seeking be crystallized to the extent that the integrity of the tuning is maintained when the mind is distracted and busy with other concerns?

We are those of Laitos, and are aware of your query, my brother.

You are quite correct in suspecting that there is, as a product of persistent and dedicated focus, the possibility of creating within the self a lighthouse that always and ever shines, regardless of the storms that beat about the entity in its outer life.

It is not an easy or a short process to create in the self the capacity to retain the crystallized tuning of one who serves the Creator. However, it is possible and we feel that the one known as Gary has made a good start in its use of the repetition of the God name which it has chosen, “the one infinite Creator.” This or any God name which is compatible with the belief system of the entity, thought or said in repetition, sets up a vibration that is, as any habit, more and more likely to be retained by the self on a continuing basis.

Think of the habits you have in your life. You have developed them over a long period of time. Those that are the most persuasive in your particular expression are those which are the most meaningful to you and the most helpful to you as you perceive them. Therefore, the key to developing yourself as a lighthouse which continues to shine despite those times when the surface mind is distracted, is the depth of the focus and the dedication of the entity to the creation of this habit.

This instrument was, in its 14th year, a dishwasher at its camp for two months in the summer. By the end of the second week it had begun to dream of rows and rows of plates, forks, glasses, knives and bowls. It became a vision that lived with this instrument day and night, not because it was particular loved but because it was the constant practice of this instrument three times a day to wash dishes for 82 people.

When you choose to create a habit which is not necessary or obvious but is strictly due to the refined and purified desire of the entity to vibrate in love in every moment, then there is lonely and solitary work to be done. Those choices of where to put the energy must again and again be gently but firmly directed to the deepening of the habit of the consideration of the one infinite Creator.

Some there are whose native desire to tabernacle with the most high is so pronounced that such lighthouse work comes easily. But for most there is a definite amount of hard work over a long period of time in order to create a permanent, dependable and pure light. However, it is a wonderful attempt to make, And we commend the one known as Gary for the attempt. Indeed we commend all for such attempts to know themselves better, accept themselves more fully, and turn their inner focus ever more to the most high, the love and the light of the one infinite Creator.

My friends, it has been a distinct pleasure to speak with you and to work with you this day. In circles to come we shall attempt to form our service to you that it may not only increase your abilities as channels but form a body of work that is peculiarly and specifically of interest to you. We hope to take up those subjects that are dearest to your hearts and are most upon your mind and to work with them around the circle so that you may well find yourself answering your own questions.

We shall be with you soon again, to our delight. Meanwhile, we leave this instrument and this group in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as Laitos. Adonai. Adonai.

[1] Holy Bible, I Corinthians 13: 1. “Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels, and have not charity, I am become as sounding brass, or a tinkling cymbal.”

June 7, 2008, Channeling Intensive 2 - Session 3 - Channeling Circle 6

Group question: How can we make our tuning better? How can we make our highest and best, higher and better?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as Laitos. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you today. As always, my friends, we would ask, as you work with our ideas, that you discard any that we may offer that do not seem helpful to you, for we are not those in authority over you. Your discrimination is all-important. Please guard your own spiritual evolution and your progress. Follow the path of resonance in your seeking rather than any authority whatsoever, whether it be others or ourselves. We thank you for this consideration, for it allows us to speak without being concerned that we may infringe upon your free will.

We are most happy to work with each instrument and wish each to know that we will be working to adjust for comfort and for clarity of contact with each instrument as we offer thoughts on this excellent subject which has been brought to our attention; that of how to make the channeling process more effective in your own practice, or as the one known as Carol put it, how to make the highest and best that you are, higher and better.

The one known as Carol is correct in seeing that the state of being highest and best is not only unique to each channel but, within one channel’s experience, unique to the moment. A sign of spiritual maturity is the regularization or standardization of the vibration with which an entity characteristically meets life. However, even in the most spiritually mature person there will be variations in tuning which occur due to the natural ups and downs of the events of a life lived in third density.

To a certain extent this is also true of us and of all those in fourth density as well as in fifth density. Within sixth density it is likely not to be the case that there is a noticeable variation in the basic tuning.

Whatever the tuning of everyday is, it is likely to be less close the ideal of one’s personal highest and best in that particular moment of time than it will be if tuning is done, and that is why we encourage each to move through a tuning process before opening oneself to channel.

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as Jim. We are those of Laitos.

(Jim channeling)

I am Laitos and greet each again through this instrument. As each entity proceeds through the process of tuning, there is the desire to serve as an instrument which propels the entity to its highest standard of excellence, shall we say, in achieving the tuning process. This desire, in our opinion, serves as the foundation stone upon which this service is built.

This desire is that which springs from the deepest portion of the entity’s being; the mind, the soul, the heart, however one may view this deepest portion of one’s being, combined together to fuel the energy of being, the energy of existence, shall we say, and is the first channeling that an entity will experience.

As this desire is then channeled into the conscious mind of the entity it begins to manifest in various ways so that the entity may gather its forces, gather this energy and point it in a certain direction. We shall pass this contact to the one known as L. I am Laitos.

(L channeling)

Much as a flame can become brighter and bigger by adding fuel, such as wood or oxygenated air, so too can the fire of a channeler be made brighter and the tuning made more refined by the substance of experience fueling that channeler. The idea of “better” and “more better” is meaningless. There is only what is. Every word that comes from a channeler that is spoken in faith with a purity of heart is perfect already.

(An attempt was made to transfer the contact to R.)

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos and are again with this instrument. So when channeling, there is no consideration of wishing that you were better or that you were more perfectly tuned, for that which you offer in that moment is perfect of its kind and wholly acceptable. And yet there is not only intention and will and focus in the preparation of a channel, but also one’s own very personal and even intimate sources of inspiration.

We would, at this time, transfer to the one known as J. We are those of Laitos.

(J channeling)

We are those of Laitos. So it would seem that, as the desire of that which one expresses is felt more keenly, the power of the expression and the words that you use when you’re speaking of intention or the power behind that which is given to you is greater.

And so in this it might be best that you find those topics or those areas of interest that are of great meaning to you, for which you have much passion. In this way you can more easily bring through the energy of what you request, because it more closely resonates with your being and is a closer match with your being. When you are a match for the energy that is presented to you, it flows more easily, more freely through your instrument.

As has been stated before, it is the quality of your intention that is important in bringing about the spoken word in your channeling. For as you are clear upon the intention of what it is that you would wish to learn or to have further elucidated for yourself or for others, the quality or the intensity of the energy is heightened because of the matching between, or maybe we would say, the meeting of, the minds.

It is no different from how one would find oneself in ordinary, everyday life. When you find little interest in something, it is difficult for you to maintain focus upon it. And so it is well if the topic upon which you request to speak or to have greater knowledge or information shared about in your channeling process is of interest to you. So maybe it is best, when you are in this learning process, to pick topics that are of great interest to you, so that you might have an easier time of matching the energy and bringing forth the spoken word that matches the impulse of the thoughts that we are bringing into your instrument.

With that we pass this contact on to the one known as D.

(D channeling)

We are those of Laitos. Just as a single musical instrument makes a beautiful sound, and the resonance of multiple energy sources of musical instruments creates a symphony, the heightened tuning experience of the channel is heightened by refinement in alignment with other harmonious energy sources. The intensity in the tuning of the channel increases with the union and unity of these energies.

We pass this contact to T.

(T channeling)

We are those of Laitos. There has been much useful information given regarding the way to improve the tuning and to improve the means of communication, but all in all there are simple concepts which might also shed some light on this process. These are simply to be clear and pure with the intention, to offer the self faithfully and unreservedly, to practice and practice and practice in the company of those of like mind, heart and intention, and most of all to love: to love the self, to love the expressions of which the Creator makes you aware in contact, and to find within the self that deep well of connection between you and the Creator and, through the Creator, to all of its expression.

These words are simple but they provide a means of continuing with this process and improving and perfecting the tuning, in a sense, though it is worthwhile to remember that perfection in and of itself is an ever-moving goal and will never, in this density, be fully achieved.

I now pass this contact to G.

(G channeling)

We are Laitos. Other selves in this group have spoken about the importance of practicing. Just as the symphonic musician has honed his performance through many hours of diligent practice and the athlete has honed his performance through many hours of diligent practice, attempting to achieve a goal, so it is with the person who is learning to channel. It will take diligence in working toward the goal of a perfected tuning.

There is a kind of lifestyle that supports this kind of practice and that is a lifestyle of living in integrity. In your books of wisdom there is a simple but eloquent statement that you know as the golden rule, and that is, “Do unto others as you would have them do unto you.” [1]

A lifetime of integrity is also set forth in one of your books that has been very popular in recent years and that is The Four Agreements, written by a man named Don Miguel Ruiz. Living a life of integrity, moment by moment, hour by hour and day by day, forms the foundation for the kind of skill that one needs in perfecting and honing one’s tuning abilities.

I now pass this to the one on my right, known as C.

(C channeling)

We speak of tuning today in hoping to create a more refined way of connecting with each instrument, with an understanding that each individual is working towards his or her own personal evolution, just as the Earth is working towards her evolution. This is the beautiful symphony that has been spoken of all coming together to form the music of the creation.

For purpose of tuning to connect with us with clarity, we ask that each considers the chakras as they connect with each density. The first chakra in the body connects with the first density on the planet. To have this chakra balanced and clear one cannot be concerned with one’s own survival.

We ask that each individual work towards balancing the chakra system, beginning with the first and then the second and then the third. When balance is achieved, one will not be so concerned with how the self appears to others. The third density correlates with self awareness. As this chakra is balanced and the energy is able to move up into the fourth chakra, which correlates with the fourth density, one can feel the love in the heart. And when this love is felt, you are connecting with the fourth density. This is the raising of the vibration through the levels and then connecting through love. Once the connection is felt you will know.

In speaking the words earlier of Hatonn in the readings, it came forward that a signal can be made when connecting with the contacted channeler. This, dear ones, can be your signal—the feeling of love in your heart. This is what we mean when we say we are with you in meditation with the desire for love and the feeling of love.

As we spoke, it is difficult in the daily life to hold that vibration. But it’s very achievable when the desire and the intention is set to raise the vibration to the level of love within the heart of the human.

We pass this contact to the one known as L.

(L channeling)

We are Laitos. We begin with an image the instrument has. He is standing at home next to a stepladder and his little granddaughter climbs up the stepladder to a point above his head. She turns to him and says, “I am taller than you.” And in a sense she is right, but in another sense she is up in the air. Her body is not on the ground.

The lesson here perhaps is that to be really tall and high you also need to be grounded. It’s also like the oak tree, where the deeper it goes into the earth, the higher it goes into the sky, into the upper realms. However, the oak tree at each point is a perfect oak tree, so that there is not a real higher or lower, but rather there is development. And the lesson here is perhaps to pay attention, not just to being high but also to being grounded in the lower chakras. From there comes the energy into the higher chakras, so that development is balanced and stable and steady.

We are Laitos. I pass this contact on to my right.

(Carla channeling)

We are Laitos. The tuning process is indeed one which begins and ends with the true nature of the self, which cannot be pretended or faked, and not only the true nature of the self but also the passion of the self. Some of those in this circle such as this instrument and the one known as Jim have worked with the process of tuning for many years and it could be said that they long ago became proficient at the form of the tuning process. They are able to move through the various stages of that process as they have found them to be useful in the past.

However, tuning oneself to one’s highest and best includes an element of fire as the one known as Lorena channeled earlier. There is that fire of passion. It is easy for the most experienced of channels to forget the importance of the spontaneity and excitement of the fire of love and to become lackadaisical or oriented toward fulfilling the form of a tuning process. And so we would offer the idea that tuning for channeling to one’s highest and best is, in some ways, akin to tuning the self in relation to the mated other self for sexual energy exchange of a sacred nature.

It is not always the same elements that excite one and move one towards the readiness to exchange sexual energy. The red-ray Eucharist is a good analog to the tuning process in that it is more involved with the physical realm and is easier to think about in terms of how the passion is excited.

Perhaps for the past little while the passion was excited within one’s inner being by thinking of various aspects of the physical act of sexual congress, or by those things about the mate which have, in the past, excited and stirred one, whether those things be physical attributes or attributes of character. There is therefore the necessity, when one begins to play in the fields of the Lord, as this instrument calls lovemaking, to get in touch with what is truly exciting, not simply in the past but today and right now, and to focus upon that with all of one’s heart, giving to it 100% of one’s attention.

Just so, what inspired and excited and inflamed one to seek and to see and to serve the Creator in every way and at all times may have become a different thing than it was yesterday for you. Perhaps yesterday a particular prayer lifted you to the heights and stirred your heart into flames. Perhaps today it falls flat. Have the awareness then, when you are seeking to tune to your highest and best, to realize that it is not time to move forward with the tuning process until you have found that prayer which is effective today; that invocation of the higher self that lifts you today; that song or that visualization that stirs you today.

This instrument has often spoken of the tuning process to this group as if it were a finite thing. It is not a finite thing, any more than you are finite beings. You are a complex of vibrations which exist in dynamic harmonization with each other under the aegis of an overarching field of vibration that is your vibration as an entity. Within this field your energies are in constant motion. The colors of your auras are changing, brightening, dimming, spinning faster or slower, linking up in specific harmonies as you go about the choices and chances of daily life.

And it is no different during the tuning process. You are a new being every time you tune and you wish to be alive to yourself so that you are infinitely aware of how you are lifting yourself; how you are moving the music of your soul upwards to the vibration which is indeed your most inspired, your most engaged and your most focused for this particular moment.

Further, we would offer through this instrument that, just as in the lovemaking, the energy of physical desire can be dissipated or it can be focused and brought to the highest and best energy exchange possible, so in tuning to channel, that energy can be dissipated in emotion that spends the fire before it has become focused enough to lift the self.

This instrument, for instance, has on occasion become so wrapped up in praising the Lord Jesus the Christ, that she moves into a chant of, “I love you Jesus, I love you Jesus, I love you Jesus.” This is certainly inspiring her and lifting her up. And yet, in a way, choosing to focus upon the somewhat emotional or emotionally driven energy of this chant moves this instrument away from her highest tuning as a channel for the one infinite Creator, for she spends that fire on devotion rather than holding it in focus and opening through this devotion to the unknown which is to come through the gateway of intelligent infinity.

Consequently, it may well be that the tuning process which worked wonderfully for you yesterday may need what this instrument would call a bit of tweaking today. If you are praying a certain prayer, for instance, and it does not seem to move you as it once did, open your thoughts to the possibility that there are other prayers that would be equally inspiring and fresh to you, so that you do not become overly used to and overly familiar with something to the point where it no longer had the capacity to fire you.

We want to thank each within this circle for the great privilege of being able to work with your instruments. It has been a wonderful exercise for us as well, as we hope that we are more and more competent at conforming and adapting our vibrations to your own and moving with you as you develop as channels. We assure you that each of you is indeed evolving as you work with the energies of those such as we who come through you and link up with you to collaborate in this mutual quest to offer words of love to a world which has a great hunger for inspiration and encouragement.

We thank you for responding to the desire to be of service in this way. It is a great blessing to us that we have been given this opportunity to work with each of you.

Before we leave this instrument we would open this session to queries if there be any. Are there any queries at this time?

L: You were speaking about the fire and harnessing the fire, focusing the fire and disbursing the fire in various ways. When we finished with the last channeling session I felt the tremendous fire, if you would, an overflowing of love that I felt I needed to disburse to the group.

(Side one of tape ends.)

L: … harnessing and focusing vs. dispersing at various times for various purposes.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos and are happy to speak to that, my sister. There was an unasked query as to whether your actions at the time of the conclusion of the previous session were appropriate, in that it was possible that you could have further held the focus and refined that sharp focus of joy. However, we would assure the one known as Lorena that it was entirely appropriate that this overflowing of joy be shared amongst those who were part of the circle of channeling and seeking which worked together in harmony to bring the entire group to that point of joy.

This skill of expressing joy is a gift not given to all and it is a wonderful gift to receive that love offering that is spontaneously and genuinely given. There is no greater joy than to feel the joy of another and to feel that overflowing love. The times when it is well to allow that joy to flow are those times of completion such as the conclusion of the previous channeling session. The balancing dynamic of that is that it is also wonderful to express joy at times of beginning, when entities come together and are seeing and feeling each other’s vibrations for the first time. This is also a most appropriate time to let energies overflow and spill and be shared in generosity by all.

It is always, my friends, good to allow the joy and the fire of contact with others to be shared and to overflow when there is the greeting, the expression of joy at being together, that moment of the realization of oneness.

Those times when it is helpful to focus the energy are those times when you as a seeker have a certain purpose and a certain dedication of your energy in mind. In those cases, as you begin to build and focus, you are winding your coil as a magical being. If you are constantly allowing the explosion of self into expression then it is difficult to persist in the winding of the coil.

Consequently, it is well to focus when one perceives that one is going to set about upon lifting oneself to the level of the magical personality. You do this when you tune yourself to channel or to offer a sacred sexual energy exchange or to heal or to focus and bring yourself to a point of your highest and best radiancy of being. All of these are processes which benefit from the persistent and flowing harmonic and rhythmic movements of thought and feeling which continue to wind the coil until there is a tremendous amount of potential to be released when that release is appropriate, whether that release be in the fire of sexual energy exchange, in the work of touch which the healer does when he brings his focused energies to the one to be healed, or when an entity attempts to channel or teach using that honed focus or when an entity chooses simply to move into the magical personality and reside there for a period, allowing that honed focus to express itself in a sheer radiancy of being. All these processes are benefited by the retaining of the energy and the further refinement and purification of it.

Is there a final query at this time? We are those of Laitos.

(Long pause.)

We are those of Laitos and find ourselves listening through this instrument’s somewhat questionable ears to a resounding silence, indicating that perhaps we have exhausted the queries on the minds of those present for this little while.

We want again, to thank each for the extreme privilege of working with each of your beautiful beings. It is very moving to us to be able to do this and very rewarding and we cannot thank you enough.

We hope to be with this group again as this instrument has the intention in her own mind, and as we read the intention in all of your minds, of meeting together again in this sacred circle of seeking in order to seek the truth together. We shall be with you with great joy. We leave each of you as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as Laitos. Adonai. Adonai.

[1] Amit Goswami, in his book, The Visionary Window; A Physicist’s Guide to Enlightenment, collects this list of versions of the Golden Rule:

“The Golden Rule of ethics appears in all religions:

HINDUISM: This is the sum of duty: do naught unto others which, if done to thee, will cause thee pain.

ZOROASTRIANISM: That nature alone is good which refrains from doing unto another whatsoever is not good for itself.

TAOISM: Regard your neighbor's gain as your own gain and your neighbor's loss as your own loss.

BUDDHISM: Hurt not others in ways you would find hurtful.

CONFUCIANISM: Do not unto others what you would not have them do unto you.

JAINISM: In happiness and suffering, in joy and grief, we should regard all creatures as we regard our own self.

JUDAISM: Whatever you hateth thyself, that do not to another.

CHRISTIANITY: All things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye ever so to them.

ISLAM: No one of you is a believer until he desires for his brother that which he desires for himself.

SIKHISM: As thou deemest thyself, so deem others.”

June 8, 2008, Channeling Intensive 2 - Session 4 - Channeling Circle 7

Group question: Some of us have been practicing the tuning process and have become aware of a source or contact that seems like neither our guidance, nor Laitos, nor any other Confederation contact. How can we determine whom we have on the line? What is the relationship between Confederation contacts and our inner guidance?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as Laitos. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to your circle of channeling and seeking this morning. We thank you very much for calling us to your circle and are very happy to work with each of you as we speak upon the subject of the discerning of spirits.

As always, we ask that you discard any of our thoughts that do not seem helpful to you and keep only those which ring true and have resonance within your own being. We thank you for this consideration.

We are aware that each of you has studied and practiced considerably upon the subject of the challenging process and are further aware that it is the carrier wave that we of the Confederation offer to those who ask that is the confusing element here.

The way to find out who is speaking to you at your private meditations is to offer a challenge. If the entity meets the challenge, then you may ask what type of entity that it is. If it is a Confederation entity, then you can simply ask that entity to contact you later when you are in a group situation.

If it is your inner guide, then you are completely assured of safety as you communicate with this source of guidance that is a portion of your larger being; the gift to yourself, given in mid-sixth density when the self realizes it is beginning to turn towards the gravitational pull of the one infinite Creator and is going to be leaving behind the hard-won wisdoms of experience up through that density. Consequently, as a part of yourself in the literal sense of being a part of your individual spark, it is quite safe to communicate in this wise.

We would transfer this contact to the one known as L1. We are those known as Laitos.

(Long pause.)

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos and are again with this instrument. We perhaps surprised the one known as L1 with our transfer and so we shall work with this instrument just a short bit again and then again transfer to the one known as L1.

Why is it, then, that it is not until the carrier wave is applied that one’s guidance system might come forward? My friends, you have only to gaze at the incredible complexity of your daily life. There is so much to do! And even the most skillful of organizers can at best make some sense out of the chaos by prioritizing those things which need to be done in any one day. When one comes to the hour of meditation, there is much still upon your minds. And so it may be somewhat difficult to release all worldly cares and move into meditation.

We would at this time transfer to the one known as L1. We are those of Laitos.

(L1 channeling)

A stack of newspapers contains much knowledge conveyed from a source to those who would read what the source of the information would have to say. It is always there, but it is only when the one seeking knowledge from this source comes and sifts through the newspapers and pulls out something and reads the words and then interprets them that meaning can be conveyed.

Until such time, these newspapers are simply objects in a room. However, the information is always there.

The information that you channel, whether it comes through Confederation sources, your guidance systems or wisdom that you have had imparted to you through loved ones, friends, nature or wherever this knowledge might come from, is always there. Interpreting this information is only one aspect of …

This instrument is having difficulty taking our thought concept and forming it into words. She, like us, finds words to be unsatisfactory when trying to convey points or concepts. The information provided through sources such as us, or nature, or loved ones is always there and interpreting this information is only one step that the seeker has at his or her disposal. The other step is discriminating the information and this is why your channeling teacher has said that it is so very important to challenge.

Again, this instrument sees so much to this concept, yet is having a lot of difficulty trying to convey these thoughts. We believe that it is time for her to sit with these thoughts alone, since she is not conveying them to her satisfaction.

We will attempt to convey these thoughts through another instrument at this time. We are those of Laitos.

(G channeling)

We are those of Laitos. Just as there are a variety of ways in the third density in which you can perceive through your senses, so there are a variety of ways to perceive the being or body/mind/spirit complex that you may be channeling. It might be possible for you to see an image of that entity in your spiritual vision. It might be possible that you would have a physiological reaction in your body and you would know that the presence of that source whom you were channeling was present. It might be that you would have words suddenly appear in your mind to speak.

As you go along and practice you will get a feel for which picture, if you are getting a picture in your spiritual vision, belongs with a knowingness that it is a particular being. You will become acclimated to what a certain body/mind/spirit complex might feel like from the bodily sensations that you are experiencing, and so on and so forth.

Having a spiritual vision that you identify with a certain entity that you are channeling is one way to make the identification. If you have a set intent to channel that being or that complex and you receive a different picture in your spiritual vision, it has already been mentioned how challenging is helpful.

It may be that there is a message for you, learning for you to receive from having a different spiritual vision that you have been having of that same individual or entity; it might also be that it is a different one.

Shining the light of Christ consciousness on the entity or individual if there is any doubt in your mind is another way. If it is an energy that is attempting to pass itself off as another one, it will not be able to tolerate the light of Christ consciousness. If it can tolerate the light of Christ consciousness then there may be some question that you would want to ask such as, “Why do you appear to me differently today?” and there might be an important answer for you.

If you see something about the accustomed picture that disturbs you, if it is a being with a different look in the eyes, a different look about some aspect of the body that disturbs you, consider that this might be a reflection of something that you need to clear in yourself. As the popular saying goes in your world, “If you spot it, you got it.” This is so true. If you spot it, you got it. You are looking at a reflection of what you have about you that perhaps needs to be cleared before you move forward with your channeling.

You may have a particular emotional feeling that you are accustomed to associating with those whom you experience as being the embodiment of divine love—Jesus, the Christ, or Krishna, the Buddha, Mother Mary—and that is something to pay attention to. All of these signals are ones to pay attention to when you are about to channel.

I now pass this to the person on my left, L2.

(L2 channeling)

We are Laitos. We look around this room and see all the glorious higher selves here in varying and brilliant colors and energy forms and we greet them. Higher selves are important to each individual because the higher self, or the inner guide, is personal to each of you. It is concerned about your wellbeing on a spiritual level as well as on the day-to-day level, so your higher self can provide guidance and information about your life on the earth plane and your life in the spiritual world.

Those of us in the Confederation are not personal in the same way. We, of course, are concerned about your life on the earth plane, but our emphasis is not to provide specific guidance in that plane, so there is something of a division of labor here, perhaps, although all is one and this is not a sharp separation. But the guidance or information provided by us or others in the Confederation that you may contact is more about the spiritual realms and the principles involved in these realms, and not so much about how you make an individual choice in relationships and other things in your daily life.

So this division of labor, so called, can be useful. You may be more familiar with the higher self because it is more personal and has been with you and is you. In some sense we are with you also. When you call upon one or the other it is perhaps useful to think of what it is that each can offer to you. The higher self resides in a higher density, so it is very knowledgeable. We, as a group, pool the knowledge of many and so it provides us with a somewhat broader, perhaps, or different, or varied viewpoint. It is useful to know how to use each of these for the information coming from each of these kinds of sources, and certainly there is no competition here.

Again, we greet all of you in love and light and in the light and love of each of your higher selves. I pass this contact on to my left, C.

(C channeling)

We are those of Laitos. We understand that learning to use the mind as a tool for communication can be a most confusing and difficult practice. Those of your density are of course used to communication that is direct and spoken, whereas the thoughts can be jumbled like the wires that the one known as Carla spoke of at the concert. [1]

We ask that you be patient with yourselves in learning and understand that this is a process. One suggestion might be that you learn first to calm the mind. [There are] so many thoughts coming in and going out that we feel that it would be beneficial in meditation to learn to calm the mind completely. In other words, close the channel. The thoughts that come in, observe them and let them go. Try not to discern where they are coming from, for it is a very busy universe, but first learn to observe them and let them go.

As this ability becomes stronger one can then begin to discern where these thoughts are coming from. We suggest that you simply ask. We can use the example of this instrument in that in her meditation practice she sits with her higher self and has communication with the actual light body of the higher self.

She has learned that this communication has its own essence, a simplicity and joy. She has come to know her higher self through repetition and discernment. Therefore, when other thoughts come in it is easier to determine if they are possibly from an outside source, so to speak.

As the one known as G spoke, there are various ways that one can receive. It could be an audible hearing of words, a knowingness of thoughts or words coming in, or an actual visualization, for instance, on a screen. We ask that each determine the best and most comfortable way to communicate or to receive communication and then try to stick with that to practice it more. As we said, it is a process and it becomes easier with practice.

But I guess the best words would be simply to learn to close the channel of your own thoughts first, and then upon opening to channel a source, ask who comes and then ask for what you are seeking.

We are those of Laitos. We pass this contact on to our left to the one known as T.

(T channeling)

We are those of Laitos. In terms of recognizing the various sources of contact when in the meditative state, it is possible and can occur at times that more than one source or more than one entity is involved. This instrument, for instance, has experienced times when the higher self has been very much a part of the communion that occurs when in deep meditation, but at the same time others have been known to be present at the party.

It is possible to learn to distinguish the identities of the various attendees of this party, especially when this has occurred over a period of time and is done with some level of energy that supports this awareness.

Various sources of the Confederation at times, when invited or when the one who meditates is receptive and has an established contact with the sources, are known to listen in and to make their presence felt as a gesture of solidarity or sharing and not for reasons of channeling words. This is possible because in the larger sense we are all one family. We travel the same path. We have commonalities to share.

Channeling is a more specific form of communion. In fact, it is a text-oriented communication, designed to flow from the one who channels out into the larger world in some fashion. But the channeling is not necessarily with words. It may be through action. But the primary focus is for the flowing out in service, whereas simple shared communion is also desirable at times, but is of a more individuated conversation. Sometimes, however, it is not conversation but just the sharing of energies, of camaraderie, of encouragement.

Differentiating the source of this sharing is simple in terms of discerning whether the higher self is involved versus some other source, be it from your inner planes or from the Confederation or some other source external to your world. The ability to discern begins with the clarification of the energies with an adjustment of the ability to fine-tune the listening but most of all with the heart emanation.

This instrument now wishes to pass this contact on to D. We are those of Laitos.

(D channeling)

We are those of Laitos. Recognition of your source of contact is a matter of vibrational recognition and the exchange with our energies, each of which has a unique element, a subtle element of personality and character, and the character of the information we provide and exchange. Recognition of that energy in your density is often difficult because of the reliance you have developed on physical sensory apparatus.

However, learning the subtleties of the energy exchange that you are giving now, expanding that recognition of the subtle energies to various subtleties of your own energy system variances provides you with the opportunity for increased comfort in the nature and source of your contact, much as you recognize family members or friends before seeing or hearing them.

We pass this contact to the channel to the left, J.

(J channeling)

We are those known as Laitos. There has been much said now concerning our understanding of the ability to discern between your own inner plane guides and those sources that are of the Confederation. And so what we would wish to enlarge upon in this instance are the thoughts that this instrument has been entertaining as this communication has been passing around the circle. That is that when one has properly tuned the instrument and one has set forth his intention for contacting those of the Confederation, then it is not so important to be concerned about determining who is contacting the instrument. For you have already set forth the conditions in which a Confederation contact would come forth. [2]

The last piece of the qualifying process is the challenging. Once you have called for and you have received contact and you have challenged then and the contact has successfully passed such challenge, then you can be assured that you are in contact with that which you have called forth and there is no need for concern further past this point.

From our perspective it is quite simple in that you are a tuner of frequencies of energy and you operate your tuner through your intention. You have these safeguards and systems for determining that what you are listening to is indeed what you have asked for. So it is in some ways a mechanical process.

But there is the issue of the conscious mind: your conscious mind and the doubts and fears and concerns and stray thoughts that go through one’s mind as one is in this process of establishing contact and translating these energies into spoken words. There is little in terms of a mechanical process that can be used to allay one’s fears or concerns or doubt other than to remember that this process works as it has been laid out to you at this time as you understand it.

Therefore, there is a measure of trust that you employ in this process. Also, there is this level of familiarity that has been talked about [by] others in this circle today. But as you continue to practice this communication and as you continue to be within the energies of those of the Confederation that are contacting you …

(Side one of tape ends.)

(J channeling)

… from the familiarity of the feeling or the seeing or the hearing or however it is that you perceive the energies that are being impressed upon your being. And at some point in the not too distant future, as you become practiced in this, you will no longer have any concern about who this energy is, because it is similar to greeting an old friend. It is something that can be so familiar to one.

We see that this question comes from what we would see as a kernel of doubt. This doubt, as has been said by others in this circle, arises from the fact that you are utilizing the five senses that you are so used to using on a daily basis. You are attempting to use a faculty that is unfamiliar to you. And again, we would stress that as you practice this it will become a faculty that is familiar to you. Your perceptions through these faculties will become second nature in much the same way as you use the physical senses that you possess within your bodies today.

We would wish to pass this communication on to the one known as R. We are those known as Laitos.

(R channeling)

We are Laitos. We are with this instrument and the instrument is confused. We pass the contact to the one known as Jim.

(Jim channeling)

I am Laitos. I am with this instrument and we thank the one known as R for his speaking of our words and his progress in recognizing our contact.

We would ask at this time if there might be any questions to which we could respond concerning the topic of this circle of seeking.

L: Is there a way to parse out these thought concepts that we are given more easily? Where do we start? When we are given such a large body of information and then asked to convey this in a manner that is receptive to other people, would you please give me some advice on how to go about starting to parse out these concept bubbles?

I am Laitos, and we are aware of your query, my sister. We would simply suggest that you begin speaking the first concepts of which you are aware and continue speaking as long as you are aware of concepts. This is something that will simply take practice, for as you become aware of the “concept ball,” as it has been called, you are aware first of the immensity, because in your particular case you are quite sensitive to information and are aware of the amount that awaits your translation.

If you pause overly long in beginning the contact and speaking that with which you are first familiar you will begin to make a blockage for yourself in that there will be a longer and longer time until you begin. So we would simply suggest that you begin speaking and speak for as long as you are aware of concepts. Be as relaxed as you can in your own attitude toward these concepts and let fly, my sister.

Is there another query at this time?

T: I was aware of concepts in this cloud or ball or whatever you call it, but I also felt the urge to pass the contact on so I didn’t speak until all of the concepts were gone and that felt okay to me. I guess I’m asking you, was that okay?

I am aware of your query, my sister. Indeed, it is okay. That which you do as you take part in the channeling process—the tuning, the challenging and the speaking of that with which you are coming in contact—is perfectly okay. You may pass the contact whenever it feels appropriate to you, even if you have an awareness of more concepts that are available for your translation. You may continue speaking until there are no further concepts which to translate.

Everything that you do in this process is okay. For it is a process by which you become familiar with and comfortable with beginning the contact, speaking the contact and transferring the contact. All of this takes time and practice and we are most happy with your progress and the progress of each instrument in this circle.

Is there another query at this time?

T: I become aware of concepts forming when I hear the others channeling and I try to make my mind as blank as I can just to hear what they’re saying but not to be aware of the other concepts that are forming. My goal is just to not be aware of any concepts until the light is on me to speak. Is this the right way to do it? I at times was aware of that struggle because the concepts were just wanting to manifest to me but I was, again, having to push them away. Is that the best way to do it? Shall I allow them as I’m listening and just be aware that they aren’t what I need to be speaking? Or shall I just continue to try to keep them from my awareness?

We are aware of your query, my sister. Since this is an intensive practice with a number of instruments participating in the circle, there is a great deal of awareness of the process of our presence and of our message. This awareness is shared by each within the circle. If you allow yourself to become aware of this process as each has done, it is not surprising that you would be aware of the thoughts to be transmitted, even though you are not at the present moment participating in the transmission of thoughts. It is not a concern that you need to be responding to by pushing away the concepts. Simply do not speak them at the time that another is speaking. Wait until your turn.

This entire process of learning the channeling craft is not that difficult, as each is beginning to discover. It is a process with which each is familiar in the daily life. For as you engage in conversations with friends, with strangers, with anyone, you do not participate in a prearranged “package deal,” shall we say. You have not planned that which you are going to speak. You are at each moment a channel, channeling from another level of your being. Perhaps you channel from other levels of reality when you are particularly inspired.

What you are doing in this circle of seeking is focusing that talent, which you have developed throughout your life, so that you are able to pick up concepts from another source, that source seemingly outside of yourself, a source such as are we. We speak as representatives of the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator. We are thrilled to be able to make contact with those in this group and to speak words of information and inspiration through each.

We could say that there is one basic quality that we recommend at this time for each and that is a relaxation into this process. Do not be overly concerned about how to do this or that. Simply let it happen. For it is that which is natural to your being and is a satisfaction of the deeply held desire that each has within the heart.

Is there another query at this time?

R: I have a question, if you’re not tired of answering questions about discernment and relaxing. I think this time around I was able to feel the conditioning and then I went through the challenging and I could just barely feel the bubble coming up to the surface. I wonder if the block that I have is anxiety or perhaps just hearing too many channelings in the past and having formed some expectations of the way in which the message will come into my consciousness. Would you comment on those observations?

I am aware of your query, my brother. The most difficult portion of any training of new instrument is the instrument’s feeling the freedom to speak the words, the thoughts, and the concepts that come into the conscious mind, as the mind is held open and ready for such. Even when they appear, it is sometimes difficult for a new instrument to be able to, as the one known as Carla would say, “hang the ass over the line.”

For who wants to look foolish? Who wants to make the wrong move? In your culture and in your society you are raised with the feeling that there are definite wrong moves and these have been punishable in your past by ridicule, by laughter, by some type of harm coming your way which caused you to retract, to build a wall, to be more careful, to be more aware that there could be a mistake made.

In this instance, we are asking that you remove such blockages, that you forget such punishments, that you allow yourself to move into a new area of being loose, being free, being willing to be the fool, being willing to step forward and speak that which you feel, that which you hear and that which you have become aware moving into your conscious mind.

Simply do that which you feel and say that of which you are aware. Is there a further query, my brother?

R: No, thank you.

Is there a further query at this time?

C: There are no queries.

I am Laitos. We agree. So we shall thank each once again for allowing us to make this contact, to speak our words through your instruments and to respond to those queries which you have for us. It has been a great blessing and we look forward to our next time together.

At this time we shall take our leave of this instrument and this group. We leave each in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai, my friends. Adonai.

[1] Carla remarked, when the tape recorders and mikes were being set up before the channeling session, that the process reminded her of when she sang back-up vocals in a rock band in 1971 and 1972. The front of the band played to the audience on a clear stage, but behind the instruments and equipment ran a vast tangle of wires. It was always amazing to her how many wires were needed to power four band members and three singers.

[2] Carla: There are several instances in this session where it is suggested or inferred that a channel will recognize its Confederation contact without having to challenge it. I do not believe this to be so. I believe that it is necessary at all times to challenge the spirit before accepting contact.

September 13, 2008, Saturday Mediation

Group question: The question tonight is from G and it says, “In the Law of One Series Ra says that there is a distortion of the Law of One which indicates that the gateway to intelligent infinity is “a gateway at the end of a straight and narrow path, as you may call it.” [1]

The question is, why is the path to intelligent infinity called “straight and narrow” and what implications does this have for the seeker of intelligent infinity?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening.

It is a great pleasure and a privilege to be called to your circle of seeking this evening. We appreciate the honor of being asked for our humble opinion and are very glad to share it with you. As always, we would ask that you follow the resonance of our words, using those ideas that are resonant to you and leaving the rest behind. For we would not confuse your path with our opinions, wishing only to enhance it and offer you what resources we can. We thank you for using your discrimination.

The query this evening has to do with a quotation from the material this instrument calls The Ra Material [2], in which it states that the gateway to intelligent infinity is at the end of a straight and narrow path. Before we can look at the implications of this statement for the seeker, we would appreciate the opportunity to discuss the term itself and the way it has been used in this instrument’s experience, for it is a somewhat deceptive phrase.

As this phrase, “the straight and narrow path,” was used in The Holy Bible, in the parables of the one known as Jesus the Christ, it did not indicate an unbending path. Rather the word “strait,” spelled differently than its homonym, means “narrow.”

One such use of this word with which this instrument is familiar is the geographical location called the Straits of Gibraltar. In order to move through the Straits of Gibraltar it is necessary to keep focused carefully upon what one’s ship is doing because it must seek the very center of the channel. On either side lie distractions and those rocks which could tear the bottom out of the ship upon which the journey is taking place.

And so it is in the life of the essence of an entity. The day-to-day life spreads out as a pleasant, open field with many, many options and many interests calling for attention. There are wonderful relationships to cherish and tend. There is good work to do in the earning of the living, in the maintenance of the household, and so forth.

All of these day-to-day duties are blessed and sacred. Every single one of them is, in itself, a small world wherein that one task can be focused into and offered one hundred percent of the love within in order that that one chore may shine and be a gift in offering to the one Creator.

The key to creating of the life a sacred journey is the attitude with which this journey is taken. We would suggest that the invocation of gratitude and thankfulness is a great key in bringing one’s day-to-day life into focus. For no matter whether that which faces one in any particular instance would be thought of by the world as a blessing or as a challenge, yet still, in essence, that which lies before you is the perfect gift for this moment, containing your service and your learning.

There is a tendency to forget to invoke this gratitude when that which lies before one does not seem to be a blessing. And yet, we would suggest that there is wisdom in waiting those few seconds before you undertake a challenging duty in order that you may open your heart and mind to the realization of the full measure of your gratitude for the opportunity to be alive in the creation of the Father and to face this moment.

In just this way does the discipline of the personality begin. It does not begin with meditation, although meditation is vital to a spiritual practice. Rather, it begins on the very surface of things, in the very smallest of chores and duties. It begins with the realization of the tremendous fortune that you have in coming to this moment just where you are, with just the people with whom you are and facing just exactly the blessings and challenges that you now face.

There is an ecstasy which comes when the spirit is ready to be honed in its focus and dull care flies away; when the spirit gathers its feet under it and surges into a full and vertical existence within. The whole energy body begins to sing when this begins to happen. And where before there was a flat and pleasant landscape of things to do and people to see, now you are at the cutting edge of the present moment and anything is possible.

With this attitude, when one then moves into meditation and other rituals designed to deepen the spiritual practice, there is a lack of effort and a lack of complexity to the path. For that within you which moves into the meditation is, by your focus on the present moment, already in a premeditative state of focus.

Thusly, we say to you that while the spiritual path that seeks higher knowledge, higher experiences, and higher relationships is indeed a narrow path, a “strait” path in that sense, it is a winding road and often an exciting, surprising path. Sinuous and muscular, the path unrolls before you and responds to the tempo and the energy or character of your particular ever-shifting position within the many layers of your essential being.

Paradoxically, as one focuses into the present moment and dedicates oneself ever more completely and deeply to the service of the one infinite Creator, the experience of the self which is undergoing this discipline of the personality is expansive. This instrument has often noted in moments of ecstasy that there is so fine a focus as to feel that one is standing on the head of a pin. And yet there is the balance and the equilibrium of a broad and dynamic vista in which the infinite layers of beauty and color splay out before one in infinite variety, rewarding all the senses with the utter loveliness of existence.

Always there is this play between the infinite narrowing of focus and the explosion of love and light and ecstatic waves that move the spirit infinitely in realms of beauty and truth.

Continuing to use this instrument as an example, this instrument would not give itself high marks for following a strait and narrow path. Indeed, it sets store by using the light touch. And this is a perfect illustration of the paradoxical nature of the strait and narrow path.

We agree with this instrument that it is often seemingly unfocused and careless in its attention to detail in the worldly sense. Yet, there is a level of self which lies beneath the commonly understood levels of daily life. Each entity has this sub-level and we speak not so much of a basement as an inner reality that drives the life and that affects the attitude of the entity, which underlies its spontaneous surface reactions to surface catalyst. It is in that inner room where this instrument must spend its time. The instrument is called to live from the inner room. It cannot stray far, no matter what the activity on the surface, from this inner sanctuary. And this is where the strait and narrow nature shows itself. It informs the carelessness of the surface with the gift of love.

This instrument is far from unique. Each of those within this circle is called again and again to that inner room, that Holy of Holies. Each yearns for it and waits for the touch of the Creator’s hand, the cloak of the Creator’s love. And there are times aplenty in most seeker’s lives when the strait and narrow path expresses itself by the desire to move into that inner room and crawl into the lap of what this instrument would call the Father/Mother God, home at last, in the arms of the divine. What comfort there is for the deepest sorrow, for the greatest hurt, when one rests against the heart of the divine, hearing its beat—love, love, love.

What is the implication of the strait and narrow path for the seeker who wishes to enter the gates of intelligent infinity? The implication is to go deeper. It is not indulgent to move deeper into a spiritual practice. It is not self-indulgent to take oneself so seriously that one values time differently and the self differently than before.

We say this because to the outer world, in which many of your kind live one hundred percent of the time, it does seem self-indulgent and pretentious to spend the time in prayer and meditation, contemplation and reflection, mulling over the events of the day, estimating that which one has experienced and that which one has harvested from the day’s journey.

Yet, we assure you that the requirement of one who wishes to enter the gates of intelligent infinity is this focus that accepts the discipline of the personality with joy and moves with lithesome feet, in terms of the energy body, into a basic attitude towards living that is at all times aware of this vital, inner space which is that nest from which the true self may emerge to live what seems to be an ordinary day but in fact is an enchanted, wonderful experience.

And why is it enchanted and wonderful and magical? Because as you have focused in on love and light, as you have asked your true self to step forward, so you have let fall away that which is not enchanted, that which is not magical.

The phrase in the Bible that you hear over and over again in the New Testament is, “He that has ears to hear, let him hear.” Life speaks to those who have the ears to hear with an ever sacred and always relevant voice. As your focus remains single and as you walk that strait and narrow path, you do not attempt to make sense of things. You are content to behold them and to find ways to respond to them with love.

You go deeper. As you go deeper within the soil of yourself and the sturdy root patterns of deep experiences that have made you the entity that you are, you also find yourself soaring ever higher, ever more widely ranging within that powerful circle of enchantment that is the life lived with the awareness of its magic.

We would never say that one cannot graduate into fourth density unless one has entered the gateway to intelligent infinity. It is entirely possible simply by living a life in service to others to achieve graduation in the positive sense from third density to fourth. Yet the delight of the journey is reserved for those who chose to aim for that gateway.

This instrument would say, “It’s your ticket out of here in this very moment.” As you come to the gateway, you have behind you a tremendous number of choices. The journey into the open heart involves learning to love yourself dearly and being willing to take all of yourself into that open heart. It involves a million choices of how you look at yourself and how you respond to those about you and to the challenges and chances of your life.

To come to the gateway, you must have found your way to bring your whole energy body into balance, so that energy is rushing through you, unimpeded by those egoic concerns of red ray, yellow ray and orange ray—survival, sexuality, relationships, marriage, home and family. Those who come to the gateway have “let goods and kindred go, this mortal life also,” [3] and their entire essence is bound up in the devotion to the Creator and to serving the Creator that would bring one to wish to use the gateway.

This instrument moves through the gateway as she contacts those of the Confederation so that she may be of service. It is not until she is perfectly happy to do this that she is able to access that gateway. There are many healers who must go through that process of laying everything aside so that they may become instruments transparent to the light, in order that that light may flow through them, offering new chances for those in whom they offer healing to find balance.

Yet, for the most part, the greatest use of the gateway to intelligent infinity has to do with radiancy of being, so that the entity accesses the gateway simply to rest in the enhanced vibrations of infinity and eternity. This is the ticket out of here that is the most universally meaningful. It is the way to create heaven on earth in the personal experience of the seeker.

The one known as G asked this instrument earlier, “What if you shortened the time that you spent in channeling, since your energy is low?” It was with some amusement that we watched this instrument attempt to grapple with that concept. For the one known as Jim is correct. This instrument wishes to give one hundred percent

Can this instrument share in thirty minutes that which she might share in forty-five, as it comes through her instrument? That’s the question to be pondered. However, it is a perfect example of the strait and narrow path that in offering the self for service, this instrument had no limits upon its service, and indeed, at first glance did not even appreciate the idea of shortening the time of her service.

There are so many human considerations that occur to the conscious mind that it is difficult at best to know as a seeker what ideas are worthy and what ideas are not. And in many ways these considerations are trivial. In terms of preparing the self to enter the gateway of intelligent infinity, all else falls away before one’s basic core devotion to the Creator. That is the plumb line [4] that shall give you the truth.

We thank the one known as G for offering this query and would say to the one known as G and to all seekers of truth to walk softly in the creation of the Father as you seek to serve. Sharpen the eye. Sharpen the ear. You are on holy ground. He who has ears, let him hear; he who has a heart, let him understand.

May we ask if there is a follow up to this query? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Thank you very much for your response, Q’uo. I do have a follow-up. I don’t know if this will make sense and if you can’t work with it then please feel free to say so. Is it possible to sense infinity like one senses a change in the atmosphere at the approach of a distant storm? Or is infinity all or nothing?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. May we say what a delightful question it is.

There is no definitive answer to your query because for some infinity is very close and near at hand and indeed can be heard in the ear as the whistle of the wind or the cry of the eagle. For others, it is all or nothing. For some it takes a tremendous wrench of some kind to knock away the defenses of the surface life.

If you would bring infinity closer to you then, we would encourage you to look to your defenses and begin to dismantle them straightaway. What is a defense? The heart, my brother, is often heavily defended. You were speaking in the round-robin discussion earlier of how you felt that your heart was more open with the one known as V because there was no longer a tension concerning a personal issue between you. It had been resolved. All was understood. And consequently you were both freed of the dynamic of unmade decisions, knowing precisely where you stand with each other; knowing that love cannot be defined by the relationship one has in the world. You have both found your love to take wing and expand.

In order for you to gain this happy experience, there was a tremendous amount of dismantling of defenses that were in place, not only on your part but also on the part of the one known as V. It was through times of discussion, times of grieving, and times of tears that you came to this place between you which now does not have expectations. There is nothing that is pulling on you. Nor is anything pulling on the one known as V. The only consideration between you now is the enjoyment of companionship.

Think of all that work that you did in your emotions, in your linear logical mind, in your heart of hearts, and on your knees in the depths of prayer, to attain a seemingly happy and carefree place. So it is when one reckons with how one’s heart has become defended.

One way to defend the heart is through the dogma of a codified religion. One places one’s heart in the structure of a religion and as long as one’s heart stays true to the tenets of that particular system of dogma, one is safe.

Another way that the heart can be defended is with anger and resentment, which builds concrete walls about the heart in order that it shall not be harmed again. Many years may go into the building of these walls. How can they be taken down? The world is a dangerous place.

Another way that the heart may be defended is in fear. What if the world, no matter how kindly or pleasant, seems a crazy place, a lunatic asylum, a place of chaos, where nothing makes sense? Many sensitive entities who walk the streets and try to live the life of Planet Earth have a bone-deep fear of this place called Earth. And the defenses of their hearts are well-nigh unbreachable.

It’s the work of a lifetime for some to become undefended and then to feel comfortable without the customary defenses. Yet it is exactly this lack of defenses that allow infinity to come close. Indeed, in this instrument’s experience it has many times slipped in and taken over the moment or the hour or the day. This instrument brought with it the gift of being undefended and although it loses that gift from time to time, it is easier for this instrument to pick it up than most.

Perhaps it may aid in working with bringing this gateway into the daily experience to think at all times that you have a choice of which way to look at a situation. You can look at it from the level of space/time, linear time, measurable, weighty space, or, by a decision within your mind, you can look at precisely the same moment from the position of time/space, seeing all as perfect, all occurrences converging in a circular manner into you from the past, from the present and from the future, so that you find yourself to be a node exquisitely poised between space/time and time/space.

Let your spiritual practice include that visualization and perhaps you shall soon find yourself falling into eternity and infinity with a great feeling of surprise and delight.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: Not on that question, no, thank you, Q’uo.

We thank you, my brother. May we ask if you have a final query at this time?

G: Yes, I do. This query has likely been answered already but, given your ability to approach something from a great multitude of angles, I think I’ll ask anyway and see if it elicits something new.

Are there various degrees or rates or orders of magnitude to the experience of intelligent infinity? Can one entity have a deeper experience of infinity than another?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We may answer this in two ways, my brother. Firstly, we may answer it from the standpoint of third-density space/time and say that, of course, each entity which engages in magical working shall have an experience that is different in intensity or in duration or in some other measure than another seeker who works with the same energies and environments.

From the standpoint of intelligent infinity, however, there is no way of quantifying experience. If an entity is filled to one hundred percent of his ability to experience a moment, who is to say whether that quantity of experience is different than another entity, built quite differently, who also is able to absorb one hundred percent of his experience of intelligent infinity.

The one infinite Creator sees the totality and calls it all one, whereas the entity still mired in the values of space/time would say, “Oh, this great soul has a much finer, broader, deeper experience of infinity and eternity than my poor self with its many limitations and drawbacks.” Judgment concerning the quality of one’s progress in the school of souls is that which eventually is dropped and falls away.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: Yes, what I was trying to get at in this question is the subjectivity of the experience of something which, to my mind, seems to be ultimate. It seems, that if there is anything objective in this universe, it would be intelligent infinity. And I’m trying to grapple with the fact that an entity still has a subjective experience of what would seem to be objective reality. Is that always the case?

We are those of Q’uo, my brother, and we would say only that the fullness of grace is in releasing such attempts to judge one’s experience. The word “infinity” itself is impossible to grasp. This may be your best clue to releasing any concern about how one may experience this infinity.

As long as one is questioning whether one is completely in the awareness of infinity, one has not yet come to the full awareness of infinity. Infinity cannot be measured. The attempt to visualize infinity inevitably puts limits on infinity and falsifies the word. It is difficult, using words, to express the utter endlessness of possibility that is wrapped up in this word. But we may say that when an entity is within the awareness of infinity, there is an awareness of perfection and completeness. The world is whole, the world is one, and there is no attempt to find one’s place in it. One is one with all.

These poor words have so little ability to share the essence of intelligent infinity! It is as though we give this instrument these ragtag words knowing that what your spirit will hear is the space around them and between them. It is the energy in the spaces between the words in which we are able to share with you the fullness of concept and the absolute reality of the love and the light of the one infinite Creator.

We thank this instrument and this group for a wonderful session and again, we are thrilled to be called to your circle. It has been a great blessing to us to share your beauty and your meditation. We leave this instrument and this group in the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai, my friends. Adonai.

[1] Ra, February 3, 1981, Session 17.

[2] Elkins, Rueckert and McCarty, The Law of One, Book I, “The Ra Material”: Atglen, PA, Whitford, [© 1983].

[3] This is a line from Martin Luther’s 1529 hymn, “A Mighty Fortress Is Our God.” The verse in which it occurs reads thusly: That Word, above all earthly powers, no thanks to them, abideth. The Spirit and the gifts are ours through Him Who with us sideth: Let goods and kindred go, this mortal life also. The body they may kill. God’s truth abideth still. His kingdom is forever.

[4] plumb line: a cord with a lead bob attached to one end, used to determine perpendicularity.

September 27, 2008, Saturday Mediation

(This is a “pot-luck” session in which we ask a number of questions that have been sent in from readers around the world. G asks the questions on their behalf.)

G: The first question tonight comes from T1 in Taiwan. T1 says, “I saw an interesting DVD called The Solar Empire. This splendid film discusses sun spots and solar flares. As I recall, these solar phenomena may influence all the planets in the solar system on a physical level. May we ask Q’uo if there is a metaphysical meaning regarding the various phenomena of our sun like solar flares and sun spots?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as Q’uo. Greetings in the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. It is a great privilege to be called to your circle of seeking this evening, and as always we are dumbfounded by the beauty of your blended auras as well as by your intention to have created this sacred space together. We thank you for your query and will respond as best we can within the limits of free will.

But as always, we would ask that each of you listens with discrimination so that you may use those thoughts which may be helpful to you and leave the rest behind.

There are two ways to hear information, one with respect for the source, and the other with respect to the resonance of your own discrimination. We would ask that you follow the latter, not that you respect us the less, but that you respect yourself the more. We thank you for this consideration, for it will allow us to speak more freely and not be concerned that we might be a stumbling block to you in some way or interrupt your spiritual process.

Your sun body is a sub-Logos, a manifester and center of light and love, which it pours out upon all indiscriminately, generously and with great love. As you are perhaps aware, the actions of each of you do not go unnoticed in the universe. The creation of the Father is one and the universe balances itself endlessly with regard to each and every one of its infinite bits and pieces of creatorhood which are making the long, circular journey from alpha to omega and entering into alpha once again.

The situation of your people upon Gaia, or the entity you call Planet Earth, is one which has been maturing and ripening throughout your last several thousands of years as cycle after cycle of empire has risen and been brought to dust, only to spawn another empire with aggressive and hostile feelings and emotions buttressing the point of view that conquers and controls.

These cycles of empire have not lessened as this last major cycle has progressed, but rather there has been a stoppage of the willingness of those upon your sphere to entertain what this instrument would call a new paradigm. We do not speak here of all of those upon your planet, but rather we speak in terms of those whose hands have been greedy for power.

Due to the natural tendency of those upon a certain path to incarnate in bunches, shall we say, you have before you now a large group of entities who have worked together, always fighting for position, but bearing enough amity towards each other to conspire to control the population of your planet and to bend all things to their will.

They have done this before. These entities have been faces at the banquet in Babylon, in Rome, in the Holy Roman Empire, in the Third Reich, and now. There are other cycles of service-to-self entities in other cultures and those who rode with Genghis Khan ride now within your eastern countries such as China, Korea, Japan, India and Pakistan, Israel and Syria. The list can go on.

This phenomenon, where entities who love power and who love control are seeking, whether consciously or unconsciously, to graduate in the service-to-self polarity are in charge, has mandated an acceleration of heat of a metaphysical type. And this heat winds itself down into the Earth, not so much in the physical Earth but in the energy body of the Earth, shall we say, causing the Earth to seek ever more diligently to balance herself. This has its effect not only upon the planet but also upon the sun which streams its light to bless the planet.

You may see these increased and severe solar flares and other sun phenomena as the sun’s innocent and necessary balancing of its energy field in order that the highest and best possible outcome may be preserved for each and every entity upon Planet Earth. It is not an angry sun that is smiting those who have done wrongly. It is simply a living being which, in order to be in balance, must express the products of imbalance so that balance may be regained.

There is no question, my friends, but that you personally, all by yourself, can make a difference in this situation. Insofar as you have the ability to cease the war within you, more light is allowed into your environment and Planet Earth feels that lightening of consciousness and is deeply grateful. She is, in fact, most grateful each day as your group offers the Gaia Meditation and hopes for peace on Earth and peace in the hearts of humankind.

Therefore, we would say to the one known as T that there is not a metaphysical message, per se, in the increased solar flares, any more than there is a message in the increased incidence of extreme weather which you are experiencing at this time. It is a benign and necessary means of adjusting and balancing the energy body of the planet and the energy body of the solar system.

Imagine what would happen within your own vehicle if one of your organs was amiss. Say, perhaps, that your lungs were heavily damaged and you were having difficulty breathing. This would impact your ability to think, your heart function, and many other functions of the body which depend upon the steady intake of oxygen.

Thusly, these are symptoms of a metaphysical illness, which we might describe as a fever which has overtaken humankind. We would simply ask each of you to do what you can to reduce the fever of your own life, your own thoughts, and your own heart and to turn always with utter faith and confidence to the holy sanctuary within your heart where the Creator is to be found in good weather or poor, metaphysically speaking or physically speaking.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask the one known as G if he sees a follow-up to that query.

G: No follow-up, Q’uo.

We thank you, my brother. May we have the next question, please.

G: T asks what is the metaphysical difference between a solar system that orbits a single star and a solar system that orbits binary stars. Is there a possibility that this solar system we currently occupy will one day have a binary star?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. There is, as far as we know, no metaphysical difference between a single-sun solar system and a double-sun solar system. The cause of binary solar systems is to be found in the laws of attraction, where two solar systems have been manifested and have blossomed in such a way that their energies begin to work together and in order to balance the power of the two suns, there is formed a relationship betwixt them so that there is a somewhat more complex system of influences, shall we say, of the kind that you are used to thinking of as astrological.

Its nature has nothing to do with its relationship with the sub-sub-Logoi [1] that may enjoy incarnation beneath its rays of sunshine. There are times when the womb of a woman shall bring forth twins. There is no deeper meaning to that than to the fact of ineluctable [2] and inevitable consequences being caused by the conception being duple.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: I have no follow-up on the previous question. T1 is very devoted to the study of your words, Q’uo, and will be very happy to receive your responses. I will move on to the next question. C writes: “While I read the Q’uo material I often feel very touched in my heart. During one meditation I heard those of Q’uo talk to me and say, “We are your distant future.” I really want to know if those of Q’uo are connected with me in a deeper way.”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query. The query has elements that would infringe upon the Law of Confusion [3] and so we shall content ourselves with observing that in many cases those entities who are drawn to the energies and the vibrations that underlie and surround the words that we offer through this instrument are what this instrument would call wanderers.

For a wanderer the Earth is indeed the home, the native land, and it is well to adopt it and embrace it fully. Yet, those who come from elsewhere, especially those who have incarnated in the latest wave of wanderers which we would call indigo children, even the adults, there is a distinct overlay of nearly hidden but discernable memory of a different time, a different place, and different conditions, where hearts were indeed undefended and where compassion held sway.

Each wanderer has relinquished any claim upon that long-ago and distant home that was elsewhere, in order that it may fully commit with zeal, honesty and integrity to the mission of lightening the consciousness of Planet Earth, one thought at a time, not changing others but simply working to change the self.

However, there are always friends from home who may stop by to say hello, and it can safely be said that many of those who listen to the words of the Ra group, the Hatonn group, and the Latwii group, that altogether make up the Q’uo group, will find friends and relations among those that speak.

May we ask if there is a further query, my brother?

G: Thank you Q’uo. The next question comes from T2. It begins with a Ra excerpt, followed by the question. Ra is talking about healing and Ra says “Infringement upon free will occurs in this circumstance only if the entity doing the working ascribes the authorship of this event to itself or its own skill. He who states that no working comes from it but only through it is not infringing upon free will.” T2 asks, “Why is it that the free will of those witnessing the healing is protected when the healer does not claim authorship of the healing? Conversely, why is the free will of witnesses infringed upon by the healer who claims authorship?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We thank you for the thoughtful query. The energy of healing is not a single thing or a simple thing. In its pure form, that is, the form in which the healer is an instrument of the divine allowing to flow through it the energies of the one infinite Creator, there is no possibility of infringement because of the fact that the transaction has nothing of action in it on the part of the healer, except for the healer to turn to the one infinite Creator and ask that it may be used.

When the healer is out of the way and the energy is coming through the healer, if the one who is supposedly to be healed does not wish healing, spirit will move away without a second thought. The healer in this circumstance functions as a catalyst. It creates an environment, without itself being changed, in which the one to be healed has the opportunity to choose a different default setting for its wellness. Insofar as the one to be healed chooses to take this opportunity, miracles may indeed happen. However, there has been no connection or contact, if you will, between the will of the healer and the will of the one to be healed.

It is as if one were to place a crystal in such a setting that it vibrated and radiated in a certain way because of the configuration of its crystalline structure. The radiation occurs. Whether or not it is used is entirely within the free will of the one to be healed, whether that free will is expressed consciously or unconsciously.

Conversely, if the healer believes that he is the one doing the healing, his will is involved and is in contact with the one to be healed. There is a perceived separation, therefore, between healer and healee, and this separation is less than the truth of wholeness. In this environment it is indeed possible to infringe upon the free will of the one to be healed, whether consciously or unconsciously realized upon the part of the one to be healed, simply because the will of the healer is involved. This has an almost inevitable tendency to shut the gate of intelligent infinity so that the healer is no longer spring-boarding from the green ray, moving through the gateway to intelligent infinity and opening that gateway, allowing the power to heal to come through that gateway and through the healer as an instrument. It is, instead, operating from the yellow ray.

The yellow ray is a powerful ray and [the healer’s] will can be channeled very easily by one who has a powerful will to impinge upon other entities. That will of the healer may well be to do good, to serve the Creator and to serve the fellow man or woman that is standing before him asking to be healed. Nevertheless, he now has a personal dynamic between his yellow ray and the will of the other entity, from whatever chakra that other entity is expressing its will. This means that the healing is a human transfer. The healer pushes wellness into the energy body of the one to be healed. Frequently, such healers are very effective in the short term.

The laying on of hands is often very powerful with such healers. There may be an immediate healing or that which seems to be an immediate improvement. The hallmark of such healings is, however, that they will wear off and will simply be combed out of the aura of the one to be healed by time and attrition, so that in the end the energy simply stops being effective.

That same healer can repeat the healing again and again and achieve results each time. Nevertheless, it does not have the characteristics of that movement through the gateway of intelligent infinity which produces the environment of healing while preserving completely the free will of the one to be healed.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Thank you for that response, Q’uo. The next question is a quick one. It comes from A, from Scandinavia. A asks, “I believe I am a wanderer, extra-terrestrial in origin. Can you confirm this?”

We are those of Q’uo, and we are indeed able to confirm this for the one known as A.

(Pause)

We are those of Q’uo. Is there another query at this time?

G: Yes, Q’uo, thank you. This next query comes from T3. T3 asks, “Is it likely that this timeframe of December 21, 2012, give or take, will be delayed by an increase in positive polarity? And if delayed, is the length of delay likely to be negligible?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query. There are two layers to that query and we would answer both of them. Firstly, in terms of the planetary situation, there is no variance possible in the turning of the age. It is a mathematical, geometrical design that works like a clock. When the age is done, another age moves in and this is what is occurring with Planet Earth at this time. This will indeed occur, as you say, in 2011, 2012, in that vicinity. We would be delighted to be completely accurate but although the mathematics of Planet Earth turn to a specific date of December 21, 2012, there are metaphysical corrections to be made to the Earthly mathematics which indicate that the clock will turn somewhat before that, somewhere in the summer preceding the winter solstice of 2012.

Be that as it may, this is only one layer of our answer. What impacts the questioner, and all of those upon Planet Earth, far more is the harvest that is occurring concomitantly with this turning of the age. The harvest has already begun. It began in your year 1987 in that period called “Harmonic Convergence.” [4] Entities began being harvested when they died from the physical at that time. All were offered the steps of light. Many of those you now call “Indigo Children” are those who have graduated from Planet Earth in the positive sense, have now gone on to acquaint themselves with their new fourth-density homes and have asked for permission to return to third density as wanderers.

The concern here is duple. Firstly, the wanderers wish to lighten the consciousness of the planet that there may be the largest possible harvest upon Planet Earth at this time. They are aware, once they have entered fourth density and have been able to look at the situation from a larger point of view, that one person can make a difference by the way he thinks and by the way he lives. So they have given up their newly won fourth-density living to come back to what this instrument would call “spiritual boot camp” in order to get into the thick of the fray and, in the heart of disharmony, create harmony; in the heart of fear, create love; in the heart of judgment, create compassion.

There is another powerful motive for such entities to return to third-density Planet Earth, and that is the love and concern that they feel for Gaia, Planet Earth herself. There is much restitution that can be made: trees planted, wastes cleansed, habits changed, so that the earth begins to thrive and people begin to live with the earth instead of on the earth. These motives are powerful in bringing many new wanderers to Planet Earth.

As wanderers have come in to Planet Earth for incarnation, and as the population of the planet from whatever source has slowly begun to hunger and thirst for the new paradigm of love and understanding, the Earth has been able to take hold and to respond to this lightening that is ongoing. It is easy to look at the many extreme weather problems that your globe has been experiencing and cry doom, but we would suggest to you that these frequent catastrophes are a very good sign. They are the sign that Planet Earth has regained enough strength to do the balancing that she must do in order to absorb and eliminate this aggressive and hostile energy that has been pumped into her for so long, in stages, rather than all at once.

You will notice that the magnetic change that needed to be made has not been made by a pole shift, but rather has been made by small increments and even now, magnetic north, as this instrument would call it, is almost precisely at the place it needs to be in order to welcome fourth density.

Thusly, we may say that indeed, in terms of the harvesting being prolonged past 2012, this was always a possibility if a pole shift did not have to occur, and it is now a near certainty, since the lightening of the planet has continued to take place, mostly unnoticeably and beneath the radar of politics and the larger consciousness of the society as a whole.

However, when one pulls the attention away from the news, which focuses upon those in power and those who have caused destruction and points it at the home front, at friends and neighbors and the local situation, we would suggest that you can find good things happening everywhere, people caring for and loving each other and reaching out to each other in kindness and compassion.

This means that each who is hearing these words or who may read them shall undoubtedly be able to live their incarnation through and be, at the end of it, invited to walk those steps of light that the harvest times offer to souls who seek the one infinite Creator.

May we answer you further my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Thank you Q’uo. The next question comes from J. J asks, “A well-known psychic has suggested that 99.9% of the time, Multiple Personality Disorder has to do with ‘bleed-throughs’ of past life memories/personalities. The traumatized child compartmentalizes parts of their current personality or different past-life personalities. Is this true? And could you offer any insight into this situation?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query. We would find it impossible to generalize in this particular question and say that it is usually a bleed-through memory from a past life or it is not a bleed-through memory from a past life. It is unknown.

The human psyche is a delicately balanced mechanism. It is certainly true in each case that the compartmentalism of personality takes place because there have been insults offered to body, mind or spirit that have been so egregious that they cannot be borne. They cannot be looked at face to face. And so they must be tucked away so that the organism as a whole can survive.

In some cases, this process takes place from the inside out; that is, from within the personality of the being which has brought this conundrum with it into incarnation for the precise purpose of working it through.

In other cases, the personality of a parental figure or a guardian figure or some other figure which has offered such insult and grievous injury to the entity becomes part of that compartmentalization process and in those cases, the source of alternative personalities tends to be a dynamic between the abuser and the abused, so that there may be, in some cases, four or five or six personalities that come forth which are attempting to express a certain phase of the dynamics of the abuse involved that have spring-boarded the entity into compartmentalizing its personality.

In the former case it is more likely that some use might be made of some karmically central previous past-life event or relationship, this redounding [5] to the present life and expressing in such a way that the entity works upon the self in a way that is quite unorthodox in terms of what this instrument would call normal or mentally healthy living.

Nevertheless, when such a pattern exists, it exists on purpose, not as a punishment or as a mistake. Rather, the entity has chosen a particularly difficult incarnative experience because, from the standpoint of the self before incarnation, it saw that in the very …

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

… of Planet Earth there would be a vastly shortened period necessary in order to achieve a rebooting and rebalancing of the soul’s essence in a very helpful way. However, it is possible in either of those two types of split personality that such an alternative personality may be echoing a past-life experience or relationship. It is simply a case-by-case determination and it certainly is not true, in our opinion, that it is always having to do with a past life. In many cases the present life and its abuses are more than enough catalyst to produce this particular configuration of mind.

It is, however, to be noted that in the larger sense all present-day relationships undoubtedly have their roots in past lives. Those who have incarnation upon Earth today have incarnated time and time again, moving within a certain group of souls who, through many lifetimes, have had many different relationships with each other.

Therefore, the question becomes moot because even if everything within the configuration of split mind comes from this incarnation and this abuse, there is the background within each soul essence of all of the connections which have existed before and of all of the patterns of relationship and connection that have been experienced and explored by those within relationship.

In the end, it is perhaps more helpful—metaphysically speaking, not psychologically speaking—to consider all cases of split personality as taking place within the self, with the other personalities being seen as portions of the shadow side of self that have become swollen out of place, so that they have escaped the comfortable location within the self of that shadow side and have acted out into the daylight consciousness of an entity.

If one looks at it that way, just as one may look at a dream as each character in the dream being part of the self, it is perhaps less understandable in an intellectual or logical way but more easy to work with in terms of forgiving the self, forgiving the alternative self, forgiving the entire situation and moving through a healing and balancing process.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: No, thank you, Q’uo. The next question comes from J, from the Netherlands. He writes, “It seems that our awareness in the incarnation we happen to be living is isolated. We have no awareness of our past incarnations and no awareness of future incarnations. What good is it to be separated from the knowledge of our other incarnations? Also, how does learning from one incarnation carry over to the next?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your question, my brother. First of all, the reason for the veil of forgetting is that it is only within the innocence of unknowing that one may choose one’s path in utter free will. There were third densities in which more knowledge of past and future was included in the template of the human consciousness. However, those third densities tended to be inefficient in preparing entities for the choice of service to self or service to others.

When there is a comfortable awareness of the grand scheme of things, there is also the temptation to take it easy and to loaf and enjoy the life as it is without making ethical choices. When the veil drops and an entity is indeed isolated within his own mind, he is then aware that his choices will make all the difference in his life and the process by which he comes to know himself and to know his mind is then innocent of any influence but his own. This is a very valuable characteristic in terms of doing a lot of metaphysical work quickly. This veil that has dropped creates a very vivid environment in which there is an enhanced feeling of personhood and the power that one has to choose.

It may seem illogical to block out the knowledge of what has come before in terms of being well-informed as to making decisions, yet the purpose of incarnation in third density is not to be well informed, but to be uninformed; not to feel the oneness with all but to experience the catalyst of seeming isolation, so that one will organize the self, one will get to know the self, one will gather experience and begin creating a system of personal ethics that makes sense in the here and now not having to do with what has gone before.

In third density, each day is a new day; each choice is the beginning of a new life, and this is a very precious and helpful characteristic of being within the veil of forgetting.

The second part of your query, my brother, has to do with what lasts past the physical incarnation and we may say to you that your personality does not last, but your essence lasts. You have made slow and hard-won changes in the balance with which you look at life. You have gained ground in widening and deepening your perspective and your point of view in what this instrument has called “boot camp” many times, and you have developed, if we may use the simile of flowers, a certain scent or aroma and it is that scent of self that lasts. It is the essence that endures.

Many details will fall away, even within incarnation and certainly beyond it. But those things that have moved your heart, those things that have changed your point of view, those things that have softened and sweetened your nature, those are the things that endure. The beauty that you create is eternal. All else falls away.

May we ask for one final query at this time, my brother?

G: Your responses have been excellent, Q’uo. The final query is from M, and he asks, “Q’uo said recently that fourth-density beings can inhabit a planet with third-density entities and choose to remain unseen. I’d like to know how third-density entities share the first and second density of a planet with the higher-density entities. I imagine that the fourth density entities don’t need first-density structures for shelter, but what about environmental changes made by third-density entities? How are fourth-density beings affected by this? For example, if third-density entities cut down a second-density forest, is the environment of the higher densities diminished by that act?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query. The query itself contains some inaccuracies yet it is a delightful query and we shall do what we can to work our way through it.

Firstly, fourth density is indeed interpenetrating so heavily with third density at this time that it is quite possible for a fourth-density entity to live on your planet. However, it is not a choice that fourth-density entities would make. Rather, if they wish to inhabit this planet at this time, they inhabit it in the inner realms. And indeed, you have many within your inner realms at this time that are fourth density.

However, the vast majority of those who have graduated from third-density Planet Earth have chosen to move into incarnation in dual-activated third density/fourth density bodies. They are wired for both densities but are governed in third density by the third-density portion of their wiring so that they are physically third-density entities.

The enhanced wiring, however, often shows through in everyday life as such entities grow up and become part of society, in that there is a certain amount of hectic energy that is different and stronger than a simple third-density wiring would permit. This creates the situation where many of your fourth-density dual-activated beings are diagnosed with some version of Attention Deficit Disorder. This comes from the increased amount of information available to those with fourth-density wiring. It is almost too much information for the third-density being to hold, and yet even with this handicap, the desire of the indigo wanderer is to come and give everything that they have to the beau geste of serving the one Creator by loving and embracing Planet Earth and its people at this time.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to that query, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: No, there is no follow-up.

In that case, my brother, we shall take our leave of you, this group, and this instrument, thanking each for the great privilege of sharing conversation with you. We extend our love and our light to all of those who ask queries, and we thank each who is part of the extended community of this group. Certainly, those in this sitting circle consider all of those who write in with questions to be part of L/L Research, as this instrument calls this community of those who love the one infinite Creator with all their hearts, all their souls, all their minds and all their strength and their neighbors as themselves.

We take our leave of you, leaving you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. And for those of you with sensitive feelings to vibrations we may say that due to the various queries this evening, the one known as Hatonn has been the speaker, rather than the one known as Latwii. However, we are Q’uo, infinitely one. We offer you love and light as we receive the same from you, for are we not all one? Adonai. Adonai vasu.

[1] In Confederation terminology, a sun is a sub-Logos and a person is a sub-sub-Logos. The Logos is the one original Thought of unconditional love.

[2] ineluctable: that which is incapable of being evaded; inescapable.

[3] The Law of Confusion is another Confederation term for free will.

[4] To look further into this topic, here is a good web site with which to start: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harmonic_Convergence.

[5] redound: to come back or reflect upon a person as to honor or disgrace.

October 11, 2008, Saturday Meditation

Question from G: (Jim reading.) “In the body complex we have a process whereby we ingest a variety of foodstuffs for the survival and growth of our body. Our body, however, does not use the majority of the food we give it. Instead, it separates the nutrients and other helpful materials from the food, absorbs those materials and eliminates the rest.

“In the mind complex, we have a process whereby we are constantly bombarded with catalyst from within and without. Analogous to the body, our mind must take only the nutritious portions of our catalyst in order to furnish ourselves with distilled experience for the purpose of spiritual evolution.

“Can you discuss how our minds distill our experience, with special focus on how we eliminate that which is not helpful for our growth?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is our privilege and our pleasure to be called to your group and we are most happy to speak to you upon the subject of the good food of incoming catalyst and good digestion in developing excellent experience.

However, as always, we would like to make a point of asking each of you to use your discrimination in listening to our thoughts. If you find them fair, please, by all means, make use of them as you will. If they do not seem resonant to you, please leave them behind and move on. The right thought for you is just around the corner and it is not from us.

Be strict with yourself on this account, not only with us but also with all things that you hear and you shall make your life much simpler. For trying to follow authority is not helpful unless that authority is your own discrimination. Trust yourself and your process. We thank you for this consideration.

Comparing the acquisition of incoming experience to the acquisition of foodstuffs is very apt, my brother. There is, indeed, food that is for the physical body and there is food that is nutriment for the body that is your energetic body. And indeed, just as a person who is thoughtful and wishes to maximize his nutrition will make choices that he has come to feel are wise in what he does and does not eat and drink, just so is there a substantial amount that an entity can do as he meets the waves of experience that flood his senses and his emotions day by day, hour by hour and minute by minute.

Firstly, one may consider the moment of realization of some new catalyst. Suddenly you are asked to take a big bite of something new—a new thought, an exchange between yourself and another, or a conversation with yourself that has led you in a new direction. Whatever it is, suddenly you are chewing over a new idea, a new emotion, a new impulse, or a new thought.

The phrase “chewing over” is one we used on purpose, because there is a way to consider that which is incoming. Just as you chew your food until the saliva in your mouth has entered into the breaking down of the foodstuff, thus promoting digestion, so too, as you receive something that triggers your emotions and you find yourself tempted toward an impulsive reaction, it is a skillful thing, spiritually speaking, to refrain from immediate and impulsive response, but rather chew the trigger over in your mind.

Perhaps the trigger is an old friend, one you recognize as having been able to offer you catalyst in the past. A moment to contemplate the catalyst and you will begin to work with that catalyst without your having to do anything other than honor and respect the emotional process that has been offered to you. You may consider whether you wish to move with the response that impulsively came to you. Perhaps you do, but you may not. You may find it to be less than your deepest and truest response. So then you have the opportunity to move past whatever pain or suffering was in the trigger that moved you from your previous setting of peace and contentment.

It is not that you are looking for better behavior from yourself. The attempt to “behave” often creates more problems for the seeker than the willingness to speak honestly, or as this instrument would say, “Speak truth to power.” If heads roll and feelings are hurt because it was ethically necessary for you to tell the truth, then so be it.

However, there are many times when the initial surface response that has been triggered is not your deeper truth, but rather an artifact left over from your childhood, or from earlier in your life when you did not feel supported, cherished or valued. It takes a surprisingly small amount of time to recognize such triggers and to turn to that inner child, or that younger version of yourself that was harmed and has suffered and express to it, with caresses and kisses and rocking in your arms, that you love and honor and respect that pain, and you are there to comfort and give the Balm of Gilead to that suffering.

Secondly, it is well to realize, with a glad and light heart, that indeed much of what flows into your system will flow out, unchanged by you as you are by it. Experience, like foodstuff, comes with husks and skins and waste parts that cannot do your energy body any good. It is a mistake often made by those upon the spiritual path to try to cling to every bit of experience, thinking that it all means something. The sheer volume of experience that flows through your energy body is astounding and the attempt to hold on to it and shape it in some intellectually satisfying way can indeed constipate your energy body.

The one known as Freud mentioned that sometimes a cigar was just a cigar. Sometimes a coincidence is, indeed, just a coincidence. When you are ready for synchronicities you will begin to see them multiplying all around you. Each time you recognize a coincidence as having a spiritual lesson in its hands, you open yourself more to that level of living which this instrument would call “magical.” The more respect that you give to the details of your existence—the animals and birds that you see, the names of the streets and of the people that you meet and so forth—the more open that you become to receiving many helpful hints and pointed suggestions from your environment.

However, this line of thinking is only good up to the point where you begin to hinder yourself from simply letting things flow, by your need to identify and catalogue and think about all the synchronicities. It is very helpful to find that balance between living a life unaware of the amazing profusion of inner connections and inklings and clues that these inner connections will give you and living a life so wrapped up in self-analysis that you are never able to break out of that bubble of thinking about yourself so that you can simply be yourself.

Let the husks be husks. Let the skins be skins. Let them pass through you and away from you. If you do receive difficult catalyst, then let it flow. Move directly into the heart of it. Chew it well. Take it in small bites insofar as you can, and just keep chewing, keep swallowing, and keep affirming to yourself that much of what is moving through you will move from you and only that which can do you good is going to stay with you.

Thirdly, it has often been said that food is at its best when it is eaten with friends, when there is laughter and good conversation and good fellowship, and this is true. In the company of friends, the body relaxes, the heart can remain undefended and the digestion flows smoothly.

Likewise, within your energy body see the food that you are eating as being eaten at a party. Do you think you are in a rut? Do you think that your life is boring? Look again. Let your life be a celebration! If it seems that the only one at the party is you, then light a candle, put out a napkin, and belly up to having a wonderful party by yourself. Find reasons to laugh. Look for those thoughts that put everything in perspective. Make it a habit to step back and ask yourself what the wider view might be.

There is a skill that can be learned, in the way that any habit is learned, of being good company to yourself. Watch for those thoughts in which you put yourself down, call yourself stupid, bemoan your fate, or otherwise open the door into that view of life in which life is hard.

We do not suggest that life is not sometimes hard. This is so. It is one of the very reasons that you wanted to be in this environment, this boot camp, as this instrument calls it. Yet, at the same time, within you is the ability to choose to replace a downward spiral with an upward spiral. Both this instrument and the one known as G are fond of the Prayer of St. Francis and we would iterate it at this time. Listen to the choices and come to see how you may create, of any situation, a positive and hopeful tendency. The prayer, in its translation into your English language, goes like this:

O Lord, make me an instrument of your peace. Where there is hatred, let me sow love; where there is injury, pardon; where there is discord, union; where there is doubt, faith; where there is despair, hope; where there is darkness, light; where there is sadness, joy.

O Divine Master, teach me to seek not so much to be loved, as to love; not so much to be understood as to understand; not so much to be consoled, as to console. For it is in pardoning that I am pardoned; it is in giving that I receive and it is in dying that I shall rise to eternal life with my Beloved at last.” [1]

How easy it is to grease the wheels of hatred within you! And if that habit takes hold within you, then you shape the energy body in a way that is very toxic for it. You can take catalyst that has a perfect right to be taken badly, and yet, if you refuse to take it as it is on the surface as you would have the impulse to do, and instead look for the love in that hateful moment, look for the light in that darkness, look for the hope in that despairing thought, you can cleanse your system of its toxins.

It is not particularly helpful to scold yourself or to punish yourself. It is only helpful to sympathize with yourself and offer yourself those hopes, those consolations, those little bits of light that can make the darkest night, the longest suffering, into something that is do-able, bearable, and survivable.

If you do not hang onto those emotions that are dark, they shall indeed wash through you. Although, certainly, in the midst of a blow, emotionally speaking, it does not seem to be possible that you may heal and go on, we assure you [that you can.] You are true of heart, firm of purpose, desiring to be a servant of the one infinite Creator and a force for love in your incarnation. These things about you are true regardless of what happens. Hold onto them and use them. Use the knowledge of yourself as a good person, a trustworthy person, a loyal and loving person, so that you are able to bring your own torn spirit into unity, your own dark thoughts into the light of your own love and your own belief that all is well.

There will be times when it will seem that your energy body is ill. Let it be ill. Enter into the exhaustion, the depression, or whatever condition which is afflicting your energy body at a particular moment. It is not necessary to behave or to feel in a certain way. So often, spiritual students attempt to maintain a positive point of view on the level of behavior. They simply scoop the inconvenient emotions out of the way so that they will be able to perceive themselves as wise, metaphysically correct seekers.

While we encourage you to tweak the thoughts as they come through you and to help yourself to find better versions of your own truth, we do encourage you, above all, to witness to your own truth, whatever that may be. If you are in a bad way it is not the end of the spiritual world.

And it is far better to allow yourself to heal, to move through that huge amount of catalyst that has somehow gotten stuck in your system, than to try to hurry it, even if you are feeling perfectly miserable. It is far better to allow the natural flow of your own energy body to move that through your system as it really feels to do without your asking your energy body to put a rush on it and to get rid of the feelings that you did not want.

All of your feelings have gifts in their hands, even the most crushing and cruel. There is for the doughty [2] seeker a lesson in everything. Consequently, if you are inconvenienced by what seems to be an attack of the “megrims,” [3] allow yourself the rhythm and the grace of a natural flow of returning wellness of being, knowing that you are fundamentally very sound in your health.

Fortunately, your energy body has a great deal of [intrinsic] health. And that is the last thing that we would suggest to you at this time. Sometimes when you eat the wrong foods, you might take medicine to help yourself rebalance. Just so, when you have a case of spiritual indigestion it is very helpful to call upon your guidance and to ask for the help that is all around you. Your guidance is as near to you as your own heartbeat. The angels that are around you wish only to be asked to help.

As this instrument was reminded recently, it is always well to remember to ask for that help and to open yourself expectantly to receive it. [4] Do not feel, no matter how alone you seem to be, that you are truly isolated. My beloved friends, nothing could be further from the truth. You swim in a sea of unity and interconnectedness that would astound you could you but see it. And you have many, many friends on the inner planes, friends that are drawn to you because of the beauty of your personalities and your great desire to serve. And these angelic beings wish only to lend you their love and their light and to back you up on the inner planes, so that you never feel alone. This is their one hope, that they may enter into your life and help you to realize that which you wish to realize.

The handiest and simplest way to work with your guidance is to enter into the silence each day. We often speak of entering into the silence and maintaining a silence of self as being a very important part of a spiritual battery of resources that are helpful to the seeker. And in speaking of that which enables one to use the food of catalyst well, we would be remiss if we did not mention both the passive and active kinds of meditation.

In the passive meditation it is enough simply to enter into the silence and allow the self to drift away, whether you simply follow your breathing or have another means of achieving that silence within. Indeed, whether you sit or walk or even run to meditate, it is all one. The essence of it is to enter the silence. For within the silence is that great original Thought of love which can become your consciousness if you can get your small self out of the way.

Then there is the active kind of meditation where you are musing and contemplating your day. And in those times it is helpful to work with those things that triggered you today, experiencing them in memory, allowing their opposites to come into your consciousness and allowing that opposite dynamic to take over your consciousness. Then as you finish, hold those two opposites side by side in your mind and affirm the 360-degree nature of your nature and of the Creator. The Creator is all things and you contain all things as well.

As you become more and more known to yourself, all of these ways of achieving good digestion and a happy energy body become ever more smooth and easy, even effortless, to accomplish. So many things, my friends, are a matter of habit. Create the habits of contemplation and meditation, of lightheartedness, thoughtfulness and balance, and you shall have a very good meal of life.

We thank the one known as G for this very interesting query, and we would like to ask at this time if there is a follow-up to this question, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: No, not to that question, Q’uo.

We thank you, my brother. Is there another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Q’uo, I have two questions about the work that I’ve started to do with G and M on reading the Law of One books together. The first question is: When people work together as a group to learn more about the spiritual side of life, do they create a metaphysical entity called a group mind? And if this is true, can they use that entity as a resource as they continue their study?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. When entities work together spiritually they do, indeed, create a group mind, but there is more to it than that, my brother. Each entity has antecedents, shall we say, a spiritual family tree. Each has worked with other entities in lives before this one and so the family tree of relationships becomes amazingly mazed and it is, indeed, a small world.

By that we mean that by the time an entity comes into the circumstance where he is able to create the kind of study group that you have created with the one known as M and the one known as G, you have almost a sure knowledge that you have worked together before and you have entities who are of your group in the inner planes who are drawn to your coming together again. These are entities with whom both of you have worked in the past. When you add a third entity, then you get a far more intricate pattern of past lives and those on the inner planes that were part of those past lives and who wish you well and wish to be of service if they can.

Since they are all attracted to your group, it is not simply that you have formed a group mind, or shall we say a group oversoul or combined guidance or higher self, but you have also alerted and awakened a large portion of entities on the inner planes who crowd around with good vibrations and good energy to help you on your way.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Yes. I have the idea that the group mind is some new energy that gets created by a group working together, but that does not seem to be correct. I think that you’re saying that the group mind is a group of metaphysical entities that are aiding and working with the three physical entities before. Is that correct?

We are those of Q’uo. My brother, that is partially correct. We are saying that your group mind consists of your combined guidance systems plus that group of well-wishers of whom we spoke. There are actually two spokes to the wheel: there is the combination of your guidance which forms its own unique higher self for that group. That in turn is supported by the entities from the inner planes who lend their energy to that guidance.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Not on this topic, but thank you for covering it and I will share it with the others.

The other question is: Since the three of us work together and all of us feel inspired by the Law of One, and all of us also are trying to learn the art of channeling, when we work together on this particular material, does it help us in any way to be better channels and does it help us to be better channels for a particular type of consciousness?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. In a linear sense that is not so. That is, the working together, the inspiration together, and so forth does not necessarily predispose you towards being better channels or towards being a particular kind of channel. The help that you receive, however, is in that sense of self that is difficult to quantify but is nevertheless very real. And that, in its turn, predisposes you to have faith in yourself and to release yourself from worries concerning channeling or anything else that you wish to do.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

The quality of companionship and mutual support that you are able to experience in a group when you are giving your support to others and they are generously and unstintingly giving it right back to you, has an effect upon the way that you feel about yourself. There is a validation there on a level that does not have words. And this relaxes you and allows your self-confidence to become—not overweening and proud—but this takes away the tendency towards contracting and worrying about things, including channeling.

Rather, we would say that what predisposes one towards being a better channel is gaining clarity within the self concerning the self, so that when you approach learning to channel, for instance, you are aware of why you are here, why you are working on this particular skill and art, and consequently it is much more simple and matter-of-fact.

As to what would predispose one to be a certain kind of channel, that is something that is unique to each person. It is not from the outside in that a person becomes a particular kind of channel—it is from the inside out.

If an entity wants to be a channel for healing but is trying to be a channel for the Confederation, then it simply muddies the waters, shall we say. There are many ways to channel and for each channeling student it is a matter of gaining the experience, through repetition of the work, to begin to identify your particular and unique path of service and then to offer 100% of your intention and your dedication to improving yourself along the lines of your maximum gift.

So, in terms of learning to channel, the interest for each channeling student needs to be that conversation with the self wherein there is a growing knowledge of the self, a growing clarity of the self, and the type of service that this particular entity wishes to give, so that when time comes to work on the channeling circle and be part of the effort to open the self to our humble thoughts, there is nothing competing for your attention, and you are able to relax and open the self and see what happens without worrying about the outcome or giving yourself any judgment as to how you are doing.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

R: No, not on this particular question, although you have given us food for thought and I thank you for it.

I will ask one quick confirmation and that is: As we were speaking, I had a kind of stray thought that came into my mind, since we were talking about the Law of One, that you as an entity were probably aware of it? Is that correct? When that type of study is going on are you, as an entity, since Ra is part of your group mind, drawn to that energy in that space/time and time/space?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. And it is certainly so. We are happy to give you confirmation of that. In the metaphysical world, when people are talking about you, it is known. So we are all eavesdroppers, shall we say, of a certain type, and when you are working with the thoughts that those of Ra have offered, we are indeed there and are part of the Confederation of Angels and Planets, as we sometimes call the Confederation. The inner and the outer planes work together, my brother, in terms of supporting and being a good guidance system for those that are moving through this school of souls that is Planet Earth.

May we answer you further, my brother?

R: No, Q’uo, thank you.

We thank you, my brother. Is there a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: I’ll take the final query at this time. If it is too long or too much on the instrument’s energy, please feel free not to answer and I’ll ask it again in another session.

Ra says of karma that an entity that acts in a consciously unloving manner in action with other beings can become karmically involved. They also say that the stoppage of the inertia of action may be called forgiveness. This raises an interesting question considering that in order to polarize, the negative entity is consciously attempting to exclude the energies of the heart chakra from all of its interactions with other selves.

What then is karma to the negative entity? And if the negative entity accumulates such a thing as karma, how does the negative entity alleviate karma?

We are those of Q’uo, my brother. To answer that query we must put you into the negative mindset. To the negative mindset, karma is delicious. The building up of it is delicious. There is joy in creating more karma because this is the by-product of control over others and manipulation of others. Consequently, there is no attempt to alleviate karma in the service-to-self path, but only to hone the edge of rage and anger until it is ever more penetrating and ever more effective.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: So then, karma operates universally on third-density entities but there are two different attitudes with respect to karma?

We are those of Q’uo. That is precisely correct, my brother.

G: Thank you, Q’uo. That’s all for me.

We are those of Q’uo. We are sorry to see the energy wane and our delightful conversation come to an end. We cannot tell you how much we enjoy speaking with you. It is such a pleasure!

It is a pleasure as well, to gaze at the auras of each of you as they intermingle and create this sacred place that is this circle of seeking. Your beauty is perfectly wonderful and we thank you for the experience of being able to join in your sacred seeking.

At this time, we would leave this instrument and this group in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as those of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

[1] This paraphrase is not completely accurate, but is very close to the generally accepted translation from the original, which was itself a translation from Italian into French.

[2] Doughty means courageous and stalwart.

[3] One who has the megrims is depressed and feeling dismal and sullen.

[4] Carla: I had just had a psychic reading in which it was suggested that I ask my angels to be with me each day rather than taking them for granted.

October 25, 2008, Saturday Meditation

G: Q’uo, in the Law of One material Ra states that the “initiation of the Queen’s Chamber has to do with abandoning of self to such desire to know the Creator in full.” [1]

I believe that there is a hierarchy or spectrum of desires. At one end of that spectrum are the desires that crave and find identity within the material, the shallow and the transitory. This frequency of desires vibrates with concern for the survival, the status, the pride, and the enhancement of the personality or separate self. On the other end of that spectrum are energy patterns which seek selflessness, transcendence, love, light, and unity with a myriad of desires between.

It would seem that in the Queen’s Chamber, the entity must, key word, “abandon” all personality-oriented desires and self-regarding inclinations in favor of the supreme desire to know the Creator in full, which echoes the process of the burial chamber wherein the entity dies to self and, through this confrontation of apparent loss and realization of essential gain, is transformed into a new and risen being.

This seems fairly straightforward: apparent loss, essential gain; release the small self, become the universal self; death and rebirth. Yet Ra says elsewhere in the Law of One material that “the proper role of the entity is in this density to experience all things desired, then to analyze, understand and accept these experiences, distilling from them the love/light within them. Nothing shall be overcome. That which is not needed falls away.” [2]

According to what Ra says happens in the Queen’s Chamber, it would seem that at the threshold of the infinite the entity must cease to experience all things desired. Their instructions seem contradictory because in the Queen’s Chamber the entity must release completely and forever the desires of a lower nature in favor of the single desire to know and become the Creator. The entity, in other words, is no longer experiencing all things desired. Some desires are released.

So, can you reconcile or build a conceptual bridge between these two seemingly divergent lines of thought?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is our privilege and our pleasure to speak with this circle of seeking upon the question concerning the dynamic between the initiatory or Queen’s Chamber position and the everyday self whose instructions are to experience all things desired.

As always, however, we would request that you use your discrimination as you listen to or read these words. If a thought of ours seems helpful to you, by all means use it. If it does not resonate to you, then let it go. Your doing this will enable us to feel free to offer our humble opinions without being concerned that we may infringe upon your free will or otherwise disturb the pattern of your spiritual walk. We thank you for this consideration.

We thank the one known as G for this query. It brings into sharp focus the very real dynamic between that journey of self towards the gateway of intelligent infinity and the entity as a citizen of Planet Earth and of the third-density walk of getting to know the self and, when the self is known, accepting the self completely.

The initiatory experience of which those of Ra spoke was part of the long period of training in which initiates learned how to be those who could heal or, rather, could open themselves up as instruments for healing. Taken out of context, it would seem that there is the goal of remaining in the Queen’s-Chamber-position attitude at all times.

However, the Queen’s Chamber was used in the culminating ritual which the student experienced as he took on what could be called the robes of priesthood. This level of vibration which the Queen’s Chamber position requires was considered to be the desirable default setting for a priest as he began to perform his priestly duties, whether those duties were teaching, healing or invocation and evocation for the benefit of all of humankind.

It was hoped that whenever the initiated priest or priestess set out to do healing, offer a ritual or teach, that the priest would be able to revisit and re-identify with that level of vibration which was first experienced as the intensely dedicated new priest offered himself and his life to the one infinite Creator as an instrument of the highest and best good.

Because of the fact that the one known as Don did not further investigate the initiatory process, the Ra group did not discuss the fact that this level of vibration was intended to be put on like a robe and then taken off like a robe, just as one would don a physical robe and then hang it away when it was no longer needed.

Indeed, in any situation where the seeker wishes to function as a healer, a teacher, a channel such as this one, or any of the other ways in which the gateway to intelligent infinity might be accessed, there is the time-limited nature of that donning of the robe of the magical personality. Indeed, it is important to create a time-bound persona when magical work is being contemplated.

When one moves into the tuning up in order to achieve that abandonment of the everyday and the total focus upon the divine, it is understood from the beginning that when the purpose of donning this magical personality has been achieved, then the magician or priest shall, consciously and carefully, by visualization or physical action, end the time of dedication and remove, whether in the imagination or physically, the robe of the magical personality, and set it carefully away in the innermost heart where it can be called forth again, hopefully with less and less difficulty as repetition begins to create good habits of auto-suggestion, so that eventually slipping into the magical personality can be done fairly quickly, just as slipping out of it can be done quickly.

You might think of this as the same kind of situation as is addressed by a judge or a priest in one of your churches. The judge dons his heavy black robe and by doing so signifies to himself, to the Creator, and to those who must sit before him and plead their cases, that he has accepted the burden of office for which he has been trained and to which he has been appointed. He no longer has private interests or personal biases. He has only the scales of justice before his eyes and he is dedicated to creating a fair and just movement of events so that the entity who is accused may have his day in court and feel that he has received a fair trial.

In just such a way, too, the priest dons his alb and his rope belt and all of the garments of his office and as he does so, even kissing the cross [embroidered on the stole] before he puts the stole across his shoulders, he is tuning himself up to be more than he is in his everyday persona. He is dropping away and abandoning that earthly portion of self in order that he may be transparent to the divine.

His are the words that shall evoke all of the qualities of Jesus the Christ, and it is his invoking of that Presence that creates of humble wafers and wine poured from an everyday bottle, the body and blood of Jesus the Christ, those substances transformed from the mundane into the entirely spiritual.

It is the people’s belief in the integrity of the judge that creates the atmosphere for a fair trial. It is the congregation’s faith in the integrity of the priest that allows them to enter into the magical ritual of the Holy Eucharist so that they may walk away from the altar knowing that they carry the very essence of the love and light of Jesus the Christ. This they may take, then, into their Mondays and Tuesday, their Wednesdays, Thursdays, Fridays and Saturdays. They do not have to leave the presence of the Creator at church. By this means they are enabled to become part of that essence and to know that this energy is literally moving through their bodies and touching every cell with sanctity.

A great deal of preparation goes into the training of an initiate such as a priest or a judge. And a great deal of training goes into the individual seeker’s walk as he moves through that great distance that lies between the first experience of dedication to that which is larger than himself and the final moment of initiation when all that has transpired since the first dedication of self occurred comes to its final culmination.

The one known as G was quite accurate in noting that there is this beginning [initiation] below the pyramid, where there is the shaman’s death experience that creates of the rest of the life a living and beautiful gift. The culmination indeed does echo that first dedication of the self. The difference between them is the difference between the beginner who is on fire to move closer to the infinite One and the initiated priest who remains on fire but who has learned to stoke the fire, control the fire, focus that fire, and then open the self in the most skillful way he has been able to discover through that long period of inner training.

Both the priest and the judge have many large books which they must study on the way to receiving their robes of office. The seeker has none. He is the book he must read. And it is the work of many years to begin to be able to read the book of self.

Where does the [visualized] priestly robe go when the initiate has finished his teaching, healing, channeling or other work of the gateway? It goes absolutely nowhere. It is simply tucked away into the heart of hearts, that most sacred place within each of you where the Creator Itself rests in undiluted presence, a well of absolute consciousness, a sea of love.

We ask you to try to imagine what it would be like to maintain that focused self, that magical personality, in a steady state. Perhaps with great practice and repetition of intent an initiate could learn to hold that persona in absolute faith for a day. However, attempting to hold that high pitch of intensity, that abandonment of all but the deepest will and desire on a steady-state basis, would, as the one known as G noted, obviate the whole flow of the life lived, the experiences registered, the catalyst engaged and used to create experience, memory, deeper emotions and all of the many side effects, shall we say, of having come through many waters and experienced many things. It is not only impossible but it is also undesirable to attempt to remain in that Queen’s Chamber for the duration. It is that which needs to be consciously put on and consciously removed when the working is done.

Within the daily practice of the day, the Queen’s Chamber position is appropriate only when there is a desire within the self to enter into the magical personality. This is especially appropriate if the daily chapel time, as this instrument calls it, includes the dedication of self to the one infinite Creator. The desire to sink the self completely into devotion is a magical ritual of a kind, using the gateway. Or if the entity is preparing to serve in some way,[he may do as this instrument did when she] tuned and brought herself to the Queen’s Chamber position insofar as she humanly could, using her will, her faith and her set intention, before this channeling session.

You might even consider taking on this magical personality or this Queen’s Chamber position during a time of contemplation in nature or when inspired by that which has been read in a book or heard in a lecture. However, it is well always to be mindful of what the self is doing so that you show the ultimate respect that the state deserves by going into it consciously and moving away from it just as consciously.

This instrument is aware of a group of people that called themselves Cathars. It was their belief that they could indeed move into the initiatory position of the Queen’s Chamber and stay there. This placed them in a false position in terms of living a daily life. And, indeed, so skewed was their belief system away from the normal that they hoped truly for death because they would then be able to enjoy the consolation of this position without having to deal with the needs of an earthly body.

It is interesting that the members of this sect were burned as heretics by those who could not understand such intense devotion or such otherworldly intensity of dedication.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Yes, Q’uo. What would you say the difference is between what you described as consciously putting on that vestment of magical personality and consciously taking it off and an entity such as the Buddha who has awakened to the all-self?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The all-self of the Buddha was a long time in coming, my brother. There was the walk of humanhood and all the exploration that that called for before the one known as Gautama came to the awareness of his own divinity. This entity expressed his divinity by becoming a ferryman and ferrying people back and forth. It is typical of mythical stories that the central figure is painted as having the ability to remain in the Queen’s Chamber position or to remain in the position of priest.

However, the energy of humanhood for the Buddha, for the Christ, or for you, is part of the equation of self. Without probing too deeply into the Buddhist mindset, shall we say, we may say that for the Buddha, as for the Christ, the rule of magical personality or the robe of Christ-hood or Buddha-hood took over for the human Buddha and the human Christ. What comes down to us through the pages of history, then, is that Buddha and that Christ which the devotees and disciples of those figures wish to see.

One may even take a current saint, shall we say, such as Peace Pilgrim, and from the outside in, look upon her life and feel that she had achieved the initiated role on a continuing basis. However, if one were to ask this saintly woman whether she was indeed in her priestly robes at all times, she would say, “Not at all,” and she would talk about the struggles that she had on the inner planes of her own heart and her own mind, with the day-to-day business of being human. Indeed, this instrument read recently that the one known as Mother Theresa wrote many times in her private diaries that she despaired of herself because of her many doubts and fears.

That is the difference between looking at a figure such as the Buddha from the standpoint of history and of the religious beliefs of those who are devoted to the Buddha, and looking at the same life from inside the mind and the heart of the one known as Gautama.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: Yes. I also read that about Mother Theresa and saw that she felt that God had abandoned her, that she couldn’t feel that Presence consciously. I also read that a yogi responded to that and said something along the lines of, “Well, if only she’d come to us we could have taught her some techniques of opening up to that state of consciousness.”

About the Buddha and the Christ, I understand what you’re saying, that their followers and devotees, especially those that came after them, would want to write them up as super beings. I understand that mechanism of making them more than they actually were. But at the same time, an entity like the Buddha represents to me the highest state of consciousness. It’s awakening to the divine nature of reality. I understand that maybe I have some misconceptions about that, but my understanding leads me to believe that that level of realization of awakening is permanent. Once one is awakened, one does not slip back into sleep. One does not become unconscious.

Of course, there are always practical decisions to be made in the world. That human self is still intact. But that human self is transparent forever to the divine. I don’t see regression or struggle any longer. I was hoping you could clear that up for me.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Humanhood has elements of struggle in it which are built into the very physical vehicle which carries you about and whose care and feeding is your responsibility. Certainly an experience of realization, satori, initiation and so forth creates permanent changes in the basic vibration of an entity. However, it is not backsliding or going back to sleep to wake up each day and need to deal with the contents of that day. Whatever the day brings, it cannot be easily predicted, at least not entirely.

The life of a religious recluse is designed to eliminate all possible distractions so that the seeker, the disciple, the student, may do nothing but wind the coil of the intensity of desire to know the Creator day after day and year after year. Nevertheless, there is no escape from humanhood within the bounds of flesh and blood, breath and desire. The most humble and self-abandoned disciple shall still find itself desiring those things which shall bring comfort to the body, the mind, or the spirit.

The initiate does not stop being human. The initiate becomes transparent to its humanhood and is able to gaze upon the requests which the body or the mind may make to the self with a certain amount of detachment and a larger point of view which enables the disciple to act in a more skillful way than one who has not become initiated.

It does not remove the business of living from that disciple. That disciple still must find ways to imbue all of those necessary parts of being human with awareness, attention and often ritual, which all are designed to keep the disciple in a good state of tuning.

You yourself, my brother, have had some experience with this constant tuning as you use the name of the Creator in your tuning, or offer the Prayer of St. Francis, or use any number of things that you have learned are very helpful to you for keeping you on the beam, keeping you true to the path that you wish to take.

However, you would undoubtedly be the first to own up to the fact that many are the occasions within a day that is basically an on-the-beam day where there is a distraction, or a trigger is pulled somewhere in your psyche, so that you find yourself replaying old material from your past. Many things can sneak in to distract and divert your attention from that seeking to be one with the infinite Creator

This does not mean that you have gone back to sleep. This does not mean that you are backsliding. This means that you are a human being and that you are engaged in living a life that is as full of love and service as you can make it.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: I appreciate your thoughts, Q’uo. I’m definitely keenly aware of the cyclical nature of light and darkness within and I understand that many who experience things like satoris or epiphanies do not enter into a permanent state where that is their experience day in and day out.

I know that there’s a long struggle with the human self and I think everything you said applies to the vast majority, almost all those on the spiritual path, but I still hang onto the notion—perhaps future experience will prove me wrong—that once the sun really rises within the self, as was the case with the Buddha, and to whatever extent the entity known as Jesus experienced it, once that sun rises, I think it’s there. It’s what Ra described as the entity that can walk the universe with unfettered tread [3]—not that I personally expect that to be my experience in this incarnation, but I see it as a sort of permanence. Sorry for the long talking!

I do have another question, but first would ask if R has one he would like to ask. No? Okay.

This ties into what you have been saying, Q’uo and I would preface it by saying I understand that there are no shortcuts to enlightenment. I know there’s no substitute for self-discipline. I know any experience of a higher-consciousness nature needs to be grounded in self-discipline to be made useful. Nonetheless, I ask this question because I’m interested in what you have to say.

The question: The understanding I take from the Law of One material is that if seekers wish to accelerate their evolution, they must embark upon a committed path which involves a great deal of work. Is it possible, through faith alone, without years of inner work, to effect a massive and transformative change in an instant, simply by making a choice, by removing the limitations upon the point of view and getting a deeper glimpse into the mystery of being? If so, what is the catalyst that would allow the entity to do the equivalent of years of self-discipline in the span of a moment?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

The usual cause of such an abrupt and unintended opening into satori or the realization of the true nature of existence and the self is trauma. For instance, a soldier in the heat of battle might suddenly develop such an enormous distaste for the business of killing that he may stand up and walk away, thereby expressing a whole new level of awareness in which the shooting of guns to do harm to other human beings is unacceptable. Or, in a time of emergency, a mother might become preternaturally strong and be able to lift the entire bumper of a car off her child

In these states, one is simply swept away by the circumstances which have, seemingly instantaneously, brought about a change in awareness. In actuality, the inner workings of such moments indicate long strings of events moving back in time from that moment of realization where the stage, shall we say, was being set for that moment in time.

The few times that this occurs, the occurrence is as genuine and authentic as one which has been anticipated and hoped for. The profundity of realization makes its mark, leaves its brand and the life is forever changed.

The usual way that this sudden new awareness is achieved within your culture at this time is by the use of mind-altering substances and the results are always memorable for those who have realization experiences while using a drug such as LSD. The experiences are valid; the awareness that is gained is authentic.

However, there is a problem with using drugs to achieve a spiritual state which is very difficult to overcome. That is that if one is used to playing in shallow water and suddenly one is plunged into a deep ocean with its riptides and many swells, one is unprepared to deal with the possible side effects of such realization. This has resulted in many cases in the energy body of the one seeking satori through drugs of being damaged.

This instrument generally describes the condition as “holes being blown in the aura”. When one is attempting to let a huge amount of light, far more light than is usually allowed, to come through the energy body, it places a great strain on the energy body. And wherever the energy body is weak, in whatever chakra there is imbalance and blockage, then that seeker is liable to have the holes-in-the-aura experience of running too much power and being burned by it.

It would be preferable, then, to hope for, and aim for, taking the life itself lightly, so that there is not that feeling of struggle with the spiritual path but rather a feeling of playing and dancing and even romping with the spiritual path. There is something in the work ethic that suggests that it is important to work hard, even on the spiritual path. Yet, we would suggest that there are other ways to frame this effort so that it is effortless and simply becomes a game that is fun to play and fun to think about. Then, where before you were worrying or striving, you now are relaxed and moving in a dance, graceful and light-stepping, ready to laugh, ready to let it go and simply be.

In reframing the effort of the spiritual life into the dance and the game of the spiritual life, the sense of toil and tribulation can be lifted away and you can then enjoy every step along the King’s Highway, resting, as this instrument said earlier, in gratitude, peace and joy. Framing spiritual seeking as work can yield to framing spiritual seeking as play with good effect. Think of dancing and singing and all of those ways that the humdrum of life is lifted and given more energy, more breath, more space, and more room to play.

May we answer you further my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Not on that topic, Q’uo. Would you like me to ask another?

We are those of Q’uo, and we believe there is energy in this circle for one final query, my brother.

G: This query comes from M in Florida. M is a very service-to-others oriented individual and he’s investing all of himself into becoming an engineer. His ultimate goal is to build or help to build a free-energy device. I believe his intention is along the lines of what Ra said Tesla’s was, in that he wants to free his fellow entities from darkness. [4]

So M asks, “Does the technology currently exist on our planet for constructing a working physical device or system to produce more energy than is put into that physical device or system? Some might term this type of device, a ‘free-energy device.’ Can Q’uo give information on the spiritual principles at work behind such a technology?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of the question of the one known as M. Since the time of the one known as Nikola the technology has existed for using the energy of the Earth to tap into that energy, much as one would tap a siphon into a maple tree and let the sap be collected. However, the political and economic climate among your people at this time is such that those who have been able, as the one known as Nikola was able, to create models of such devices were seen as threats to the economic equilibrium of the country and of the planet. Therefore, such knowledge has been ruthlessly removed from the public domain as soon as those forces of government and the world economy have become aware of them.

If there could come to exist an entity who is able to channel those essences such as Nikola who have gone before, there would be seen to be models of such devices that are even now running on the inner planes. For the one known as Nikola did not take down his last experiment and it is still running. However, it is not running in space/time but in time/space.

We believe, however, that as the one known as M continues his studies, he will be guided to the studies of electromagnetics, gravity and the energy of the Earth itself in ways that will enable him eventually to accomplish his goal.

May we answer this question in any further way, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: On behalf of the questioner, “Thank you,” with a capital T. He will be a happy entity. Thank you for myself, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you, the one known as M, the one known as R, the one known as Jim, and this instrument. You have all made our experience a very rich one this evening. We shall leave you at this time in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Go forth rejoicing. Adonai. Adonai.

[1] Ra, June 12, 1981, Session 57. Here is more of the quote, for aid in seeing the context: “You are aware of the concept of initiation and realize that it demands the centering of the being upon the seeking of the Creator. We have hoped to balance this understanding by enunciating the Law of One; that is, that all things are the one Creator. Thus seeking the Creator is done not just in meditation and in the work of an adept but in the experiential nexus of each moment. “The initiation of the Queen’s Chamber has to do with the abandoning of self to such desire to know the Creator in full that the purified in-streaming light is drawn in balanced fashion through all energy centers, meeting in indigo and opening the gate to intelligent infinity. Thus the entity experiences true life or, as your people call it, resurrection.”

[2] Ra, February 4, 1981, Session 18.

[3] Ra, April 22, 1981, Session 48. The surrounding quotation is: “There are adepts who have penetrated many, many of the energy centers and several of the true colors. This must be done with utmost care while in the physical body for as we noted when speaking of the dangers of linking red/orange/yellow circuitry with true color blue circuitry the potential for disarrangement of the mind/body/spirit complex is great. However, the entity who penetrates intelligent infinity is basically capable of walking the universe with unfettered tread.”

[4] Ra, January 28, 1981, Session 11:

QUESTIONER: How was Tesla’s work supposed to benefit man on Earth, and what were its purposes?

RA: I am Ra. The most desired purpose of the mind/body/spirit complex, Nikola, was the freeing of all planetary entities from the darkness. Thus, it attempted to give to the planet the infinite energy of the planetary sphere for use in lighting and power.

October 31, 2008, Channeling Intensive 3 - Session 1 - Channeling Circle 8

L: We are those of Laitos. We are again with this instrument and our energies are very much grateful to be with this group.

Once again we will start the process of helping new channels by using the learning tool of a story. And with this story we would like to start with a forest of trees, a very dense forest, heavily packed, where only the tops of the trees receive the light of the sun. The branches crowd together and the leaves are so dense that the floor of this forest gets very little sun. And because of that there is very little growth on the forest floor, which is mud and dark dirt.

We would like you to picture the image of a person standing in the mud of this very dark forest. There is enough space between the trees that this person can maneuver to go in a path. Many different paths are open, because this person may walk between the trees however this person feels is fit. And down the way, at the far edges of this person’s sight, there is a tiny little glimmer of light. And so this person walks on toward the light.

This concludes the portion of this image for this instrument. Many of you can receive the signal that we are sending. But instead of throwing the ball into the room and expecting someone to go pick it up, we would like the story to continue by actually passing the ball to another member. We would like to pass the ball to the one known as T1. We are those of Laitos.

T1: Upon this narrow path that leads toward this dim light, this one who is traveling proceeds innocently but with certain fear and doubt. She alternates between [looking at] the light that beckons her and looking at her own feet, fearful of stumbling, fearful of what lies in her path.

As she moves towards this light, undergrowth does appear to be growing, small at first, then thicker, taller and larger. At times it seems to obscure the light, but something deep within her presses her forward, hoping that there will be that moment when the light is reached. But as each step is taken the light seems to recede before her. Not knowing why, she continues, finding comfort periodically along the way, solace under these great majestic trees that seem to have to fight through the undergrowth, through the entanglement of the vines and the branches. Still she presses forward.

We now wish to continue through the one known as T2.

T2: We are those of Laitos. As the aspiring traveler continues upon the way, noticing the thickness of the underbrush and becoming acutely aware of the resistance of the sticky mud obscuring a clear path, she begins to wish for some clearing of the path so that the way forward may be made easier. But what can she do to clear the path? She searches deep within and receives or discovers somehow that she has an ability to call forth energy and light and a way to manipulate it, to use this energetic light somehow to reduce the effect of the sticky mud, which slows down her steps.

She begins to walk upon the surface of the mud and not to sink into the depths of it, which has so greatly hindered her step and in fact caused some considerable pain and difficulty. She begins to call forth this light, not knowing at first how to use it in order to help her upon her path, but sensing from deep within that this light that she is calling forth, in and of itself, will teach her its proper use and how she can increase its benefits to help her along the path that she has so created to pursue.

We now pass the story on to the one known as M.

M: We are Laitos. The woman looks to the trees as she is struggling or trying to deal with this energy that is surging within her, that she calls forth but isn’t sure how to use. And the thickly packed trees have dark shadows when she looks upon them. They seem almost to frighten her.

Being alone and discouraged, she almost seems to see faces in the trees telling her to go back and to turn from her path. And instead of giving into the fear that has taken a step into her, she raises her hands with the surge of the energy she calls forth. [The energy] touches the trees, and the faces evaporate. The trees respond to the energy, and she is able to touch the trees and to lift her feet from [the] mud and walk, almost as if on top of the mud. By touching the trees with the energy running through her fingers, she is able to move faster and more freely towards the light. It is an elating experience.

Pass this on to S.

S: We are those of Laitos, and are with this instrument. Our seeker has now learned enough from the inner light that lightens her step that she is able to find her way among the tangle to the very edge of the clearing, where the light abounds in the open and the green grass beckons to her.

As she approaches the clearing, however, she finds that the light there is so bright that it quite overwhelms her. She feels the glare to be too strong. And she steps backward, seeking the protection of the shade once again that she might steady her step.

Having done so, she now begins to gaze at the clearing from a safe enough distance within the shadow that she can begin to take its measure. And as she does so, she glances across the clearing and sees that there is another [person] standing at the opposite side, staring back at her. This other is a man. She gazes in wonder at his appearance across the clearing.

We now pass this contact to the one known as Carla.

Carla: We are those of Laitos, and are with this instrument in love and in light. There is an electric moment of pure awareness as the two seekers gaze at each other. There is, equally, a feeling of the desire to move toward each other and the desire to seek the shade of the deep forest, and go separate ways. Yet the connection between the two seekers is stronger than the natural shyness of those who are tentative and unsure of the path upon which they are walking. And so, slowly and with hearts beating high, they walk toward each other in the sunlight. They stop, gazing into each other’s eyes, and find their anxiety beginning to be dispelled because of the gentleness and the goodness that they can see in each other’s eyes.

They are suffering from the intensity of the sun, yet they find as they touch their hands to each other in greeting that the touch seems to help them to bear the brightness of the light. Yet, there is in them a desire to find a less bright spot and so they gaze about them until they see a natural seat at the edge of this clearing that is afforded by two trees growing close together with moss upon their roots and created in such a way that there are two natural places to sit.

Each was traveling towards they knew not what, yet [each was] called to move forward in unknowing. Each has found the way forward impossible, unless the deep forest was entered, for it stretches seemingly forever in both directions. Each has been weighed down by the weight of the mud in those swales where there is no possibility of undergrowth. And each has been confused and distracted by the effort of finding their way through those areas that were overgrown. And they wonder to themselves as to why they have had to muddle their way through these difficulties in order to reach each other and the bright, bright light.

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as R. We are those of Laitos.

R: We are those of Laitos. We are having difficulty communicating with this instrument. We transfer the contact to the one known as Carla.

Carla: We are those of Laitos, and are again with this instrument. We assure the one known as R that each time he moves into the channeling, even though it may seem to him that he is not progressing, each repetition smoothes the way for the more immediate awareness of our thought impulses. We thank the one known as R, as well as each in this circle, for their willingness to use the repetition of the Channeling Circles in order to hone their skills at picking up our contact and at being able to move spontaneously with the flow of our concepts.

We would transfer this contact to the one known as L. We are those of Laitos.

L: The two sitting in the natural bend of the trees ask themselves, “Why did I have to struggle to find you? Why couldn’t I have found you earlier?”

The answer, my friends, is that one must go through some struggle to be ready for that which they would otherwise not appreciate. If each of these two had met each other much sooner, they would not have had the energies that would result in their binding after traveling such a long distance. The struggle adds an appreciation to that which you find, when you find it.

The couple realizes this after talking for some time about their own paths, each one telling their own story. And they know that, at the place that they started they would not have been drawn, each to the other one. They were both seeking, [but] they were seeking something else, and it was only through walking in the mire and coming to find themselves that they were ready to find something else, to move on, to let old things go so that new things could grow in their place.

Old trees must die and create holes in the forest so that their seeds, when dropped, may grow. Seeds do not grow when they are overshadowed by their parents. All things come and all things go and the Creator moves on and forward, continuing and perpetuating.

The lovers, now walking on from where they are, can plant their own seeds together. Having learned their lessons individually, they make one unit now, forever together. Regardless of on what paths they may travel in the future separately, their energies have combined. They move on and plant their own seeds together and tend them. And then the two of them together move on and let their seeds grow, just as the trees will move on and their seeds will grow.

Each of you here has come to this circle having traveled paths that have brought you where you need to be right now. And in traveling these paths you have had to let things go and you have had to learn new things. And now you have come into these energies that you experience at this time. And these energies will grow, and they will move with you where you go. And wherever you go, you will drop your seeds.

We are honored to have dropped our seeds with you. We are here with you, always. But we pull away now and then so that you may travel your paths and grow. We thank you for communing with us at this time. Your energies are strong and we appreciate them. We leave you now with these energies, but we are yet always with you. Go now and disperse your energies where you see fit.

We are those of Laitos. We leave you in the love and the light of the Creator. Adonai, my friends. Adonai.

October 31, 2008, Channeling Intensive 3 - Session 2 - Channeling Circle 9

(Jim channeling)

I greet each in this circle of seeking on a fine autumnal day. We ask each to relax and to allow yourselves the freedom to feel our vibrations blend with yours, as indeed we allow ourselves the freedom of feeling our vibrations blend with yours.

We thank this instrument for its effort to return to the service of channeling and in particular for the effort it has made to open itself to our vibration, which for this instrument is somewhat challenging and feeling a little breezy, shall we say, to one who is accustomed to toting around a conceptual apparatus of considerable weight.

We feel that the effort is well made and that an openness has been achieved. We appreciate that the instrument has, in becoming aware of these issues, allowed itself to be made the subject of this discussion, for it is in general reluctant to do so.

This is relevant to the message which we bring today, because it represents a kind of judgment which often conditions the subjective feeling that a new channel will bring away from the experience of opening itself to the experience of serving as an instrument.

It is very frequently the case that the new instrument in particular will find that it feels it has failed and that it will carry this sense of failure into the aftermath of the experience, as it were, and become discouraged.

This is not a particularly useful use of the faculty of judgment which, in our experience, is best directed to matters of discernment when it comes to issues of finding your direction within your third-density experience.

When the faculty of judgment is turned back upon the self, it tends to be a very harsh master, and all those who have gathered here have achieved a certain sense of a standard, shall we say, or an idea of perfection, in performing the service that they attempt, that if used as a strict measure in relation to their own efforts will make it seem that those efforts do fall short.

And we can tell you that in a sense all efforts fall short. Even our own do so, again and again.

What we can encourage is a realization that the importance of your attempt at service lies primarily in the intent; that when you open the heart there is in a sense no possibility of failure. And though we ourselves can feel, and very frequently do feel, that opportunities have been missed, upon further reflection it becomes clear that there were sound reasons for letting these opportunities go at the time in question.

And therefore one needs to practice patience and be aware that opportunities do come round again, and that meanwhile the effort to be of service does not go unnoticed, shall we say, in the overall process in which you are engaged at this time.

We think that too often in your people, as in this group itself, judgment runs amok. And we would encourage you to seek the lighter touch, to seek the gentler hand in treating yourself, even as you have learned this in attempting to be of aid to others.

We would now transfer this contact to the one known as M1.

We are those of Laitos.

(M1 channeling)

We are Laitos. Many times—most often—the feelings, the lesser feelings of what would generally be termed sadness or letdown after a channeling—which the new channel feels—are most often the new channel being too harsh on himself or herself. But as always, there are exceptions to every generality. Sometimes the lower energy could be due to other factors, such as less than full strength projection and tuning/preparation beforehand. That will naturally become less frequent as the channel builds his or her tuning process, strengthens and imbues it in its multidimensional and multi-energy-level aspects.

We now pass this contact to T1.

(T1 channeling)

We are those of Laitos. We are attempting to work through this instrument as requested, though the difficulty with which she has asked us to work can only be slightly ameliorated at the moment.

What we would like to say is that this process is one that is open to all who truly wish to serve and that the effort made in good faith will always pay off, though not in ways easily recognized by the neophyte, especially for those who come to this experience with certain expectations.

This instrument has found a way to free herself from the expectations during the process, but once that channeling process is completed she slips into the stance of gaining the experience above her level of ability and therefore she does not take full advantage of what has been accomplished—what she has accomplished.

And, in greater or lesser extent and for various reasons, this tendency also occurs in others who attempt this form of service. Rest assured that, whenever this contact is made in good faith and there is a recognition of contact and dialogue between us and the instrument that progress is made. And regardless of the aftereffects, whether they be of the feeling of depressed energy or elation, doubt, questioning or whatever the case may be, that the desire remains and the attempt continues. The progress is made and will continue to be made.

So many of the problems and distortions of third density are responsible for the true progress that is being made in this endeavor. And as you reach beyond the illusion of third density, you will become strengthened in the knowledge, as you progress beyond what this density would present as reality, until the point is reached where you will be able at will to see more clearly from that higher perspective of fourth density.

We now pass this contact to the one known as T2.

(T2 channeling)

We are Laitos. The concepts of energy expenditure …

(Pause)

We are Laitos. We transfer this contact.

(M2 channeling)

We are Laitos.

(Pause)

(Carla channeling)

We are Laitos, and are now with this instrument. We greet you through this instrument in love and in light. The concept of energy expenditure is one which is helpful. We look at the process of channeling. The process is one which utilizes both the expenditure of energy on the part of the channel and an expenditure of energy on the part of the source. The collaboration betwixt the two creates an unique blending of the energies of the channel and of the source, so that the resulting message which is produced by the channel is greater than the sum of the two expenditures.

The way the channeling process works may seem to be one which is without effort on the part of the channel, where the channel is not expending its own energy but rather is simply a conduit for the source. And yet this is not so. And each of you has experienced the intensity of the effort involved, even though that effort consists seemingly in the calming to quiet of mind and to transparency of personality in order that the source may completely take over the words that shall be spoken.

Consequently, when the process of channeling a message has been completed in one session of working, there will inevitably be some kind of residual emotional feeling that is the result of the energy that has been expended.

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as T2. We are those of Laitos.

(T2 channeling)

(Pause)

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are again with this instrument. We believe the one known as T2 received the concept which we were attempting to transmit through his instrument quite accurately. However, there were spikes of energy which, shall we say, blew the channel, and we find that the one known as T2 is slowly regaining that focus and that openness that were his.

However, this process often takes a certain amount of what you call your time, and we only wish to assure the one known as T2 that his instrument was able to pick up our concepts accurately. We would encourage this instrument to persevere without judgment or self-doubt, for, as we said earlier in this session, such self-doubt is indeed a rather poor use of energy.

Rather, when a perceived failure occurs, we would ask that that every thought of the self be one of nurture and encouragement, for channeling is as much an art as a craft. And there is a tremendous amount of help that is available to the channel that does not allow itself to become discouraged but rests in the knowledge that it shall try again with undaunted enthusiasm for the service that it has chosen to pursue.

We would once again, then, attempt to contact the one known as M2. We are those of Laitos.

(M2 channeling)

We are those of Laitos. It is important to describe the concept of a focus as soft and pliable and malleable. That is the intent of this type of focus during a session with a channel such as us, where an interchange and exchange of energy can occur.

The picture that we bring to mind is one of a child who plays with Play-Doh. The child is able to manipulate the Play-Doh, in ways depending on its consistency, his energy expenditure and design, and his ability to put the Play-Doh into a malleable form.

(Inaudible) It is important not to over-think the process.

We are those of Laitos. We pass our contact to the one known as Carla.

(Carla channeling)

We spoke earlier of our energies and the energies of the channel coming together to create something larger. The channel may wish merely to be a conduit, passing only the information from the Creator and adding nothing of his or her own. This is a good focus to try to achieve, yet, because we are coming through living instruments, this is impossible in practicality, much as the child forms the Play-Doh. The Play-Doh does not form itself.

Therefore, we come through living channels that must speak the concepts that we wish to convey to the group. The energies of the channel are necessary for accomplishing this feat. It is not the channel that interjects his or her energies onto us. It is rather we using the energies of the channel to serve our mutual purpose, the mutual purpose between the channel and us. The conduit gives itself to its purpose. The energies are given in service to the Creator, and it is the gift of these energies that we use.

Therefore, it is accurate to say that the channel does not consciously interject any of its own [material], and may still bring forth all of the Creator and none of the self. Yet, in reality the channel is also having some of its energies used in the procedure of contact and in creating a dispersion of information from us to others.

We would say to this group that the energies that you possess here are used with much gratitude. Thank you for allowing us to combine our energies with yours.

We will now pass this contact on to the one known as Jim.

(Jim channeling)

I am Laitos, and greet you once again through this instrument. It has been some time since we have used this instrument. We look about the mind as we would examine a basket of fruit and vegetables, looking at one which is particularly delicious and ripe—

(Laughter)

—and share what we find. We choose today an apple. This instrument is much like the ripened apple at this moment, having completed its round of activities for the week, having fallen from the tree, shall we say, and rolled on home.

(Laughter)

As we approach each instrument, we look to find that which is most easily and readily available as concepts to share with the group. For new instruments are in need of fertile ground on which to walk, familiar territory through which to pass, and concepts which are easily recognized and transmitted.

It is our great pleasure to be able to perform this service, for it is a great service to the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the One Creator, and to those who listen to these messages, to have new instruments through which to speak.

The message we have to share is ever and always the same. There is but one Creator who is made of universal love and of which each participant is a portion, finding those paths to travel that all lead home. And all are home. The journey and the destination are one.

At this time we shall transfer this contact to the one known as R. We are those of Laitos.

(R channeling)

We are Laitos, and are with this instrument.

(Pause)

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are once again with this instrument, and we greet each through this instrument, in love and in light.

There are techniques of which you are already familiar which aid in the preparation for the channel. And, although it may seem a needless repetition to mention them, we humbly desire to be redundant because of the centrality of these techniques in deepening the stability of instruments and in broadening their point of view in order that those things that were not dreamt by Horatio and his partner in conversation [1] might become possible to dream, so that through such instruments we of the Confederation of Planets might be more able to offer concepts which the instrument may find easier to spin out into words and thoughts from our offerings.

One of these techniques is entering the silence and maintaining a silence of self, and the other of these techniques is the balancing exercise. We would speak briefly of each.

Firstly, we would speak of the balancing exercise, as this exercise can be misused, and we would wish to encourage each, when reviewing the thoughts and the feelings of the day, to move into those energy expenditures which seem to the self to be somehow distorted, either overly happy or overly sad in reaction to the catalyst that caused them to occur.

The misuse of this exercise is in getting fixated upon the seeming errors or distortions. Say, for instance, that you have become impatient with another. It is important to be able to move into that impatience without judgment, to feel that impatience and even intensify it, still without judgment, then to allow the dynamic opposite of that state of mind to flood the mind so that patience is experienced to the intensity that impatience was experienced. The result of this exercise, then, is an enhanced knowledge of upon what issues the self is working and the growing fullness of awareness of the self as a living, real being.

Oftentimes, because of the intensity of the many roles that each plays in living a life, it is easy to lose track of the basic, authentic self that underlies and embraces all of the thoughts, emotions and behaviors that are experienced by each individual.

The other technique, of course, is that of entering the silence.

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as R. We are those of Laitos.

(R channeling)

We are Laitos, and are again with this instrument. We find words …

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

We are again with this instrument and would at this time redirect this contact to the one known as S. We are those of Laitos.

(S channeling)

I am Laitos, and I’m again with this instrument. We would add to our thoughts concerning the importance of the balancing process other elements that are equally central to the preparation for the channel.

You have studied in some depth the tuning process, which has been well explored and recommended by the senior channel of this group, and we can say to you that this process is certainly among the very best that we have encountered.

However, each must develop a unique orientation to this process, because the energy arrangement within each individual, the priorities within each individual, the strengths and weaknesses within each individual, are utterly unique.

Therefore, one must find one’s way. One must find that for which one would give everything. One must find within one’s heart the clearest trail to the heart of one’s intent and be prepared to follow that trail and to protect it at every crucial turning so that the channel may remain as pure as it is humanly possible to achieve.

We would thank this instrument for the intensity with which it attempted to challenge us at the beginning of our contact, and yet we feel this instrument will not take it amiss if we say that intensity by itself does not constitute the most eloquent, shall we say, challenge. For the challenge that is most successful is the one that not only challenges the contact but also challenges the self to find within itself its highest intention.

This is a process which will not be perfected in the first attempt, but we cannot stress enough the importance of undergoing the process and of keeping it in mind as one proceeds, for apart from this the channel will always be in danger of opening itself to influences it finds within itself but does not, upon further or deeper reflection, wish to mate with, shall we say. And the experience of channeling is very much like an experience of mating in an important respect, because there is the experience of two becoming one.

The unity or combining or blending of energies to become one across the distance of density, as occurs in Confederation channeling, will inevitably involve some level of discomfort for the channel. This, far from being something which should be despised, is rather something one needs to learn to welcome, for it is the mark of the reality of encountering another that this feeling of discomfort should linger at a low level throughout the experience.

One reaches for that which is not entirely one’s own. Only as the experience of the channel begins to grow and to ripen, as our previously invoked metaphor goes, will it become clearer to the new channel which is attempting to learn its craft that there is indeed both push and pull from the other side, so to speak.

From our part, we feel a similar process going on, and we can assure you that we are in many cases as uncertain of our footing as you are of yours. And yet we have experience enough to trust in the process and to take that which you may have said as a channel which was not part of our thought and to enshroud precisely that which was not of us in that which is of us, so that when it comes back to you as yours it is also ours, and we may begin then to speak of an “us” that is combined of the instrument and ourselves, who are the contactee.

At this point we would transfer the contact back to the one known as Carla. We are those of Laitos.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are once again with this instrument. We transfer to the one known as Carla in order that there might be the opportunity for any queries that you may have at this point. There has been a tremendous amount of good work done in this session, and we would wish to offer the opportunity for you to clear away any questions that may have arisen during the experience of this session of working within the channeling circle.

May we ask if there is a query at this time? We are those of Laitos.

T2: I have a query. Laitos, when the contact was first transferred to me, it seemed as though I received the first four words in some bold lettering, but unconsciously I immediately started questioning which way this was going to go. And after the end of the fourth word there was nothing there.

I do understand that this is a problem with new channels, to start questioning. But then, when Carla handed it back to me the second time, there seemed to be nothing but a flat hole. There’s just a darkness, and there seemed to be an emptiness within me, and I felt absolutely nothing.

Did I feel that correctly? Can you explain that for me, please?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are aware of your query, my brother. As we said earlier, the circuit of your openness to contact was blown by the energy of your concern over what would happen next. This, as you know, is very common, yet it is always disturbing when it occurs to a channel.

This instrument recalls her circuits being blown for a solid two months after it began to attempt to learn the process of channeling. Energy would rise up within her and successfully blot out all ability to distinguish or discern the collaborative contact betwixt source and channel that would result in a message being brought through.

When the one known as T2 again was offered the opportunity to receive the contact, the reset button had not yet been pushed within the one known as T2, so that there was indeed nothing there. That was an accurate perception. And it might be a cause for concern were it not for the fact that it is inevitable that when a circuit is blown it must be reset and there is a period of time, as you would experience it, which is unique to you and is unique to each channel, that is necessary in order to become once again centered and focused and firm in the intent to receive the channeling contact.

In other words, it is necessary to retune when a circuit has been blown, and we use that terminology because it really is a kind of electricity, or the energy that you would understand as electrical, in that the contact is the closing of the gap betwixt the portion of the Creator that is the instrument and the portion of the Creator that is the contact or the source, so that the time that it takes to retune and to reopen to contact will vary infinitely indeed from person to person.

We feel that the way to look at such experiences, my brother, is that you are gaining experience each time that you sit in a session of working. Each time that you may experience this phenomenon of the blown circuit, then, is an opportunity not for self-judgment or for despair but for the practice of the retuning process, so that you are once again one-pointed, open and transparent to that which is incoming.

May we answer you further, my brother?

T2: No, thank you very much.

(Carla channeling)

We thank you, my brother. Is there another query at this time?

L: I have a query. I would like to clarify some wording that you used earlier in the session when you were speaking about balancing. You said one can balance impatience dynamically with patience, and I want to know if dynamically you mean act patient in order to become patient, to balance the impatience.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are aware of your query, my sister. The concept from which we are working is the concept that all is one. There is no surprise there, my sister. When do we not work from this concept?

However, in this application what we are suggesting is that every emotion that is possible to experience is across the circle of self from its dynamic opposite, and the two are as two sides of one coin. So, when you have finished with intensifying and experiencing the full impact of impatience, then your act of will is simply to ask the coin to flip so that you can feel that dynamic.

Then the spontaneous arising of the feeling of patience is coming as you have asked for it to come. And, as you allow the feeling of patience to flow into you and allow it to intensify, you are experiencing the other side of that coin.

The joy of this process is that at the end of it you can flip the coin up in the air and not be concerned as to which side comes down in your life because you know that your impatient/patient self is integrated and unified.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Laitos.

L: You clarified that very well, thank you. It seemed like another message of “ask and ye shall receive.”

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and would agree with you, my sister. Is there a final query at this time? We are those of Laitos.

T1: I would like to ask if, shortly before this channeling session began, I should have used a very powerful inhalant? But also, as I completed my tuning I asked for them to help me to be able to participate fully, and at the same time I was surprised that I was able to speak with as little difficulty as I could.

But now it’s reverted back. So, I don’t know! Could you clarify for me if that was the medication? That would be surprising to me because I would think that I would still feel the effects of that really strongly. Were you able to help or was it just my will not to be stymied? Or was it some combination?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are aware of your query, my sister. The answer to that is not simple, my sister, as you perhaps would have guessed.

There is always a strengthening when one enters a circle of those who are kindly affectioned, one to another. The one who finds it difficult to focus in meditation will find meditation coming more easily in a group. The one who has a bias will find that bias coming out more sharply and clearly when it is part of a group which holds that bias in common. And so, that was an element of your experience of the ability to function better than your physical vehicle should have been able to function in a linear sense of getting better at a certain rate as opposed to suddenly being better.

Another aspect of this was that when this instrument, previous to the working, requested of the one known as T2 that it vacuum the carpet in the room in which the session of working was occurring, it alerted in several of those present in this circle the instinct towards the healing and the nurturing of the one known as T1. Consequently, my sister, you were receiving “absent healing” from several within this group. We cannot identify them in any way, my sister, for it is part of their own process as to being aware that they have any sort of ability or talent, shall we say, at being channels for healing energy.

Finally, my sister, there was within you that shining desire to serve, that focus of intent that was perfectly one-pointed. This is one of your gifts, my sister, and in this instance, because you wished only to serve others and served to your highest and best, because you had offered yourself one hundred percent, because even before you came to this home of Camelot you began to enter into this one-pointedness, you yourself were able to minister to yourself spontaneously and following the principles of the Law of One.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Laitos.

T1: No, thank you so much.

(Carla channeling)

We thank you, my sister. We find that the energy in this circle is exhausted for the moment, and so with joy and gratitude we take our leave of each of the instruments in this group, thanking each for loving and wonderful service, thanking each for their willingness to help us to serve, thanking each for the beauty of your vibrations.

As always, my friends, we ask each to take away from this session only those thoughts which seem helpful and resonant to you. Leaving the rest behind would be our request to you at this time, for we would not interfere with your process. We would not make you stumble on your walk. We wish only to be part of the good in your life, just as you truly wish to be part of the good in all of those whom you serve.

We leave this instrument and this group in love and in light. We are known to you as those of Laitos. Adonai. Adonai.

[1] This is a reference to William Shakespeare’s play, Hamlet, Act One, Scene Five lines 166-7. Hamlet is speaking: “There are more things in heaven and earth, Horatio, than are dreamt of in your philosophy.”

November 1, 2008, Channeling Intensive 3 - Session 3 - Channeling Circle 10

(L channeling)

We are Laitos. We come to you in the name of unconditional love, as this channel has challenged us. We met the challenge three times, fervently. We wish to offer you this our service at this time.

We wish to remind all of you, once more, that everything spoken here is of our humble opinion and that we wish to offer our opinions to you. However, each of you must use your own discernment when using these humble opinions in your everyday lives. Use them as you see fit. We merely wish to be the fountain from which you come to drink.

This instrument is anticipating what subject matter we are going to speak about today as much as the rest of you are. She has anticipated this throughout her tuning—perhaps this subject or that subject. And each time she has said, “I do not wish to anticipate but rather only to offer myself to be molded and not to lead them into speaking words that are not their own.”

So let us speak about anticipation today. Each of you has brought up the idea of anticipating, in some form, throughout this Intensive.

As we send our energies around the circle, each of you is continuously receiving the energies that we have to offer, even though we are only speaking through one instrument at a time. It would be too much of a cacophony for us to speak through each of you all of the time! Yet our voices are with each of you all of the time and many of you pick up on those words that we wish to speak before we have prompted you to speak them. That is wholly acceptable.

This group has been reading in previous materials [1] that we and our other brothers have supplied to you. In [the study sessions] each of you has the [binder of channeling quotations] in front of you, but only one of you is reading from the book. Each of you follows along at your own pace. In this way also it brings up the concept that each of you has our words and will interpret these words differently for yourself. This instrument will interpret our [concepts in] words in the way that she sees fit, “clothes” them, as this instrument’s teacher has said. And others of you will receive these concepts and may clothe them in other words. Many times, when you have been reading from the material, one person or another will interject a word that is not wholly accurate, changing the meaning slightly, not even consciously realizing that he has made an error. Yet each of you sees the words yourself and can choose to accept this error as a possibility or to read the words and retain only that which has been written.

This is a beautiful thing to behold, where each of you can receive these energies and read the words, if you will, in your own way and yet hear the words from another self in a different way and take these two truths and balance them, one upon the other. Since we are not infallible, there is nothing wrong with having two interpretations for one concept.

(Pause)

In a newspaper article, such as you have in your society today, one may feel a loyalty to one newspaper or another, “I will only read from this newspaper because it espouses the ideas with which I am most comfortable,” or, “I will only read this newspaper and not that one.” Yet the stories about which these newspapers have written are one story. They are taken by instruments in your world and channeled into newspaper print, if you will. This is all a part of the creation. The Creator has so many faces that the Creator would not be the Creator without all of the facets that give the soup its wonderful flavor.

This instrument realizes she is floundering, mixing some metaphors, yet we assure her that the group understands the gist of what we are saying.

At this time, we would like to pass on our contact in a different way. This instrument’s teacher brought up to her earlier the idea of allowing the students to take flight when they are ready and not be overly cautious, holding back in fear lest they may fall from the nest rather than fly. You will not break your wings falling. You will have many opportunities to jump from the nest.

Therefore, in passing our contact we would like to give you the opportunity, as students, and very capable students, to pick up on our concepts and speak them when you hear them, rather than being prompted by this instrument. We will give this an attempt. If the ball is not picked up by another instrument there is no fear. We assure this instrument that it will come to happen that if this ball is not picked up by another instrument, we will again come back to this instrument. We are those of Laitos.

(Unknown channeling)

We are those of Laitos. To continue with the concept of anticipation, we would like to paint a picture, but first preface the picture by saying that the anticipation that each of you feels is natural, [both] before the contact and sometimes even during it. Often the anticipation for a service-to-others entity comes in the great desire to serve the others around you.

The anticipation that this instrument felt earlier today started before we chose to spoke through the one known as L. Approximately a half hour before this contact began, for no apparent reason, this instrument knew that the possibility existed that he would be speaking directly after L. This thought entered the instrument’s mind, yet he had no reason to think this, because in all previous sessions the contact had always been passed in a different manner, in a uniform manner [clockwise around the circle]. This instrument tried to shake this thought, this anticipation, yet it could not. And now as this contact continues, it is clear why this anticipation was felt.

As you receive our contact it is important to understand that the anticipation is a dynamic relationship between you as the instrument and us. Attempt to picture a channel of water, flowing through a pipe. The water flows at a velocity that may seem very quick. The water flows but the pipe itself does not move. And that is how you as instruments sometimes feel, a stationary object, while a stream of thoughts flows through you. Your job is not to anticipate the flow but to direct yourself to most feel the flow and interpret what you feel.

We would like now to offer our contact to others in the group, as you feel lead.

(C channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and press harder and harder on this instrument as time moves on. She wishes not to be hasty, yet we are the hasty ones at this time. We understand that it is easier to be told, “It is your time. You are now allowed to speak,” than to feel you are perhaps stepping on another’s toes by interjecting. You are all much too courteous!

We at this time again place the ball, if you will, in the center and ask that others of you rejoice in being vivacious and hasty and grab that ball. We are those of Laitos.

(S channeling)

I am Laitos. I speak now through this instrument, which brings us to the question that we entertain today, the question of anticipation, anticipation’s own patterns, which include also the element of responding or reacting to the propensity to anticipate. One can become quite convoluted in this process. One can see that when one anticipates one’s anticipation and attempts to fall back from that, one can find oneself in quite a pretty tangle indeed.

So let us assure you that there is a degree of anticipation which is quite healthy and quite normal. When one finds this at work in one’s process of orienting oneself to the preparation to receive the channeling, as it were, this may be regarded as a healthy configuration, shall we say.

For the important point to keep in mind is that a stability of the energy of the instrument itself is highly desirable. What we are suggesting is that a kind of anticipation without an overreliance upon what it is that is anticipated is the desirable result. But there will always be some need for a content for this anticipation and this content, though it be a distortion of one’s own thoughts, is not to be despised as part of the process. For one’s own distortions are indeed part of the Creator itself, and are a perfectly acceptable portion of the process of the channeling experience, in proportion [2], as they are viewed as a requirement for the sustained opening [to concepts from the source], which shall never be lost sight of.

Once again, we return this ball to the center of the circle and ask that as each is inspired to reach for it, they do so without hesitation. I am Laitos.

(T1 channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and we now speak about the concept of acceptance. This instrument felt the concept in the words wishing to be expressed through her, but hesitated, though she herself had focused upon the open acceptance, the embracing of faith, in preparation for this channeling circle. For the first time, she was able to bypass any form of anticipation, laying herself open to participate fully in whatever would eventually [occur], but yet, as the circle was opened up to the rest of the group and the indications were there to speak, she paused.

And it is this tendency in so many who wish to serve that slows the progress towards greater light and service. For there is this desire in so many people seeking the light, who wish to serve so fervently, but yet, when the opportunity is presented, there is hesitation. The reasons are many for one not to proceed along the ways of service. Much of it, perhaps most of it, comes from within the server. There are so many illusions that would confuse one when one would step upon the path of its own true service. There is also confusion which would make it difficult to discern the truest path of service for any given individual. There are also societal pressures to which some are prone to succumb. And there are other reasons to get in the way of one’s true path.

But recognize, all of you who are committed to the service of the planet and the Creator, that whatever obstacles impede your path, within you resides the ability to overcome these obstacles, even the ones that come from within your own being. In fact, these are perhaps the greatest to overcome, and for that reason they are the most necessary to overcome.

For when there is a place within your heart where that desire to serve and to do so truly and fully is recognized, then a way can be found. And the desire is therefore a reason. And unless and until you find the way through to that service, there will not be the fullness of peace and rest and joy that you would experience and would share with others.

We now pass this contact to the center of the circle. We are those of Laitos.

(T2 channeling)

We are those of Laitos. We are with this instrument. Others have spoken, concepts have been given to [another channel in this circle], of memories of his past, things read, feelings felt, those feelings of anticipation, those feelings of anticipation dressed with adrenaline and the thoughts that he felt of one that was written of in his Old Testament of the Holy Bible, where the servant of the Lord was called as he lay sleeping and he awoke and his words were, “Here am I Lord. Send me.”

We bring to this instrument these thoughts, helping him to remember how he felt when he first heard these words, putting himself in the place of this young man that heard his Lord in the middle of the night and he awoke with anticipation, with excitement.

We gave him another impression. At times, when having been in groups, in places, one subject matter was of utmost importance and cut too deep within his heart. He had to control himself, merely to keep from blurting out all the inspirited thoughts that went through his mind. At those times, [his] fears [were] laid aside. At those times only those things which jumped from the heart and into the throat and out were those that felt as though they would be of benefit, of service to some, of clarification to some, of comfort to some.

Anticipation often is merely the addressing of the feeling of desire to be of service.

We are those of Laitos and the ball is again tossed into the center.

(L channeling)

I am Laitos, and I begin with this instrument. We would pick up on the thread, which we find was beautifully treated by the one instrument known as T, in which we see an image of the circle of time completing itself. Anticipation finds again and again that it has a deep alliance with memory. For, how can we anticipate that of which we have no recollection? And yet, we find that anticipation is an experience which moves out past its known capacity for recollection in the hope of something new. All the while, over and over again, we find that as the process of anticipation fulfills itself in experience, that experience can be brought back as significant or important to the one who experiences it, only within the context of a system of significances that are in fact retained or recollected.

Now, recollection seems to suggest the carrying along of the past into one’s present, while anticipation seems to suggest the moving of one’s present into the future. And yet one finds that the anticipation which having moved into the future is then brought back again into the present, through being immersed, shall we say, in the residuals of the past, finds it is much enriched, finds it resonates, finds it has breadth and extension throughout the life experience, that makes it a more vital moment.

Again, the ball drifts towards the center of the circle.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are now with this instrument. The ball has been bounced quite well from channel to channel within this circle and we would wish to use and exercise the remaining channels before we leave this group.

We would, however, say through this instrument that there is a wealth of recollection which feeds into the present moment for each channel, whether new or experienced, that is powerful and helpful as the instrument meets the present moment and the spontaneous opportunity for cooperation with those of the Confederation such as we.

There is also a usefulness to the quality of anticipation. Anyone who has anticipated Christmas morning as a child knows the joy and the light of such waiting and looking forward, even though it seems like an agony to await until the sun has risen and it is all right to start the day, in terms of how one’s parents may feel. Still there is that overriding elation that comes with anticipation of a good event.

The only time that anticipation is not helpful is when anticipation is accompanied by fear or dread. So that there is the ambivalence of the salesman who is shy. He climbs the stairs and goes to the front door and knocks on it all the while saying to himself, “I hope nobody’s home.” It is an understandable quandary and we are certainly not attempting to make you into salesmen! However, we do await your willingness for us to, shall we say, knock on your door or for you to knock on our door or for us to knock on each other’s doors, in order that we may open to each other, come into our common heart and make linkages.

There is a good deal of possibility in any channeling situation, whether a formal channeling situation or a common, everyday situation, that you will be deceived to a certain extent because of prior assumptions or the expectations that are not accurate. Consequently, we ask that you make as few assumptions as possible and leave the past and the future at the door.

We earlier discussed the experience of the one known as Samuel in the Old Testament. It is so, indeed, that the ultimate outcome of the conversation was, “Here am I.” However, Samuel was awakened from sleep and confused by the Creator’s calling of his voice. He assumed, quite wrongly, that his master, the one known as Eli, had called him. And he went to his master, who, understandably, was not terribly pleased to be awakened in the middle of the night, saying, “Master, you have called me.” Eli, of course, said, “I did no such thing.” This occurred twice.

Finally Samuel realized that if it was not Eli calling him then it must be the Creator. And that was the moment at which the floodgates of his ability to serve opened and he said, “Here am I.” It was not that he felt suddenly that he was more competent or that he was more gifted. It was rather that for the first time he understood that it is possible to have direct communication with the godhead principle.

And in a certain way, we are a sub-type of the godhead principle in that we are unseen and unknown, and yet we are essences and entities that are as real as your essence and your being as an entity.

Consequently, the more skillful way to approach the awaiting for contact, or the seeking for contact, is to come as fully as possible into the present moment without denying either your past and all of the wealth that it has given you to come to this present moment or the anticipation that leaves you eagerly pressing into the present moment to discover its fruits.

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as M in order that we may exercise that instrument. We are those of Laitos.

(M channeling)

We are Laitos. We are with this instrument. Anticipation is one of the many powerful tools that can be used in preparation for channeling, among many [ways to]work for the Creator. Any powerful tool is wonderful when used correctly and can be damaging to others and the self when not. The main mistake that is made when trying [to channel] and when exercising anticipation is to allow the fear and worrying about the outcome. It can just be said that in any event, whether the first channeling attempt or third channeling attempt or a channeling attempt of an experienced channel, there is always some element of anticipation that can actually be used to heighten the senses and the energy of the vibrations of the individual. And when the fear takes over or if concern about the outcome is begun to be felt by the instrument, just remember that …

(Side one of tape ends.)

(M channeling)

(Inaudible) for that joy and elation may be felt as powerfully as you remember feeling it on Christmas morning when you were a child.

When one is focusing on a task that one thinks is important, an important service—which is a good thing to be felt—sometimes [there is] a tendency to become microscopic and blow the importance out of proportion, a feeling of an “all or nothing” situation. But the opportunity to channel is a moment to be of service, just as every moment of living and breathing is a moment to be of service and in a sense you can anticipate every moment with joy and elation and feelings can well up within you and radiate. It’s a powerful propellant.

This instrument now places the ball back in the center to be picked up again.

(L channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are again with this instrument. We would like to thank the instrument M for allowing us to speak through her. At this time we would like to pass our energies on to the one known as R that we may speak through him. We are those of Laitos.

(R channeling)

We are those of Laitos. We are with this instrument. (Inaudible.) He cannot find the words.

(L channeling)

We are those of Laitos. We are again with this instrument. We thank the one known as R for feeling our energies. We are with him. The attempt was made and we are very pleased with that attempt. We at this time would like to share for a moment our energies with the one known as Jim. We are those of Laitos.

(Jim channeling)

I am Laitos. I am with this instrument. We greet each again in love and in light through this instrument.

The topic of anticipation is one which we find to be salient for new instruments, for the process of anticipating what the channeling experience will be like is one through which each new instrument goes, not only in the beginning of the contact but with each successive word, each successive concept that is anticipated, experienced and expressed.

The anticipation that each feels during the channeling process is likened unto a kind of lubricant, shall we say, that allows the process to occur in the energetic body, for the channeling process is one which blends all aspects of the instrument’s being. Or perhaps it would be more correct to say, it requires the blending of all aspects of the instrument’s mind/body/spirit complex.

For this is a meeting of two worlds, shall we say; the space/time third-dimensional reality in which each exists in the normal round of activities and the time/space or invisible realms that each aspires to bring through to this third-dimensional experience, to inform it, to enrich it, to guide it. Thus, anticipation is most important and is not something for which each must search diligently. It is that which naturally springs from within the depths of each entity.

At this time we shall transfer the contact back to the one known as L so that she may ask for any questions. We are those of Laitos.

(L channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are again with this instrument. This instrument did not anticipate being the one who would channel the answers to possible questions this group may have. She is pleased with the confidence we have with her in her abilities, pleased that she will be able to serve our purposes. At this time we would like to have questions from the group. We are those of Laitos.

M: Well, I’ll ask a question just to give you practice, if there are no other questions. I’ve been through several Laitos channelings now and when I come down I always get this classic Laitos screen in my third eye which is this purple, moving background. The details are not important. But this time, for the first time, I don’t know if it’s just the light, the fact that there’s lots of light [in the room], but there’s another screen. I got the Laitos screen, as I always do, but then there was another, different pattern, and it was a kind of screen. It was kind of overlaid and less prominent, less real. Is there a possibility that there’s another memory complex aiding you or listening in or helping or something like that? Do you think it was just that or was it just too much sunlight?

(L channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are with this instrument. You are indeed correct, my sister. You have multiple sources of energy crossing in many different vortices within you. Those that are most prominent [are] the ones that we are. The energies that we have are the most prominent ones in this group at this time. Yet there are many energies always abounding. Each of you, opening up and being sensitive to these energies, are receiving signal overlaps, shall we say.

This second screen was an attempt by your subconscious to knock on the door, as you say, since there is another here along with our energies. It is as though you have multiple television sets on at one time in your house yet you’ll only focus in on one at a time. You have chosen to focus in on our energies, yet are still aware that there is another television set on.

We will not tell you what was on this television set. That is for you to know and to decide upon which television to focus. But you are correct in your assumptions. We would like to say that you are very astute, my sister.

We would like to know if we can answer you further, my sister. We are those of Laitos.

M: Oh no, thank you, thanks so much.

(L channeling)

Thank you. We would like to ask if there are any follow-up queries that this group may have regarding this session. We are those of Laitos.

(Long pause.)

We find that there are no more questions. We are those of Laitos, and find that we experience a sense of contentment with this group. We thank you for allowing us to serve you, as we talk about service ourselves.

We would like to comment that you have done a very good job remaining focused and keeping your energies very strong while contending with the catalyst of distraction as we have had during this circle. This will be good practice for you, as you become more and more experienced channels. As we say, there are no mistakes. All experiences are used as lessons and even unexpected lessons are wonderful chances for us, as part of the Creation, to learn and through learning to become better at our service.

We again thank everyone for sharing your energies, not only with us, but also with each other. It is beautiful to see that. Humbly we may say that you appear to look like a flower from our perspective, many different colors blending together, each of you a petal forming a beautiful flower.

In the love and the light of the Creator we leave you now with that image. We are those of Laitos. Adonai, my friends. Adonai.

[1] The group studied from the Confederation Channeling Quotes document. It can be found in the Channeling Intensive 2 materials.

[2] Previously discussed material suggested that it is good when approximately 30% of the channeling material is offered by the instrument.

November 1, 2008, Channeling Intensive 3 - Session 4 - Channeling Circle 11

Group question: (Read by Jim.) We would like to know what the value of humor is, to the seeker in general, and in particular to one who would like to learn how to be an instrument.

(Jim channeling)

I am Laitos, and I greet each in love and in light through this instrument. There was some delay with the initiation of this contact due to the licking of the one known as Pickwick [1] on the elbow of the one known as Jim. This, we feel, is an appropriate beginning for a conversation concerning the concept which you call humor, or that which we see as a sense of perspective; a putting into the rightful position of that which has been, shall we say, removed from its place and which has assumed another place.

The humor of which your peoples usually partake is oftentimes pointed (laughter) at the expense of another. The humor in which we find pleasure is that humor which sees all as one, yet which perhaps comments upon a somewhat disjointed view of that unity and restores the complete unity to the situation in a manner which does no harm but which reminds all that we are portions of one Creator.

Now. we do not mean to say that all humor has the ability to restore unity in one’s vision or sense of perspective. But in a general sense, humor is a leveling device that tends to bring back to normalcy or to a rightful place that which has, perhaps unwarrantedly, strayed from it.

To the seeker of truth, to the pilgrim on the path, the humor and the ability to find humor in various situations is invaluable. For there will be those times when the foot steps wrongly, the eye sees incorrectly and the ears hear poorly. And in order to hear what has not been heard, to see what has not been seen, and to step as one wishes to step, one must bring oneself back to the central position. And humor is a fine way of bringing oneself back to this position.

It reminds the soul that it has a sense of unity with the one Creator and that truly no step can be taken that is not within the bounds of that one Creator. And when those times that seem difficult approach and must be weathered, then this, too, may be seen as an experience of the one Creator. Seen with an eye towards perseverance, towards a continued seeking, then, such humor can be as a medicine, shall we say, that heals what seems broken or out of sorts.

At this time we shall transfer to the one known as L. We are those of Laitos.

(L channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are with this instrument. This instrument feels the pressure of our energies upon her, yet does not see the path that we wish her to take with our energies very well. We believe this to be, in part, because she is fascinated by this subject and appreciates the idea of listening rather than working at this time, but she wishes to be of service and so perseveres.

We give her the image of a stack of pancakes with butter melting on top. She does not know what to do with this image and this is amusing to her. And it would appear to be amusing to many of you. This amusement is not at her expense and she shares it with you.

This instrument also finds it amusing that she was able to start in the previous session without difficulty by coming up with ideas very easily through our concepts. Our words poured forth from her! And yet now, here, is the seeming disconnect that was mentioned earlier by the one known as Jim. In this way humor has also been expressed and shared by the group and in this way has brought some form of unity.

Yet at the same time there is an element of discomfort with this entity, because although she continues to talk and express our concepts, she feels that she is still struggling with our energies and is not bringing forth the message that we wish to convey. However, we would like to assure her that she is most definitely bringing forth our message right now, at this time.

We, at this time, feel it would be best to allow her to relieve the discomfort of not quite understanding the gist of where we are trying to head with our message and so we will relieve this instrument of our energies for the time. And, though we have in the past throw our ball, as it were, into the center, we will not [do so now], but pass it on to the next instrument in the circle in a roundabout fashion. And so we wish to pass our energies on to the instrument known as M. We are those of Laitos.

(M channeling)

We are those of Laitos. Through this instrument, we would like to paint humor as a restorative force. Picture, if you will, yourself inside a sphere. [You are] an infinitesimal point in the exact center. It is often the case in your third-density illusion that you extend your energies from this point in any direction that you see fit. Third density is the Density of Choice. And from this vantage point, you have an infinite number of choices that you can make. But there is a price for making a choice.

Picture, if you will, extending from the center of the sphere, a cord that follows with you. And as you choose a path to explore, the cord is attached.

Humor often centers you once again. It brings you back to the center of your sphere. Humor is a way to ground you, to reset that which you might be taking so seriously upon your path. It is important to remember that a hallmark of the ego is to feel self-important. Unless we attempt different paths, it is very easy to get wrapped up into the illusion. It is in humor that we find a way to come back to the center, oftentimes, so that we may spring forth once again with the vitality that we had in the beginning of our journey. [It is] one way to recoil the energy that we have expended and start fresh.

From the point of view of the center of the sphere, oftentimes that which you find funny and the peoples upon your planet find humorous is that which in fact separates you from others. From our vantage point, we can see the entire sphere. And we can see that all is, in fact, well. So, although our brand of humor might be different at times, we do, in fact, share [the fact] that humor is a restorative force for us as well.

We would now like to take this opportunity to pass our contact to the one known as T1.

(T1 channeling)

We are Laitos, and are with this instrument and have been [for some time]. For as the one known as M began speaking our concepts, at the same time we gave this instrument a vision which he has seen in his life. In your theatrical settings, you have the very commonplace masks of comedy and tragedy that you all know. And in this theatrical setting that you have, this setting in which you live and you move, you learn and you grow, you move through all experiences that are both comedic and tragic. Therein are your lessons. Therein are your opportunities. Therein is your balance that will help move you from your lows to your highs and back again into the middle. For this is balance.

Your great playwrights and those artists of that nature have spoken of these things in multitudes of ways in that which you term “olden times,” and in that which you have today in your movies and your situation comedies. We bring to mind a specific comedy [show] that has been in your recent past, that of the one named as Seinfeld. [See] how that which was meaningless was made comedic [by Seinfeld]. [The show] brought joy to many. It gave a moment’s peace and rest to weary minds.

Those who seek deeply and are troubled by their seeking, because they seek so diligently, also must be balanced with an air of relief and lightness. [It is good] to back away from the chess table as one who is observing two masters at the table. From that vantage point you tend to see both sides and the opportunities and the possible moves, it seems, more clearly than those who are involved in the game.

It’s merely a perspective that you take that has no pressure. Comedy has a very important place in your lives and in our lives. The Creator is all. And within the Creator lies all things from alpha to omega, from comedy to tragedy and all in between.

We now pass this contact to the one known as T2. We are Laitos.

(T2 channeling)

We are those of Laitos. In another sense, it may also be said that the higher forms [of humor] are the manifestation or an expression of the Creator as it emerges in its various forms and aspects, from the more centralized aspects of its being to the outer realms of energy, matter and form. As it manifests in these various expressions, to negotiate the ways of the various forms and planes of energy and matter, it expresses or experiences a learning curve that this is new phenomenon, so to speak, something that is not possible in its more centralized manifestation.

And as it beholds these various negotiations, there is a sense of imperfection which while on the surface may be or seem to be disjointed and not of a piece. But yet from the more centralized perspective, it is but a path for another reflection of the unity, seeming not to be one, but yet with a deeper awareness that the Creator is all of a single manifestation.

And when, as a more externalized manifestation of the Creator, the consciousness of the individual looks upon the incident or the situation that would evoke humor, there is the opportunity to behold the possibility of the oneness and the unity that indeed does exist at the center of creation.

We are those of Laitos. We now pass this contact to the one known as S.

(S channeling)

I am Laitos, and I am with this instrument. So far we have stressed that humor can be viewed in a number of ways and that it has a number of functions and facets.

Humor provides perspective.

Humor provides healing.

Humor provides a bridge between that which may be viewed as tragic and that which may be viewed as something of a more acceptable configuration and therefore comedic.

Humor may be also viewed from a somewhat deeper perspective, shall we say, as a fundamental feature of the creation itself.

And in this regard, it shows a characteristic of that creation which we may call paradox. One experiences this paradox in many ways, in many stages of our long trip back to the heart of the Creator. One experiences it, for example, as a mismatch between intention and result. One is walking along the path and slips upon the banana peel. From a certain point of view, this is seen as humorous. Now, there will always be those experiences which, seen from a certain point of view, can be thought of as funny, whereas seen from another point of view, they seem not to be so funny at all. The one who has slipped upon the banana peel and fallen quite hard upon the derrière, perhaps will not find it so funny until, upon reflecting upon the event later, [he] can conjure up an image of the self in that somewhat preposterous posture, and at that time [he] will find it to be a healing experience to be able to snicker at himself.

We would say to you that the right use of humor, however, requires some sensitivity. For it is not always going to be true that providing humor in a situation in which another cannot see humor will serve to heal or to lighten the load for another. The other may feel himself to be scorned. He may feel that his very failure to be able to join in the merriment, in itself sits as a judgment upon him or in some other way weighs heavily upon him as he seeks to find his way.

The right use of humor, therefore, must be forever a subtle matter. And it is well to take it in proportion to the circumstances one feels oneself to be in and to be sensitive to the fact that there is, after all, a very earnest side to the creation and that those who have finite intelligences, struggling to trying to find their way back to their own infinite source, are indeed condemned, if you will, to finding that way from the very finite position they currently occupy, which is never something to be made fun of.

The fun comes when [the humor] is available to be shared. For humor is first and foremost a matter of shared experience, particularly for those who are upon the path of service to others. The grim humor, the laughter in the voice and in the face, so to speak, are not that which we, as those who walk the service-to-others path, would favor. Humor is a shared event. And as a shared event, refined, it does serve an important and vital function in lightening the pathway of the seeker.

At this point we offer the contact to the one known as R. We are those of Laitos.

(R channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and we greet this instrument in the love and the light and give the image of a deer caught in headlights. We find this instrument blank.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are now with this instrument, greeting each through this instrument in love and in light. Well, as we turn to the image of the stack of pancakes, as we continue to gaze at the concept of laughter and humor in its place in the spiritual seeker’s life and in the life of the channel, that of which your metaphysical food is composed are the various situations in your life and the issues which those situations create for you to look at and from which to choose your response. There is often a stack of situations in any entity’s life that are not particularly palatable. The pancake is created of enriched flour that has vitamins that are good for you. Perhaps some bran has been added that will help your digestion. But the flour is dry and the pancake, even if it is well prepared and has no soggy middle where the batter has not yet cooked, is dry upon the tongue.

Say that your work situation has elements that are troubling you. There is a pancake on the plate that may be warm and may be nutritious but it does not go down so easily.

Perhaps the next pancake on the stack is a personal issue with which you have been working for years. Perhaps you find yourself working again and again to control your temper. Perhaps, again and again, you have found yourself dropping habitually, rather than with any genuine new information, into a pattern of thinking about yourself that doesn’t go anywhere. It is a heavy pancake. And it is dropped down on top of the work situation.

And then a third pancake is dropped down, again giving gifts to you, nutrition and the helping of the digestion. But this pancake, too—perhaps the pancake of a relationship with another that has its troubling aspects—is dry, dry as dust in the mouth. And chewing and chewing and chewing, you still do not feel that you have the ability to swallow it easily. These situations that stack up in your life, grow out of all proportion to their rightful place because they are so hard to stomach.

Then comes the slide of butter that sweetens and moistens the pancake and then the syrup is put on top of the butter and perhaps even a little whipped cream. These are the ways of laughing at the self, seeing the irony of your situation, invoking that wider point of view so that suddenly the pancakes begin to go down very easily. The metaphysical meal is far easier to digest and the laughter helps the digestion even more.

There are two healing energies that break the dams of emotional tension: tears and laughter. Both of these can be toxic when they do not contain the gift of compassion. But they can both be the “balm of Gilead” when they contain that compassion that is willing to move through situations, relationships and issues with a light tread and a keen ear for perspective.

When tears are allowed to fall, thus breaking the dam of hard-held anguish, they herald a softening of the situation and create the possibility of release from the anguish, so that tears can be a kind of reset button that restores that one who cries to a more wide and broad perspective [in] which things do not seem so bad and in which the wide, wide country beyond the local storm which has caused anguish can be seen.

Similarly, laughter at the self and sometimes at the world in general and the absurdities of it is equally a healing, strengthening, empowering release of stuck feelings, restoring the one who laughs to its default settings of normalcy and its normal perspectives on the world and the self.

It is easy to become spiritually stagnant and stuck. There are a million reasons for that. But there is one universal solvent to those tight feelings and that is the application of laughter and the willingness to invoke the gods of humor in order that that reset button may be pushed. Then the food of catalyst turning into experience may be processed and the meal for now may be over so that the being within, the soul that has moved into incarnation in order to eat this food, may digest that meal and take a restorative constitutional through the beautiful paths of nature, looking at those greater things than humankind—the sky, the wind, the beauty of the leaves.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

And as the exercise helps to enable the soul to breathe more deeply, a feeling of peace descends. The appetite has been satisfied. The grist for the mill has been processed. And for a time, until the next stack of situational pancakes moves onto the plate for the energy body to enjoy, there is only the soul, the beauty, and the one infinite Creator.

We will, at this time, transfer this contact to the one known as Jim. We are those of Laitos.

(Jim channeling)

I am Laitos, and we greet each again in love and light through this instrument. At this time we would ask if there may be any queries to which we may speak regarding this topic or any other topic of the weekend.

L: You addressed, very well, the topic of humor. And laughter would be a physical manifestation of the concept of humor. However, what about laughter that does not necessarily derive from humor, such as tickling a child?

I am Laitos, and I am aware of your query, my sister. In general, laughter may be seen as a means by which the entity releases a certain amount of, shall we call it, stress or pent-up feelings of a somewhat uncomfortable nature. In many cases, if the child who is tickled is young enough, he would simply be laughing in order to express the pleasure of touch with another entity. However, the process of releasing laughter through tickling, as it moves through the older entity in later years, may also reflect the storing of tensions within the physical body in certain locations and the phenomenon of tickling allows this stress release.

Laughter that is in response to what you would call the humorous joke also relieves and releases a certain amount of mental or psychological discomfort that may have been stored in a certain configuration within the mind complex. The ability to laugh, to release any type of stress or tension, is seen to be as a very helpful and healthful ability. For it keeps the mind/body/spirit complex clear of such tangles and allows the intelligent energy of the one Creator to move in an unrestricted way through the mind/body/spirit complex.

Is there a further query, my sister?

L: Does this humor and laughter remove blockages from each of the chakras or is it concentrated on a particular chakra, perhaps?

We are those of Laitos, and are aware of your query, my sister. There may be various chakras or energy centers involved in different types of, shall we say, humor or the releases of tangled mental or psychological complexes. However, the ability to pinpoint the particular energy center involved allows the entity to do work of a conscious nature upon that center which will then, hopefully, allow a more balanced expression of energies through that center, the laughter at a certain type of humor being the indication that work may be done there; the actual laughter, then, showing the way rather than making the complete release.

Is there a further query, my sister?

L: No. Thank you.

We are those of Laitos, and we thank you, my sister. Is there another query at this time?

(Pause)

We are those of Laitos, and it appears we have exhausted the queries of this time. We shall thank each, once again, for allowing us to speak through each new instrument. It has been our great pleasure and privilege to do so. We commend each on the progress that has been made and we look, as you would say, forward to a future of opportunities to utilize each new instrument.

At this time we shall take our leave of this instrument. We leave each in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu borragus.

[1] Pickwick, a 10-year-old Rueckert-McCarty orange tabby with an inveterate habit of bestowing lavish number of licks on its humans, is locally known as a cat who cannot hold his licker!

November 2, 2008, Channeling Intensive 3 - Session 5 - Channeling Circle 12

Group question: (Read by Jim.) Our question today concerns how we might cultivate the desire to be a seeker and to be of service.

(L channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are again with this instrument. This instrument challenged in the name of unconditional love, which is that concept we in our density hold most near and dear to our hearts. These energies are a good match for us.

We are pleased to have been called to your circle at this time for we wish to serve you as you wish to serve. The intensity of your dedication to service, each of you in this group and all of you together, is very strong. This makes for an excellent power source, shall we say. It complements our energies and makes our words stronger and more poignant to each of you.

As always, we wish to offer the service that we have, yet [we also] wish this to be of full service. Please do not allow anything that we have to say to hinder you on your own path of seeking.

The question has been put to us today about cultivating desire, the word “cultivating” being a very apt word for the purposes of our teaching at this time.

The seed is planted in the ground, and yet the seed may not grow. And no matter how hard the farmer may wish for the seed to grow, the seed will only grow as it pleases. The seed may be encouraged to grow given the proper nutrients in the soil and being watered diligently and tended to by a caring farmer. This seed being protected, the germ within, encased in a hard shell, can sit for years, millennia, and at the time that it is ready to grow it will grow. There is no rush, for the germ is always fresh within the shell of the seed, always protected.

On the horizon, the sun starts to rise. The glow in the east becomes more and more seen by the eye. First the sky, from its darkened state, begins to mellow into very soft color that is almost imperceptible, a very dark indigo. It lightens to a bluish color, and furthermore into oranges. And yet the sun still has not risen above the horizon. But one can feel it just below the arc of the Earth.

And when that sun is at its last possible [point], before it is seen, there is a sudden transition. If one has been blessed enough to see a sunrise, [you know that there is] the time when there is no sun and then suddenly, as though an explosion, the sun appears where there was no sun, peeking up above the horizon. We would say this is like desire.

Desire is resting beneath the horizon of your Earth and shows its signs without appearing, and when it is ready it will pop into existence.

The seeker can do little about this. It will come when it will come. You cannot encourage the sun to rise, any more than you can push it back down under the horizon. As with the sun, [desire] will travel across the sky, and it will peak, and then it will dip down again. It may disappear for some time and the seeker may feel, “I have lost my desire,” but we assure you the sun still exists. Just because [or even though] you cannot see it, it is still there, my friends.

As with the cycle of the adept, [1] as this group has mentioned during this weekend, a sine wave of peaks and crests, of valleys and balances, there is a cycle to desire as well. The desire will come back around again as the sun does.

This rest period is very necessary to the seeker. It is not something to be despised or to bring sadness. It is like the breath. The breath must exit in order to reenter. If we may again use an analogy, as this instrument is fond of doing, we would say it is like the striking of the axe against the tree. It is much harder to cut down a tree if one places the blade of the axe against the tree and pushes with all one’s might. It is much more effective to swing the blade back and not have any contact with the tree before the blade then swings forward and hits the tree with fervor.

Thus, desire is also more effective when there is a break from that desire and then [it] may swing forth into existence. It is much more effective at chopping down that tree, if you will.

We at this time would like to pass our energies on to others in the group. We feel, as the one known as T has suggested, that placing our “ball,” as it has been called, in the center of this circle is very appropriate and helpful to the learning experience of the new channel.

Your intuition will know when to speak. You will feel our energies. We will press upon you as the sun presses upon the horizon and suddenly, you will bring forth the light.

We are those of Laitos.

(R channeling)

We are Laitos, and we are with this instrument. We find a curious lack of words in this instrument’s mind.

(L channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are again with this instrument. We thank the one known as R for feeling our energies and passing our light through the circle. You are a valuable battery to this circle. Your value in channeling is much greater than only the words you may speak. We would again like to pass our energies on to another member of the circle. We are those of Laitos.

(S channeling)

I am Laitos, and am now with this instrument. We find that the desire to seek becomes somewhat more complex as the life experience itself grows in articulation and complexity, so that one has facets or aspects of one’s life in which one might notice that desire seems to be functioning in a bright and vivifying manner while in other areas of one’s life one finds that desire has dimmed or gone quiescent.

We suggest that this is a normal state of affairs and is not to be taken as a source of discouragement, although it can arise as a result of this configuration. One finds, in a peculiar way, that desire seems in some cases to be at odds with itself [as] one desires that desire in a certain area should be more developed or more active than it currently seems to be.

When these experiences are undergone, we would suggest patience, for as we have said, there is to each his season and one must await the sprouting of the seed in all of the different flower beds in which it has been planted. And yet, having said this, we would say something more.

For the season of growth is when the sun flourishes at its height. And yet there are the times when the sun is absent. There are times in the cycle of the day, the diurnal cycle as you call it, in which the sun has gone below the horizon and darkness prevails. There is a time in the cycle of your seasons when the sun has drifted far to the southern portion of your globe and the colder temperatures prevail that are not conducive for the growth.

During these times there is still work that may be done; work, shall we say, of getting the house in order so that upon those occasions when the springtime shall again bloom and the cycles shall begin to support the bringing forth of blade of grass and blossom of flower and leaf of tree, that these forces shall find their way unimpeded, and, in fact, even encouraged by the graceful hand of the gardener.

Thus, we would suggest that each can be gardener to itself as, indeed, each of you attempts to be gardeners to each other, that you may encourage each other in the process of finding your way.

I am Laitos, and we now pass the ball back to the center of this circle of seeking.

(T1 channeling)

We are those of Laitos. The desire for service, the desire to seek, any deep desire that is of sincere meaning to the seeker, is very much akin to the lifeblood of the Divine, which is centered within the heart as it courses through the energetic pathways of the entity. Just as the blood flowing through the veins and arteries of the physical vehicle ebbs and flows according to the beat of the heart, so this very dynamic flow of desire may ebb and flow. This cycle is dependent upon factors such as the conditions that this desire meets in the external environment.

It is also conditioned by other desires arising from within the heart of the seeker, desires which may add to the primary desire being experienced. For the newer desire might also be something that runs parallel to, and yet does not interact with, the primary desire experience. Also there might be deep desires arising from within the heart of the seeker which are, or at least which certainly appear to be, opposed, sometimes even diametrically opposed, to that primary desire.

It is the sorting of these various desires, and also their juxtaposition with various external conditions and forces, that often augment or retard the natural ebb and flow of the desires as they proceed from the center of one’s being.

There are ways and methods to focus or concentrate upon the desire chosen to be pursued in order to increase its intensity, so that it might come to its full fruition. But [it] is necessary at times to discover the means by which to do this so that any true desire that one has can always accomplish its purpose, if the seeker determines that this be so and sets the intention to make it so.

At the same time there are other desires that, at one point in one’s development, are truly central to the entity. And from the heart and essence of that entity, over the course of that being’s experiences out in the world of illusion, [these desires] come to be adjusted, readjusted or left behind altogether as the person grows beyond a certain stage in its development.

This is also highly proper and acceptable to the deep self, so that when desire is lessened and one is seeking to recapture the fire and the passion of that desire, the task becomes to determine whether this still remains a true desire, appropriate to the particular stage in which the person is now, or whether this desire is becoming less central to one’s more advanced being and inspiration.

We are those of Laitos. We now transfer this contact to the center of the circle.

(T2 channeling)

We are Laitos, and we speak through this instrument. This instrument has been given some images and a first thought, as he has been given in the past.

The Creator had a desire. He desired to know Himself. He [still] desires to know Himself. He created such that He would be able to experience Himself in many forms and in many ways. Your desires, our desires, are no more than the desires of the Creator being manifested through these many facets, many portions of Himself.

Desires can be listened to, can be moved toward, and can be turned from. This is your free will. The Creator has given to you the opportunity to express His desires through your individuality and you can do so, or you can rest, as has been given here today in different forms.

You can remain within the shell. You can turn to the night, the diurnal periods, and you can rest. For it is stated in your Bible that the Creator rested on the seventh day. You are privileged to experience fulfillment of that which is the Creator.

Shall you play in these fields? Shall you turn toward that and lean into the rising sun, the desires that build and well up inside of you? Or shall you turn in fear or doubt and walk away and become complacent and stagnant? Shall you live a life gloriously? Shall you live a life full of excitement in life and love? Or shall you remain asleep?

That has been given you as a choice. Your seeking will come about. Your desires, whatever the form that the Creator seeks through you, will come about, in His time, in its time, when all is right.

When the inklings of the light come, when the day first begins on the dawning, we encourage you to look toward the east. We encourage you to open yourself to all that is possible. We encourage you to follow that inkling of light, as the light begins to grow and begins to build excitement within you. We encourage you to move in that direction.

It is the nature of the second-density beings, the plants, to move toward the light, to grow toward the light. They ask not to be shaded from the light. They ask not to be hidden under a vine. They glory in the glory of the Father, the Creator. For this is creation. This is your joy. This is the joy of the Creator.

We are Laitos, and we leave this instrument. The ball is again amongst you all.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and greet you again through this instrument in love and in light.

As we have said, your very nature as beings is full of desire. It is inborn into the essence of your nature. Further, you are creatures of what has been called the religious impulse and you shall not, no matter how far asleep you may be, move through life without relating the self to a supposed Creator, even if that relationship has intellectually been decided to be nil, null or limited.

Every culture upon your globe has created for itself a Creator and a story of creation. And storytellers throughout millennia have found goodness in relating the stories that stir up the heart and the imagination and encourage the impulse towards religious or spiritual contemplation.

It is indeed so that in each and every incarnation there shall come times of relative sleep and inactivity upon the spiritual plane. To the extent that you wish, when you find yourself, as the poet said, “wan and palely loitering,” [2] pick up the tempo of your desire to seek the face of the one infinite Creator. The way ahead is that way of increasing your opportunity to experience devotion. This instrument often repeats words from the Psalms of her Holy Bible.

My soul hath a desire and the longing to enter into the courts of the Lord. [3]

Oh taste and see how gracious the Lord is. Blessed is the man who trusteth in Him. [4]

Devotion can also be cultivated by the practice of the presence of the one infinite Creator. Habits of devotion can be fostered. You can choose to have a regular chapel time. You can choose to light a candle and gaze into the mystery of the light that wavers and flickers, ever moving yet always the same, reaching ever upward, spiraling its fire into the heavens.

There are many ways to exercise and cultivate that innate and trusted and always present desire to seek the Creator. And these are open to you as a matter of free choice. We do not suggest that you whip yourself up into a frenzy. But we do suggest that, just as fertilizer creates a more promising environment for the seed, so the seeker’s environment, that dirt from which the seeds of love and praise, joy and thanksgiving shall grow can be fertilized by devotion and by the simple remembrance of who you are, and why you are here.

Find ways, when you feel that you no longer wish to loiter at the edges of your spiritual path but wish to move forward upon the King’s Highway, to lift up your attention to the remembrance of love. You are love. All about you are manifestations of that love that inform you and fill your awareness of self with infinite gradations of adornment.

We would at this time offer the opportunity for queries but not through this instrument. Rather, we would again place the “ball”, shall we say, in the center of the circle in order that it may be apprehended and accepted by a new channel.

We leave [the] instrument, in love and in light. We are those of Laitos.

G: Laitos, I have something I would like to offer and ask for commentary on my statement and, as is characteristic of me, it will be lengthy.

Listening to what has been channeled in the room I would agree that the entity is indeed subject to a great variety of cycles—cosmic cycles, planetary cycles, societal cycles, cycles of nature, and many cycles within the self, including cycles of energy, of desire, of mood, of confusion, of growth and decay, etc. These cycles, if the entity is to be balanced, should indeed be respected and honored.

One who attempted to circumvent the natural and necessary diurnal cycle of sleeping and waking by attempting to go without sleep could be considered spiritually immature. Yet, I do not perceive the entity, in its truest definition, as one who waits for spiritual evolution to happen to it.

Rather, the entity, as I see it, is always in a position to choose consciously to seek, consciously to persist in a determined fashion to know and accept the self regardless of external and internal circumstance, regardless of whether the sun is shining or nighttime reigns, regardless of whether it is summer or winter within the self.

Again, if the entity wishes skillfully to evolve, the cycles of experience should always be taken into account but at the same time, as I see it, power is always available for conscious intent and determination.

I don’t speak of forcing the self where it doesn’t wish to go. I speak of using the conscious self in its proper role and function as the captain of the ship. The captain’s ship can indeed be deterred by a storm. The captain may run into difficulty through mutiny of its crew. The captain may be forced to await the construction of a worthy seagoing vessel. There are a million and one things that may deter the captain from its destination.

Nonetheless, the captain may, at all times, focus upon setting an intent to reach its destination and let manifestation of that intent to unfold as it will. I ask for any commentary.

(S channeling)

I am Laitos, and speaking through this instrument we would venture a small comment.

We would begin by saying that we laud the statement and in it, the conviction of the one known as G, for G has spoken with great eloquence to the role of, what might be called “will” in seeking.

Indeed it is true that in our earlier remarks we have implicitly and to some extent more explicitly invoked this concept, even in offering encouragement. For what is it we are encouraging, my friends, but that process in you by means of which you may choose, by means of which you may seek to navigate the ship, as it were.

The question that has been put before us today, having to do with desire, however, speaks to a vital portion of that process by which will seeks to effectuate itself. This instrument has offered itself to us as an example, and has permitted us to use its life experience in order to exemplify a possibility which can cast in some relief the relationship between that faculty which may be called will, and that faculty which may be called desire.

We may say that within your system of chakras, the will is a faculty which draws its resources from above, as it were, whereas the desire is a faculty or capacity or condition in which one experiences the energy being drawn up from below and in that capacity being shaped, or configured, or oriented in a certain way so that it has a certain subjective resonance to the seeker.

We give to this instrument the image of a balky child who is being urged along and tugged by the hand by an adamant mother. It can happen. As this instrument has offered itself as an example, and that sometimes therefore does happen, that the adamant mother has a very firmly formed intention and is pulling the child harder than the child feels it right to be pulled. So the child, in response, can go limp and make its presence known to the mother as a drag or a burden on the progress, so to speak.

Even so can the relationship between a balky desire and an adamant will sometimes be experienced. That this may be experienced suggests that the two dimensions of seeking are not always in perfect harmony or coordination. We would ask, therefore, that each should reflect upon the nature of will in relation to the nature of desire. When one beseeches the one Creator that, “Thy will and my will be one,” one has not yet necessarily spoken of desire, except implicitly. One is, as we have said earlier, planting a seed. That work is always work well done.

And we do encourage each to consider well the function of will in the development of the desire. For desire can take many forms and needs, itself, to be subject to the kind of discrimination that the faculty of will can bring into play.

We find that the one known as G has both a very strong desire to seek and what we may call a burgeoning will. This is a good configuration. There will be times, however, in the process of spiritual development where each finds that the will and the desire have, perhaps, not harmonized as one might wish. Our words have gone to that condition.

I am Laitos, and we again return the ball to the center of the circle.

(M channeling)

I am Laitos. We feel at this time that it is necessary to remind that oftentimes desire begets desire. In many instances the path of the seeker can be likened unto the path of a diamond in that a seeker who desires to find something precious tunnels into the earth and finds this type of stone called a diamond.

In this instance the diamond, its presence, was formerly unknown but exploration found this diamond. The diamond is found and he who found the diamond knew not what he would find but knew that the process of tunneling was necessary. The one who seeks the diamond is your Creator, and you, my friends, are the diamond who is forged by time and pressure to become something beautiful.

Yet upon your birth, you are still raw. You are still uncut. It is through the process of communing with your Creator that you find the facets that bring you your unique brilliance. It is in your communion with your Creator and other diamonds around you that you find desire. However, no two diamonds are exactly alike. The ways in which brilliance is shown depends upon the facets attained in your communion with the Creator and those around you.

You might find that one day you have one configuration of brilliance, of ways to reflect light back to others, while on other days you may find a different configuration. There are, as many in this circle have said, many factors determining this. But it is always a steadfast desire on the part of the diamond for communion with the Creator, where your truest, greatest configuration can be attained.

Oftentimes it is necessary to focus and find that which begets your desire. In this group for instance, many feel that they reflect the most light when they are around others in this group.

Just as, over many, many eons of time the form of a diamond will degrade back into that whence it came, a carbon source, so shall you. But it is during your time where you find your configuration of brilliance that you will shine most brilliantly. So, we encourage you all to find your configuration while you are still a diamond and reflect the light that you are most capable of reflecting, and do so in the communion with the other diamonds around you, and that which created you.

Your gift will be your own creation. This is how you can become the captain of your own ship and direct the flow, intent and hone the will.

We are those of Laitos, and would like to place our ball back into the center of the group.

S: To find me now moving to the role of questioner, I would ask if Laitos has meant to suggest that there is a means by which we can align our desire with that of the infinite Creator?

(L channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are aware of your query. We would say that that is what desire is, in its purest form. You each desire, in your most basic form, to align your desire with the Creator. In this desire there are, shall we say, tributaries to the great river of desire. You use your will to paddle your canoe down these tributaries of desire which flow into the great river of desire and back into the ocean of the Creator. This is the essence of desire itself.

May we answer you further, my brother?

S: No, thank you very much, that was helpful.

(L channeling)

Thank you for your query. We ask if there is another query from this circle.

G: Laitos, this will be jumbled because I did not write it down. When I do not do that, I am disjointed.

First, I would like to say thank you for your responses to my initial question. It was of an extremely clarifying nature to realize the distinction between will and desire and how those two faculties or components may have a disharmonious relationship.

Referring back to the analogy which came through the one known as S, where the will is likened to an adamant parent and the disharmonious desire to a balky child, I would posit that one of the most effective ways to create harmony between those two disharmonious entities would be, not through an adamant use of will, but rather through sheer repetition of will; not just repeated will, but lovingly repeated will, compassionately repeated will, gently repeated will and through that repetition the child, representing desire in the analogy, would gradually release its resistance and its struggle and see the sense in following the direction of the parent.

(L channeling)

We are those of Laitos and are aware of your query. There are two ways in which will may be applied to desire. Will may be applied to desire in a mode of pressure, either in a jerky fashion, by violently trying to direct desire, or by a gentle laying on of hands in a firm, yet steady direction.

Both of these may control desire to a very limited extent, but as we have expressed before, desire will do as it will. The will of the person may also be set aside for the moment. The mother does well to stop jerking on the child or pushing the child where the child does not want to go [and instead] listening to the child, for desire may know better than will. All too much, the will tries to force the desire instead of listening to the desire.

Allow the desire for a time to pull back on the will. This will allow some slack in the rope for play and would be more efficacious for the will if there is a respite and a resetting and an understanding between the two forces. Working in concert, rather than against each other, more may be done. There will be more work performed.

We would advise those seeking not to put too much emphasis on will and likewise not too much emphasis on desire. One does not have authority over the other but they must learn to work in concert as two dancers. Not two dancers where one forces the other into its steps, but one which leads and one which follows, also leading at other times.

Does this answer your query, my brother?

G: It makes a great deal of sense. Thank you, Laitos. I think what you speak of is in some ways illustrated in the Tarot image of The Choice wherein the male must choose how it will relate to its subconscious self.

I would make one point though and maintain that—I don’t know, it needs further thinking by me—but I recall Ra saying that the importance of the will cannot be overstated. [5] Thank you.

(L channeling)

You are welcome my brother. Is there another query from the circle?

T1: I would just thank everybody in the circle and thank you, Laitos, for that excellent session. I would also ask that we end the session at this time.

(L channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and find your wish acceptable. The energy level of this circle is very vibrant at this time. It energizes us to see each of you communing in love and friendship. This love is something that we see carried with each of you outside of this circle. We are pleased to have been a member of your circle. We thank you for your questions and for offering us the opportunity to serve you.

We will leave you now in the light and the love of the one Creator. Adonai, my friends. Adonai.

[1] The cycle of “the gateway of magic of the adept or of the spirit” is discussed by those of Ra in Session 61 of The Law of One. They describe it as having an 18-day periodicity beginning the day of your birth. They say that it is the fourth bio-rhythm. The other three bio-rhythmic cycles are the physical cycle, which has a periodicity of 23 days, the mental cycle, which has a periodicity of 33 days, and the emotional cycle, which has a periodicity of 28 days. All of these cycles start when you are born. When two or more of these cycles pass the midpoint of their sine wave of recurrence, the person may have unusual difficulty functioning smoothly.

[2] This phrase is from a poem by John Keats, “La Belle Dame sans Merci,” and an excerpt which gives context is:

She took me to her elfin grot,

And there she gaz’d and sighed deep,

And there I shut her wild sad eyes—

So kiss’d to sleep.

And there we slumber’d on the moss,

And there I dream’d, ah woe betide,

The latest dream I ever dream’d

On the cold hill side.

I saw pale kings, and princes too,

Pale warriors, death-pale were they all;

Who cry’d—”La belle Dame sans merci

Hath thee in thrall!”

I saw their starv’d lips in the gloam

With horrid warning gaped wide,

And I awoke, and found me here

On the cold hill side.

And this is why I sojourn here

Alone and palely loitering,

Though the sedge is wither’d from the lake,

And no birds sing.

[3] Psalm 84:2.

[4] Psalm 34:8.

[5] Ra, The Law of One, Session 52, “Your faculty of will is that which is powerful within you as co-Creator. You cannot ascribe to this faculty too much importance. Thus it must be carefully used and directed in service-to-others for those upon the positively oriented path.”

November 8, 2008, Saturday Meditation

Question from G: Throughout the Law of One material, Ra speaks often of the entity as a single, indivisible unit. They speak of the entity evolving, the entity doing this thing or that, and the entity making this choice or that choice. Who is the entity that makes choices and is responsible within the incarnation? Is this the conscious self? The subconscious self? Or the undivided whole entity?

I ask because the activities Ra says that the entity enjoys seem often to occur well below the threshold of consciousness awareness. How far into the spectrum of choice does the conscious self’s responsibilities extend? What exactly is the proper role of the conscious, waking self?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It may seem that we come to you from far away and yet we come to you from within your very being, moving through the various layers of mind to make a collaborative contact with this instrument and this group.

We are very pleased to have been called to this circle of seeking. And we are glad to offer our humble thoughts on this most interesting subject of who an entity actually is and what role the conscious waking self has in the great drama of the wheel from alpha to omega and to alpha again.

As always, we would request that you use your discrimination as you listen to or read these words. We are prone to error, as are all of those who work within the illusions of space and time. And we would not wish to create confusion within your path. Consequently, we ask that you keep those thoughts that resonate to you and discard the rest. We thank you for this kindness, for it enables us to feel that we may speak freely and not risk the infringement upon your free will.

Your query, my brother, moves deeply into the texture and fabric of the Law of One and into the paradox of oneness. For if all is one, then how can there be individuals? How can there be separate and unique selves? And yet each of you is an unique self.

There is no spark of the Creator like you in the infinities of worlds of the infinite creation. You are one of a kind. And you are as treasured and beloved as any one-of-a-kind gem or artifact. You are sons and daughters of love. It was from love that you sprang, an infinite number of holographic portions of the one infinite Creator.

It is as unique shards or atoms of the one Creator that you have come through many densities, many worlds, and many experiences, to find your way to that location in which you sit as you are listening to or reading these words. You have journeyed far. That spark of the Creator that you are as an entity has had incarnation upon incarnation, experience upon experience.

Each time that you have finished an experience and moved back into the inner planes in order to heal your incarnation and to plan your next incarnation, you have chosen portions of the whole self that you are, which we sometimes call the soul stream. In one incarnation you may seem to have a personality that is somewhat different from your personality in another incarnation. However, the essence that flows beneath and behind and beyond personality remains the same.

It is easy to confuse the self as an entity or an essence with the contents of the personality. The personality feels so much like your entire self! Your personality, after all, has been forged in the fire of experience and bears the imprint of parents’ love or lack of love, your parents’ respect or lack of respect, your teachers and friends and the way they have impacted your life.

Over years of choices you have built up a self that you recognize when you look in the mirror; not simply the face you see, but also the self that lies within your eyes. You can describe yourself. You are a person with a sense of humor, a person with a mission, a person with a job, a person with sexuality of a certain kind, and so forth. All of these details of personality and character, circumstance and estate are valid and useful. In no way do they or can they define the entity that you are.

You know that it is said in the Bible that you come from the earth and to the earth you shall return; dust to dust and ashes to ashes. This is quite literally true of your physical being. Left in a state of nature, your body would literally return to the earth.

In the same basic way you are the Creator; light from light and love from love. And you shall, in the fullness of time and space, return to the light and the love that formed you.

For this tiny iota of time and space you have gathered your suitcase full of personality and have launched yourself into incarnation on Planet Earth with your agenda, your gifts, your limitations, and your relationships. You have come to challenge yourself and to be tempered in the fire of catalyst, to bathe in the waters of unknowing and to experience the self, its desires, its will, and its faculties of faith and desire.

Who is the entity that has launched itself forth in you? It is easy enough to assume that what you see is what you get, that you are an entity with two arms, two legs, two eyes, a heart, lungs, intelligence and so forth. And that is, of course, your conscious, waking self—that captain of the ship of your life.

You carry on board the ship that is yourself a great deal of cargo, in holds far below the surface of the ocean on which you ride in your destiny-filled journey through your incarnation. You carry a thousand, or a million, or an unknown number of previous learnings and balancings, some of which may never arise to the level of conscious awareness. Yet they lie within you as precious cargo. The more access which you are able to create in your life to this cargo, the better.

The spiritual journey is not linear. Bits of the cargo that you carry can be teased into the daylight and studied by examining, with the help of a medium or hypnotist, a previous life. However, no matter how many previous incarnations you are able to uncover and study, you are still in the position of not being able to see what your situation truly is as regards your reason for coming into incarnation with just these personality choices out of all the many, many choices you could have made.

There lies within you that essence or beingness which is very slow to evolve. Each incarnation that you have is as a semester in school, where there are certain courses you are taking, certain books of life that you are studying, certain tests that you have set for yourself so that your studying may have a point and may come to a culmination within your incarnation. And only the tip of the self is above the level of the daylight consciousness, as the one known as G has pointed out quite accurately.

You may, therefore, see yourself as an explorer of the mazes and mysteries of the self. All that you may find out is useful. And yet you can never exhaust the question of “Who am I?” Once you release the primary truth, that you are the Creator experiencing Itself, you are possessed of the self-awareness that you are indeed an entity. Yet you are not possessed of a complete intelligence concerning this entity that you know that you are.

It is as if you were a name written upon an envelope in a letter you have written to yourself which you have not read. And so you hold up the envelope and you say, “I know I am here; I have a letter with my name on it.” But you cannot read that letter. You tuck that letter of self away for this incarnation that you are experiencing and you set about discovering yourself as you make your choices and live your life.

There are those within your density who have penetrated quite deeply into the portion of their essential selves that lie below the water line of the waking consciousness. As the one known as G has said earlier in the conversation preceding this meditation, the contemplation that continues creates its own space with more and more definition. Each added minute and hour of contemplation brings one to a deeper state of awareness. Not a state of awareness that explodes with linear knowledge, certainly, but a deeper state that begins to flower and open to the present moment.

It is in that present moment that the waking consciousness is able to relax and allow the deeper portions of the self to speak, not in words but in crystallizations and radiations of articulated energy. The waking consciousness is to the fuller consciousness of a self-realized entity as black and white is to color.

The everyday life can be lived in grayscale and there is always the temptation to remain on the surface and enjoy the grayscale, for it is comfortable. The life that is lived on the surface can be far more easily controlled than the life of one who wishes to plunge deep into the treasure troves of his own being and open the self up to the book of wisdom that is hidden within those stores that are so carefully tucked away below the waterline, below the waking consciousness.

It can be a very painful thing to open oneself to the vivid colors of unknowing. The intellect can batter itself against that unknowing, ceaselessly attempting to make sense of infinity and eternity. Yet no matter how keen the intellect, attempting to order the mysterious and paradoxical self is attempting to harness a whirlwind or lasso a mustang running free.

The best that you can do is to launch yourself fearlessly onto the back of whatever mustang that you find as you explore the treasures within the hold of your ship and let it go where it will. [Let it] take you to the colors and the textures and the feelings of which you know not, so that you may experience yourself more and more deeply, more and more keenly, less and less articulately.

It is as though that ship that is you as an entity must move through underground passages where there is no light. Where you cannot navigate with anything but your intuition and your rock-solid knowledge of who you are. And here we come again into the paradox of unknowing and knowing. For even though you cannot, in your waking consciousness, experience or know who you are in the entirety of yourself, at the same time you are not only capable but are asked by life itself to gather your feet under you and declare yourself in positive and clarion terms.

Those who are wise relate themselves to the infinite Creator of which they are a part, and then describe themselves in terms of the deepest portion of self which they have been able to plumb. Thusly, this instrument says that she is a servant of the one infinite Creator, a child of love, one who wishes with all of her heart to serve and to follow her Beloved. [1]

These are vague, murky terms that do not limit the self or classify the self in linear ways. This kind of expression of selfhood is more about attempting to describe the heart of the self in ways that have more to do with feelings than with objects; that have more to do with faith and will than with a career, a marriage, or any of those ways in which the waking consciousness identifies itself.

We do not tell you what portion of your whole self that you are able to realize within incarnation because the possibilities are endless. You can realize almost nothing about yourself or as you seek and seek again, you can come to encompass and contain an awareness that has no words but has many feelings about the self that moves quite deeply into the whole self that lies beneath the waking consciousness.

What part of this could be called the entity? Indeed, the very word “entity” means the whole self, the entire self. Yet, you as awakened consciousness are also an entity. Therefore, we would define the entity that you are by saying whatever of the whole self that you are able to realize within incarnation is the functional entity within that incarnation. This is distinct from the whole self which we sometimes call the “soul stream.”

As you have built up intelligence and worked on the balances within yourself through many, many incarnations, you have amassed a very wide and deep stream of self. You could not possibly contain that within one incarnated being. So our answer must be unique to each entity and not only to each entity but also to an entity at different times within an incarnation where he may have been able to gain access to a larger portion of the unknown but deeply felt self.

When your race was young upon the Earth, you had few ways to understand the self or to place the self within the world in which you lived. As you have built up your culture you have gained many, many more ways of looking at the journey from birth to death that is your incarnation. Just as many ways as you have experienced yourself, so are the number of ways in which you have yet to experience yourself. Therefore, you may look upon every day of your incarnation as an adventure. Who knows what shall bring you face to face with a portion of yourself whom you have not met before.

You may be delighted to meet this new portion of yourself, you may be horrified, or any response in between. However, an explorer builds intelligence from all that he sees and to that explorer, everything is interesting. To an explorer, there is no concept of success or failure. There is only the concept of that which may be found today and so the explorer bends his every tool and his every iota of consciousness to the task of observing accurately and perceiving clearly that which lies before him.

Those things that help an entity to be more fully self-realized are those disciplines which open the door to the gateway of intelligent infinity. The key to that door is silence. We encourage the regular practice of silence of self, as the one known as G has said, the counting of the breaths, moving back to the breath, allowing the self to be untended. This is a grounding and a seating mechanism that strengthens the essential self and enlarges its ability to bear self-awareness at deeper and deeper levels.

May we answer your query in any further way, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: No further question on that main question. Thank you, Q’uo.

We thank you, my brother. May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: I have a question from P, from the United Kingdom. She says that it appears that the internet is a tool of sharing information. Cyber-based or non-physical resources are evolving rapidly and gaining momentum and acceleration in their evolution, especially since the turn of the century. Some people theorize that the internet will become a conscious entity who will learn from its third-density creators and become something unfathomable to us.

There appear to be correlations in the evolution of the internet and the emergence of fourth density upon this planet. However, fourth density, as I understand it, is about the awakening of Christ-Consciousness between people, which does not require technical expertise or machines.

Is there a correlation between the evolution of the internet on the planet and the emergence of the social memory complex? How does this affect the people who have no access to advanced technology such as computers but are evolving along their spiritual path?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. May we say to the one known as P that there is a correlation between the internet and its endless sources of human knowledge and the fourth-density consciousness but it is tangential. Let us explain.

To an observer such as the one known as P, the faculties of the world wide web feel like fourth-density consciousness in that there is an interlocking awareness of far more things than can be known by one person. It is a kind of social memory.

It is an intriguing concept that this large database might organize itself into a living entity, yet this is not the nature of the database. The organizing faculties are not there to articulate this mass of knowledge into that which is self-aware.

The social memory complex of fourth density grows from the beginnings which are shared by the internet and the consciousness of all those within a fourth-density environment; that is, the shared database of awareness and knowledge. Yet, whereas there is no polarity to an internet database, there is a unified, harmonized polarity to the shared knowledge of a society of seeking souls.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

Whereas a database cannot access itself, the social memory complex database, if you will, is accessed by all of those within that society. You, as a third-density society upon Planet Earth, having reached nearly the end of third density, exist now as a social complex. You are fully aware of your global population and the databases and artifacts of that social consciousness, yet you do not have shared memory. You have not yet come together and developed a vector for your desire and your seeking as a people.

There are the trembling and accelerating glimpses that each of you has of how it would feel to be truly one with those of your culture, so that you could collaborate together and create the world of your dreams, the world of your visions. Yet the veil is heavy and it is difficult to find visionary people that create a critical mass of inspiration and direction.

Indeed, this is why your recent election of the one known as Barack has been such a signal event to many who sense that this entity may well have the capacity as a leader to inspire positive changes throughout the consciousness of the society as a whole.

This is the direction in which each who seeks to graduate into fourth density is moving. Yet third density is not fourth density. It is good to move towards that paradigm of shared vision and unconditional love. It is a worthy beau geste to attempt to be part of that critical mass of positive thought that brings all of the planet to a successful graduation into fourth-density positive. It is a worthwhile dream. It is a worthwhile effort. And we wish you the joy of being that knight who wears the armor of light and moves toward the sun of unconditional love and compassion.

As to the plight of those with no access to computers because they have lived their entire lives as indigenous people, we may assure the one known as P that these entities are far more close to graduation into fourth-density positive, for the most part, than those who must bear the burden of civilization and the endless ramifications of human knowledge. There is more truth, knowledge, and learning in one who knows the moons, the suns, the stars, the animals, the planets, the ocean, and the wind than there is in all of the books in all of the libraries of your world.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: D has a question. He says: “I have been having memories of different worlds and even being of different sentient species and performing tasks on different worlds designed to increase the harvest. I remember past lives both here and on other worlds. I believe I am a wanderer and a ‘pre-incarnate,’ one who incarnates early in third density to readjust to third-density life, in preparation for this [present] period where spiritual evolutionary advancement is occurring. I feel in my heart that these memories are real and I would like to ask Q’uo to confirm this.”

We are those of Q’uo. We are aware of this query and can indeed confirm that this entity is indeed a wanderer and that his suppositions are fundamentally accurate.

May we ask if there is a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Yes, I have a final question. I haven’t put it together really well but I was wondering if you could describe meditation in terms of the chakras. That is, when the entity is successfully in that place wherein the entity watches its own thoughts arise and fall without attachment and without aversion, watches sensations, watches whatever occurs in that manner, in that detached space, what’s happening in terms of the chakras?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. When one is accessing the gateway to intelligent infinity, one has been able to open the chakra system so that there is no blockage, over-activation or narrowing that would prevent the infinite love and light of the one Creator from moving through the red, orange and yellow chakras and into the heart. The essential self rests in the open heart while the seeker uses the faculties of will, faith and purified intention to move through the blue and indigo energy centers and through the violet to the gateway.

If you can picture the characteristics of a flame from a candle, you can see the chakra body as a whole in a kind of a rounded form that varies a bit, yet is always solid flame in the center. At the gateway, the self comes to a point of focus that then is ignited into another flame as it approaches and goes through the gateway, so that there is a mirroring of the flame beyond the gateway and the flame of the chakra system which is intimately tied into the earthly self which is approaching the gateway.

At the zero point is the gateway itself. In a way, one could say that the essential self during such times is poised precisely where those two flames meet. It could even be suggested that this is the true nature of the self in incarnation. For as the earthly self moves in essence through the gateway to access that which lies beyond it, the self is that which joins all worlds, the inner and the outer, the higher and the lower, and so forth, and completes many circuits to create a unique point of connection between all worlds, living, breathing, fragile, yet infinitely powerful.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Just a real quick follow-up, Q’uo. Are you equating accessing the gateway to intelligent infinity with the state of meditation that I described?

We are those of Q’uo. This is not precisely correct, my brother. We include in the gifts the gateway has to offer that of the meditation which reaches beyond the self and brings back from the gateway guidance, inspiration and even information. However, there are many other gifts which the gateway has to offer. Consequently, we spoke of the purified intention as being a part of this setup as to what the self looks like within meditation.

A healer, or one who wishes to teach, for instance, will be accessing different portions of the riches beyond the gateway. However, the organization and look of the chakra body will be the same.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: That is rich material for follow-ups and I will ask at a later time. Thank you.

We thank you, my brother. We find that the energy within this group is waning and therefore we would bid our leave of this instrument and this group, leaving each, as always, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

[1] Carla often calls Jesus the Christ the Beloved.

November 22, 2008, Saturday Meditation

Group question: (Asked by G.) Q’uo, tonight we would like to ask what the difference is between two basic activities: channeling and becoming. To elaborate further, what is the difference between channeling energy—be that energy the magical personality, radiant awareness, healing energy, inspiration energy, communication energy or love energy—and becoming that energy, becoming the supreme choice of non-dual awareness in which the boundaries between subject and object dissolve so that there is nothing outside of the self to channel and all is seen again as one?

Specifically, in terms of the structure of the personality, what is the difference between the channeling entity and the becoming entity? In terms of the movement of energy through the chakra system, what is the difference between the channeling entity and the becoming entity?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is a great privilege and pleasure to be called to your circle of seeking for this session of working and we are glad indeed to share our humble thoughts with you upon the subject of channeling and becoming.

As always, we would ask that each of you who hears or reads these humble words use his discrimination in choosing those thoughts which you shall keep and those which you shall leave behind. We do not expect to hit the mark for every seeker with our comments. Consequently, we beg your indulgence in choosing carefully those things which you will keep out of that which we offer. We thank you for this consideration, as this will enable us to speak without concerning ourselves that we may interfere with your process.

We wish to thank the one known as G for this query. It enables us to look at the two paths of seeking which may be called “passive and reductive” and “active and inclusive.” The passive and reductive path is that which we would characterize as the Buddhist way, the Way of the Yogis. The beginning of the path is seen as one of chaos and a world of confusion and suffering. The end of the path is seen as the end of suffering and the reduction of all chaos into the “zero” of the uncluttered and empty mind.

In contrast, the way of activity and inclusiveness might be characterized as that Western way, which is understood by this instrument as the Christian way, where there is a journey from the beginning which is a similar landscape to the beginning of the Buddhist way, full of chaos and suffering. However, the end of this way is seen as a journey into more and more fullness of content, more and more connection to the world, until the world becomes holy or sacred.

In its way of describing that which is the spiritual journey, the Confederation, as you call our group, leans more towards the inclusive path than the reductive path. And yet both are views of the same process and the same underlying reality, if we may use that term in such a world of illusion as is the Creation.

The activity of channeling is one in which the seeker who chooses to become a channel secures itself in a metaphysical manner by declaring, in concrete and absolute terms, the identity of the self with that overarching principle for which he lives and for which, if necessary, he would gladly die.

Grounded and on the terra firma of that unshakable identity of the self that is recognized and respected in the unseen realms, the seeker who has offered itself as channel then asks for the source which vibrates in compatibility with that identification. This instrument, for instance, challenges always in the name of Jesus the Christ, asking for the highest and best contact that she can carry in a stable and conscious manner of that vibration. Indeed, we of the principle of Q’uo created this principle specifically to respond to this instrument’s request.

During this channeling, the instrument is in a state of rest in the physical sense, having quieted her physical body during the tuning process. The light/love of the one infinite Creator streams through her open chakras with no let or hindrance, so that the gateway is open through the violet ray and the energy moves ceaselessly through the gateway from the entity’s south pole up through the north pole of the gateway and down from the north pole of that gateway through to the instrument’s blue-ray chakra. There the two energies meet as this instrument uses the blue-ray chakra’s energies of clear and compassionate communication.

Were the channeling that of a healer, those same descriptions would be true except that the seat of the meeting of the energy through the gateway and the south-pole energy of the Creator’s light/love would be at the green-ray level.

Were the channeling intended to be that of pure radiance of being, the same description would hold forth except that the locus of the meeting between the north-pole energy through the gateway and the south-pole energy of light/love would be at the indigo-ray chakra.

The becoming seeker who merges with all that there is is doing the equivalent of the channeling of radiance of being, and the description would be the same as the description of the channeler of that radiancy of being, the gateway energy streaming into the indigo-ray chakra and meeting the south-pole energy there.

This description would indicate that in our opinion there is no difference between one who believes that he is channeling pure radiance of being and one who believes that he is entering a state of non-separation and the complete unity of all things.

Speaking in general, seen from our perspective there is indeed no difference. We cannot speak in specifics because each entity has a characteristic vibration and mode of seeking which will create individual differences that embroider upon but do not contradict that which we have said.

We would bring the seeker’s attention to the power of culture and the power of words. While there is no difference between resting in radiancy of being as a channel and becoming that radiancy of being, as a Buddhist seeker would frame that same activity, there are deep cultural differences that create seekers which are geared and informed in ways that are compatible with the surrounding milieu of their cultures.

Similarly, there is great power in words. That which is entirely and infinitely full and that which is entirely and infinitely empty are two ways of describing one experience. Yet, because words cannot accommodate or express paradox and can only barely indicate the quality of mystery, it is easy for an observer to believe that the two paths are entirely different and perhaps incompatible.

Indeed, the two paths are not at all incompatible. However, it takes a great deal of experience within incarnation for one who dwells in the body to see beyond the apparent differences of the two ways of thinking about the spiritual journey and the techniques of the seeker that aid him further in his maturing.

This instrument has had many experiences of becoming the light so that there was no observer. This instrument has also had the experience of being in the light, where there was still an observer. The difference between these two states of consciousness is the quantum between one kind of light and another. That is, there are infinite gradations of light. The two states are a very small distance apart in vibration. And in neither state can this instrument ever recall being able to retrieve that state, in terms of being able to share it fully by describing it to those around her.

The question of what kind of personality difference there might be between one who seeks as a channel and one who seeks to become those qualities that a channeler seeks to channel are more apparent than real. That is to say, one who is brought up immersed in the culture of the Western world will be culturally biased towards the active path of seeing the self as doing something, even if it is simply opening the gateway to intelligent infinity, whereas one who is brought up immersed in the milieu of the Eastern world is biased toward seeing the path of the adept as one of reduction and the elimination into that zero that holds all things.

We have greatly enjoyed your people’s use of the circle as a zero, for it represents both nothing and all things. It is that spacious circle of nothingness which paradoxically contains all that there is.

When one who is reared in the West is drawn to the path of becoming rather than channeling or being rather than doing, it is quite possible that such an entity has had many incarnations in the cultures of the East. And likewise, when an Eastern-raised seeker is drawn to the path of activity, it is likely that such an entity has had many incarnations in the West. The differences between the two personalities are cultural and shallow, whereas the similarities or commonalities are deep and abiding.

Again, we thank the one known as G for this query and would ask if there is a follow-up to this query? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Not a follow-up to that query, Q’uo. Thank you for your response.

We thank you, my brother. It is a great joy to converse with you. May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Yes, there is indeed. It seems that as the densities succeed third density, they become less susceptible to description, becoming so many steps removed from our reality that they are incomprehensible to our faculties of understanding. That being the case, it would make sense to assume that although fundamentally different, fourth density would be nearest to third density in the continuum of experience.

In that event, I would like to ask if the citizens of fourth density experience what we in third density describe as beauty. If so, how would a fourth-density entity describe beauty to a third-density entity requesting such information?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The concept of beauty is one which your philosophers have long debated, the great question being whether beauty is an absolute characteristic or whether beauty is subjective, relative and, as this instrument would say, “in the eye of the beholder.” [1]

This question remains valid in fourth density. And, indeed, as long as there is a center of awareness such as you or we, there shall be that open question. It seems as though beauty would be an absolute and yet we, no less than you, find ourselves delighting in beauty as seen spontaneously in what this instrument would call the present moment in a way which would seem to deny the absolute nature of beauty and seat it in the eye of the beholder.

It may, however, be said that as an entity moves from third density to fourth density the eyes are opened to the true nature of unity and harmony so that the impact of beauty is everywhere rather than there being the possibility, as there is in third density, of being unable to see beauty.

We believe, although we cannot say for sure, that there is an absolute beauty; there is an absolute quality that can be called beauty. And we believe that that absolute quality of beauty lies in the mystery of the one infinite Creator. Just as love is absolute and has created all that there is, just so is beauty a derivative characteristic of love. Thusly, were you or we to see with the eyes of the Creator, all that you would see would be perfectly beautiful.

It is the characteristic of being an individual spark of the Godhead principle that creates the colors and filters of perception which bring the absolute into the specific, the individual, and the unique.

Which is the truth, my brother? Is it more true that a seeker sees, feels and experiences with every fiber of his being the beauty of some present moment, some object, some quality, or some essence that escapes definition? Or is it the truth that only the original and unsullied mystery of absolute beauty is that which is the higher truth?

Again, we cannot say, but we would opine that to the Creator it is that imperfect and individual perception of subjective beauty which It finds most interesting, for perfection cannot teach, but the perception and unique distortions of imperfect beauty can tell the Creator a good deal about Itself.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: That was beautiful, Q’uo! It was wonderful and it completely responded to the follow-up question I had to that question, which I no longer need to ask. I believe Jim has a question for you.

Jim: W says, “I am an incarcerated individual with a tumor. In response to this situation I am doing everything that I can to the best of my understanding with the information and resources to which I have access. I am at peace with whatever happens and whichever way it goes, I know that I am serving love by serving others with my whole heart. If I die tomorrow I would be at peace knowing I’d done the right thing for the first time in my life.

“As part of my program for healing I have read information from the A.R.E. [2] entitled “How to Kill your Cancer without Killing Yourself.” I meditate on Ra’s words about forgiveness and I understand how taking care of dietary matters can be a nudge for my mind, expressing a greatly heightened respect for myself. As a result I have eliminated several foods from my diet, including sugar and caffeine. However, being in prison presents a big disadvantage because I have no alternatives to the food they serve here and the heavily chlorinated drinking water.

“I hope that by eliminating what I can, it will serve as a sufficient nudge to my mind, my body, and my spirit. Above all, I know that my most important work is to accept what is and to become that ‘peace that passeth all understanding.’ [3]

“Would Q’uo speak to the spiritual principles involved in the situation and offer me any insight that may aid me in healing?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We would wish to communicate to the one known as W that the situation of illness is not simply a physical thing or even a mental thing, although certainly the culture in which you reside gazes at the psyche or the mind and emotions or the body and feels that those two energies, working together, are what create wellness and illness.

Yet, in any incarnation, there is a shape and a texture that becomes more and more apparent as the seeker moves through the incarnation, accumulating life experiences and gradually deepening and clarifying those understandings that create for that seeker the house of life in which he shall live.

Illness and wellness are two sides or two ends of a dynamic that, for many in incarnation, plays a part in the overall shape and texture of the life. Consequently, when one gazes at the word, “healing,” one must put it in a larger context than the doctors of your society would. For there is always the deeper level or the wider context within which the dynamic of illness takes place that needs to be observed

The one known as W suggested that working with this illness had created for him the opportunity to move through awarenesses and learnings which have brought him to a peace and a contentment with what is. This instrument has long been aware that illness has created for her the opportunity to do more inner work as she becomes progressively unfit to do the work of the physical body.

Shall, then, an illness be considered that which must be removed so that the body is made whole? Or shall thanks be given for the opportunity to experience the ongoing catalyst which moves one ever more surely into the work of the spirit within?

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

There are elements of this query to which we can give no response, because such responses would interfere with the good work which the one known as W is at this time occupied in doing because of this catalyst. We can, however, agree with the one known as W that it is indeed helpful to create, and even ritualize, the elements of remembrance and forgiveness that have been offered in the query.

The element of remembrance is that which brings the seeker back to the presence of the self and of all eternity opening around the self. In that present moment, there is forgiveness; there is awareness of the total acceptance of self by self, and if that moment is remembered a thousand times in a day, it is not too much.

The nudges of which the one known as W spoke, of taking care with the diet and the foodstuffs, is also an excellent way to work with the catalyst offered. We commend the one known as W for gazing with a peaceful eye at the circumstance of illness and assure the one known as W that there is no outcome except that of healing.

There is the possibility of the healing of the body and the possibility of the healing of the mind and the emotions. There is the certainty of the healing of the incarnation for the seeker who is fearless and does not blink at circumstances that others may find full of fear.

The presence of the one infinite Creator is as close in what you call death as in that which you call life. The consciousness which is your essence is the same in life and in death, death being an illusion quickly transcended.

May we ask if there is a final query this evening? We are those of Q’uo.

G: No question for me, Q’uo. I would add, though, that D wrote today and said, “Thank Q’uo for me,” so I’ll pass that on. Thank you, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your comment, my brother. Indeed, we were aware of the kind and loving thoughts of the one known as D when that precious and beautiful entity thought them and gave them to us directly, for when we are thought of, we are there. We find this entity a great blessing, as we find each of you. And we thank each of you for your beauty.

We leave this instrument and this group, glorying in the love and in the light, in the peace and in the power of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

[1] According to http://www.quoteland.com/articles/identify.asp, "Beauty is in the eye of the beholder" is actually a paraphrase of a statement made by Plato in The Symposium, which reads, "Remember how in that communion only, beholding beauty with the eye of the mind, he will be enabled to bring forth, not images of beauty, but realities (for he has hold not of an image but of a reality), and bringing forth and nourishing true virtue to become the friend of God and be immortal, if mortal man may.”

[2] The A. R. E. (The Association for Research and Enlightenment), whose official website is http://www.edgarcayce.org/, is the organization which archives Edgar Cayce’s many readings. It offers many gatherings and resources for the spiritual seeker.

[3] Holy Bible, Philippians 4:7, “And the peace of God, which passeth all understanding, shall keep your hearts and minds through Jesus Christ.”

December 13, 2008, Saturday Meditation

Group question: (Read by G.) Ra says in The Law of One series, “The function of the spirit is to integrate the up reaching yearning of the mind/body energy with the down pouring and streaming of infinite intelligence.” [1]

I would like to present an understanding of faith that derives from Ra’s brief description of spirit’s function. Faith, I would offer, is a process that can be described as a disengaging and a resting.

On one side of the coin, faith is a disengaging from what in Eastern teaching is referred to as “the ten thousand things;” a dis-identifying from form; a deliberate disregarding of the energies of panic, defense, fear and contraction of the, for lack of a better term, “lower self,” energies generated as an inadvertent consequence of, what Ra calls the mind/body’s up-reaching.

On the other side of the coin, faith is a resting, without effort, in spirit. As the entity rests in the awareness of the spirit complex, an activity I am calling faith, the entity can lovingly and peacefully look upon and into the darkness, chaos and pain of the mind/body’s up-reaching and know that all is well. It is this resting, this faithful attitude, that opens the door to what Ra calls the down-pouring and streaming of infinite intelligence.

In other words, faith is how spirit is activated. Faith opens the perception of spirit, and faith is the means by which spirit integrates the up-reaching yearning of the mind/body with the down-pouring and streaming of infinite intelligence. Would you comment please?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator in whose service we come to you this evening. Thank you for asking us to be a part of your meditation this evening and to share our humble thoughts on the very interesting topic of faith.

Before we begin, as always, we would request that each of you use your discrimination as you listen to what we have to say. Keep those things that interest and resonate to you. Leave behind those things which do not. Your process is fine-tuned and integrated and your discrimination will tell you what is helpful for that process at this time and what is not. We thank you for using your discrimination, for that enables us to feel confident that we may share our opinion without interfering with your free will.

Faith is a word which, like love, has many layers of meaning. The effort to be quite clear concerning the workings and the essence of such things as love and faith are always imperfect. The words themselves are efforts to name the unnamable and describe the indescribable.

If one takes a beaker of water and pours it into a measuring cup, no matter how many times it is poured, the measure remains the same.

In the world of words, the ear that hears, the voice that speaks, and something intangible, even more so than either the ear or the mouth, create an unique meaning each time the word is said. We do not wish to speak of semantics but only to point out that as we speak of faith, there is a necessity to hear or at least to attempt to be aware of the energies that are part of the utterance of that word which enrich and enhance the word, so that it becomes more than a word; so that it becomes a living entity. Only then can we speak of faith and know that we have used that word with full respect and honor.

The supposition that faith is the climate or environment which enables the seeker to call forth the energies that come from beyond the gateway to intelligent infinity is lacking in completeness while retaining a certain amount of truth. Consequently, we would speak not only of faith but also of will and desire as well as intention.

As the quotation from those of Ra expresses, the upward spiraling energy of the one infinite Creator moves ceaselessly and infinitely through the [physical] mind/body and the mind/body of the energy body as well. The will of the seeker is the energy which activates that process by which what this instrument would call the kundalini is activated.

An entity may rest in faith for a whole life long knowing, as the one known as G has said, that all is well, without ever leaving the sanctity of the open heart. Indeed it is not necessary to work with the gateway to intelligent infinity in order for a seeker to live a life of highly polarized service to others and to graduate into fourth density when the time comes.

The heart and its energy center hold the key to moving forward with the evolution of mind, body and spirit, in that the heart is that sanctuary in which the immediate presence of the one infinite Creator is always available. Indeed, it is the nature of the green-ray energy center to be sanctified and utterly positive, resounding with the vibrations of unconditional love.

It is the choice of many seekers to reach for more than the open heart, for the open heart is a place of being and the nature of that being is love. When a seeker desires more than that resting and tabernacling with love, it forms an intention according to its deepest desires. Whether impulsively or as a result of long thought and contemplation, a seeker desires to move into a place of even greater freedom. And so it sets itself to desire to reach higher.

When the desire of the seeker has been self-understood and honed to a focus that is lucid and coherent, it is able to use its will, that powerful faculty that moves all of the creation, to reach for that which may come through the gateway of intelligent infinity, further to enlighten, inform or inspire. That intention, honed through desire to will, moves first into the blue-ray chakra, the chakra of communication and understanding, and thence onward to the indigo-ray chakra, the chakra of faith.

In the environment of faith, driven in a certain vector by will, the gateway to intelligent infinity is then opened. And the energy of the Infinite, personified and shaped into specificity by the nature of the will and desire of the seeker, comes rushing down into the indigo-ray chakra through the violet-ray chakra, there to meet the upward-spiraling energy that is the constant environment of the energy body.

The locus wherein that energy rests after being called through the gateway is quite dependent upon the nature of the desire that has been shaped into a very active willing. In the case of a healer, the resting locus of that inspiration from above would be the green-ray chakra. For it is from that environment of utter compassion that a seeker may become a channel transparent to the energies of healing.

If the desire is for communication, then the energy through the gateway shall meet and mate with the upward spiraling love/light of the infinite One in the blue-ray chakra. For instance, it is within the blue-ray chakra that the contact between our principle and the ability of this instrument to apprehend our thoughts lies. That environment of understanding and open communication is that environment which is the native neighborhood and locus of enhanced communication such as this instrument’s channeling as well as communication that is inspired by those portions of the infinite Creator which may flow through the gateway of intelligent infinity and into the mind and awareness of a communicator that take part, not in communication with entities, but rather connection with or union with essences that may be called angelic.

Perhaps you have known of inspired speakers who are able to infect you with hope and trust and excitement with that which they offer. Often, such speakers have formed the ability to use the gateway to bring essences into their communication that enhance those words which are said with the energies of the essences which are pulled through. Whether those essences are wisdom, beauty, love, purity or concentration, the words have wings when such speakers offer their thoughts.

When a seeker desires to move into a higher state of being which refrains from or has no use for action but rather wishes to rest in radiance of being, the energy through the gateway shall meet the personal energy of the seeker in the indigo-ray chakra and remain there, resting in that chakra whose very essence is faith.

Consequently, we may say, my brother, that while faith is indeed a part of the spirit’s rise to connect with higher energies, it is a relatively impersonal part of the process by which faith and will mate together to form the movement which pulls the upward-spiraling energy into a solid connection with the downward-spiraling information and inspiration from above.

The observations which the one known as G made concerning faith are quite apt. We would agree that faith is both the releasing of all concerns for the world, as this instrument would say, and the turning of the self to gnosis, that knowing that is on a completely different level from the knowledge of the world; that knowledge which sees that water poured into a cup will remain measured the same at all times.

The knowing of faith is a three-dimensional living awareness. It is an awareness that there is a divine plan. It is an awareness that, although the human part of the seeker may find the divine plan as it is playing out in his life very opaque, this makes no difference. Faith is that which allows the seeker to know that there is a plan and that the plan is working perfectly. Faith is that which enables an entity to contemplate limitation, lack and even the death of the physical vehicle with equanimity.

Yet faith is not that which is used. Faith is an environment which is reached, first, in a naïve and nevertheless perfect way in the heart. And then, for the seeker whose will is equal to the task, in a way which turns green ray and the home of the soul within the body into indigo ray, where the soul’s home becomes the universe.

It is a movement from locality to non-locality, from personhood to non-personhood or impersonal living. There is a freedom to dwelling in faith in the indigo ray that is infinite. And living from that awareness, bringing the remembrance of that awareness of faith into the everyday life, creates of the everyday life a dazzling adventure.

We would ask the one known as G if he has a follow-up query to this first question? We are those of Q’uo.

G: No, Q’uo. Thank you. No follow-up to the first question.

We thank you, my brother. May we ask, then, if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Q’uo, as you know, this past year we at L/L Research have hosted a series of Channeling Intensives [2] designed to teach a group of dedicated students to channel Confederation sources. One of those students, T, is interested in increasing the frequency of these workshops for the more intensive learning of the art of channeling than is provided in the current arrangement of three workshops per year.

Because of the nearly insurmountable limitations of geography and budget that the students of these workshops face, T was wondering if a Channeling Intensive could be created which would allow the physically distant students to connect using current means of technology, through either video or phone, rather than coming together in the flesh.

I asked the instrument about this possibility earlier today but as this is an entirely novel situation which moves into completely unknown territory, she was uncertain as to whether she could protect a geographically scattered circle.

My question is: using video or phone technology, would it be possible to form a safe and stable Channeling Circle to receive your contact? Also, would the instrument be able both to challenge the contact and to protect the circle as she currently does?

We are those of Q’uo, and we are aware of your query, my brother. That which is proposed is, mechanically speaking, possible. For it is the connection with each others’ energies rather than each others’ physicality that creates a Channeling Circle. A group of entities which are geographically distant but which are connected by your technology, video or audio, contains the energies of each and from that standpoint it is possible to form a channeling circle without the circle being geographically in one physical locality.

The quite substantial challenge which each within that circle faces is the creation of a safe, cloistered environment, by which we mean an environment which is proof against distraction from outside noises, voices or other disturbances which might distract an entity who is attempting to remain in a tuned and focused form and create the inability of the seeker to remain tuned and to remain focused.

When all of the Channeling Circle are present in one physical locality, with careful forethought the environment of that one locality can be, if not guaranteed to remain safe, at least highly inclined to remain safe because of the safeguards that have been put in place by the producers of the Channeling Circle.

For instance, as the one known as G is fully aware, a great deal of thought goes into creating the proper physical environment for a Channeling Intensive. The telephone is turned off and the circle meets in a fairly secluded location where there are few noises and no distractions, in the sense that there are no other entities allowed into the environment.

Consequently, while those within the channeling circle may vary in their ability to remain tuned and focused and able to function as an instrument, nevertheless it is far easier for a group meeting in one physical locality to have that inner sense that there is indeed a safe environment for this work.

In contrast, when those in a channeling circle are each in a different environment physically, each entity then must take full responsibility for creating that quietness and safety that promotes the channel’s ability to focus inwardly to the exclusion of the awareness of that which is going on around the entity.

As to whether this instrument, being the senior channel of the channeling circle at this time is able successfully to challenge and successfully guard the contact for the group, it is unknown to us as to what extent this is possible. We say that it is unknown to us because we have not experienced this particular entity working with non-local channeling.

There are some entities, we would suppose, who are completely capable of ignoring the lack of physical closeness and who would be able pick up on and work with the energies of each in the channeling circle which are not physically present. This ability will vary widely from channel to channel, based upon unknown dynamics within that instrument’s basic personality. We are not speaking of personality traits such as your psychologists would speak, but are speaking of those very subtle points of contact with a deeper reality which, in some, create a mesh of awareness with which the senior channel will work as the channeling moves around the circle.

This instrument would need to work with a non-local channeling circle before we could be aware in any sure way of what the situation is as regards this particular instrument. We may say that it is quite possible that this instrument would be unswayed by the lack of physicality and would be able to work with the energies as this instrument usually does when the group of channels is local. We simply do not know.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: You said you did not know the extent of the instrument’s capabilities in such a situation. So would you, then, caution against attempting it? Or would you find it an acceptable experiment to see if such a thing could happen successfully?

We are those of Q’uo, and we may say, my brother, that we neither recommend against it or for it, but merely attempt to describe for you the parameters of what you propose to attempt. We, as always, are willing to communicate through instruments such as this one and are always glad for the opportunity to develop the newer channels as well. We must leave it to the free-will choices of each of those involved in such a decision as to what you shall or shall not attempt to create.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(The gist of an unrecorded question was: “Then it is entirely up to our free-will choice?”)

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Indeed, is that not always the case? Whether the entities in the channeling circle are in one locality or connected through the ethers, we are greatly willing to respond to the request for our thoughts.

We attempted to describe some of the parameters which you may consider. The reason that we do not warn you against it is that were such a channeling circle to be ineffective, it, nevertheless, would not place those attempting to receive our transmissions in a difficult or dangerous place.

What we are saying is that there are factors that might hinder the experience from being satisfactory to those within the circle for various reasons, some of which we cannot predict.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: No, Q’uo, that’s sufficient. I’ll definitely have to read the transcript. Thank you for your time with us. Thank you for the instrument’s time. I have no further questions for the remainder of the session.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you, my brother. It is certainly a creative approach to the situation of physical-ness and the limitations of the physical body in moving from one locality to another.

And we thank the one known as T, also, for his thoughts and his desire to serve. It is dear to us to feel the desire to serve which is the true beginning of service to others.

Is there a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Not from me, Q’uo.

We find that there is a silence where there would be questions if those present had the desire to speak with us further. And so we shall draw this meeting to a conclusion. We would say through this instrument, as we leave, how precious each of you is to us. We find your gallantry and courage beautiful. For you dwell in the midst of a very thick illusion and often we are aware that the spiritual impulse within you is challenged greatly. You feel isolated and vulnerable and in some cases you are concerned that your spirits may have flagged, so that you are less sensitive to the movement of spirit.

There is within each of you, however, that faith of which the one known as G asked this evening, that knowledge that rises above knowledge to gnosis, that awareness that beyond all of the illusion of limitation and lack, all is well.

Before incarnation and outside of incarnation in general, it is easy to think of the struggle of Earth as something that is very easily seen through. Yet we are aware that it is not at all easy to dwell peacefully and serenely in the eye of the hurricane of life. We may assure you, however, that each effort that you make to remember the divine plan and, as this instrument would say, to stand in the cleft of the rock [3] and let the storm pass you by, is that which makes you ever more fully human, ever more fully yourself.

We applaud each effort that you make to know that all is well and that there is a sense that shall, when you see it after incarnation, amaze you with its completeness and its efficiency in bringing to you those things that you need to create of your life a glory and a beauty that speak eternally of love.

We are those of Q’uo. We leave you in the love, in the light, in the peace, and in the power of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

[1] Ra, channeled through L/L Research on January 22, 1981, Session 4: “The magnet has two poles. One reaches up. The other goes down. The function of the spirit is to integrate the up-reaching yearning of the mind/body energy with the down-pouring and streaming of infinite intelligence.”

[2] For those interested in attending a Channeling Intensive, you may write contact@llresearch and ask to be put on the waiting list. When four or more people have indicated their desire to learn channeling, we will schedule another introductory training session.

[3] Holy Bible, Exodus 1:33, “As my glorious presence passes by, I will put you in the cleft of the rock and cover you with my hand until I have passed.”

December 27, 2008, Saturday Meditation

Group question: (Read by Jim.) The question this week, Q’uo, has to do with whether or not it is possible to learn from somebody else’s experience and wisdom through listening, or if real learning only takes place through experiencing what it is you are learning for yourself. Could you speak to this topic, please?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings, my friends, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening.

We thank you for the privilege of being called to your circle of seeking and we are delighted to join your session of working and to speak with you concerning the nature of learning and spiritual learning in particular. However, as always, we would request that each of you, in listening to or reading these words, retain to yourself the ability to discern and discriminate between those thoughts of ours that are helpful to you at that time and resonate to you, and those thoughts that do not hit the mark. We ask that you take what is good and leave the rest behind. If you will do that, we will then feel comfortable in sharing our opinions with you. We thank you for this consideration.

We gaze upon your query as to whether it is possible to learn from another’s wisdom or whether it is only possible to learn from direct experience and we find, as we often do in responding to your queries, that we shall need to create some context for that question.

You are souls within incarnation and consequently you have the mind with which you were born, the intellect, the logical, calculating decision-making instrument that is excellent and useful.

You also have consciousness. You may think of consciousness as the mind of the heart. We shall, therefore, discuss these two faculties of your mind, the mind that is the intellect and the mind of the heart, in a way that distinguishes what kind of learning is possible for each.

Your intellect is very characteristic of your individuality. As you move through your incarnation you shall occasionally find those whose minds work like yours, whose logic circuitry is compatible with your own. There is great blessing in that kind of intellectual companionship. Each mind is unique. To one young child coming upon the concept of numbers for the first time, the concept would remain flat and uninteresting. Therefore, when a teacher came to teach such an entity how to add, such a child would need physically to grasp two apples and to place two more apples beside them and then count, one, two, three, four. And only in that wise would such a child comprehend the fact of the possibility of addition and subtraction, multiplication and division.

To another child, perhaps one with exactly the same intelligence quotient, the first brush with the concept of numbers would be enough for the numbers to come alive and to have presence and shape. There would then be the opening of the vast portion of the mind that is not necessarily logical but contains many more ways of looking at things so that two and two would have the shape of four and four divided by two would have the shape of two. There would not be the reaching and the struggle for comprehension. It would seem to that particular child to be obvious.

In the same way, one child, shown the concept of letters making words, would have no feeling for the exercise and would struggle to sound out words and to read. Another child, whose mind was shaped differently, when introduced to the concept of letters making words, would hungrily drink in every piece of information, because the thirst for words, the appreciation for the texture and shape of words, is part of that particular child’s mind’s shape.

Dealing only with the intellect, then, we would answer your query by saying that an intellectual appreciation amounting to knowledge is quite possible to assimilate. However, the content of such assimilation will be different for each soul in incarnation. Not everyone came into life with the same set of characteristics. Each soul in incarnation packs its bag of characteristics, gifts, biases, distortions, challenges and relationships. Each chooses sometimes profoundly different arrays of these items.

[This is so because] there is the carefully conceived and patiently developed plan for incarnation which each soul has created in cooperation with his higher self before the incarnation begins. There are incarnational themes for learning, there are those clusters of gifts that would suggest to each soul the direction and likely shape of his outer gifts to offer in service to others, and so forth.

Consequently, depending on one’s cluster of gifts, one soul shall be able to understand and use the knowledge learned about the self, the society, the world around that soul, the workings of the natural world, the principles of physics upon which things work and so forth, all very valid avenues of awareness and the accumulation of knowledge and the ability to use that knowledge.

Yet, for the entity who is serenely able to enter into and be excited about numbers does not necessarily mean that the same entity shall be able to light up with the excitement of ideas having to do with philosophy. And to a philosopher, the ability to draw, to sing, or to compose poetry may be utterly lacking.

So there is no universal way to ensure that each child will develop his intellect in the same way, given the same stimuli. The intellect will grow and learn and absorb according to the clusters of gifts with which that soul chose to come into incarnation.

Therefore, intellects are unique and each different from the other, yet equal in that each intellect is the whole of the universe available to that soul in incarnation at the level of the intellect.

You’ll notice that we have not discussed spiritual learning in talking of the intellect. It is possible for an intellectual mind to play with the ideas that are involved in spiritual evolution. However, it is not possible for the intellect to take hold of those ideas and live them, because the advantages of doing so are obvious to the intellect, but the ability to live the good ideas is lacking within the intellect.

We have said often to this group that the longest journey a spiritual seeker makes is the few inches from the mind to the heart. And in order to take hold upon the spiritual ideas that are offered by teacher, mentor, author or personality in the media, the mind of the heart must be engaged.

Many people believe that they are working with their hearts. However, it is not always the case that the heart will open and begin to speak. There is a dynamic between intellect and heart. Some souls within incarnation have a good deal of difficulty relinquishing the insistence upon making sense in logical terms at all times.

The heart’s mind, however, is consciousness. There is only one consciousness and all entities hold that consciousness in common. What varies is each individual’s ability to enter into consciousness and to allow consciousness to replace the intellect.

We do not suggest that it is a good idea to let consciousness live the life to the exclusion of the use of the intellect. The power of analysis is helpful. The ability of the eye and the ear and the senses to coordinate and bring one through motion and driving and all the physical things of life is valuable. You are not simply a soul in incarnation. You are a body in incarnation, and a mind in incarnation. And all those factors twine together to create the experience of an incarnation.

However, in terms of spiritual evolution, that is done almost completely within consciousness. The soul who has chosen to be brought up in a family which practices a spiritual life, not simply that spiritual act of going to church or to synagogue or temple, but the spirituality of everyday, will have the best opportunity as a young person to live in consciousness as well as in the mind.

When a child sees mother and father in prayer, in meditation, or volunteering to feed the homeless at the downtown mission, or building a house with other loving entities so that a homeless family can be sheltered, [he] will have the experience of living in consciousness because he is imitating the behavior of his parents. There is a great emptiness in those children that are brought up without reference to things of the spirit on a daily basis.

Another great teacher of consciousness is solitude in nature. Nature is a great teacher and a great opener of the heart. There is no need to sort and classify that which is experienced in nature. There is no need to speak of the characteristics and the Latinate names of a certain butterfly or a certain tree. There is the taking in of the spiritual food of the experience of earth, wind, fire and water. There is the companionship of tree and toad, rabbit and fox. And all of those companions open up and develop consciousness.

If a soul within incarnation has not had those early advantages, then as they awaken they shall need to find, within the pages of books or in the wisdom of a beloved teacher or mentor or in some such resource, the door into the opening of consciousness.

When a mentor is strong enough in faith, and the student of that mentor develops sufficient devotion and trust in that mentor, he is able in that mentor’s presence to open his consciousness in the same way as his teacher.

Those who follow the Buddha, Jesus, the Christ, Zoroaster, Allah and his prophet Mohammed—may his name be blessed—have an infinite advantage in that they can take a shortcut to a state of mind, that [state of] mind being consciousness, in which faith becomes natural.

The key to being able to absorb wisdom without the necessity of rough-and-tumble experience is that faith that is developed, not at first perhaps in the Creator or the creation or in the right outworking of a perfect plan, but faith in the teacher, the mentor, the guru. Because the guru lives in faith and expresses and acts by reason of faith, and the guru has become transparent to the faith that runs through him, so too the student, in trusting the teacher and entering into the teacher’s universe, becomes equally able to call upon the faculty of faith, for his consciousness has become congruent with the consciousness of his teacher.

In higher densities than this one, there is always this energy between student and teacher, teacher and student, each relationship making a dynamic whole, and such teaching then is sufficient and wisdom’s ways are learned along with deep compassion and unconditional love at the energetic level.

However, my friends, you at this time experience third density. And because of the fact that it is not at all obvious that there is, in addition to the intellect, the faculty of consciousness, many entities shall have to awaken because of things that occur in their lives that constitute great challenges and cause them trauma.

This is necessary because, unless the young heart has been softened by exposure to consciousness, the intellect forms a hard husk around consciousness, and in order for the consciousness within to awaken, that hard husk must be broken, and that is only done through trauma and suffering.

For many, it is at the end of great trauma that the light dawns, the heart opens, and the learning in a spiritual sense of the incarnation can begin. Just as the awn [1] of wheat must be threshed so that the sweet kernel within can be harvested, so the recalcitrant intellect must be battered by deep emotion, pain and suffering, each experience, of course, unique to the person, in order that the consciousness within may finally be appreciated and encouraged by the self to flourish and thrive.

Where does faith come from, my friends? It is illogical to believe that all is well when it is quite obvious to the intellect that there are imperfections everywhere. Yet, no matter how clever the intellect is, its fruits tend to incline toward cynicism and doubt, negativity and fear, whereas the qualities of consciousness are the qualities of the one infinite Creator, whose essence and being is unconditional love.

Dwelling in consciousness, the entire experience of being a self in incarnation is transformed. The “I” of the intellect, with its choices and its chances and its cleverness, becomes the “I” of the heart, the “I” of Christ Consciousness, or the consciousness of love. And part of that very consciousness is faith.

Move, therefore, my friends into the precincts of faith when you are faced with the need to learn a spiritually oriented lesson, for usually such lessons come to you in darkness and in difficulty. There is the temptation at those times to move back into the relative safety of the intellect, where there is no paradox or mystery, but only a linear progression of things learned and things understood.

But if there is the wish to progress spiritually, cling to the consciousness that offers you the faculty of faith. For if you know that all is well, and that the divine plan for your incarnation is working perfectly, you can then take even the harshest circumstance and ask it for the gifts that it brings. You can cooperate with the shape of it, moving into it and towards it rather than away from it or around it. And in that cooperation, transformation occurs and the dark night of the soul yields to a glorious dawn, the sunrise of new peace, new power, new surety.

And if you are one who wishes to offer the gifts of consciousness to others, it depends not on the speeches. Rather, live that which you wish to teach and in your inarticulate being, bursting with love, there is that which shall speak to those whom you wish to aid. Do not be seduced by the cleverness of the intellect, because you shall never talk someone into the Kingdom of Heaven. Be consciousness, share consciousness, let silence grow with your relationship as it will. And trust that that which is within you, which is moving through you from the Creator, shall touch and teach in ways that are too deep for words but are ever so much more powerful.

We thank the ones known as Jim and J for this query and would ask if there is a follow-up to this query at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: Not for me, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is another query at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

(No further queries.)

We are those of Q’uo. The resounding silence within this circle of seeking indicates that we have exhausted the queries available to us for discussion at this time. We confess that we regret that there is no more opportunity to converse with each of you, for it is a privilege and a pleasure for us to interact with you. We thank you again for the opportunity to share our humble thoughts with you.

At this time we would leave this instrument and this group in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai vasu borragus.

[1] Varieties of wheat that are bearded have stiff terminal awns protecting the seeds within.

2009

January 10, 2009, Saturday Meditation

Question from G: Q’uo, Newton’s Third Law of Motion states that for every action there is an equal and opposite reaction. In a similar vein, the central theme of the Baghavad Gita consists of a metaphorical battle between the lower, self-serving, sense-enslaved forces of past habits and conditioning versus the higher forces of discrimination, freedom, love and unity.

As the so-called higher forces are called into action in this metaphorical battle—that is, as the self begins to awaken and desires to seek the truth—the so-called lower self is stirred and agitated and called to battle. The more that attempts are made to evolve into a higher and more humble understanding, the harder the lower self works to defeat those efforts.

Q’uo, on the level of pure, undifferentiated, unmanifest unity, there are no dynamic forces at play. But to whatever extent that the seeker is working within the illusions of duality and opposing forces, is there a counter-pull to attempts at evolution? In other words, as attempts are made to know and become the light, is there a corresponding intensification of the darkness within?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator in whose service we come to you this day. It is our privilege and our pleasure to be called to your circle of seeking and we gladly join in this sacred session of working to speak with you concerning the light and the dark and the evolution of humankind.

As always, before we begin we would enjoin you to use all discrimination as you listen to what we have to say, harvesting for your later thought those thoughts of ours which resonate with you and leaving the rest behind. If you will use your powers of discrimination and trust in them you shall not be led astray by slick words and by shallow thoughts but shall remain within your integrity and follow your own process. We greatly thank you for this consideration as it allows us to speak freely those thoughts which we would share with you at this time.

We thank the one known as G for this query, for it gives us an opportunity to share thoughts concerning the principle characteristic of your density, and to some extent, the earlier portion of the density which is to come. Your density is often called the Density of Choice. With choice there is the exclusive reference to the dynamic of two paths, one high, one low; one radiant, one magnetic; one service-to-others, one service-to-self.

Just as that is the central characteristic of your density, so is it the central activity of the spiritual seeker to make the choice between the high and the low, the radiant and the magnetic, the light and the dark, service to others or service to self.

We speak to those that have made that initial choice of service to others. We too, in our third densities [1], made that choice, each for ourselves, and so we walk that path of the light, the radiant, the service-to-others. You join with us and are wonderful companions to us as we share your vibrations in this circle of seeking. How wonderful it is to walk together!

Evolution is inevitable. No force can oppose it. No force can keep it from going forward. However, the engine of desire can accelerate the pace of spiritual evolution. We say this to indicate that it is not that the powers of darkness attempt to impede evolution. Rather it is that the powers of darkness ask the seeker to evolve according to the service-to-self path.

Such progress may seem to be unpleasant to one who is completely dedicated to seeking [in service to others]. To achieve ever greater polarity in service-to-self, however, is as valid a path of evolution of mind, body and spirit as is the polarity of service-to-others on the path of light. Both paths come eventually to unity in sixth density.

So, when thinking about the way each action is met by an equal and opposing action, it is not necessary to think of this illusion but rather to think of a choice that is made once, and then again, and again, and again, throughout an incarnational experience.

The hope that those minions of the dark have in offering that necessary darkness that shadows the light is that the seeker shall be distracted and stop moving in a continuous pattern of choices that are equally positive and find that the self [is] considering choices that are not necessarily dark, but are those which indicate the attraction of shadow. The seeker that is distracted by temptation may feel himself burning out and find that he must sit by the side of the road for a time and rest. This does not halt the engine of evolution, which is inevitable. It merely slows that process of acceleration that had been ongoing before that temptation had been accepted.

It is, however, quite true that as a seeker stands closer and closer to the light, he casts an ever sharper shadow, so that he draws attention. And consequently he receives the attention of those energies and essences of what this instrument might term “the dark side,” following the pop-culture [term] of Star Wars.

[When] you consider further that those who seek the light are innocent and naïve, and that those who seek service-to-self polarity are clever and subtle, you can begin to see the shape of temptation. There is not so much the heavy-handed energetic displacement of physical pain or those temptations that one might see as heavy or obvious. Rather it is that such temptations are insidious. You may have decided on a program of meditation and the insidious voice says, “Not today, perhaps tomorrow.” You may have decided to fast about speaking ill of another and the insidious voice says, “But justice must be done, I must be fair, I must find equity, I must not keep silent.”

It is that insidious voice that moves the energy expenditure of your day from a straight line of service to others and instead encourages the turning away into consideration of those things which have nothing to do with service to others but have everything to do with the comfort and the preferences of the self. Are those desires for comfort and those preferences negative or lower than the higher desires? My friends, we would say no. All desires are worthy. All desires are free to be followed until there is no longer that desire; until that desire has fallen away effortlessly.

There is no consideration of lowness or judgment of one desire over another. You are here as entities evolving by knowing more and more about yourself. You experience those things desired, observe the results of those desires, and so gradually gather knowledge concerning yourself and insight concerning your perceptions. [As a result] you refine your desires and purify your choices and your intentions.

There is no such thing as a mistake, because the results of that mistake will inevitably true themselves through time, bringing you onto the path you chose before incarnation by a series of serendipitous turns and twists. Consequently, you can rest from a concern that you can get off the track in a final or permanent way. The track goes with you and a homing sense within you shall steer you in whatever vector is necessary back toward your true and fundamental desire.

Consequently, we would encourage those who seek to become ever more full of light and more transparent to the will of the infinite One; to examine with love and not with judgment those moments of temptation, those time of listening to the insidious voice that would distract you and use up the energy of the day in doing those things which, upon thought, you may not prefer to do.

As you become more mature, spiritually speaking, and more seasoned, you shall feel again and again that you have done nothing but take a step back. But this, my friends, is due to the fact that as you stand closer to the light you see every blemish, every chink in the armor of light that lies within yourself. And that too is a great temptation. It is a temptation to move away from spontaneity and being present in the moment, to turn to self-judgment and self-recrimination because you see these self-perceived imperfections. And yet, this too is the shadow side of self, that insidious voice that takes you away from the straight path of being transparent to the light and open to the moment, so that you may cooperate with whatever is occurring, whether it would seem to be a positive experience or a negative one.

We give you the example of this instrument it spoke of earlier in the round-robin talk that preceded this meditation, of being in the hospital and experiencing a fairly long period of discomfort that seemed to her to be completely unnecessary. It would have been very easy for this instrument to listen to those insidious voices, to feel self pity, to feel anger, to feel self-judgment. However, this instrument chose, and well she chose, to give thanks, knowing from experience that such times of challenge are gifts hard to open but sweet in the opening.

Such times shall come to this instrument and to all who seek the love and light of the one infinite Creator. As the seeking intensifies, so may the times of trial. That is what your illusion is for, the testing, the choosing, the testing, and the choosing again. It is a tapestry of light and dark, and there are no wrong choices, only the discovery of the self through the experiences of choice.

We said to you at the beginning of this conversation that it is not only third density that is wrapped up in the dynamic of positive and negative, but the beginning of fourth density as well. Indeed, there are many who, being new to fourth density, offer themselves as soldiers of the light and see the soldiers of the dark as enemies to be battled. The insidious voices have won the day! And yet, this too is acceptable and it does not halt the movement of evolution, it merely distracts it from its accelerated path, that acceleration that is chosen by those who seek the light.

On and on the war in heaven, as this instrument calls this phenomenon, runs until the last of third density has graduated and there is no more battleground over which to fight. Do not deplore this situation, for many there are who cannot quickly see through the nature of this dynamic of light and dark and who must in taking sides become embattled.

The beauty of this obviously distorted choice is that while fourth density wages this war, it bleeds away the harshest of the fear, anger and other negative emotions which lie within the red-ray’s inner planes, which constitute a great engine of fear which pops out in third density as geysers of negativity coming up through the mud of the subconscious and into the mind.

It is a stabilizing factor for the inner planes of third density and it has alleviated harsh vibrations, just as the energy of All Saints Day alleviates but does not obliterate the energy of All-Hallows Eve [2]. As these times of temptation occur within your seeking, be not afraid, for you are not alone. Standing with you is the entire body of those within the inner planes who vibrate in love, forgiveness and charity. Call upon and feel the tremendous force of that support. It is unseen, yet it is ever near and ever powerful.

The one known as Jesus stood at the pinnacle of the world in his time of temptation. He was offered power, the power to make things right for his people. Who would not want that? His only saving grace was the knowledge that his kingdom was not Earth and that he had power to save but not in the worldly sense unless he so chose to relinquish his ability to offer spiritual power to those who saw beyond this Earth.

Thusly he said, “Get thee behind me.” And he walked down from the hill which overlooked the world into the valley of human-hood, ignorance, illness, anguish and pain. And he said, “This is my kingdom. Here shall I let the life and the love of the one Creator flow through me. Here shall I touch and be touched. Here shall I love and be loved.”

Think you that you are any less than the one known as Jesus? Nay my friends. You are all able to bear the cloak of Christhood; able to let compassion run through you like a golden river; able to open and bloom in the light of infinite love, not so others may see you, but only to bloom, only to be. In that being lies your greatest gift. In that transparency lies your greatest service.

Consequently, let the time flow. It is a river that will bring you storms and easy days. Angry whirlpools and halcyon waves. Trust the boat upon which you sit. It is the boat of your knowledge of yourself. Let that boat take all of the water, all of the moods of the river as they come, and if you do get distracted and find yourself in a whirlpool going around and around, let it exhaust itself in you, and then take out the keel, point it in the direction you choose with all your heart, and begin again.

There is never an ending. There is never a true loss. There is only you, your desire, and the road upon which you long ago have set your foot.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query. We are those of Q’uo.

G: Yes, Q’uo, thank you. Briefly, are you suggesting that the darkness or negative polarity within the self, the face of that darkness, is temptation and that the self encounters that darkness as temptation?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. That is not precisely our suggestion. We are suggesting that it is helpful to view the shadow side of the self as the offerer of temptation. We are not suggesting you separate from the shadow side. We are simply suggesting that rather than separating the light part of the self from the dark part, or the higher desires of the self from the lower desires, it is helpful to see that together these two sides of self create a whole. Together the dynamic between light and dark creates that wonderfully unique entity that you are.

In suggesting that you view the desires of the shadow side as distraction and insidious voices, we are attempting to give you a viewpoint which partakes of fearlessness and non-judgment as regards the worth of lower desires, so called. For every shadow energy can, through the application of compassion and unconditional acceptance, be refined to become a wonderful, powerful part of the self which supports the light.

By giving the action of the shadow side that is upon the surface, that comes to you as temptation, the respect of refusing to stop seeing it as temptation, you gradually are able to reach out to the shadow side and ask it for its help. However, in order to leave the surface of the shadow desires, these insidious voices, and to plunge deeply beneath that surface energy which partakes of judgment, you are honoring those energies and asking them to move into a more purified state.

It is as if you saw a small child who was acting foolishly and not taking that foolishness lightly and saying, “That’s not a good decision.” Perhaps you might think of it another way. You do not shame the small child. But by being unafraid of the child’s tantrums, by speaking directly to the child through the storms of his emotions, you give the child the opportunity to see another choice, another way.

May we answer you further, my brother, we are those of Q’uo.

G: I’ll respond with a comment and then not ask a question, because there are other questions. My response is that I understand and feel the benefit of your approach that lifts the seeker’s perspective to a point from which they can see all desires, as you said, as being worthy and valuable. And from that perspective the seeker may respond to such desires with a light heart, with a faithful attitude, with an open heart, and thereby make the best use of the energies that are available.

At the same time, sometimes the way I hear you it sounds as if you try to erase distinction. And I would just say that I believe that being able to differentiate, being able to derive distinctions, being able to identify and call something what it is and know it is also very helpful and goes hand in hand with that perspective which you are trying to relay, which is to greet what you have identified with an open heart. That’s all for me, on to other questions.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of this entity’s comment, which is insightful. We thank the one known as G for sharing this insight.

May we ask if there is another query at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: B asks, “When our physical bodies die in third density, approximately how long in time does it take an entity then to incarnate in the fourth density?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of the query of the one known as B, to whom we offer greetings.

The response to this query cannot be singular, for each entity is unique. If an entity has been able to move through the healing of the incarnation while within physical incarnation, the time of healing which is spent after incarnation and before a decision is made concerning the next step can be quite short, in your measurement of time perhaps a number of weeks. Especially if there is some pressure from within the entity to move forward, this procedure may even be shortened to perhaps one or two months and no more.

Conversely, if during the physical incarnation there has not been a healing of the incarnation, then the time of healing may be quite prolonged, perhaps in your measurement of time many years. It depends on the depth of the distortion complex in which an entity exists at the time of his passing from physical life to larger or metaphysical life.

Indeed, there are those who have died without realizing they have entered the gates of larger life, primarily those upon the battlefield, but also those taken in sudden trauma in other ways than war. They spend many, many years, perhaps even centuries of your time, living through mists and confusion until finally there is an awareness of the true state of affairs, which is that they are no longer in a physical body and are no longer living a physical life.

For instance, when the Twin Towers were blasted in your city of New York in your year 2001, there were hundreds of entities who died so quickly that they were not aware of the change in their condition. The natives of that island, being of what you would call the Native American nature, came into the inner planes of that building and built camp fires and drew the groups of people to them by shining that flickering light. And, sitting around the campfire, they told the story of death and rebirth into a new environment.

Over a period of time the Manhattan Indians brought to their tribe all those who were confused, and one by one, rendered them able to see their guidance coming for the first time, so that they reentered the stream of evolution and began their time of healing.

You asked how long it takes after awareness has been reached and the healing has ended to enter fourth density. That too is variable. For some it is very quick, for there is the eagerness to get on with the new lessons, the new service, the new learning, the new challenges, and it is a heady thing to be in the fourth-density light in which there is so much more information and so many more options as to what to learn how to serve and so forth.

For others, and indeed in the majority of cases in those who are graduating at this time in the harvest of Earth, there is a decision to stay within the inner planes and to help lighten the [third-density] planetary consciousness, or indeed, in many cases the choice is made to enter into incarnation in the third density world once again, coming this time as fourth-density wanderers, in order to reach out to their brothers and sisters whom they have just left.

These entities are those you call the indigo children or the crystal children, and their presence with their double-activated bodies is very helpful. For within incarnation these entities have a thinner veil because of the double activation and therefore are able to be lighthouses and allow the light of the infinite Creator to flow through them with much less resistance than those with third-density wiring only.

It is to be remembered, my brother, that once you have left the river of time and entered larger life, [time] is completely irrelevant to you. Your concern then is to fulfill patterns, to come into balance, and when balance has been achieved, to poise the self, tune the self, and turn the self to the next choice of paths, the next incarnation or the next non-incarnational term of service within the inner planes. You shall truly not have to be concerned with time when your time in third density is over.

It is a blessing to be in the river of time and to have these choices to make while the veil is thick and opaque. Much can be done in that atmosphere that cannot be done when there is no veil. For when there is an opaque and thick veil it is faith that can move the point of balance within your personality in a deeper sense, in a much more powerful fashion than can be achieved when faith is no longer necessary, for you see all and know the truth for sure.

We thank the one known as B for this query. May we ask if there is a final query at this time.

D: Yes, I have one. Is the planetary system of healing called Reiki the same as what Ra termed the sending of love/light?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The description which those of Ra offered in conversations with the one known as Don [3] of healing and the theory of Reiki are indeed congruent, my brother. While the teaching of Reiki does not involve precisely the same way of describing the gateway of intelligent infinity and the allowing and desiring of energy through the gateway into the green-ray chakra and then out through the hands and so fourth, yet still the activity which both suggest is congruent.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

D: That’s great! Thank you.

We thank you, my brother. May we say what a privilege it has been to share our meditation with you. We thank each of you for your courage and your beauty, and we leave this instrument and this group rejoicing in the power and the peace, the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu borragus.

[1] The Q’uo principle is made up of three social memory complexes: Hatonn, Latwii and Ra. Here, Q’uo is saying that all three social memory complexes chose the service-to-others path.

[2] The original name for Hallowe’en.

[3] Donald T. Elkins.

January 20, 2009, Special Meditation

Jim: This is T’s question: “I came across a great book called Cosmos written by Carl Sagan. [1] It describes the intelligence of whales vividly and also describes the cruel behavior of mankind toward them and dolphins. In brief, Sagan says dolphins and whales are telepathic and self-conscious beings and their spiritual level is even higher than that of mankind and that their original homeland is Earth since eons ago.

“Meanwhile in our LOO study group in Taipei we just read Session No. 90 and Ra there talked about their supposition about opposable thumbs and that it seems to be one of the key factors contributing to mankind’s warring tendencies.

“My main question is, how may we learn from whales and dolphins on a steady, daily basis? Is it imperative that we should learn to communicate with dolphins and whales? If so, will Q’uo teach us how to communicate with them?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. We wish to thank this sitting circle and especially the one known as T for calling us to your circle of seeking. We are very happy to join you for this session of working and to talk with you concerning the whales and dolphins of your oceans.

However, as always, we would first request of you that you use your discrimination as you listen to or read these words, taking those thoughts which are resonant to you and are helpful and leaving the rest behind. We would greatly appreciate your doing this as it allows us the freedom to offer our opinions without being concerned that we shall trespass upon your sacred spiritual process or infringe on your free will. We thank you for this consideration.

Just as your species has had its evolution interrupted by genetic manipulation many thousands of your years in the past, so has the evolution of those known to you as dolphins and whales and other cetaceans such as porpoises been interrupted, not by those from elsewhere than your planet but by those on the island-continent you have called Atlantis.

The consciousness of these mammals was enhanced by the genetic manipulation which caused the so-called human and the so-called cetacean [2] to be bonded and blended and unified into that which had every appearance of being a cetacean, yet that which now possessed a spirit complex of third-density level.

Thusly, the natural process of reproduction gradually invested all of these species with third-density consciousness. Consequently, you and the whales and dolphins are indeed brothers, moving through the third-density major cycle of 76,000 or so of your years.

The necessity to engage in a dialogue between humans and dolphins, humans and whales, and humans and porpoises is attractive and compelling to many of your scientists, who grasp the unusual intelligence of these ocean-going mammals. Perhaps we may say that the best way to learn from the cetaceans of your planet is to imagine how you might experience third density if your field of endeavor were limited to those activities which could be accomplished without the use of hands with the opposable thumbs which the one known as T mentioned in his query.

What would it be like to have a long life in which there were no jobs necessary in order to pay bills, where there were no resources to guard or territory to defend?

How would your life be different if you were free to choose what dreams and visions with which you wished to occupy yourself; what meditations in which you wished to encompass yourself; what contemplation you wished to enjoy, not only for an hour or a few minutes but also for all your waking hours for an entire life?

If your joy was the dance of harmony with the elements, the dance of fellowship with those of your kind and the dance of the mated family with the mated parents’ children, how would you be different than you are today? How would the environment of leisure and ease and rhythm affect you?

How would the lack of necessity for creating and using tools affect you?

It is clear that the changes would be profound. For in most human lives the pace of life revolves around the necessity for doing some sort of useful work. That is, useful as defined by those who would hire you to do that work in order to barter your time for the emolument [3] received. This emolument is necessary so that you may buy for you and your family food to eat, a roof over your heads, warmth in the winter, coolness in the summer, and clothing to create a modest appearance and cover the bareness of your physical form. There are many gadgets which your people find necessary or desirable. These too must be purchased with the money made from your work.

Only a very few humans are able to go through their incarnations without their consciousness being saturated with the hurry and the clangor of what this instrument would call the daily grind. That which you eat must be prepared and then after it is eaten the detritus must be cleared away and this takes your time. The roof which is over your head must be maintained. The soil, dust and other untidiness [must be] swept and dusted and scrubbed. Indeed, even your natural environment which you call your lawn has come to be that which must be maintained and not allowed to grow naturally. And so more time, more energy, more of your money are spent in creating for yourself the atmosphere that you prefer.

Your world is full of limits: on this side is your property, on the other, someone else’s. In your closet are your clothes, not someone else’s. You spend a good deal of your time amassing your stockpile of useful and desirable items and these, too, must be maintained. Batteries need changing, power cords must be found. The list goes on and on.

This is in stark contrast to your brothers and sisters who are able to ride freely through the ever-changing waters where food is plentiful and is found with no discernable effort, where all waters are acceptable in temperature, where there is no money to make and there are no goods to buy. There is nothing to store up against a harsh winter or old age. There is only the air to breathe, the water in which to swim, companionship and the dreams, meditations and contemplations of all the years of life.

What can you learn from the contemplation of these differences, my brother? It was the choice of those Atlanteans who volunteered for the experiments in genetics to choose these beautiful animals. The politics of their home in Atlantis seemed to them to be questionable in polarity [and so it seemed] desirable to them, therefore, to use their technology to embark upon a great adventure.

These, then, who swim the seas of your time, are the descendants of the philosophers and sages who saw a better way to move through the spiritual evolution of third density, choosing not so much service to others as a refusal to live in service to self.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: His second question is, “According to Ra Session 90, our Logos seemed to be in favor of the bipedal monkey [physical body]. If so, then how come dolphins and whales seem to get the upper hand over mankind in spiritual development? It seems they don’t have the heavy veil of forgetting as we do. Why is that?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The one infinite Creator, my brother, was not responsible for choosing the bipedal monkey, or great ape, over any other species. Rather, it was the social memory complex known as Yahweh who felt that this form would be a very efficient one for exploring the question of polarity. The Creator is utterly willing for any species to achieve a third-density level of awareness and to take on, therefore, the spirit complex as a portion of the self.

The potential of intelligence and insight in humans, the descendants of great apes, and in cetaceans, those who originally were land animals but evolved into sea-going animals, is roughly the same, the ratio of brain size to body size being similar. However, the human species has become increasingly distracted from the deeper levels of contemplation, meditation, imagination, insight and dreaming.

The consciousness that is common to both species has been greatly interrupted by the intellect of the human species, which has more and more, as your centuries have rolled by, become involved in making choices, none of which bear upon spiritual questions.

Consequently, the great blessing and resource of the frontal lobes of your brains is not used. There is no concerted effort to develop and learn the use of these frontal lobes. The process of achieving connection with this part of the brain is not that which is widely taught.

This instrument would say that the human species has shot itself in the foot. It has turned its back upon a great spiritual resource, that which is a great enhancer of the consciousness that is the gift of the Creator to all species in third density, what they have in common. That is the same for all. However, humans have chosen to continue to develop their ability to use tools, make connections, and find ways to do things in the arena of the world with its many gadgets, its many machines, its more and more sophisticated electronics.

The spiritual aspect of those frontal lobes has given away to the sharpening and ever more complex use of the intellect, that part of the mind which is different for each entity, that part of the mind which is not liable to find connections between self and other-self. Consequently, humans have locked themselves into isolated pockets of awareness that begin and end with [the area between] left ear to right ear and top of the head to bottom of the brain.

Humans have done a marvelous job of developing the possibilities of intellectual thought while they have left carelessly neglected, and for the most part abandoned, the deeper realms of insight, meditation and contemplation, those activities that connect the frontal lobes with the rest of the brain.

You have not had the choice of those sages from Atlantis. You do not have freedom to choose the environment of land and the opposable thumb or the water that goes on forever with no boundaries and no limits to entrain the mind and shut it down. Therefore, it may well seem that the whales and dolphins have more wisdom than their human counterparts. However, their and your resources are the same. It is the environmental difference that has shaped the way the two species have used third density to make their choice of polarity.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: “Carla’s latest UPI article mentioned the environmental issue and after reading it I can’t help asking the question, Q’uo, do you think the dolphins and whales are better or more adequate keepers of Mother Earth than human beings? And if you don’t like to answer simply yes or no, could you just comment on the question?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. It cannot be said that those who swim the seas have any capacity to be stewards of the ocean in which they swim. Having no opposable thumbs, they have not created tools to make things that may or may not be negative in their impact on the environment. Consequently they have never left the state of nature in which they are simply a part of their environment. They do not create difficulties with their environment for their environment has formed them and they follow the ways of their environment.

Humans, on the other hand, have every capacity to make an impact upon their environment, either as a plunderer or as a steward. For some of your years your peoples have forgotten that they are part of their environment and that their environment is part of them. So they have turned from being stewards to being plunderers, taking from the Earth that which the Earth cannot replace and creating a downward spiral with the careless and thoughtless use of resources which cannot be sustained.

It is to humans then that the great challenge is offered and it is to those same humans to choose their response to the various bad habits, shall we say, that humans have created in their so-called civilization. Indeed, we find that the shock of awakening to find how cruel they have been, indeed, to their Mother Earth is a stunning one for many who have only gradually awakened to the awareness that they wish to be part of the dance of life on Earth and not its rapist and its thief.

We hope that more and more it will be a challenge gladly met and enthusiastically taken up to find ways to coexist as part of the dance and part of the good within the environment of Planet Earth. We feel that, more and more, there is great love in your peoples’ hearts for their Earth Mother. And we find this a very helpful and appropriate emotion, one that greatly aids in the process of polarization towards service to others.

May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: “According to information from Q’uo, the fourth density is coming very soon. When Earth enters the fourth density fully, I suppose there will be two kinds of fourth density beings: one looking like humans and the other looking like dolphins or whales. Is this correct?”

We are those of Q’uo and are aware of your query, my brother. My brother, it is certainly correct in terms of the early graduates of third density, for it takes a certain amount of what you call time and experience in fourth density in order to begin to enjoy the freedom that this density offers. We are not those who can probe your future in terms of linear time, for in the linear space/time sense these choices have not yet been made.

But within fourth density there is the capacity of the physical body to make choices as to what form it would wish to use. This opens the choice not only to the human form and the form of the cetaceans but other forms as well.

So we would say, my brother, in early fourth density there certainly shall be found many fourth-density cetaceans and many fourth-density humans, in that their forms continue to resemble those species. As fourth density evolves, so shall the choices of its souls.

May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: The last question concerns diet. T says: “Basically, I think we are free to eat any kind of food we desire. However, we don’t eat human flesh because it is against the law and unethical. But what about whales and dolphins? If we kill and eat them, do we incur or increase negative karma, like when we kill a person?”

We are those of Q’uo and are aware of your query, my brother. Karma is incurred when an entity makes a choice in service to self, knowing that this choice shall harm another sentient being. There are very few human entities upon your planet at this time that have any awareness at all of the nature of the cetaceans. Consequently, since to their awareness they are only destroying fish, their karma is that of one who destroys fish. One who is ignorant cannot be held as being guilty of that in which he was in complete ignorance.

On the other hand, it is well to point out that there is what you may call a kind of karma involved in eating anything whatsoever: berries, nuts, vegetables, grasses and dairy products. All of these things have a consciousness of a kind. It is not only the flesh of fish and animals that cannot be consumed without there being a responsive effect. All things that move into feeding you as a human have given their consciousness to you and consequently, it is a spiritually positive practice to remember always to give thanks for every morsel of nutrition that is ingested.

We find in this instrument’s mind the awareness that there are certain kinds of tuna that contain dolphins and that this instrument has long ago refused to purchase that particular kind of tuna. [4] And we would suppose that wherever the awareness has come of the special nature of these cetaceans, there is the corresponding refusal to ingest their flesh.

The way of your density is the way of bodies that are created as chemical distilleries which take in raw materials and process them chemically in order to break them down, to use the nutriments that the body needs and then to excrete that which is left over. It is certainly an excellent idea to spiritualize the process of eating, giving it respect and honor and giving to those nuts and berries, vegetables, dairy products and meats that are eaten thanks and praise for the gift of their consciousness.

We would close this contemplation of dolphins, whales and porpoises by considering one last characteristic of their being, and that is communication.

The communication of cetaceans is concept communication. It is not yet telepathy. There is the creation of sound that travels through the medium of water which contains the very short bursts of communication that create the cluster of thoughts within concept. There are great advantages to concept communication over communication by words, for in concept communication there is not the possibility of misunderstanding because of clumsily used words.

This instrument also has learned to use concept communication to receive concepts and to translate them into language. However, for you as a species to learn to offer concepts to each other rather than words is perhaps expecting too much, for you have the capacity to vocalize and whether you sing your language or speak it, you have great facility in modulating your voice and in making a variety of sounds.

Of all of those ways of evolving that have split between the land-based, opposable-thumbed humans and the water-based cetaceans, this is perhaps the single most telling difference. And, in a way, it explains much of the confusion and turmoil of you who dwell upon the land and speak words at each other but often not with each other.

[We hope] that you may learn not only from the dolphins and whales but also from us, who speak in concepts to those with ears to hear and hearts to understand.

What a joy it has been, my friends, to speak with you at this time. We would thank the one known as T with all our hearts for probing ever more deeply into the nature of things in an effort that never tires to seek the truth, to find the love, and to choose the service that offers the most compassion and the most light.

We thank the one known as T for his being and for his service, as well as for his questions, which it has been our privilege and pleasure to consider.

At this time, we would leave this instrument and this group, thanking each for the beauty of your shared vibrations. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai, my friends, Adonai.

[1] Carl Sagan, Cosmos: New York, Random House, [2002].

[2] A cetacean is defined by www.dictionary.com as “belonging to the Cetacea, an order of aquatic, chiefly marine mammals, including the whales and dolphins.”

[3] An emolument is a salary or the compensation or fee for services rendered.

[4] In general, there are two quick ways to make sure the canned tuna you purchase is dolphin-free: buying the water-packed white tuna as opposed to the oil-packed, darker tuna, and checking the can labels for the notice “Dolphin Safe.” Over 90% of all tuna canners are now in compliance with this labeling and dolphin mortality has correspondingly shrunk over 90%. To learn more, visit www.earthisland.org/immp/Dol_Safe_Standard.html.

January 24, 2009, Saturday Meditation

Group question: (Asked by G.) Q’uo, I have read that Krishnamurti used to say that in the gap between subject and object lies the entire misery of humankind [1]. It seems to me that the spirit’s journey can be seen in terms of the complex and dynamic relationship between subject and object.

For instance, here are some ways that the subject can relate to the object. The subject fears the object. The subject hates the object. The subject is indifferent to the object. The subject seeks control of the object. The subject is related to the object, etc.

When the heart becomes activated and its energies enter the picture, the relationship between the subject and object begins to change. For instance the subject begins to accept the object. The subject tolerates the object. The subject is patient with, forgives and embraces the object. Love sees the divine within the object. In short the subject sees the Creator in the object and the subject.

Finally it seems the message of the Law of One is that there is no subject and no object. There is only unity. So, how do we eliminate completely the gap between the subject and the object so that our experience is one?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Quo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day. It is a great pleasure and privilege to be asked to join your circle of seeking and to consider the question of the one known as G concerning the distance between subject and object and how to traverse that distance in such a way that it disappears.

However, as always, we would preface our remarks by requesting that each of you who listens to or reads these words use discrimination, so that our thoughts are not simply accepted but are held to your own personal standards and needs. If our thoughts resonate to you then by all means use them, but if they do not please leave them behind. In this way we can speak freely without being concerned that we shall interfere with your spiritual process or become a stumbling block in your way. We assure you that your discrimination is quite accurate. Therefore, listen for the feeling of resonance and pay attention to your own preferences.

Certainly the third-density experience is saturated with the experience of being a person apart from others. There seems to be an inevitable reality to one’s being separate from all other selves. It is obvious that the physical body is separate from all other physical bodies. It is equally obvious that at least in the normal run of human experience your thoughts are your own and none others. Your creation is a subjective one, applying in many ways only to you, the individual.

This is not a mistake in design. It is indeed a prominent feature of the system of third density that creates an environment in which the seemingly separate self, viewing all that lies around him, must make choice after choice of how to see his environment and how to respond to it. In those cases the self is the subject and all other things upon which he looks are the objects.

The veil of forgetting lies heavily over third density. It is not a mistake that each individual self is cocooned within his own flesh and bones. It is the way the school of learning works to [help you] make that choice of polarity. If you knew beyond a shadow of a doubt that both you and that other self upon whom you look and with whom you must interact are two sparks of the same Creator, virtually identical in every way, and that you were put here to love that entity, and that entity was put here to love you, there would be no occasion to call upon faith. There would be no occasion to suffer the pangs of isolation. And there would be no reason to go through the fire of catalyst turning into experience when everything about a situation is known. That situation ceases to be catalytic. And although it is hard to fathom within incarnation, this process of catalysis is one of the big reasons that you chose to incarnate and to undergo the experience of having a life on planet Earth.

You came with an agenda for your learning and with a similar agenda for your service. In order to create the proper environment for your learning you chose challenging relationships. You chose limitations within yourself, both physical and mental. You chose areas in which you would work, themes within the incarnation, shall we say. Perhaps by now you have identified your biggest theme or two or three largest themes of repeating patterns within your life. It is by the repetition of these patterns that you can begin to recognize what your higher self and you before incarnation felt was the appropriate direction of your lessons.

What you hoped for in the transformational work of Earth was to shift your system of biases to lessen distortion. You wished to come more into balance in an atmosphere and environment in which there was no guidance but faith; no star to steer by but hope; no surety but your own self-confidence that you know who you are and why you are here. It is an efficient design.

The environment offers you all you need in order to discover who you are and how you wish to shape your life’s journey. In this journey the subject, yourself, remains separated from the object by that part of the sentence that lies between subject and object, the verb. Ask how one may eliminate the distance between subject and object and we would say to you that it is when the verb used is “love” that the distance between subject and object shrinks.

For instance, a neutral sentence might be, “The vase on the table holds flowers.” The vase is the subject. The flowers are the object and the action taken is “to hold.” Taste in your mind the sentence, “The vase loves the flowers.” Knowing the nature of a vase and the nature of flowers, you may infer that the vase is holding the flowers. Yet for the vase to love the flowers is for a seemingly inanimate object to come alive and to embrace the flowers not only with the round smoothness of its opening but also with its heart.

In just such a way the sentence, “I go to work,” can be transformed by changing the verb to “love”: “I love work.” Suddenly your heart has been opened with regard to this object, work. It is so stunningly simple that it escapes rational thought.

Further, if you see yourself as love and you see objects about you as love, then love is loving love, whatever you do. To translate that into another form, we might say that if you perceive yourself as the Creator then you know that you are a person of power. Therefore, your striving can cease, for a powerful person does not need to strive effortfully. If you perceive those about you as the Creator, then you know that your relationship is Creator to Creator. Since the Creator is love, then you are love, loving love. Again the distance between subject and object diminishes.

To envision a troublesome other-self as the Creator is an exercise that anyone is capable of doing. If you attempt to reason with the other-self and find that the other-self is not capable of rational converse, then you are at a loss, stymied for further action. If you attempt to judge another self then you are caught in the wheel of karma, and as you judge, so shall you be judged. We say this not to discourage you from analyzing and seeing as clearly as possible each and every situation, each and every relationship.

We say this to point out that the mind of the world can take you only so far, whereas the mind of the heart, that consciousness of love, can transform your world into a beautiful place. It can transform the daily grind into a great adventure. Say that you are attempting to deal with a family member that seems to be intractably determined to avoid coming into harmony with you. The challenge then is to re-see that family member. See that entity as the Christ and watch your defensiveness and anger subside.

Now, you are the only one who is aware of this entity’s true nature. Certainly the other-self is not. Had the family member seen himself as the Creator and a being of great love, he would not place himself in opposition to you or stand in the way of supporting and encouraging you in everything you do. So this is your secret. Only you know the true identity of this family member. But since you know, it changes your experience of this entity. This family member may continue, as this instrument would say, to push your buttons and yet you can see this entity unhappy as he is attempting to sow strife and you are not vulnerable to the automatic responses that you learned toward this family member so long ago. You do not have to remain stuck in the pattern of relationship that was formed before you were a person of self-awareness and power. You can forge a new relationship that only goes one way and that relationship is love reflected in love.

Perhaps the family shall never perceive any difference between the past and the present and shall not see your transformation into a person of love and power. That does not matter to you. All that matters to you is that you retain the vision of this entity as the Christ and are therefore able to love, encourage and support this entity in any way that lies within the path of your integrity. His situation may not change. He may never get that which you are offering so freely and lovingly. But your experience shall be greatly improved. For you have chosen to see reality instead of illusion, to dig deep instead of sliding across the surface of life. Those depths are comforting and peaceful and living in love is healing and joyful. Thusly, little by little, you may, by the way you live your life, create a new world for yourself in which all beings are the Christ and all actions are those taken in love.

We do not suggest a grand program of changing the world in order to achieve a more loving Earth world. Rather we suggest that you confine your work to your own consciousness. That is your true arena of adventure and challenge. It is not for nothing that the one who wishes to seek goes into a cave or the apse of a cloistered church, or other quite forested or retreated places that are dark and that limit the stimuli of the senses. It is very easy for the seeker to become lost in sensations. Your culture is on sensory overload. The more you partake in listening to or watching the mass media, playing the games that the computer experts have created for your entertainment, and other ways of distracting the self and keeping the self on the surface of life, the less success you will have in living a lucid and coherent life in faith.

We are not suggesting that you refrain completely from spending your time watching the media, listening to the songs and the news and so forth. We are suggesting that you be aware that, generally speaking, the purpose of such media in offering their shows to you is to sell products and to create an atmosphere of sameness and conformity so that each human being within the society becomes a trusted consumer of products and ideas that have been sanitized until nothing of true digestive value remains. The more of the buzz that you take in, the more it is likely that you will continue to see other-selves as objects against which one may have to defend oneself or with which one may have to be clever and smart in interacting. Blessed is the man in your society who is able to greet all with the unspoken but very present awareness that the person to whom he is speaking is none less than the Creator.

The journey from well defended isolation and life as a monad to the undefended self with an open heart that senses itself as part of the dance of life is a long one. And, indeed, to achieve a total awareness of the unity of all things within incarnation is quite rare. Yet it is a goal that is clearly a good one, a positive one, one which shall bring you many blessings as you do the work that it takes to clear your vision of judgment and to allow love to flow into the sometimes unkind and harsh picture that you see with your physical eyes.

As always, love is the answer to your question. See yourself as a creature of love. See all other things as creatures of love. And see the action you take towards another self or a situation in general as partaking in unconditional love. Love, love, love: love as subject, love as verb, love as object. These are the practices that shall bring you ever closer to your goal of living in unity in a world of your own making that is a world of love.

May we ask if there is within this circle any follow-up to that query? We are those of Q’uo.

(Long pause.)

We are those of Q’uo, and we find from your silence that, as the one known as G is not here, there will be no follow-up to that query. Consequently, we would ask at this time if there is another question. We are those of Q’uo.

D: I’ve heard either you or Ra speak on a soul’s natural ability to polarize towards a certain polarity. Could you speak on this inherent polarity or natural tendency to polarize and why the negative polarity tries to circumvent it? I guess the gist of this question is, are third-density souls really up for grabs like the fourth-density battle would imply?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. In the sense in which you ask it, it is quite true that as [a seeker] goes about making its choices in life, each entity is seen as an object to be swayed by those of negative polarity who would distract seekers from the positive polarity and retrain them to think in terms of service to self.

It is not, my brother, that the negative polarity seeks to circumvent the process of evolution. It is that it is lobbying for one of two paths of evolution. As the seeker goes through his life, he is constantly standing at a fork in the road. One decision lasts for awhile but then another decision comes up, another fork in the road. The challenge for the seeker is to determine which choice contains more love, more service, more radiance, and which path contains less service to others, less radiance, and more magnetism, and that which serves the self.

When choices are made carelessly, it is often the case that an entity thinks he is choosing positively but has been seduced by the negative polarity into rationalizing a selfish act by pretty words. So a great deal of care is called for when the seeker perceives that there is this fork in the road. It is well to sit and meditate on this choice, to feel into it: “Well, if I did that what would it feel like? If I did the other thing how would that feel?” For analysis can take the seeker [only] so far. To achieve a more well-rounded ability to judge at a crossroads in life, it is well to invoke one’s own insight and one’s feeling of direct apprehension for sensing into the true situation.

In order to avoid becoming a pawn in someone else’s game, it is well to think for oneself. In order to avoid moving down a sweet-sounding street which ends in a dead end in service to self, it is well to envision and sense into the choice before you. In this way, as you ask for deeper senses to come forward in you, your ability to perceive a situation is enhanced.

It is always helpful to ask your guidance for insight. The practice of journaling is an excellent way to consult your own guidance, where you simply write out your question and then write down the next thought that comes into your mind. In this way, fairly easily, you can begin a conversation concerning those things that concern you, that are on your mind, and for which you need guidance.

So, my brother, looked at from the standpoint of the self as that one that has taken his power and chosen to be responsible for himself, the negative-polarity entity that might wish to distract you or turn you to the path of service to self really never has a chance. It is at first a seemingly risky thing to stand on your own two feet and think things through for the self without letting other people’s opinions or the run of opinion throughout the culture affect your thoughts.

Many times it is all too clear that the cultural bias is somewhat oriented toward service to self. That which is of the popular culture tendencies will often have the tang of selfishness and self-involvement, where rationalizations abound. And you may say, “Well, it’s just business. That the way the world works,” while you hoard your riches and ignore those hungry, homeless and lost entities that are your other-selves, saying, “Let them get jobs, let them work, just as I have had to work.” [As] your hearts [are] softened, these huge differences between person and person shall begin to soften also.

The one known as Jesus the Christ said, “He who helps even the least of these, my brothers, has helped me.” This is so directly against the prevailing attitude of the culture in which you experience life at this time that it is easy to see the dynamic.

Another way that the negative polarity can seduce you from the positive path is to encourage you to use your power in order to help your family or your nation, or some element of the world, rather than the world as a whole. The one known as Jesus was once offered a great kingdom. And indeed, in the worldly sense, many of those who followed the one known as Jesus thought of him as a worldly, earthly king. Their hope was that he would take the Holy Land, as you call it now, back from the Romans who had conquered it.

The one known as Jesus could well have been tempted to lead his people to freedom. Yet somehow he knew and stated that his kingdom was not an earthly one. And so he took to the road and walked it with dusty feet and offered his parables instead, educating people concerning his true kingdom, the human heart.

We have spoken before concerning the battle between good and evil that reigns within the inner planes of early fourth density. We do not deny that such a war exists. It takes a good deal of what you call time and what we may call experience to see clearly that the war is not necessary, that there is nothing to defend and that love is the answer. And so, filled with glory and honor and hopes of serving the one infinite Creator, those of positive polarity go forth to do battle for the light.

Gradually, as fourth density progresses for each of those in the fight, there comes a time of epiphany when it is seen that the war is unnecessary. And finally that entity lays down his sword and moves ahead rejoicing.

In your life too and in every seeker’s life there shall indeed come many forks in the road, many chances to make ethical choices. Receive them as gifts and enter into such choices with a full heart and a request for guidance and we believe that you will find yourself completely equal to remaining in your integrity and progressing along the path of service to others.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query? We are those of Q’uo.

(Long pause.)

We are those of Q’uo, and again we perceive from the silence that there is no follow-up to this query. May we ask if there is another question at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

J: G asks about the word “darkness” as it is applied to those of the service-to-self path. It’s also used when speaking of the unknown. What’s the difference between the darkness of service to self and the darkness of the unknown?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. It is an interesting question and a play with words at the same time to think about the darkness of the unknown and the darkness of negative polarity. Indeed, there is a bias within the general run of entities that would place a negative connotation on the unknown. For that which is not known can easily be feared.

However, the entire spectrum of the spiritual journey takes place in darkness and in the light of the moon. Consequently, all that shall be good as well as all that shall be evil, according to your definitions of good and evil, alike are present in the darkness. This darkness is not a positive condition but rather an absence of light. The unknown seems dark because it is as yet unlit by familiarity, whereas negativity and evil seem dark because they express the utter refusal to let light shine.

The negative mindset is one which is shuttered against the light. For the light cannot be controlled. It is only in the absence of light that control may be had. And so when darkness, in the sense of evil, occurs, it is a darkness of the deliberate shutting out of those things which do not conform to the desired situation or outcome. That chosen darkness, when there is no need for darkness, is different from the darkness of the unknown in that there is a positive choice being made to shut out the light of compassion, inclusivity, and the radiance of love from the self to others. And so that which is dark because it is service-to-self is dark by choice.

However, simply because a choice has been made to deny the light, that does not mean the light does not exist. Consequently, the service-to-self path is a path steeped in illusion and lies. For it is only by denying the truth of light that darkness can prevail. In the end, darkness never prevails. For it cannot put out the light, as the light can and does at last illumine every corner of existence. The eventual ascendancy of light is inevitable.

The service-to-self path is delaying the inevitable moment where light is embraced, whereas the service-to-others polarity is cooperating with that moment and accelerating the pace towards it.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is one final query before we leave this instrument.

D: Yes, I have one quick question about love/light. When a being sends love/light to another being, is love/light sent only through the hands or can it be sent by concentrating on a being and willing it?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. In actuality, the sending of love by an act of will is far more common than the sending of love through the hands, which takes place only when a healer is working upon another entity. Both are perfectly possible and equally efficacious.

However, we would comment on your use of the word “will,” for it is not necessary to be overly concerned or to will or to project or push the sending of love/light from you to another person. In actuality you do not have to do anything. You simply have to set your intention, offer your prayer, and then move out of the way. For love/light is not flowing from you, or at least it shall not be for very long. You shall exhaust your human supply quickly.

Rather, whether it is from your being or through your hands, the love/light moves through you, not from you, coming from the one infinite Creator. It is for this reason that there is never any concern when love/light is offered, because it is the Creator’s light, and it is not an invasive or pushy light. It goes where the need is. And if the entity to whom you are sending light does not wish it, then it shall gently surround that entity but not enter its auric field. For free will is infinitely respected by the Creator’s light.

May we answer you further, my brother?

D: That’s great, thank you.

We thank you, my brother. We find that the energy wanes in this circle and regretfully it is time for us to take our leave of you who sit in this circle of working this evening. We thank you for the beauty of your beings and your courage in seeking the truth. We thank you for digging deeply and thinking carefully. We thank you for the love that you have for the truth, for each other, and for the Creator.

And we would offer you every support and encouragement as you go about your daily lives, seeking to transform a seemingly dull and placid existence into the great adventure it truly is when it is seen from the standpoint of the spiritual seeker who is using this mazed and mysterious veiled illusion of physical life to become a more authentic, a truer, a more genuine person who knows himself ever more well and who is ever abler to serve the one infinite Creator as he so wishes.

At any point that you may wish for us to share your meditation, you have only to call upon us and we shall be with you, offering a carrier wave that helps to stabilize your own meditative vibrations. Simply ask for us mentally and we shall be with you, not to speak but only to love you and support your seeking.

Thank you again for the opportunity to share our humble thoughts with you. We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu borragus.

[1] The quote from which G formed this question is found on p. 209 of Ken Wilber’s book, A Brief History of Everything. It reads, “And so the typical structure of experience is like a punch in the face. The ordinary self is the battered self—it is utterly battered by the universe ‘out there.’ The ordinary self is a series of bruises, of scars, the result of these two hands of experience smashing together. The bruising is called ‘dukha,’ suffering. As Krishnamurti used to say, in that gap between the subject and the object lies the entire misery of humankind.”

January 27, 2009, Special Meditation

Question from D: (Read by Jim.) “I’ve been exploring dream and sleep yoga to accelerate my spiritual development. The idea of dream yoga is to be very lucid and aware within dreams. The idea of sleep yoga is the maintaining of conscious awareness throughout the night, never falling into a deep, unconscious sleep. Although I’ve only just started and I’m not very good at it yet, it has yielded good progress, primarily as a result of my regular middle-of-the-night meditations. What techniques can I apply to facilitate this practice?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is our privilege and our pleasure to be with those present and those in the extended group on the telephone.

We are grateful to have been called to your circle of seeking and we thank you for putting aside the time to seek the truth and to lay all else aside. Time is a very precious coin in your realm and we greatly appreciate the effort involved.

We are happy to speak to your question, my brother, but first, as always, we would pause to request a favor. We would ask that each who hears or reads these words place between these words and your thinking processes the powers of your discrimination. For we cannot hit the mark each and every time. Therefore, please take those thoughts that seem good and true to you and work with them, laying all others aside without a second thought. In this way we may speak without being concerned that because of overzealousness at following our words, you miss the direction of your own spiritual process. We thank you for this consideration.

My brother, you have embarked upon a fascinating and fruitful journey in examining your dreams and working with them in a very present and attentive manner. It is, of course, most helpful to attend to the spiritually fertile time of the night at approximately 3:30 in the morning, when the energies of the night are focused at their best. To move into meditation at that time creates an energy that is excellent in terms of creating for you a resting place of the spirit from which you may venture forth.

It also connects you with those entities of the inner planes who have observed the same time of meditation and prayer, as well as linking you with all of those in this present experience which are observing that time of meditation. That is an excellent beginning.

One’s dreams are communications from those places within your consciousness which have been impressed from above—that is to say, in the daylight mind—by those things that have occurred during your day, and from below, that is to say—in the archetypical mind—by those energies, some cyclical and some anti-periodic but not random, so that they move into your preconscious state.

This mixture is always an interesting one and a great deal of work is done during the so-called dream state. To become a part of that process in a conscious manner is a work requiring the setting of a firm intention and then the willingness to undergo a good bit of repetition as you attempt to become conscious within the dream state without waking yourself up.

There are two fairly mechanical details which may aid in your attempts to become conscious within dreaming or, as this instrument would say, to become a lucid dreamer. The first is to become aware that you are asleep and dreaming and then, without disturbing your dream, to move your hand, your head, or your eye, within the dream, so that the entity that you are within the dream is connected to your will.

This is a delicate matter, for you do not wish to disturb the tenor of the story that is unfolding within your dream. You wish in no way to alter the dream, but only to become aware within the dream and to have control over your body as it appears within the dream. Needless to say, much rehearsal is usually required before this process goes smoothly.

The second practice that shall aid you in your lucid dreaming is a matter of recordkeeping. Assuming that you not only wish to be aware within your dream, but that you also wish to work with the material gathered within the dream at a later time, it is helpful to move, with as little fuss and ado as possible, to the writing instrument and the paper or to the computer.

In either case, the idea is to record the experience that you have just had, not editing or choosing what to write but writing all that you can remember. Once you become used to this discipline you shall find that this can be a time-consuming process. Nevertheless, it is a helpful one.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: D says: “On a few occasions I have had an experience during meditation that I call ‘crossing the threshold.’ There’s a distinct transition sensation. My breathing slows down considerably and my mind is very still. From this state I seem to be able to predict events that happen the next day with great accuracy. Am I in time/space? And how can I increase the frequency of this experience of ‘crossing the threshold’?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We would estimate that you have, indeed, moved through the gateway to intelligent infinity when you are in this particular state. You have successfully cleared your chakra body so that you may seek the truth from those essences and intelligences which dwell in the time/space portion of this present density. We may say, my brother, that it is an achievement which is relatively rare among your people to be able to move through the gateway and then to reside in, shall we say, the “borderland,” so that you are not bringing back through the gateway the information having to do with healing or teaching, but are simply resting beyond the threshold and across the quantum boundary from space/time to metaphysical time/space.

It is an interesting turn of mind, if you will, to find a seeker who is not greedy for detail, but has the ability to rest in essence, for it is in this state, shall we say, within the candle-flame shape just beyond the gateway, where it is possible to glimpse the possibility/probability vortices, which you are indeed doing as you pick up details of likely occurrences in the near future.

In order to create a more dependable or frequent experience of this kind there are a couple of things which you may do. The first is to create a settled intention to reach this state of vibration and to remain there for a period of time/space-space/time. We say it that way because you are bridging to different kinds of time with your bodies, both your physical body and your energy body.

We would encourage you to be aware, however, that it is well to be disciplined concerning the length of space/time-time which you spend in this place just beyond the threshold. For it is somewhat of a strain or source of tension for the physical body to be experiencing time/space in its flow.

The other range of resources which are open to you in the matter of duplicating this experience is that range of preparation which you may find it necessary to do in order to leave every care and concern behind. This instrument calls this process “tuning.” She is always careful to tune her physical vehicle and her energy vehicle to its highest and best state before a channeling session such as this one. She thinks of it as tuning to the highest and best “station” she can pick up on her “radio.”

In your case, however, you are not seeking a voice or a contact. You are seeking pure beingness. Therefore, it is well to tune yourself off of all stations and into the quiet between signals. Intellectually speaking, you cannot cause this to occur. However, when you set your intention to do this particular work of arriving at this particular state of consciousness, that within you which is far wiser than your conscious being grasps your intention and is able to use your tuned vehicle so that it will be placed as you wish it, between the sources of incoming voices.

We particularly encourage you not to attempt to reason out this process. Were you to have a long, long life and were you able to approach this spiritual seeking as though it were a scholarly discipline, you might well be able to create a rationale so that the seeking of this state of consciousness would be easier to discuss in an intellectual manner.

However, since you require the pure experience and not the network of words surrounding such experience, we would recommend that you move along lines of felt and resonant insight rather than reasoning out the ways and means of achieving the repetition of this state. Let your focus be upon preparing for the experience by clearing the chakras from the lowest to the highest and then relaxing entirely into the tabernacle of your open heart.

One final recommendation would be to close such an experience by immersing yourself in water and there allowing the water to become magnetized with love, that love that flows into you at all time in infinite amounts. This shall restore the balance of your physical vehicle, given that there has been a dislocation because of your pursuing this particular work.

May we ask, my brother, if there is a follow-up to this query? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: The follow-up question is, D has had a couple of experiences lately where he’s felt a great deal of bliss and peace and he’s wondering if getting the heart chakra open is integral in having a repetition of that experience?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. It is quite so that the complete opening of the chakra body, so that full power is moving through the lower chakras and into the heart chakra, is essential for this work. There would not be any movement through the gateway to intelligent infinity in the absence of this completely open heart chakra. Thus it is that we recommend a careful and thorough clearing of each and every issue of the day that may dog at your heels and pull you away from a completely open heart.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: The third question is: “It’s my understanding that I’ve incarnated within many systems. It’s logical I’ve taken both positive and negative paths before. In fact, one of the most realistic past-life dreams I’ve ever had was one as a lizard person, and he was a pretty nasty fellow, at least from a human’s perspective. Is one’s shadow self composed of these negative incarnations? Can you effectively get a negative greeting from aspects of yourself?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your queries, my brother. Our response must be divided into no and yes. It is not so that the shadow side of an entity within an incarnation is made up of the previous negative incarnations, so called, of your soul stream. Rather, the shadow self is made up of those parts of the circle of beingness which you have been so far unwilling to examine closely [within this incarnation.]

This is understandable, my brother. A service-to-others polarized seeker has no wish to examine his rapist, his murderer, his abuser, or his manipulator. He would prefer to emphasize those parts of his 360 degrees of self of which he approves.

There is a significant point to be made here, that being that it is only sophistically possible to separate the dark side of self from the light side of self. The goal of the progress through an incarnation is to lessen distortion and increase balance. Consequently, it is hoped that in the course of a lifetime of catalyst and the observation of his responses, the seeker shall have the opportunity to examine many of the shadow portions of self, so that those portions of self may be respected, honored and redeemed to a useful and integrated portion of the self within the daylight. Flood a murderer with light and you discover tenaciousness, grit and patience. The shadow side of self will stand ready to be your ally if you can love it, accept it, and ask it for its help.

The incarnations which you have experienced besides this one certainly matter. Especially do they matter when you have carried adhering karma from one experience to another. And there are times when it is helpful to become aware of some detail of this karma that adheres.

However, my brother, in the main we would recommend that you focus upon this life, this experience, this incarnation. Our reason is that you carefully selected the gifts, limitations and relationships that make up the intricate welter of detail and pattern within this present life experience.

In no wise can you consider the self [you are] in incarnation as the self as it experiences itself outside of incarnation. It is as if you left a home with many rooms and many possessions and you packed a bag for a trip. You could carry just so much and no more. No matter how carefully you packed to come into this incarnational experience, you could in no way carry even ten percent of what you would wish to bring if you were moving house.

Thusly, be content with examining the contents of your suitcase, for they are plentiful enough to give you matter upon which to work for an entire incarnation, we assure you. You cannot help packing the mystery of your essential being. Therefore, there is always an infinity of considerations which you may choose to ponder as you observe yourself and get to know yourself ever better.

On the other hand, the “yes” has to do with the fact that you do indeed deal with the essential self as you experience the shadow and the light of self. Therefore, you are perfectly capable of being the source of psychic greeting within your own experience. In point of fact, it is very often the correct solution to the question of what source it is that has created a psychic greeting. When the shadow side of self is ignored and feels abandoned, it is perfectly capable of making itself known as if it were other than you and over against you.

The solution to such experiences, then, is to sit with that shadow side that has seemingly attacked you and offer it your unqualified and absolute love.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: The fourth question is: “I had a dream experience which changed my view on the ego/personality. In the dream I experienced a feeling of complete oneness with every other human on Earth. Upon return I felt that the ego/personality is, in fact, more a piece of Earth consciousness than it is of the essence/soul. The ego/personality is every bit as much a part of Gaia/Earth as the minerals that make up your nails and the oxygen in your blood. An incarnation is really a joint experience between the Gaia consciousness and the external consciousness, and it is this ego/personality with which most everyone completely identifies, but this isn’t what survives death in the same sense that the essence does. What is valid and invalid about this perception?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, or should we say “considerations,” my brother.

The correct assumptions are so neatly plaited up with the misperceptions included in your sentences that we shall probably not be able completely to untangle them. However, my brother, we shall make a start of doing so and ask your forgiveness for our lacks when we are done.

We would wish, firstly, to compliment the quality of your considerations. What we would say firstly is that you are completely correct in stating that your earthly personality has only tangentially to do with your soul stream. However, it is a firm and sturdy tangent and as “all roads lead to Rome,” in the old saying, so all incarnations lead to the soul stream, feed it, fulfill it, and create fascinating issues to ponder when you are between incarnations and ready to create a new learning experience for yourself.

As we said in a response to your previous query, the earthly personality is a much slighter and less interconnected entity than the soul stream itself, which has a size or a power that is impossible even to fathom within incarnation, including …

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

… as it does, experiences in each of the densities, not only those that have come before third density but those which, from a linear point of view, come after this present density. Time in time/space is circular, if you will, or spherical, with all experiences of whatever space/time moving in radii towards the center of self.

What would you do with such an awareness within this school of souls which you know as Earth, my brother? It is not useful to you. Therefore, that which you experience as yourself may be taken lightly but trustworthily as the self within incarnation.

However, much as when you arrive home after a trip, you toss the garments you have worn in the laundry and glory in your full closet, and much as you reacquaint yourself with all of the things that you so missed upon your journey, so you shall, upon entering larger life, enjoy and appreciate that sense of self that shall be yours when you once more come into awareness of your soul stream.

You are also correct in positing that there is, within the very energy of your body and not simply the body itself, its blood and bones, an essence of Gaia, an essence of Earth, for just as Gaia has given you the water and the chemicals to form a physical body, just so has the energy that comes infinitely from the one infinite Creator moved first to the very center of the womb of the Earth and only thence into your energy body.

Thusly, you are through and through, physically and energetically, a creature of Earth, and as such, my brother, you are part of the dance of all that is upon the Earth and in the air and in the waters beneath the Earth.

To ground yourself in this awareness, it is well to spend time in the wild places so that you may give your system time to decompress from the hurly-burly of urban life and move once again into heightened awareness of the rhythms of the natural world.

Perhaps from this discussion, my brother, you may infer those parts of your considerations which would not be as accurate from our point of view as those items which we have mentioned.

May we ask, my brother, if there is at this time a follow-up?

Jim: The fifth question is: “I had a dream that explained that I was a part of one of the original ‘teams’ that adapted human DNA to life on Earth. As a result, I’m karmically obligated to experience directly the programming choices made. So, my incarnations are more spread apart over linear time, but I will keep coming back during certain time periods throughout this experiment.

Would it be possible to validate or invalidate, this as well as discussing anything else you deem helpful about my origins?”

We are those of Q’uo. My brother, were we to respond to this query in any of several ways, we run the risk of interfering with your free will. This is a matter that is a key you are presently attempting to fit into a lock. We encourage your seeking and encourage your consideration of this.

We may say, however, that you are of the Creator; that you are a creature made of the one great original Thought. All that has occurred concerns you and all that shall occur concerns you as well.

It is easy and even appropriate to play many roles in your mind and to see how these roles make you feel. However, is there truth in this or that story? This instrument would say that everyone is a legend in his own mind. What story resonates to you? What is true identity and whence does it come?

May we ask if there is a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: That last question is: “I’ve had two experiences in which I felt as though I was connected completely to something much deeper, possibly my higher self. Each experience was brief and happened as I was waking up. My access to information seemed massive and instantaneous. It was a feeling of complete knowing and confidence. For that brief time I was something else entirely. Is there anything you can offer me in terms of spiritual principles to help me better understand this experience?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. It is said in your Holy Bible that “In my father’s house are many mansions.” [1] Each mansion is a state of consciousness, a rate of vibration or a nexus of rates of vibration in harmonic relationship. Several states of mind have been described by you during this session. What they have in common is access through the gateway to intelligent infinity. Each state, however, has a distinct environment and nature which you have noticed. This state of which you speak now could be described as “being in the light.”

Indeed, when one is in the light of that candle flame of sacred geometry that is just through the gateway, at the tip of that geometric shape there is “being in the light.” It differs from “being the light” by a gradation of vibration but is similar to being the light or experiencing the self as light. In that light is information and when one is in the light, it is patently obvious that all is well. It is clear beyond any telling that the plan of the infinite Creator is working perfectly and that all is as it should be and must be. It is indeed a rest for the weary seeker in third density to experience this fullness of light.

The theme of your queries, my brother, has to do, we feel, with becoming more and more aware of the various environments beyond the gateway of intelligent infinity. It is as though you were a wayfarer but not a tourist. [You are] one who seeks experience in states of mind, but is not greedy about bringing back treasure except in terms of pure experience. We find this to be a fruitful, useful and somewhat efficient path for one who seeks to lessen distortion within his own basic soul-stream self. We wish you every blessing and good fortune as you pursue your seeking for the love and light and the truth.

At any time that you should wish to have your meditation strengthened or lessen distraction in your contemplations, you are always welcome to request our presence mentally, in which case we shall enter into your vibratory nexus with a carrier wave that is a stabilizing vibration, not adding to or subtracting from your own vibrations but simply acting as a battery to stabilize varying surges of energy. It is our pleasure to offer this service to those who would wish it.

Also, my brother, always remember that the voices of your guidance need only be asked in order to converse with you. And if you should wish to form a conversation at the intellectual, conscious level with your guidance it is entirely possible for you to sit at the computer or take pencil and paper in hand, write down your questions, and immediately write down the next thought that enters into your mind. In this way also you may deepen your understanding of yourself, who you are, and why you are here.

May we thank the one known as D for this opportunity to share our thoughts, humble as they are. May we thank the one known as D, the one known as Jim, and this instrument for creating this working and calling us to it. It has been our privilege and our pleasure to enjoy sharing your combined vibrations and dwelling with the sacred circle of seeking that you have created by your intention. Your beauty and your courage move us. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai vasu borragus.

[1] Holy Bible, John 14:2, “In my Father's house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you.”

February 3, 2009, Special Meditation

T: I’m sure you are aware of all the many questions that I’ve brought to you in my many meditations over the last few months. I have some questions here that we have been discussing today and I know you are aware of the many thoughts that I have had and the questions I’ve had during that time.

I have come to the point in my life where I want to know what the heart of my life’s meaning is, what my main purpose is. I have many questions and I will ask them separately, but as I ask my questions please know that I hope your answers will point back to the center of my life and its purpose so that I can integrate my vision of my life into one integrated web of meaning.

Question #1: As you are probably aware, there are many people in my life whose names have something to do with a meadow, whether it be “meadowland,” “of the meadow,” “west meadow” and so forth. When I took these questions that this brought up to me into meditation, twice it was said in my mind, “Be the meadow. Be the meadow.” Please comment on this statement and the spiritual principles involved.

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. We thank the one known as T for creating this circle of seeking. We are happy to speak concerning the purpose at the heart of his incarnation.

As always, we would ask all of those who listen to or read these words to use their discrimination in prioritizing those things which we would offer. If our thoughts have resonance to you, by all means use them. If they do not, please let them go. In this way we may feel fairly sure that we are not infringing upon your free will in any way as we speak. We thank you for this consideration.

My brother, we shall indeed attempt in all things that we say to keep in mind that you are seeking the heart and not the periphery, the essence and not the details. Indeed this may well shape our responses to a degree and we thank you for this direction.

There are certainly many ways to look at what the heart of one’s existence is. One might ask what the overriding principle of a life is, or what the most beloved thing is, or what the thing most desired is. And yet it is always to be remembered that a life is lived in the present moment in order to be lived well. The center of that present moment is always love.

A guiding key question for one who seeks the heart of existence is, “Where is the love in this moment?” As it applies to your first query, that question has to do with the nature of your incarnation.

Now, each incarnation upon third-density Earth shall be, at its heart, focused upon being, as opposed to doing. That is not simply true of you, my brother, but it is true of all who draw breath upon planet Earth. The actions of a life certainly speak, in terms of articulating the inner nature of a person. It is said in the Bible, “By their fruits, ye shall know them.” [1] To a degree, this is true. And yet the spirit in which these things are done is an ineffable and intangible and yet a very important part of all actions, creating the essence of that action.

The direction which you received, “Be the meadow,” speaks to a certain kind of attitude about life and about your place in that life. In the discussion which preceded this meditation, my brother, several times you said to this instrument that you had done many things and yet were not sure what your main purpose really was. With the phrase, “Be the meadow,” the doors open into a certain way of looking at the web of life and love that is your incarnation.

This instrument is aware of a system of teaching by the one known as Rudolph called bio-dynamics. [2] It is a philosophical system which has practical applications in the field of agriculture. Farming bio-dynamically means seeing all of the farm as a universe, of which the farmer is an integral part. This theory envisions such a farm as a little universe, unique unto itself. It has its own grasses and herbs, its own fruit trees and other crops. And the animals upon the farm are moved from one pasture to another, spreading the seeds of the herbs and the grasses, so that in a very short number of years that farm is distinctive in its plants and its animals. And because the animals and the crops are rotated, the biota becomes richer and richer. Products from the animals together with the farmer’s envisioning and various processes create manures that are specific to this particular little creation, so that the land is always being enriched, always developed to be fuller of life, always more able to receive the sunshine and the rain.

The one known as Rudolph always saw all of nature and all of humankind as one, so that it was not the humans doing things to the Earth according to his will, but the farmer as an agent of the Creator, making beautiful and fruitful that of which he was a part. In this context, “be the meadow,” is a suggestion to become a unified and harmonious part of your environment. It is a call to incarnate fully into the Earth, both physically—literally—and non-physically—descriptively. Literally, it is well for you as an entity to work with the land, whether or not it seems to produce an increase, simply because moving into nature, becoming intimate with it, its moods, its feelings, its sensitivities, its desires, the desires of the nature spirits, and so forth is very healing and very empowering.

Again, this is not simply true of you but true of anyone who wishes to integrate many aspects of his life. Wild nature is a master orchestrator and there are many lessons to be learned from the one who wishes to “be the meadow.” It is a directive to be responsible for your universe and to know that what is real is not what is given to you; rather, it is what you create.

Therefore, let your mind be calm and peaceful as you go about daily life, not seeking so much, to pin down meaning but seeking, instead, to be or embody or experience meaning as it flows through you. Be confident that you are, indeed, capable of becoming more and more aware of the web of love and light of which you are a part, not only with the people in your life or the ideas within your mind, but with the elements of the Earth itself, the rains, the sunshine, the seasons, and all [elements] that go into the very complex and yet perfectly harmonized environment that is the meadow.

The life of one who has worked hard, [and has] had a job to pay the bills for his family, as have you, is full of actions, heavy, seemingly small actions. You have been one who has carried the mail. You have been one that bought the groceries and worked with the family in various ways, putting children to bed, washing dishes, supporting your wife. A million trips to a million shops, a million chores and many, many thousands of days all blend into a web of life that is characterized not by any single chore, any single day on the job, any single bit of work with a relationship where there was a falling away from unity and then a restoration of unity, but rather the web created by many loving actions over a long period of time.

It is well to realize that as one hopes to live, as one intends to live, as one envisions living, one’s setting of intention creates a far different and fuller picture than can be seen if one simply looks at the actions of a life. As we said before, it is the attitude of love which you bring to a job, a chore, or a relationship that illuminates that relationship, that job, or that chore. And from the standpoint of spirit, it is the love in that intention that is at the heart of your action, rather than the action itself.

We realize that there is a great desire to do something in the outer world that has an obvious meaning such as teaching, building, channeling or healing would. And we appreciate your desire to be helpful in the world. Because it is so greatly a part of your present process to determine those outer actions we cannot speak, not in a direct way. However, we can encourage you in your every effort and assure you that you can make no mistakes, no matter what you decide at any given time.

However, we would say that the heart of your purpose here, in terms of what you hoped to do with this time for yourself, is to become more comfortable with the “being” aspect of your existence upon planet Earth.

The being that you are is a combination of spirit and the physical. They are intertwined within you so that you are one mind/body/spirit complex, all together, not separated. Consequently, from the standpoint of spirit within flesh, the central service to others of any life will always be the way you have allowed your energies to open, so that you may be an instrument for the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. This instrument sometimes calls this process “becoming transparent to the light.”

The net result of one who is more and more comfortable with being who he is is that whatever the personality is, it is open to the light so that the light can shine through him and out into the world. This radiance of being shall always be each entity’s main purpose.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

T: Not on that. Thank you.

We thank you, my brother. May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

T: Yes. Question #2: I have conversed much with God and have asked specifically for the Holy Spirit to speak through me in my early teaching days. But in 1999, I once heard a voice, not even in meditation. It was at a point of confusion in my life. And that voice, very loudly in my head, spoke the name, Edgar Cayce. Part of this question is, can you tell me who that voice was that spoke that name? And also, there is a psychic that has said that Lao Tzu is my guide in this incarnation and that I have two angels, one named Leland and one named Crystal. Can you tell me, secondly then, is Lao Tzu my guide in this incarnation? And are my two angels Leland and Crystal? And how did they come to be with me? And what is the meaning of the vibrations of those names? And if you cannot answer that, or along with that, can you please talk to me about guidance in general?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We find that we can confirm only that your key main aspects of guidance have the vibratory energy which is contained within the names which you have given.

The nature of guidance in general is that you have contact with yourself, at a far-advanced stage of your development. The higher self is your gift to yourself from mid-sixth density. At this point, that soul that you are has reached the level of consciousness at which it is perceived that there are no more things to desire except to rejoin the one infinite Creator.

At that juncture, the entity that is you creates of itself a form which is quite marvelously intricate and complex. It contains all that the higher self knows about itself. That thought form is given as a gift to the developing self within early third density. The full higher-self entity is immense, full of the nature that is uniquely you. As it filters down into your consciousness, it is quite common that there be three aspects that are central: the male aspect, the female aspect and a non-sexually-oriented aspect which might be described as a mentor or companion.

The female and male aspects do not refer to sexuality in a physical sense. They refer to the sacredly feminine and the sacredly masculine energies of the density of which you are a part, which is polarized. Consequently, the female aspect of your spirit shall be those parts of nature such as beauty, fertility and so forth, whereas the male aspect shall contain the traditionally masculine aspects such as the ambition and reaching, productivity, aggression and so forth.

In addition to these male, female and androgynous aspects of guidance, it is quite common for one who is seeking as consciously and as persistently as you, my brother, to accrue about himself any number of angels and presences that are attracted to you by your seeking, your serving, and the desires of your heart.

To work with such a suggestion as that your guide is Lao Tzu, it is well to do what this instrument is aware that you are doing. That is, to become familiar with the work of this entity which has been left to the world of literature and philosophy. Soak up and marinate the self in those writings of the one known as Lao Tzu that resonate to you and then, when this has been done, release the specific words from their stricture and instead retain the attitude implicit in this entity’s writings. For it is always well to move beyond the details of words and phrases that have been translated from one language and one culture to another.

But no matter how substantial the displacement, there is that within the philosophy that speaks of a certain basic attitude towards living and that is how to move from the question of, “Is a certain entity my guide?” to practicing as if this entity were your guide and then seeing what gifts such an examination has brought you.

Were this psychic to be incorrect, it would become obvious because you would not resonate to this entity’s written work.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a follow-up to this query, my brother?

T: The only quick follow-up I have would be, would I be correct in assuming, then, that the voice I heard in 1999 that spoke, “Edgar Cayce,” was my higher self?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We can confirm to you that that voice was, indeed, your higher self.

May we ask if there is a further query, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

T: Yes. I have two questions that might be a little involved so [before I ask those,] I would like to move to two possibly quickly answered questions, if I might. That would be question #5 which would be, I seem to be running into numbers, as was mentioned in earlier conversations, of roads that are leading to special places in my life. They seem to be adding up to eleven. And there are some synchronicities that happen. I have to know what this particular synchronicity would tell me about the center or heart of my life and its purpose.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The number eleven, as this instrument has told you earlier this evening, is what this instrument calls a “master number.” [3]

What is a master, my brother? Why would a man who does not claim to be any sort of master see the number eleven a good deal? We would say to you that a master is not a master because of external signs or achievements. One might rather think of mastery as the level at which a student becomes a teacher. One might think of it as a level at which, no matter how interesting the studies, there is the achievement of studies already accomplished which have graduated the student from classes to what might be considered an ongoing dissertation.

Just as in school there is a point at which the academy awards a degree, in a life there is a point at which the classes have added up to sufficient information to create a shift in the center of gravity of the student so that, although he may continue learning his whole life, for there is always more to learn, there is a fundamental freedom from studying and a realization that he is as capable of teaching as he is of learning.

This is a huge step in a person’s life and yet for some entities it is to this level that the incarnation calls him. We may say, my brother, that you are one of those people. You are not a professional student. You did not intend, in your life, simply to take course after course after course. You intended in your life to consolidate, simplify, integrate and become the master of all of the many, many things that you have learned.

To this incarnational goal, you have been called for a long time. At an earlier point in your life, my brother, you came very close to finding comfort at this level, yet your vision began to be too narrow to satisfy you. Consequently, you entered another long series of learnings and you have, once again, come to the point where you can, if you choose, begin to release yourself from the need to learn further and allow yourself to begin that master work, that life dissertation, where the work is integrating and simplifying those many learnings that have created a web of thought, intention and desire within your life.

Looking towards the question of central purpose, the question of the heart of the incarnation, we would say that this comes close to expressing one of your incarnational themes and that is that theme of integrating, simplifying and becoming the master of your particular brand of being yourself, so that you are comfortable within your own skin.

Of course you shall continue to learn. Of course you shall continue to have new things to integrate into your basic understanding of life, of who you are and why you are here. But your hope for yourself, and that which is at the center of your vision of yourself before you came into incarnation was that you should become so comfortable with who you are that you would be able to let that beingness shine without apology or reservation, knowing that you are completely adequate to carry the love and the light of the one infinite Creator.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

T: There will be no follow-up to that particular question.

We are those of Q’uo. May we ask if there is another query, my brother?

T: One other short question, if I might, please. It is stated in the Bible that Jesus is a priest after the order of Melchizedek. This leads me to believe that possibly Melchizedek would be a social memory complex and that Jesus was a part of that social memory complex. Is this a correct assumption?

We are those of Q’uo, my brother, and are aware of your query. To the best of our knowledge, my brother, the one known as Jesus was not a member of a social memory complex called Melchizedek. The desire of that entity who called him such a priest was to establish him as the figure in the Old Testament that was prophesied to be the Messiah. The intention of the one creating this statement was not spiritual but in a sense, political.

That Jesus was a member of a social memory complex before incarnating upon planet Earth’s third density is so.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

May we ask, is there another query at this time, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

T: Yes, I have two more but [it is hard] for me to determine which one would really be the most important because they are both very important to me. So I will just start with this one.

I do wish to be an instrument, a vocal channel. I feel like, for some reason, that has been part of my past and I’ve been drawn to this talent. But I seem to be having some difficulty in opening up to this. Can you look into me in any way and tell me what it is that I may be lacking or in some way blocking [that keeps me from] being able to move forward with this process a little more quickly and a little bit better?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. That which stops the tongue of one who translates can be as simple as the fear of being wrong. This fear pulls the openness of the energy body into a narrower and narrower configuration, thereby limiting the amount of energy available for work. Therefore, be fearless, my brother.

That which may also stop the tongue of the translator of concepts is the feeling that the effort shall not prosper because of limitations within the intellect or vocabulary of the channel. And in this wise we would say, my brother, that it is not the intellect that powers channeling, nor is it the vocabulary that necessarily limits what can be said. Much more is given through the channel than words. Consequently, my brother, in addition to being fearless, let your words come as they will, not attempting to speak as others do but only attempting to translate that which you receive, any way that you can. Focus, rather, on allowing the energy that you are receiving to come through your voice. Let the love, the caring, the compassion, the sweetness, and the light that has come into you with that concept move through you and out into your speech. The less you worry about vocabulary, grammar and diction the more comfortable you will feel and the more light your voice shall be able to carry.

Most of all, give yourself to the moment. If nothing comes, do not worry. Nothing came. If something comes, move it forward, bring it through and let it go.

There is more of an art than a science to any translation. And certainly, receiving a voice from spirit requires of you much more in the way of creating of yourself a very specific kind of channel and then asking for a very specific kind of source that can move through your channel than it does with the specific words and so forth of a channeling.

Again, it is not the outer details that create a good channel, but a fearless approach that is honest and full of integrity that places much more value on doing an honest job than on creating beautiful prose. Let the source speak with the heart that you feel within you as you receive the words. And we feel, my brother, that you shall do well.

Most often, when entities struggle with the channeling, there are concerns about the self that multiply like fireflies at dark and light up the mind with this or that concern, so that the mind is not quiet and confident. It is that confident, quiet, fearless attitude of service without question that creates the good channel.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware that this instrument has energy for one final query and that you would prefer to ask that final query rather than follow up on this one. May we ask if that is correct, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

T: Yes. That is correct.

We are those of Q’uo. In that case, by brother, please proceed with your query. We are those of Q’uo.

T: Thank you, Q’uo. I am concerned many times in the decisions that I make as to whether or not I am truly working from the standpoint of what is best for the person that is asking for assistance, of whether I am really thinking in the spirit as to what would be best for them in a given situation, as opposed to having the ego or the flesh-mind take over merely because I just don’t want to do it or I have judgments against them.

So my question is, how can I readily tell, looking within myself, what is the basis for my decision, whether it is really of service to others or of service to self, being either a spiritually-minded decision or a fleshly or ego-minded decision?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We offer you a simple thought to answer a complex question. For there are, indeed, many, many times where the life experience of a loving person creates settled opinions about the nature of life, the nature of learning and the nature of spiritual maturity. To use less than your full life experience and your full burden of gathered wisdom is to be less than true to your basic self, that self which you have worked so very hard through life to create as lovingly and as wisely as you can.

Oftentimes the higher wisdom, the higher love, translates in physical terms to that which may seem judgmental, that which may seem less than fully giving. And yet we would confirm to you, my brother, that in making use of all that insight that you have gained, all that attitude that is so hard won in you, you are doing the best service you can for another.

A way to see into your own polarity is to move away from the situation, physically, and sit in quiet solitude and then feel and sense the resonance of your choice. Do you feel radiant as you think about this choice? Do you sense your guidance and encouragement?

If, in this quiet, you still cannot come to a resonant sense of this polarity, we might suggest that you ask your guidance for help. For truly is it written, “Ask and you shall be answered. Knock and the door shall be opened to you. Seek and you shall find.” [4] One way to ask is simply to ask yourself, “What would my highest and best self do in this situation?” Almost always, my brother, if you phrase it in that wise, you shall receive an impression immediately. Listen to that impression. If you sense a resonance and a radiance to your decision and, when you ask that question, if you also sense the support of your guidance, we feel that you can rest from your concern.

We agree that there are insidious ways that ego can find to make rationalizations, coming to a decision that is convenient for you. However, we would affirm to you, my brother, that you are capable of discerning beyond such concerns so that you can reach that broader perspective from which the answer is clear.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

T: No. Your answers have been very helpful this evening.

We thank you, my brother. Indeed, we thank you for more than the questions. We thank you for the life that has produced them and the courage and the perseverance that it has taken you to live your life according to principles that you hold dear.

We thank you for taking the time to pursue these queries. We thank you for calling us to conversation with you. We pray that our poor words may offer you resources as you ponder them further.

We thank each of those who sit in this circle of seeking. We thank this instrument. And we thank the one infinite Creator that we have met with such delightful harmony tonight.

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator.

[1] Holy Bible, Matthew 7:15-20, “Beware of false prophets, which come to you in sheep's clothing, but inwardly they are ravening wolves. Ye shall know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them.”

[2] Rudolph Steiner. An excellent link on this subject is www.biodynamics.com/biodynamics.html.

[3] From the web site, www.decoz.com/index.html: “There are 3 double-digit numbers that, while they are rooted in the single-digit numbers, require special emphasis and attention. These are 11, 22, and 33.

“They are called Master numbers because they possess more potential than other numbers. They are highly charged, difficult to handle, and require time, maturity, and great effort to integrate into one's personality.

“The 11 is the most intuitive of all numbers. It represents illumination; a channel to the subconscious; insight without rational thought; and sensitivity, nervous energy, shyness, and impracticality. It is a dreamer. The 11 has all the aspects of the 2, enhanced and charged with charisma, leadership, and inspiration. It is a number with inborn duality, which creates dynamism, inner conflict, and other catalyses with its mere presence. It is a number that, when not focused on some goal beyond itself, can be turned inward to create fears and phobias. The 11 walks the edge between greatness and self-destruction. Its potential for growth, stability, and personal power lies in its acceptance of intuitive understanding, and of spiritual truths. For the 11, such peace is not found so much in logic, but in faith. It is the psychic's number.”

[4] Holy Bible, Matthew 7:7-11: “Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you. For every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened. Or what man is there of you, whom if his son ask bread, will he give him a stone? Or if he ask a fish, will he give him a serpent? If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your Father which is in heaven give good things to them that ask him?”

February 6, 2009, Channeling Intensive 4 - Session 1 - Channeling Circle 13

(Carla channeling) [1]

We are those known to you as Laitos. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to your channeling circle session this morning. We thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking, and are very happy to entertain the queries offered by the one known as G1 from those with whom he is in correspondence.

However, first we would wish as always to request that each who listens to or hears or reads these words use his discrimination, taking those thoughts that are helpful and leaving the rest behind. We do thank you for this consideration, for it enables us to feel sure that we are not infringing upon your free will. This is very important to us.

We would ask now if the one known as G1 has a first query for us. We are those of Laitos.

G1: Yes, Laitos. This question comes from S on behalf of the Bring4th forums. S says, “This is a three-part question that comes from a few people who have come together on Bring4th to form a better understanding on the topic of energy center crystallization. What is a crystallized energy center? How does a crystallized energy center contrast with a center that is not crystallized? And how does an entity form a crystallized energy center?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are aware of your query, my brother. The phrase “crystallized energy center” has two separate meanings, which complicates our response, my brother. In one sense, which is not the sense intended within the context of the general life, a crystallized energy center is one which has been set so that it may be stable during a channeling session. This is a specialized usage of the term and we do not believe that it is the meaning intended to be requested by the questioner.

The other meaning of crystallized energy center is that which is part of the long process of the seeker who is attempting to accelerate the pace of his spiritual evolution by means of refining the energies which are experienced by him in daily life.

That is to say that if there is a red-ray sexual feeling, the seeker’s hope is gradually to refine that sexual urge, bringing it from the animal level of automatic and instinctual behavior designed only to reproduce the species to an ever more loving, conscious act of interaction with the energies of another. Thusly, as one worked with the red ray, asking for one’s sexual energies to be naturally refined in the fire of gathered experience and continued meditation, one would be creating out of the red-ray center an ever more cleanly articulated energy center.

The hope of the seeker who wishes to advance in spiritual maturity is continually to refine each energy expenditure until each energy center is more and more beautifully articulated. It is this type of crystallization that does not suggest a set energy center but rather suggests that as the seeker lives his life there is gradually a basic crystalline structure to each energy center that is native to it even as the energies flow and vary throughout the daily life.

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as S. We are those of Laitos.

(S channeling)

I am Laitos, and am with this instrument. We would add to our remarks that to view the matter from the standpoint of what you might call your physical energy, each energy center is composed of a delicately wrought system of polarities in possible response to experience or catalyst. And through the process of taking in a great many experiences, one learns over time not to sway too far to this or too far to that polarity of response but to hold fast to a balanced point of view, which balance can, over time, be in turn balanced by further balances, in such a way that a builded structure of balanced, crystalline energy is created. In this way, incoming energies can be traduced, as it were, to a higher and more eloquent level, shall we say, over the course of the life experience.

We would at this time pass the contact to the one known as R.

(R channeling)

We are Laitos, and are with this instrument. We are unable …

(Pause)

(Carla channeling

We are those of Laitos, and are again with this instrument. We have, as this instrument would say, blown R’s mind again. And this is a common experience for the newer channel. Therefore, we shall let him recover from the “rush” feeling and transfer the contact to the one known as G2. We are those of Laitos.

(G2 channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are now with the instrument known as G2. A crystalline energy center is an energy center which has the ability to magnify the energies, just as a clear quartz crystal that is clean can magnify the energy which passes through it and is sometimes used in the process of healing. The entity that is serving as a channel can learn about this by looking at the magnification of energy as it comes through a crystal. And just as beings who serve as channels for healing energy, for [those] passing along information as channels it is important to have the ability to magnify the energy without distortion. [2]

The cleaner the individual is, the finer the vibration of energy [which] can be channeled. By cleaner we mean that the entity has done inner work that will enable them not to filter the healing energy or the information through personal experiences that are unresolved. So it is important for the individual seeking to be a crystallized healer or crystallized channel to do the work that will enable them to run a finer vibration and also to channel so that the channel is deeper and wider as much as is possible. These words “deeper” and “wider” fail adequately to express the meaning, it is what this channel known as G2 has at her disposal at this point in time to attempt to express that.

So, for instance, if a channel is full of anger about things that have happened in their lives, it makes it difficult to be a crystallized channel. Other negative—we would call it “negative”—emotions that are unresolved can also impact that. There are certain energy exercises or ceremonies that can help one to arrive at the state of crystallization as well as the practice of meditation on a daily basis. We can’t say enough about the importance of the practice of meditation in achieving this state of crystallization.

And I now pass to the entity known as T.

(Pause)

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are once again with this channel. We have some difficulty in creating a secure feeling for the one known as T that we are indeed with that instrument. And consequently we shall be working, with both the one known as R and the one known as T, to create more telling signs of our presence. The phenomenon of conditioning, as this instrument calls, it is sometimes quite comforting and we shall be working on a way to let these two channels become aware of our presence by the vibration upon some part of the head, or some other means of moving the throat muscles, or whatever we may find works for each instrument.

At this time we would ask if there is a further query, my brother? We are those of Laitos.

G1: Yes, Laitos. J asked, “What is the nature of addiction to chemical substances, specifically alcohol, tobacco and marijuana, and how can such addictions be overcome?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and would like to transfer our contact to the one known as L1 that this query may be taken up. We are those of Laitos.

(L1 channeling)

We are Laitos. We add a footnote to the previous question of crystals before going to the addiction issue. Everything has crystalline structure, but crystals can become rigid or flexible. [For instance,] crystals can come out of a salt solution and go back in. So there can be a flow in changes in crystal structures which give novelty, change, bring new information. And the ability to change the crystalline structure through intention can bring new information, new possibilities.

Addictions are viewed in general, in your society, as something bad to be gotten rid of. However, it can be viewed in a different way. In a sense, an addiction shows a great intent and purpose. One is obsessed with getting or having an experience. This intent shows passion and it shows the ability to focus and to go to great extents. That is a basic element in humans which is underlying the positive aspect or potential.

However, when one focuses and uses that passion in a way that is destructive to self-growth and to the service of others or to the service of self, it has become misdirected.

It was your entity called St. Paul who somewhere says that he would rather be dealing with a nonbeliever who is passionate than somebody who had no passion. [3] The trick then, so to speak, is to recognize why this passion has gotten directed away from service to self or service to others and to redirect that addiction. An example in your society is A.A. which focuses on a higher source and seeks to take that passion to service to others.

I now pass this onto the entity on my left.

(M channeling)

We are Laitos. An addiction to any substance or routine, [is] preceded by a conscious intent, typically to serve either the self or others, depending on the entity’s orientation. But somehow the pathway or mechanism this entity initially, consciously acted upon with the intent of service became the focus, instead of the goal at the end of the pathway. In some sense it was—this instrument is not happy with her choice of words—but it’s all a slip of consciousness or a mis-orientation of consciousness. And somehow the conscious desire to serve has become automated into the action of the pathway and the goal has been lost, forgotten [or] temporarily forgotten.

So, to answer the second part, of how do you relieve the addiction, simply meditate upon your core desire to serve either yourself or others. Focus on that intent. Reconnect to that joy of your chosen orientation. This seems too simple in one sense. And this instrument wants to relay that this does not mean [that] the second you meditate or think, meditate or turn your attention, steer your focus towards your chosen service, the addiction will be spontaneously lifted. That of course is possible but that is not always the case. The intent and act of bringing yourself into focus with your chosen orientation is a first step. But every process has a first step and once the first step is taken, the next step is not any harder than the first.

We now pass this contact to the one known as L2.

(L2 channeling)

We are Laitos, and we are with this instrument. We would like to thank the one known as M for persevering with our energies despite the fact that they come on her quite strongly and she had difficulty sorting through our images. Thank you for taking on this service.

When one is faced with an aspect of oneself that one does not desire to have be a part of one’s being, this is an opportunity for the seeker to look into the mirror, to ask itself, “Why do I not love that part of the Creator as much as any other part of the Creator?”

As we have said before, there is no right and wrong, no good and bad, but that which you bring into the situation, whether you are bringing love into the situation or turning your back on love, whether you are walking toward the light or shying away from the light.

It is useful for the seeker to recognize those things which are not helpful to the seeker’s journey toward the Creator. However, it is also not helpful to despise those things which it does not find helpful. As this instrument’s teacher has said before, embrace the wolf at the foot of your bed. [4] If you run, the wolf will only chase you. You can only become friends with the wolf if you sit down before it and put your head in its jaws, as it were.

All things are aspects of the Creator. Those things that are not as helpful are within the seeker’s right to ignore. It is more helpful to allow those things which one would not prefer to exist peacefully and set them aside, when it is not working for the seeker to work with those things, than actively to despise those things. When the time is right the seeker will work with those things which it does not find helpful. And little by little those things can be dissolved, until they are not seen as the great tragedy that they may have seemed in the beginning.

We would advise the one who is looking to relieve him or herself of an addiction to acknowledge the addiction, to work lovingly with the addiction and to know that all will be well whether or not the addiction continues or subsides.

It is to be admired when one can look at oneself and say, “I’ve found something in my life that does not serve me.” It is to be admired in that person when he or she can look at that thing and say, “I love that part of myself as I love the Creator.”

We would at this time ask if there is another query. We are those of Laitos.

G1: Yes, Laitos, there is another query. T asks, “What is the nature of symmetry? And does symmetry exist throughout the densities as nested spheres much like Russian dolls within dolls?”

(L2 channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are having difficulty with this query. We will give our impressions as we understand them.

The idea of symmetry in the oneness of the Creator …

(Pause)

We are trying to have this instrument express that for which she does not have words. Therefore, she will do her best and then we will speak through another who may be able to address a different aspect of that which we are trying to explain.

How can there be symmetry when there is only one? Symmetry, as you think of it, suggests a balancing. However, within the oneness of the Creator, the question does not fully apply. We find that there is not adequate experience within this instrument to express that which we desire to bring across, so we would like to work now with a different instrument. We pass this contact onto the one known as Jim. We are those of Laitos.

(Jim channeling)

I am Laitos, and am with this instrument. Indeed, within the one Creator, there is wholeness, there is perfection, there is completeness. As the Creator has created the one infinite universe in order to find a means to know Itself, thus this wholeness and completeness and perfection becomes divided into manyness, it would seem. And this manyness then reflects the wholeness in the form of what you may call symmetry or balance.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Jim channeling)

I am Laitos, and am again with this instrument. We shall continue.

Thus, within the one Creation there is the opportunity for the experience and expression of this wholeness, this completeness, this unity, in what you may call a stepped-down form of balance, of symmetry, of the completion of cycles.

Thus, each portion or entity, shall we way, that partakes in the knowing of itself and the seeking of the one Creator explores portions or parts of these cycles, rhythms, balances, in the form of what you would call the incarnation, full of catalyst, full of the opportunity and the ability to process catalyst into experience and to gain more and more of a part of the wholeness, until there is within the completed or crystallized entity a wholeness and a reflection of the one Creator that has long been sought. This is a process which takes many, many of your incarnations and a completion of each of the densities in which incarnations may pursue various portions of the one Creator. So in the end, as you would say, there is symmetry, there is balance, there is the fully realized presence of the one infinite Creator within each portion of Its Creation.

Is there a follow-up to this query?

G1: Not today, Laitos. Thank you.

(Jim channeling)

I am Laitos, and we thank you, my friend. As we have given that which is appropriate at this time through this instrument we would transfer this contact to the one known as Carla. We are Laitos.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are with this instrument. My brother, the concept of symmetry is a simple one, even a mechanical one. For instance, if there is a necklace with a center bead of green, and it is flanked on the right side with two yellow beads, then the rules of symmetry suggest that it shall be flanked upon the left also by two yellow beads, and so forth.

In the context of gazing at the structure of the creation we may note that each density has its own symmetry, its own balance. Within your third density, which you now enjoy, the dynamic tension is exquisitely pronounced. The third density being the Density of Choice, it is thoroughly supplied with many levels of balance. The overarching dynamic is, of course, that great choice of service to self or service to others. Achieving symmetry upon this point, then, entails the seeker becoming as fully aware of the positive polarity as he is with the negative polarity, so that within his consciousness he is able to witness to the majestic balance and dynamic tension between these two ends of one large issue.

The Tree of Life glyph [5], as this instrument calls that Kabalistic rendering of the symmetrical energies of male and female, is certainly one of the most accessible means of investigating the balances offered within third density.

Within fourth density, there continues to be a system of balances, both within the fourth density positive and the fourth density negative paths of seeking. These symmetries are more subtle, focusing upon the ways of love and understanding, only in either the positive or radiant sense or the negative or magnetic sense. Issues within this system of symmetrical balances include the dynamic between love and peace, love and wisdom, and love and power.

This system is further refined in fifth density as the ways of wisdom are explored against the backdrop of the balancing of wisdom and love, wisdom and peace, and wisdom and power.

The concept of symmetry fails within sixth density as the seeker becomes so entirely aware of all of the facets or balances that the linear consideration of dynamic opposites yields to the overwhelming awareness of unity. Consequently, this principle of symmetry is of limited use in terms of the great sweep of spiritual evolution, being one which is greatly helpful in third density, less so in fourth, and less so in fifth, yielding at last to a full awareness of unity within the seeker during his progress through sixth density.

At this time we would thank each within this channeling circle and assure each that we have greatly enjoyed the interaction with each. We shall continue, with your mental permission, to make adjustments that make this channeling experience less effortful and more flowing for each. And we thank each for the courage and the perseverance in working with our thoughts.

We would leave this instrument and this group in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are those known to you as Laitos. Adonai, my friends. Adonai.

[1] Carla: This is a rough session, partially because the microphone we used was not sensitive enough to pick up soft voices across the room clearly and partially because the channeling itself was sketchy in places. I have noted where text has been substantially altered. Otherwise, square brackets are used to indicate my suggestions for inaudible words or phrases.

[2] Carla: This sentence was mostly inaudible in the original transcript. The sentence as it now stands is my best guess at what those of Laitos were attempting to say through G2.

[3] Carla: I have not been able to verify this quotation. If a reader knows the reference, please write contact@llresearch with the information and we will place the reference here. Thank you!

[4] Carla: This reference is to a passage in the book by Dion Fortune called Psychic Self-Defense where the author speaks of having a vision of a wolf when she is abed. Her point is that when one embraces that wolf, the seeming attack becomes transformed into love reflected in love.

[5] Carla: The Tree of Life is a kabalistic glyph: www.wyldwytch.com/weavings/articles/pagan_path/pages/tol.htm. The roots of the tree are seen to be in the heaven world while only the very lowest station of it, Maya, is on the Earth plane. Its left pillar represents feminine characteristics, its right pillar features male characteristics and its middle pillar represents sex-neutral characteristics. The web site www.tarotpedia.com/wiki/Tree_of_Life offers more details and contains a short bibliography. Israel Regardie’s book on the subject is titled The Tree of Life.

February 6, 2009, Channeling Intensive 4 - Session 2 - Channeling Circle 14

Group question: The main question has to do with the properties of or place for inner work and outer work and the balancing process. For instance, consider someone with a yellow-ray blockage due to difficulties in his or her relationship in the work environment. I understand that the blockages can be resolved through internal balancing techniques, examining the nature of the difficulty and experiencing appropriate opposing thoughts and feelings to clear up the issue internally. But the blockage also is an inner manifestation of an outer issue between the self and another group of selves that may still need to be addressed to resolve the issue within the third-density experience.

It also seems that if the outer work is performed properly through communication and unconditional love, it would inherently resolve the inner blockage.

I would be very interested in hearing your thoughts on the relationship, if any, between the inner work and the outer work necessary to resolve such conflicts and blockages.

(Carla channeling)

We are known to you as Laitos. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this afternoon. It is our privilege and our pleasure to join this circle this evening and we thank each of those who is attempting at this time to become able to be channels for the love and light of the one infinite Creator. It is our humble hope also to collaborate with you in that service, creating resources for those who seek.

As always, we would request of each the use of his discrimination so that you take those thoughts that are helpful to you and leave the rest behind. We greatly appreciate this consideration for it allows us to feel sure that we are not going to infringe upon your free will by offering our humble opinions.

You wish to know the relationship of the inner work to the outer work when it comes to a perceived issue. In this case, there is a situation in the workplace which is causing catalyst and pulling you away from peace of mind and a feeling of unity with your co-workers.

Our discussion must be divided because the purposes of inner work are somewhat different from the purposes of outer work. In inner work you are working upon your own energy body and using the balancing exercise that you describe in your query as a means to regain a constant flow of the Creator’s love/light through your physical vehicle and through your energy vehicle as well. You are not striving for a solution when you balance the distortions of your day. You are seeking to return to a fully functioning wide open energy body with all of the chakras allowing the infinite supply of love/light through into the heart and onward through the physical and metaphysical vehicles and off of the top of the head into the Creator’s universe.

It is a metaphysical action to work with one’s emotions, feelings and thoughts. Tomorrow it is entirely possible that you may need to do this again. Indeed, it is likely that each and every day will hold moments which you may, in hindsight, pinpoint as triggering moments of distortion. Thusly, the inner work is designed to lessen distortions within your energy body and restore the open and full flow of the Creator’s love/light and light/love.

On the other hand, that which you may call outer work is, indeed, aimed at solutions. There is a rock in the middle of the stream and one wishes to remove the rock.

We would, at this time, transfer this contact to the one known as S if the one known as S wishes to participate in working upon this particular query. We are those of Laitos.

(S channeling)

I am Laitos, and I am with this instrument. We would say that the inner work is of great benefit in dealing with blockages and imbalances as one sallies forth into one’s daily round of activities, which seem to be able to present constant challenges to the one who seeks above all to find the means to be of service in this life.

However, over and over again one finds that the service one proposes is not taken in quite the spirit in which one proposed the service. And so one has to reevaluate the terms and the conditions of the service that one has to offer.

It may be that in the process one takes a wound oneself and finds that the person most proximately in need of healing is oneself and, therefore, it is appropriate at that moment to withdraw, as withdraw one can, into a period of reflection or a period of inner work. This need not be a period which takes a great deal of your time, but it is a moment in which the self can be re-gathered and the intent to be of service instituted as it may, so that when one reengages with the entity or entities or set of circumstances which has provided this strong catalyst, one comes at it perhaps a little differently.

To some extent there is a question of cultivation of artfulness in the presentation of one’s service. To some extent there is an increasing understanding of those for whom one wishes to provide service. And sometimes there is an increase in understanding regarding the nature of the service one has to provide. All of these possibilities typically are in play in a situation in which outer workings are what are at issue.

Now, it is true that the blockages which can form in our energy centers are, indeed, often triggered or shall we say made known to us by the outer circumstances in which we engage. This does not mean, however, that these blockages originate in these outer circumstances. For it is generally the case that they are already present in the energy bodies and are merely being triggered by an occasional cause which allows one to see what has already been there.

If one were to take the point of view, for example, of a waking dream to inquire what deeper meaning there might be to a circumstance, which on the surface seems to be such a hostile one or one that is the bearer of such an unfortunate and dysfunctional circumstance that one hardly sees one’s way through it as if it were a confusing dream, then one can begin to sense a deeper resonance to the kind of engagement with one’s other selves that happens over and over again.

“Why is it that I find myself over and over again in a situation in which [there is] often confrontation with other workers over a certain kind of issue?”

“Why is it I find over and over again that my feelings are hurt when I have only meant to be helpful?”

“Why is it that over and over again other people trigger me in ways that I find unfair, unjust and unexpected?”

These are thoughts well worth contemplating and the protected environment of the meditation is an excellent place to undertake the work involved in sorting through what the deeper resonances of these highly personal issues might be and how one might be able to find a way through them.

At this time we would transfer this contact to the one known as R.

(R channeling)

We are Laitos. We are with this instrument and we find a concept. This instrument has difficulty transferring the concept into words. We pass the contact to G1.

(G1 channeling)

We are those known as Laitos, and we are with the instrument known to you as G1. For any individuated expression of the infinite Creator it is important in all situations, including that of the workplace, to be aware of who you are. You are an individuated expression of the infinite Creator, a spiritual being having a physical experience.

As far as resolving a workplace issue in the outer, it is very important to understand clearly what your role and function is in the organization in which you are employed. It is important to understand something as basic as your job description. If you are in a workplace where you have no job description, it is important for you to do all that you can to bring this about so that you do know what your job is and what the job of other persons is.

As far as the inner work, it is important in your relationship with other people to interact with them in a manner of integrity so that you speak the truth, and do what you say you will do and that you not take things personally.

There is a book that has been very popular recently in your culture that expounds more fully on these ideas and others and we of Laitos would recommend your reading that book. It is called The Four Agreements. [1]

In any workplace it is very difficult to get caught up in the details of what is going on between other people and yourself. There is one easy technique that can be practiced to help one keep a sense of detachment and [to refrain] from focusing too intensely on the interpersonal interactions that can be upsetting. And that is to focus on the breath. On the inhale in your mind say, “Ah.” On the exhale say in your mind, “God” or “Spirit” or whatever word represents to you the infinite Creator.

I now pass the channeling to the individual on my left, to T1.

(Long pause.)

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are with this instrument. We return to this instrument simply to assure the one known as T1 that we are working to create comfortable and effortless pathways between our energies and those energies of the one known as T1 and we shall continue to make a judgment as to adjustments as the session moves onward. We would now offer the channel to the one known as L1 if he would so wish to participate in this particular question.

We are those of Laitos.

(L1 channeling)

We are Laitos. Since all is one, in and out are necessarily interconnected, but as you are brought up in your culture, from birth or maybe even before you distinguish between what goes on inside of you and what goes on outside, so they appear as distinct realities although in fact they are interconnected. And what happens on the outside often reflects what is happening to a person on the inside. The inside efforts may attract outside efforts. Something to consider in doing inner work is whether the outer events are connected in some way to one’s own idiosyncratic history. These may be conflicts in the outer climate or they may be as easily “successes” that one is attracting from the inner work.

There do come times, however, when the choices with which one is faced in the outer realm may have to put one or could put one in jeopardy, doing things that may be dishonest, or if not dishonest, perhaps hurtful to others. One is then faced with difficult decisions as to whether to follow orders, so to speak, when the orders may seem destructive.

Here again though, the outer events may reflect or push one to reflect upon one’s own inner values, purposes and goals. And in a sense, this relationship between inner and outer is the basis of the third-density experience, so that at best, in examining one’s own inner planes in relation to what is happening in the outer planes, one then uses the best insight and free will to make a decision. The more difficult the decision is, the more challenge one is being offered in [terms of] personal growth and in service to the larger society in which you live and to the larger spiritual community.

We are Laitos, and pass this question on to the entity called M.

(M channeling)

We are Laitos. The perceived outer experiences, experiences perceived as outer in this density, are clues for your internal adjustment. You have [been] preprogrammed to have the potential opportunity to make [use of] here. When one does outer work one is recognizing that catalyst and is taking the opportunity to balance or adjust internally. And the success of the balancing as an indication in itself is reflected in the subsequent experiences and how they are perceived. If the internal balance is coming along, the outer blockage dissipates and falls away and new opportunities for other balancings present themselves. If the first set of internal balancings did not hit the mark, so to speak, the outer experiences seem not to resolve themselves or stay blocked or set up patterns [in which the issues] represented are reencountered.

This instrument would like to share a spectacular but puzzling image that appeared to her at the onset of the question when Laitos first came in. Shortly after the onset of the question, when Laitos first came in and the question started to be passed around. She has very little clue as to what it means, but she would like to share it with you.

It was the image of a mannequin clothed in a black, stocking-like material. The whole body, the main trunk of the body, is pictured in a black, stocking-like material. There is no other clothing, no other apparel except a band around the breast a few inches thick, coming into the center of the breast. It is pointed in and it is lined in gold. Where points of the white band come into the center of the breast is a gemstone at the heart-chakra location, but it is yellow in color and has hues of green. The gem begins to grow and spin and in a sense rotate, but in some multidimensional kind of way. It grows into some crystal-like, mandala in appearance. Once it grows to that, it opens as if it was a door. That is the visualized image.

We now pass this contact to L2.

(L2 channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are with this instrument. The image that we gave to this instrument is the continuation of the analogy of the river started by the instrument known as Carla in which there is a stone in the middle of the river that one wishes to rid oneself of.

We would say that there is little to be gained from [doing] outer work without doing inner work, for when the stone is removed from the river, there will always be another stone. And when all of the stones are removed from the river, there will still be a rough, sandy bottom. And when all of the sand is removed, there is slick, muddy, sticky silt. And even if the river were paved in smooth concrete, the river would still be forced to flow in one direction or another according to the confinements of this trough of concrete.

We say, instead of changing that which is in the river, be like the river. The river does not care if there is a stone in its path. It does not care if there is a cliff or a tree. It does not care if there are fish in it. It does not care if there is a person who walks across it. The river flows on, ignoring those obstacles, because one cannot make perfect what is already perfect.

In the song that was played before this channeling circle began to channel, in the tuning portion of this channeling circle, the one formerly known as Cat Stevens asked if there was a world where such and such a perceived unwanted obstacle [did not] exist. [2] We would say to you that that world already exists and it is here. What the seeker then must do is work on the inner self to know that to be the truth. If it were perfect to you, would it be perfect to the next person? If you desired only sunshine, this one sitting next to you may desire only rain. For both of these desires to be one, it is helpful to do the inner work necessary to enjoy that which is given already.

We conclude this contact for this instrument and wish to offer our contact to the one known as Jim, if he wishes to continue with our contact. We are those of Laitos.

(Jim channeling)

I am Laitos, and am with this instrument. We shall continue. The outer work which each of you within this third-density illusion participates is the work by which you encounter your daily round of catalysts, shall we say. This is the food that you shall process, that shall aid your growth in an inner sense, as you are able to glean experience from the catalyst that has been successfully processed. Thus, the work in which you engage in the space/time portion of your continuum is that which feeds the progress which you make in the time/space portion of your experience, that which is timeless, that which is forever.

Thus, the boundaries of space and time and the experience that is gained from the process and the catalyst within them are the food that allows growth in the spiritual sense, in the timeless sense, in the inner sense. Thus, each of you moves within an illusion that is couched within the greater illusion. All of that which seems mundane and meaningless offers itself to you as that which can become sacred and holy according to the time, attention and effort that you give to working with what it provides you.

The world about you that seems outside of yourself is filled with a myriad of opportunities. Most go unnoticed by the seeker of truth. For every experience, or shall we say every opportunity for catalyst, cannot be taken for they are infinite and within the outer world your abilities to function are finite. Thus, you pick and choose that which you shall use, but the inner realms of your being are a greatly various and wonderfully rich environment in which you find yourselves moving, living and breathing and having your being.

At this time we shall transfer this contact to the one known as Carla. We are Laitos.

(Carla channeling)

We are Laitos, and are with this instrument once again. Gazing at the outer world, it is easy to see that which has a solidity to it, which is unmovable. However, as one chooses to look at the workings of one’s life within incarnation as sacred one is able to open oneself up to that sacred creativity which is willing to reconfigure the stream and the rock.

It is well to have a deft and light hand as one thinks about such an outer problem. As a person in the workplace who seems intractably to block energy in the workplace and keep it from being harmonious. Firstly it is well to use your intellect and powers of analysis to pinpoint the way in which that entity who seems to block energy is indeed blocking that energy.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

What mirror does he hold up to you, at which you do not wish to look? Is it your impatient self? Or that part of you which is simply selfish and mean? Look until you find that information, for it is well to understand, insofar as you can, the mechanics of this irritation that is being passed.

Once this work is done, the skilled seeker of harmony shall rewrite that character. That character shall become the Christ. Of course, that character does not know that he is of the Christ. He is very busy being a rock in the middle of the stream, and for whatever reason is enjoying the blockage of energies caused by his attitude or actions. However, it is not necessary for him to know that he is the one infinite Creator. It is only necessary for you to become aware of his true identity.

Continuing to be creative, it is well, then, for you to relate to this entity supportively, tolerantly and with a light touch. For you have drawn his teeth. You have seen that he has no true evil within him, but only the confusion and lack of happiness that create in him a desire to be inharmonious. It is not so much that you move the boulder out of the stream. It is more that your re-visioning of this entity creates a smaller and smaller obstacle until finally your love has created within you, at least, the ability to move like the water around that stone without aggravation or even notice.

In the end, your outer work shall go through many, many phases as you encounter the situations that for a time define your challenges and are the grist for your mill. And yet you may begin to see that the outer work and inner work flow, one into the other. The outer work can never replace the inner work. There are times when inner work can create a situation in which outer work becomes unnecessary. To the extent that your outer world creates challenges, however, you shall again and again find yourself playing a game called living well and you shall bring to that game all of your resources of imagination and creativity, based on the solid foundation that all is love, so you are playing rather than working at solutions in your life.

We hope that as you find sacred play delicious, you shall find your life an ever more harmonious experience. As always, entirely significant to any work in consciousness is time and silence. If you only have five minutes in a day to give to tabernacling with the one infinite Creator, embrace those five minutes with joy. For in that few seconds of time an infinity of inspiration may flow through you, rejuvenating every cell, lifting every weary spirit.

We would at this time ask if there are any queries in the group before we leave this instrument? We are those of Laitos.

L2: I have a query. There are times when I am daydreaming that I will ask myself a philosophical question, and then I will muse, “What would Q’uo or Hatonn say about this question?” And I continue to muse and think they might say something like this or that and I form a little answer in my head. I would like to know if I am at that time channeling or just having an amusing daydream/

We are those of Laitos, and are aware of your query, my sister. The names that we use create a sense of personhood and it is easy to use those names to trigger the process of guidance being called upon. In actuality there is a cross-over between the channeled entities such as we and your guidance because of the fact that, as a wanderer, your higher self is a portion of one of the several planetary sources with which you have a channel. That is to say, your guidance system, being your higher self, is also in your future a part of those of the Confederation. This is quite common among wanderers.

In order to avoid triggering those prophecies which prepare you for doing outer channeling work, my sister, it would be well in your contemplations to wonder what your highest and best self might say about such and such a point upon which you are musing. That is a subtle difference, the difference between naming an outer source and naming an inner source, when the sources are congruent. However, it represents your acknowledgment of the appropriateness of retaining private conversation, when there is not a channeling circle to support you, as being that between yourself within incarnation and your higher or larger self. You are not having an idle daydream, my sister, but accessing information in a very appropriate way.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Laitos.

L2: When you say “appropriate way,” you don’t necessarily mean “responsible way,” I would assume, because I would think I need to concentrate on making sure that I don’t channel when I don’t desire to do so.

We are those of Laitos, and would agree, my sister, that is a matter of clear responsibility for you to retain that intention to channel outer sources for times when there are three or more in your group and when you have tuned appropriately.

However, when you allow your mind to wander and muse, as you have described, it is a very creative and yeasty mood or state of mind in that when the brain is out of gear and there is no logical taskmaster saying, “If A then B, if B then C,” insight, which does not depend upon linear logic, can often spring out of the surrounding musing and present an entirely novel point of view upon the subject about which you are musing and contemplating. Therefore it is appropriate to let the mind wander without guards upon it once the intention has been made within you to ponder a certain issue.

Certainly there are personalities that must always proceed with seriousness and solemnity, paper in hand, pencil ever ready, jotting down each and every thought that comes from guidance. However, this is not the way for everyone. For some, it is far more useful to, as this instrument would say, let the brain sag in the middle and see what new relationships are caused because of that sagging together of unlike ideas.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Laitos.

L2: I received the information that I was seeking and I believe that if I have any further need for clarification that my teacher can help me lift through that question. Thank you.

You are entirely welcome, my sister, and we thank you as well. We are those of Laitos. Is there a final query before we leave this instrument?

G2: Yes, Laitos. Laitos, let’s say that there is sixth-density social memory complex which is a part of the Confederation and the social memory complex’s name is Zorton. Let’s say that the one known as L2’s higher self is part of this sixth-density social memory complex named Zorton. And let’s say that L2 channels her higher self. She doesn’t do outer-plane channeling but she is channeling her higher self. Now, I know that words are not the equivalent of concepts of thought forms, and especially in social memory complexes, but as far as words are synonymous of the facts for which they stand, wouldn’t L2, in channeling her higher self, be accurate in saying, “I am channeling Zorton?”

We are those of Laitos, and are aware of your query, my brother. It would not be at all accurate to say that in such a circumstance the one known as L2 was channeling Zorton. To say so would be analogous to her saying that she is channeling America when she recite the pledge of allegiance or consults the Bill of Rights or the Constitution for information. One’s higher self is the culmination of all harvested energy expenditures and biases that have accumulated around an individual’s soul stream throughout the progress through densities one through six. It is a presence unique to that entity. It is the gift of the soul stream to the third-density self at the point at which that sixth-density self realizes that there is no longer any desire to be satisfied except the desire to merge with the one infinite Creator in its entirely unpotentiated state. This unique source is only available to you. Each entity has his or her own higher self. This is not at all the same thing as the social memory complex as it is interacting as an whole with those who would seek its opinions.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Laitos.

G2: I am satisfied by your response. Thank you, Laitos. No further questions.

We thank you for your satisfaction, my brother, and are entirely satisfied with your response to our response.

We are those of Laitos. It is lovely to be with you. We feel the love from each of you and we hope that you can feel our love. Truly, it is a pleasure to be with you and to work with each of you. We shall look forward to each and every opportunity that you have created in this weekend gathering for our working together. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as those of Laitos. Adonai. Adonai.

[1] Miguel Ruiz, The Four Agreements: A Practical Guide to Personal Freedom, San Rafael, CA, Amber-Allen, c1997.

[2] Yusuf Islam, An Other Cup, CD 2006, “Maybe There’s A World.” The chorus lyrics are “Maybe there’s a world that I’m still to find, Maybe there’s a world that I’m still to find. Open up, O world and let me in, then there’ll be a new life to begin.” © Yusuf Islam, all rights reserved.

February 7, 2009, Channeling Intensive 4 - Session 3 - Channeling Circle 15

(L1 channeling) [1]

[We are Laitos]. We greet you in the light and the love of the one infinite Creator. You come here to this group tonight to seek truth. That is a mighty thing to seek. Let us say that all we can offer to this seeking is our humble opinion, the real truth is that which you will find inside and for that we urge you to meditate.

At this time we will offer what we have, though we do so wishing only to serve you as best we can. Take that which we lay out for you as if a buffet is offered. What appeals to you, you may place upon your plate. What does not suit you, leave behind for another to enjoy. We wish only to add to your experience of truth-seeking and not to hinder that seeking.

We are pleased to be called tonight to offer a story. We are pleased that this decision has been made, as we feel that it is best suited to this group at this time. Some of your members feel that this will help in their channeling process and we agree that [telling a story] helps to build confidence. It helps to build unity. And with that we would like to begin.

We give this instrument the image of a tree, alone. The brownness of the trunk matches against the greenness of the leaves, for this tree is heavy with leaves. And from a distance, the leaves look like one large fuzzy wig on the tree. It is not until one approaches the tree and looks closer that one can see the individual leaves. This tree is large and this tree is tall. And even when a person such as one of you approaches this tree and looks up at it, those leaves are quite far away. However, you can assume that there are gaps in the leaves, because when you look up into the tree you can see sunlight in the branches. So you know that the canopy of this tree is penetrable.

And you have other clues that tell you that these leaves are individual. You know that with the changing of the seasons, when these leaves turn to their beautiful reds and golds and oranges, that they fall individually from each twig and branch and carpet the ground, coloring the earth with their beauty. And in the spring you can see the tiny little nubs form on the twigs, the leaf buds that will become the new, leafy canopy in the coming season.

So even though you are distant from this canopy, far down on the ground looking up, you are given clues as to its construction and its mosaic of individual pieces making up a whole.

This is a story about a tree. This is a story about the observer. It is a story about seeking and perspective. This tree is not one that merely produces leaves. It is one that also produces food, and this food cannot be utilized while it sits on the branch. This food forms on the branches and, rightly so, it is nourished by the tree. Nourishment from the earth reaches up through the roots and through the stem system and the nourishment from the sunshine hits the top of the tree, creates its process of chemical photosynthesis and nourishes the plant, which nourishes the fruit.

However, the fruit cannot provide nourishment to those on the ground unless [the fruit] leaves the tree. And the seeds within the fruit cannot grow unless they also leave the tree. And with this, we wish to pass our contact on to the one known as Jim. We are those of Laitos.

(Jim channeling)

I am Laitos, and I am with this instrument. The tree of which we have been speaking is a portion of the one creation which expresses itself in an unique fashion. It is interrelated to the environment which immediately surrounds it. As we spoke through the one known as L, we mentioned how this tree loses its leaves in a periodic fashion and must also lose its fruit in the same fashion in order to partake in this interaction with the environment around it.

As it does this, it is much like a chorus member, shall we say, in a great choir. The fellow members of the tree family in the woods take the sunlight, the rain, the wind, and various animal offerings as fertilizer and they produce the fruit and leaves, which are much the same from season to season, yet change in some small degree in that there is growth throughout the summer season, adding more limbs and leaves, so that the tree becomes much enhanced in size and shape, though still remaining the same—enough to be recognizable to one who would follow its growth from year to year.

The tree may be seen in the near vision, shall we say, as one inspects various leaves and branches, the trunk and bark. And [you] may, indeed utilize your microscopic enhancement of each portion of the tree to reveal what was previously an unseen world of activity, in various types of creatures which live within this leafy environment.

One may also remove oneself to a great distance above the tree so that the tree-ness disappears into a uniform representation of the tree’s whole environment, or woods, becoming a ruffled expanse of various colors.

We shall at this time transfer our contact to the one known as Carla. We are those of Laitos.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are now with this instrument. Positioned as it is with no trees close to it, it is that which is remarkable to those who happen upon it in their travels. One wanderer comes upon the tree. He is a scientist. He gazes upon the tree and sees a spectacle of nature which prompts him to ask why the tree has grown so huge, immense and flung its limbs so wide when nothing around it has grown to any comparable size. He measures it with his eyes and estimates its dimensions and he moves on.

But what does the tree see?

Another traveler comes by. He approaches it and he must sketch it and possess the essence that he feels, that has moved him. And eventually, he completes his homage, folds up his sketch pad and he moves on.

But what does the tree see?

Another traveler comes by, gazing at the tree. He is an historian and he knows this tree. It is the Oak of Mamre. [2] Therefore, he sees no tree but rather the place where Abraham took his rest. He thinks, as he gazes at this tree, of the great and rich story of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, of tents and betrayal, and families born of lies, and Sarah’s laughter. [3] He moves on.

But what does the tree see?

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as S. We are those of Laitos.

(S channeling)

I am Laitos, and am with this instrument. We greet each in love and light through this instrument. We continue with our story.

Now it happens that the pathway that leads by the tree shows to the passersby a rather striking image of an old and venerable, somewhat gnarled entity. But on the far side, there is a portion of the tree that is very little visited, for it is on the upside of the hill, somewhat away from the way of passage and a little choked by what, to the human eye, could be regarded as weeds but are not so regarded by the tree.

Now it happens that even while travelers happen by on the road there is, unknown and unseen by them, an old man, heavy with years, long in sorrow and long in solitude, who leans up against the tree and finds rest and comfort there. The tree is a sheltering presence to him and a being in relation to whom he finds some solace. He has sat there, day after day, for many a long year and has come to feel a sense of rapport with the tree, enough to feel that he shares with it some of his awareness. And is it his imagination that perhaps the tree too shares with him some of its own?

The tree has a sense of time which is not that of the human body. Rather is rhythmical, tied to the passage of seasons, not hurried, but rather experienced in such a way that every moment is drained to the fullest of the gift that it has to offer. And the old man finds in this awareness a way of living in the present moment, which to him is a relief from a life lived much burdened. And yet he does not find that he is able completely to immerse himself in the way of being of this great tree that has been witness to so many human events, because he has in him still an expectation, a hope, of something to come. And he can’t help but lean forward, shall we say, in his life in the hope of this expectation being realized. It is not always clear to him just what that expectation is. He hopes, he hopes, but for what does he hope?

At this time we would transfer the contact to the one known as R. I am Laitos.

(R channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and we are with this instrument. We give this instrument a picture of a red motorcycle underneath the tree and the instrument does not know where to go with it. The instrument looks for a story and the story doesn’t seem to be there. We pass the contact to the one known as G.

(G channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are with the instrument known as G. The old man has had a flash or a foretelling of things to come. He does not understand this. He is mystified when he sees this machine in his consciousness. He likes the color red. He sees wheels. He knows that wheels are associated with movement, for in his culture he has seen carts with wheels and he sees that it is much easier to move things from one place to another; much easier for people to move from one place to another, if the movement is associated with wheels.

He is mystified, because the mode of transportation that he is accustomed to seeing in his culture is one which is associated with some kind of animal that is hitched to the cart or to the conveyance with wheels. He is a man of faith, though, and he knows that there is something important that he has seen here, because he knows that there is nothing in the seen world that is not present in the unseen world. And he is very grateful for having been the one to whom this picture of the red conveyance was shown.

Now this old man has no one to whom to talk about what he has seen, so he holds this picture in his mind, as it were, as though it was a very personal and important gift from the unseen. Time passes. Caravans pass by this tree on their way to the Orient, and at one point in time a caravan comes by when the tree is giving up its seeds.

There is a young man in the caravan who is impressed with this tree. He has done some study of plant life and the plant kingdom and growth patterns. He is so impressed with the tree, as he sees that the tree has dropped its seeds, that he collects some of these and takes them with him.

Now this young man is quite an industrious young man. He has traveled across Europe and parts of Asia and back again. His travels, though, have been on land and he has a vision of traveling on the water and seeing what is on the other side of the big water that lies to the west of the city in which he lives in Europe.

I now pass this contact to the person on my left known as T. We are those of Laitos.

(T channeling)

We are Laitos, and we acknowledge the thanks given to us for the conditioning that this instrument has received from us, for he has requested strong, strong energies.

We return to the question again, “But what does the tree see?” It has seen the scientist. It has seen an artist. It has seen the ones known as Abraham and Sarah. It has seen an old man and choking weeds. The tree has seen a motorcycle. It has seen a young man in a caravan. It has seen many, many things in its old, old age.

But in its being, has anything changed? In its beingness, has it considered or wondered at all of these events, all of these days that have gone by? It is there and it is old. It has its cycles and it has dropped its leaves and its seeds. Its shade has been enjoyed. Its beauty has been witnessed. But has that changed the tree?

The tree knows that it merely is. The tree sings to the heavens for its beingness. It enjoys the life-giving rains. It enjoys the sun. It enjoys giving itself as it is. What does the tree see? Creation? Life? Beingness? What does the tree see?

We are Laitos. We now transfer our energies to the one known as L2. We are Laitos.

(L2 channeling)

I am Laitos. And the old man dreams of a song which goes:

O tree, tell me what you see, tell me what you see

Through the ages in which you’ve lived.

And the tree flashes before him the images of the past and the present and even of the future, where he sees the cities change, the roads develop, and even vehicles, those strange motorized ones, and he dreams of the past, the present, the future. He sees the evolution of not only the cities but also of humankind. The planet and the stars in the sky shift. The sun and the moon move, and he feels himself rooted like the tree and yet stretching outward and upward in both space and time into infinite areas of the universe.

And he hears the sounds of Om reflected through the universe and the galaxies. Om!

We are Laitos, and pass the story back to L1.

L1: We are those of Laitos. This is a story about a tree. This is a story about the seeker. This is a story about perspective. What does the tree see? Beingness. What does the seeker see? Doing-ness. What has been seen? They are the same thing. As a seeker serving the Creator, your doing-ness and your beingness can be one and the same thing. The tree serves the Creator by being a tree. Each of you in this room serves the Creator by being a human being.

Each of you serves the Creator. However you see this service in slightly different ways. Sometimes you are able to perceive the service as though you are the tree, as though you are the Creator—being, living, evolving, witnessing. Sometimes you serve the Creator by doing, channeling, writing, hugging, smiling and loving. The doing-ness and the beingness are two perspectives of the same service.

We urge you to reconsider, when you feel you are not being of service because you are merely being and not doing. The Creator does not divide up Himself into these two perspectives, delineating [them] so completely, with a black line down the middle, as so many of you do here in the circle. Enjoy those times when you can be the tree equally as you enjoy those times when you are active.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(L1 channeling)

At this time we would like to conclude the story and because this is a time for learning as you are gathered here this evening, we would like to offer ourselves to this learning process by asking if anybody here has a brief question on which we may offer our humble opinion. We are those of Laitos.

R: I have a question, Laitos. The question is about the contact as it was transferred to me. I felt very little conditioning and it felt very tenuous. The image of the motorcycle was in my mind for some time and the best I could do was to describe it, though I did not perceive any other words that I could wrap around it. So my question is about the process of me connecting into this tree as I was speaking. If you could comment on this, I would appreciate it.

We are those of Laitos, and can indeed comment on this. Your conditioning was that of receiving the image. This receiving of an image is a unique sensation to you and in having you grasp this image we sought to acclimate you to this image beforehand, to become comfortable and secure that it was indeed a hint of our contact. Being bright red, it was apparent and noticeably different. We felt that this was sufficient and we are pleased that you took this image and conveyed it, because this is a time of learning and the stories that we tell are meant to be an opportunity for the learning channel to grasp some foothold and wrap some words around the image and place out into the group. We thought it best that you not be handled too much but allowed to continue on your own.

We would say you did well. Have we answered you sufficiently? Would you like to add another question to this?

R: Yes. Before the imagine of the motorcycle, which seemed to come from left field somewhere, when the one known as Jim was speaking, I saw the image of a tree in the wind, leaves falling down, being cycled in the ground and back to the tree. So was that picking up on the concept that was being transmitted to Jim at that time?

We are those of Laitos, and would say that everyone in the circle is picking up on the concept at the same time and only one person at a time is speaking. Everyone could speak about the concept at the same time. However this would not be very useful to the group or those listening to this channeling session later, so you each take your turn. But you are each picking up on the same frequency, if you will. The image of the motorcycle was a conditioning for you, whereas you were also picking up on our frequency and following along as you would as if reading a book while someone else was narrating the book.

Can we answer you further, my brother?

R: No, thank you. I just want to say I appreciate the work and the words spoken through L1, who is doing a really great job of carrying the ball.

We thank you, my brother, and thank you for your work as well as the work of the entire group, for this is a collective effort. We are pleased at every bead on the necklace. May we offer our service for one more brief query? We are those of Laitos.

(No further queries.)

We are those of Laitos, and find this circle content at this time. We enjoy riding the current of your love that circles around this channeling circle in a most efficacious way. We leave you now with the knowledge that we will meet again. This brings us great joy of service. Thank you for calling upon us on this night and may the light and the love of the Creator keep with you all throughout your seeking. Adonai, my friends. Adonai.

[1] The designation of the person’s name or initial in parentheses at the head of a channeling session indicates that this person is taking the role of senior channel for this session.

[2] Wikipedia says about the Oak of Mamre: “The Oak of Mamre, also called the Oak of Sibta and the Oak of Abraham, at Hirbet es-Sibte, two kilometers southwest of Mamre, is an ancient tree which, in tradition, is said to mark the place where Abraham pitched his tent. It is estimated that this oak is approximately 5,000 years old. The site of the oak was acquired in 1868 by Archimandrite Antonin Kapustin for the Church of Russia and the nearby Monastery of the Holy Trinity was founded nearby. The site has since become a major attraction for Russian pilgrims and is the only functioning Christian shrine in the Hebron region.”

[3] The story of Abraham is told in the Holy Bible, Genesis 17 and onwards.

February 8, 2009, Channeling Intensive 4 - Session 4 - Channeling Circle 16

(S channeling)

[I am Laitos.] We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We come to you on a day that is unexpectedly nice for this time of year, and at a time when the circle of seeking, though perhaps a little reduced in its number, is certainly not reduced in its intensity. For there has been work done, my friends, during this session of seeking that has extended over several of your days. We find that we are coming now to the end of this process for the time being and would like to express our gratitude for the determination and the commitment that each in this circle has shown over the course of a period of time during which it has not always been convenient and it has not always been easy to pursue this chosen path of becoming a channel for our thoughts and through us and through those higher energies—we correct this instrument—of those higher energies which we too attempt to channel: the highest being, that of the one infinite Creator.

As always, we ask that you take of our energies and of our thoughts those which suit you in that path which you have chosen and leave aside that which does not seem to fit. For by holding to this resolve in your own path of development, you help relieve us of the very great burden that we might otherwise take on of having infringed upon free will or having provided, instead of the aid which we hope to offer, something which is more of a hindrance. We are humble seekers, even as are you. We ask if you—we correct this instrument—we ask that you take what we have to offer with that knowledge.

Let us begin now a story, which each within this circle of seeking may contribute to as the inspiration suggests. Once upon a time, a pair of twins was born in a village far removed from any large city and quite accustomed to a bucolic way of life, in touch with the rhythms of the land more than the hustle and bustle of urban life.

But there is even within this small burg a division, a societal division, as you might say, between those who were wealthy and those who had not as much. And it happened that through an accident of circumstance, at birth the twins found themselves separated, so that neither was aware of the other.

One, it happens, is taken up into the family of a long noble line, wealthy, highly educated and of considerable standing in the community. The other is taken up into a family of humble circumstances, a family you might describe as that of your peasants, who work hard to glean from the land a living that to the wealthier family would seem meager and spare.

Now, it also happened that between these twins, there obtained a strange kind of symmetry, in that one was of a very happy disposition, a cheerful disposition, a disposition such as one who is able to find the silver lining behind every cloud. And strange as it might seem, this was the twin who had been taken up into the peasant family.

The other twin, taken up into the nobility, had a rather dour disposition, able as you might say, always able to find the cloud in the silver lining and quite capable of being perfectly miserable in circumstances which most observers would describe as quite favorable.

Each of the two twins felt from a very young age that there was some strange component of their lives that was absent, that was missing. Each feels an instinct, if you will, to seek out that component, although it is not clear to them in what this seeking should consist, where that component of self might be found, or even how to proceed with any attempt to fill in the missing spaces.

But it happened upon a time that the two twins came into contact with one another as each was traveling in opposite directions upon a single road.

At this time we would pass the contact to the one known as R. I am Laitos.

(R channeling)

We are those of Laitos.

And the two brothers on the road come to a barrier. One brother on each side of the barrier and they look at each other for the first time. And they don’t know what to say. This instrument doesn’t know what to say. And reverts to an image of a, the brothers don’t know what to say to each other. And they look at each other thought that comes. This instrument feels like juggling hands that drop the ball and look for the, pick up the thread, pass the contact to the one known as (inaudible).

At this time we would pass the contact to the one known as G. We are the ones known as Laitos.

(G channeling)

We are those of Laitos and we are with the instrument known as G.

This was a very precipitous situation for the, the twin brothers. Anu, the one who had been taken into the family of privilege, and then to the one who had been taken into the home [of] an honest humble hardworking couple. There was a glimmer of something that passed between the two of them as they stood before this barrier in the road, which consisted of a tree that had been felled by a storm. This glimmer of something that passed between them, a kind of recognition that was beyond description, as though there was some knowingness, each of the other, that they could not put words to. It was as if [at] a very deep, a very deep level of consciousness, there was some communication going on.

It was very interesting that this happened at a time when they were both faced with the same barrier. Not only was there the barrier in their road, but there was the barrier to the communication and the barrier to the communication which might have facilitated a greater knowingness on the part of each of them.

Anu, who was from the privileged family, was accustomed to having servants who waited on him and did his bidding and he was unaccustomed to having to do very much of anything for himself except to enjoy the privilege of the position in which he had been raised.

So even though there was some knowingness of the other fellow who also stood at this barrier, his first reaction was to size him up. As he looked at his attire and his rough hands that showed the signs of heavy work, he made a judgment about the social class that this man was from and not being, not having the wherewithal to do much of anything, he suggested, or should I say, ordered the other to come up with a solution as to how they could remove this barrier from the road.

I now move to the instrument on my left known as L1.

(L1 channeling)

We are those Laitos, and we are with this instrument.

Bantu, wishing to be of service to the community in clearing this tree and to the other self on the other side of the tree, tried to come up with solutions to this obstacle or this perceived obstacle. But at every turn of suggestion, Anu decided that he knew best that this solution would not work and that another one should be devised.

Bantu, after several attempts of coming up with a possible solution, asked Anu [how he] thought it should be done. Anu took this as an affront to his intelligence. “Do you think that I do not know how to take care of myself?” he asked.

This was not a question directed at Bantu. It was, as an observer might look at it, directed at Anu. It was directed at Bantu, but to the inner seeking of Anu, it was a question to himself. [Looking] over this large tree as best he could into the face of his brother, he saw himself, not only in the literal sense, but in the figurative sense of the seeker who sees himself in any other self.

Although this question, this quip, was not entirely kind to Bantu, Bantu did not even consider it an affront. He merrily acknowledged that, “Of course, you are a capable adult, just as I am. I am certain that you have many great ideas for being able to take care of this tree in the road.”

This non-defensive position, a position of acknowledgement, love and trust in the other self that Bantu gave to his brother, did not work in the way that Anu was accustomed to interacting with others, where there was a tug of war of personalities, a wall put up between selves to defend against other selves.

As he had nothing to fight against except himself, he was forced to think within. The burden somehow was no longer placed on Bantu, but was set squarely on Anu’s shoulders and he did not know what to do with this. He had no way of crawling out from beneath this responsibility that he had very apparently set upon his own self. “Perhaps,” Anu suggested, “we should head toward the end of the tree where the branches are weak and easily broken, and break through some of these branches and create sort of a hole in the tree, like a tunnel, maybe, instead of moving the entire tree.”

And this was akin to one of the suggestions that Bantu had given. He did not care that this other-self had criticized him for not having a good idea and now suggested a very similar idea himself, he merely agreed. “Yes, I do believe that that would be a reasonable solution.”

And so the two worked from each to their own sides, clearing away the very small branches and twigs and then reaching the portion in the middle of the tree where there were larger branches that they then could work together to break apart and they did indeed create a small tunnel, if you would, in the upper branches of this tree, where it lay across the road. Anu felt very proud of himself, one for coming up with such a brilliant solution, and two for accomplishing the solution as well.

Bantu was also encouraging of his brother, that he had done such a good job with no reservation of his own that he should receive some credit, for the job was done and really that was all that mattered so that Bantu could continue. He did not have any ego invested in the situation.

And so he thanked his brother and said, “I have an obligation. I must be on my way, as I am sure you must also but I hope that I will meet you again one day, as I believe we may have a lot to talk about.”

And with that we would like to pass our contact on to the one known as L2. We are known as Laitos.

(L2 channeling)

I am Laitos, and the story continues.

The two brothers passing each other with some recognition, but not full awareness of the other of themselves or the other and go their way. Anu goes on to the town where he is expected as a royal guest and treated with great celebration. Bantu goes on to visiting a relative of the family that took him in, so he thinks it’s his own family, who lived in a hut in the woods and gained their sustenance by hunting in the woods, gathering nuts and fishing in the stream.

And so, apparently, each pursues their own separate path. But each has a memory of the encounter, and it stirs other memories that they cannot formulate very well, but gives them the sense, each of them, the sense that they should seek out the other and have some further meeting. For Anu, this is a new kind of experience. He is used to others serving him, but he is not used to having his own inner self direct him to a very specific goal, which he held, as it turned out, with determination and even a sense of passion, the same as with his other part. And so each did not know exactly how to contact the other, but they knew that they had met on this road and so they one day set out back on this road with the idea that they might again encounter one another.

I am Laitos, and pass the story on to the entity known as Jim.

(Jim channeling)

I am Laitos, and I am with this instrument.

The brothers felt the urge to meet once again, for at the first meeting there was the feeling of familiarity, of a common origin, purpose, direction and a possibility of perhaps a friendship. As each was individually moved to begin seeking once again upon this road, each traveled a goodly distance from their respective domiciles.

And yet along this path, along this road, there were various incidents, entities, adventures and opportunities for other discoveries, shall we say. Each found himself engaged in one experience after another and though each was indeed enriched by these progressive experiences, yet still each wished to accomplish the goal of meeting the other once again.

And each pondered carefully how there had been experiences and distractions that had stood in the way of coming together once again. It had seemingly separated these brothers in a different way than the original barrier on the road had stood between them.

At this time we shall transfer this contact to the one known as Carla. I am Laitos.

(Carla channeling)

We are now with this instrument. We are those of Laitos and greet this circle of seeking in love and light through this instrument.

Held to unforeseen circumstances by a web of events in sequence of them that seemed to enmesh them. At first frustrated and finally resigned, they finally ceased the struggle to disentangle themselves from their circumstances and instead, turned to the circumstances that had created the unforeseen web.

Time passed. Seasons rolled by. Each of the brothers found themselves creating new relationships, relationships that developed into deep friendships, friendships that deepened into mutual devotion.

As the years passed, the enmeshing circumstances began to gently, inevitably, inexorably to fulfill patterns that created service to others and made of these beloved companions brothers, brothers in a spiritual sense rather than a sense of blood-ties.

Eventually, first one brother and then the other completed his patterns of involvement with unforeseen circumstances and each was able to look back over a decade of good work, good companionship, and the development of new sisters and new brothers, bound together not by ties of kinship, but by ties of mutually satisfying work and service to the one Creator.

Finally the day came when both brothers were able to reach their first destination, the destination that had seemed so central and so important. They greeted each other with embraces and kisses, and the first excitement of finally achieving a meeting together over, began to tell each other their stories.

They marveled at each other’s adventure and at the many seeming roadblocks that had eventually become positive experiences and that had led to great service, humbled before the working of the great Master of Life. They realized that as they came together, they had much, much more to offer each other than they would have, had their plans gone according to the agenda set.

How could this happen? How could well-set plans be so much less satisfying than the seeming chances and changes of life that distracted and distracted again. How did distractions turn into life well-lived as patterns were completed?

I would at this time transfer as a contact to the one known as S. We are the ones known as Laitos.

(S channeling)

I am Laitos, and am with this instrument.

The meeting between the two brothers, having issued into the discussion which allowed each to access the life patterns of the other, revealed much about the dynamics or workings of these life processes in particular, and perhaps, of life processes more generally.

For even in the way their lives unfolded, there was a kind of symmetry amid difference, if you will. In each case there had been growth and a more full bodied sense of the spiritual development—we correct this instrument—the spiritual dimension of life.

In the case of Anu, he had learned over the course of time that his riches by themselves could not supply what he most longed for. And as his heart softened, he was able to find, in the joy of giving, that not only was the one who received thereby benefited, but he himself benefited, even as if a great burden had been lifted from him. And so he began to be less and less dour and felt a growing center of contentment in his being.

Once he had recognized the pattern that this entailed, he was able further to accelerate his activity of showing a generous face to the world, and became a philanthropist, even to the point eventually that he turned over the large manor into which he was born so that it might become a house for the blind. He, himself, chose to live in a modest cottage that sat in a far corner of the formerly large estate.

Bantu had discovered in his life pattern that he, because of his optimism and his great personal industry, he was quite competent and able to enter into a great variety of enterprises, all of which turned out to be very successful. And he found himself growing in importance and esteem, though he was able to keep a sense of perspective and humility about him, for he did not lose sight of the humble circumstances from which he arose.

All the while he felt, however, as if all that he had done could not yet be enough. And so there was more to do to establish to himself more than to anyone else. The sense of his worth, and the more he did, the more came his way, almost to the point that it became an embarrassment to him.

And this was the point that he was able to convey to his brother, as they reflected upon the many mysteries of the events that take place in their lives and give to them the pattern that they assumed. And so the two brothers felt that at last they had come to the point of being able to share those life experiences which had marked them in a deeper way, those life experiences which had marked them and to make common cause in their village for the betterment of that village and all who lived within it.

At this time, we ask your indulgence for this instrument is attempting to deepen its meditative state.

At this time, we would transfer the contact to the one known as R. We are those of Laitos.

(R channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and we are with this instrument. This instrument sees an image of a boundary with a dark area in the middle. The lines on the boundary are brown in color and wavy.

We are Laitos, and this instrument struggles with putting words to the image, searching for thread that seems to elude the fingers. We thank the instrument for the contact and transfer to the one known as G.

(G channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and we are with the instrument known as G. The boundary which has just been described by the contact on my right is the boundary between the seen and the unseen world. Both men are now in their advanced years and they are both perceiving snatches of what the next form of existence may be. And so when their end of the incarnation comes, it comes with a two day period for each one of them and as they both—one moment, please—both of them experience a peaceful dying surrounded by loving friends and family, they leave their physical bodies and quickly are taken up into the realm of the bardo.

They were very fortunate in that each perceived that the other one was there. And they greeted each other with deep love and respect. They quickly acclimate themselves to the environment of the bardo and in short order are approached by a person—I hesitate to use the word person—by a being of higher knowledge and wisdom. It greets them and asks them the question, “Is there anyone who has gone on before that you would like to meet with?”

And both of them simultaneously say, “My parents, it’s been so long, since I’ve seen my parents. I would like to see my parents.” Two sets of parents came forward and there is a wonderful reunion. Their parents were just the parents who raised these men and they were just as happy to see them as the two, Anu and Bantu, are to see their parents.

But look! There is another couple coming forward. They are amazed because they have asked to see their parents and they have had a reunion with the parents who raised them. They are mystified, who can these people be? They turn to the being of greater knowledge and higher wisdom and asked who might these people be? And he says to them, “You asked to see your parents, and you have seen the parents who raised you. The ones you have known to be your parents. These people are your parents who gave birth to you, who loved you very much but were unable to take care of you. It is time for you to meet them. We now pass the contact to the instrument on my left known as L1.

(L1 channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are with this instrument now. The meeting of the birth parents and the twins, because it was in this other realm, has an element of communication of more depth and variety than the spoken word. These parents could share the essence of their incarnation, who they were on Earth and their circumstances, and by conveying thoughts and emotions and simply memories passed from parent to child. In the mother Bantu sees himself, this person of a difficult attitude who as it was said sees the cloud in the silver lining. And Bantu likewise sees himself in his father, easy going, calm, and so the mirroring continues self with other self. His parents through these communications explained that the value of the added value of the brothers’ actions with each other is akin to the added value of this couple, married young, arranged by their parents to marry at seeming odds in personality with each other. And yet, finding immense value as time progressed and they appreciated the value that they could see, each in the other, the lessons learned and the mirroring that each one gave the other.

And as this conversation played itself out to a natural conclusion, there appeared again on the fringes another set of parents. And again on the fringes of this area of being, they saw again another set of parents, until this place was crowded and they could feel the presence of millions upon millions of other beings.

And they asked their guide, “Who are these people?”

And he said, “You asked to see your parents. Did you think that at some time in your life you were not parented by—we correct this instrument—do you think that at some time within your many lives you were not parented by many, many different beings? Indeed, Each of you at one time was a parent for the other. And so in coming together, you meet each other as parent and child, parent and child. The thoughts of all of these beings came on transparently, seemingly at the same time, but not in such a cacophony that each individual’s thought would not be perceived and entire lifetimes were brought to the surface of their consciousness, if you will. Lifetime upon lifetime of memories and interaction in so many different ways, between each of these beings, that it seemed almost intimate.

We now take this opportunity to pass this contact on to the one known as L2. We are those of Laitos.

(L2 channeling)

I am Laitos. And the higher being now asks each brother what he had learned from this last lifetime. Anu points out that he learned that having material wealth does not necessarily mean having spiritual inner wealth. However, when one is able to turn external wealth, wealth of the third density, into deeds of compassion that contribute to one’s own spiritual wealth and to the increased energy of the third density, raising it to a higher level.

Bantu responds that he’s learned that his optimism was a great gift. However, this optimism when tempered with realistic views only when tempered with realistic views of what is happening. And with hard effort, it is in turn transformed into creative power for his own inner work and for his contribution.

Also, he and his brother have learned that separation from one another provided the gift of searching. So that separation and in that sense [that state of being] lost, when properly utilized, contributed to self-development and the development in the world.

I am Laitos and pass the story on to the entity called L1.

(L1 channeling)

I am Laitos, and I greet each of you again through this instrument. At this time we ask if there are any queries to which we might speak concerning this channeling session?

R: I have a question, Laitos. As I had the contact the second time and I was able to perceive the image of the boundary line, why was I not able to pick up some something else besides the image, if you can comment on it?

I am Laitos. I am aware of your query, my brother. We applaud the courage which you have shown this session in working, in that you have been able to see and experience more of our contact than in previous workings. That you have not seen further into the contact is simply that journey which you have yet to make. The ability and willingness to open yourself to these types of concepts is an ability which is not common among your peoples. It is not normal to open oneself up in such a manner and it takes a great deal of practice for most entities. And for your particular experience, we find that you have made great progress and would not suggest further worry about that which has yet to be perceived.

Is there a further query, my brother?

R: No, thank you.

I am Laitos, and we thank you, my brother. Is there another query at this time?

G: I have a query. Why is it that your social memory complex and others of the Confederation refer to themselves as humble?

We are Laitos, and I am aware of your query, my brother. With the increased experience and knowledge of the one Creator which comes to those who successfully seek past the boundaries of third density comes the realization that we all are but small portions of the infinite Creator. To experience this feeling of smallness is quite humbling. For as one moves into and through the third density, there is the gathering feeling of one’s own identity, one’s power, one’s influence in the environment about one. This gives a false sense of value and worth, not in the sense that you are of infinite value, but that you have an increased ability to affect the environment about you.

As we have moved beyond this experience, we have found that though we still seek to be of service in whatever manner possible, we see that there is a great distance between what we would wish to do and what we are able to do. Thus, we remain humble.

Is there a further query, my brother?

G: No, thank you very much, Laitos.

I am Laitos, and we thank you, my brother. Is there another query at this time?

(Long pause.)

R: Thank you for offering yourself as a guide for learning the channeling.

I am Laitos, and we appreciate your appreciation, my brother. We are most honored to be able to offer this. As it appears that we have exhausted the queries of the circle with whom we are working, we thank each one once again for allowing us to work with each instrument. It has been our great privilege and pleasure. We look forward, as you would say, to future workings with this group.

We are those known to you as Laitos. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu borragus.

February 8, 2009, Channeling Intensive 4 - Session 5 - Special Meditation

Question from L: Is it possible to achieve a level of vibration with meditation to attract the help of a particular discarnate teacher? Or is meditation a practice best worked on alone?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day. We thank this group for inviting us to join your circle of seeking, which you have created as a measure of your own seeking of the truth.

It is our pleasure to speak to the question of the one known as L. As always, we ask that you employ your powers of discrimination, listening to what we have to say with a careful ear for resonance. When thoughts resonate to you, use them by all means. That is why we offer them. Yet when they do not, and surely some will miss their mark, we would greatly appreciate your leaving them behind. In this way we may preserve your free will and the integrity of your process. We thank you for this consideration.

It is our particular pleasure to speak upon the subject of meditation, for this practice is the strait way to the acceleration of a seeker’s rate of spiritual evolution.

Meditation is seemingly a simple matter. The entity stops looking outward, stops responding to the outer environment and even stops attending to his own thoughts as far as following those thoughts and analyzing their content, or chewing through various processions of thoughts. In meditation, such thoughts are seen as noise rather than signal and allowed to rise and fall as they will, without the mind of the meditator being activated.

That would seem to be the entire activity of meditation, closing out the outer world, entering the inner world, leaving the world of words and voices and issues and entering the world without voices, without words and without issues.

However, meditation is much more than entering the silence, for there can be a silence of mind which simply indicates boredom. Silences within the space/time world may not offer anything except a quick exit into sleep. However, silence is a key that opens the door into time/space. Silence is the transit between the world of the mind and the world of consciousness.

The mind of space/time is handy and useful for many things within your outer world. It is not useful for becoming more aware of one’s own deeper nature. It is not a good tool with which to investigate the world of spirit. People will often think of the mind and of consciousness as one and the same thing. However, we would differentiate between them. The mind is a space/time mechanism, whereas consciousness is a time/space phenomenon.

Now, as one goes into meditation, one is seeking to enter one’s own consciousness. That consciousness dwells in undistorted form at the heart of your being. It is a faculty which you share with all other sentient beings upon planet Earth. Indeed, in its ultimate sense, it is that which is shared by all aspects of the universe whatsoever, for it is the consciousness that we would call the “Logos” or that one original Thought of love.

This is the value of meditation: that it moves you from mind to consciousness and from the surface of consciousness gradually deeper and deeper into the essence of that one great original Thought of love.

Further, when you are in meditation, you are vibrating in congruity with all others who have attained your particular present level of consciousness. Therefore, the state of consciousness is a powerful one and is that which becomes more and more powerful as one is able to allow the process of meditation to clarify and simplify that self-perception of consciousness, so that it gains more and more of the characteristics of that one great original Thought of unconditional love.

The goal of meditation, then, is to create the progressive increase of awareness of one’s true nature as a being of love. It is an awareness, or a complex of awarenesses, that can be sustained to a degree when you open your eyes and come out of meditation and reenter the noisy world of the everyday.

When meditation is practiced regularly, the results begin to multiply. One may count among those results an ever deeper awareness of the truth that is beyond words, an ever deeper appreciation of consciousness itself and of the nature of the Logos and an ever wider and more tolerant perception of the illusory world of humankind in all of its aspects.

It is perfectly acceptable to desire to have the benefit of the teachings of a discarnate entity. Within the environment of yoga from which the one known as Paramhansa Yogananda sprung and flourished, it is quite orthodox and normal for a student who wishes such a discarnate teacher to request the teacher. The request may be repeated at arising and going to one’s sleep, and it is encouraged to keep a close watch upon one’s dreams once one has set one’s intention and made this request.

It is not within our purview to be able to assess for you, my sister, whether or not this shall be what you would call a successful request. We would be doing our learning for you were we to opine in that regard. We may say that such connections are common in the world of yogic masters and that it is a matter of the compatibility of teacher and student as to how successful this request is in producing a solid feeling of connection with the one known as Paramhansa.

Again, judging between various ways of meditating, most especially whether it is more efficacious to work with a master or to work upon one’s own, is not within our purview. There are reasons that opining on this would infringe upon your free will and we feel that you are able to see how this may be so. However, we may offer you some thoughts about proceeding on your own.

Firstly, we would suggest that [using techniques] in addition to the classic meditation of sitting in the silence and allowing one’s focus to restrict itself to one’s breath is sometimes helpful. Although the basic following of one’s breath and sitting in silence is the centerpiece of any meditation technique, yet also there are supportive meditation techniques that the meditator who is working on his own may find helpful.

Aspects of meditation which can be worked or looked at from several different techniques or ways of differentiating [between] various parts of the archetypal mind are available. Each of them has benefits and in truth it is up to the preferences of the meditator as to which type of archetypal meditation he would prefer.

One way of moving into the archetypal mind is to consider the glyph called the Tree of Life, meditating first upon the various aspects of the Creator placed within that glyph, going first down the center column, then down the feminine column, then down the masculine column. Once this had been done for a considerable length of time, considering first one, then another, then another, in different meditations, one could spent meditative times contemplating the relationships between them as demonstrated and articulated in that glyph. [1]

Another way of letting one’s consciousness sink into the archetypal mind is to consider the twelve signs of the zodiac in astrology and then the relationships between the various houses and so forth. This, again, is a considerable body of assorted roads into the subconscious and into the roots of consciousness. Conducting such a series of contemplations would be a lengthy process.

The third way in which we might recommend working to move one’s consciousness deeper into the roots of consciousness is to consider the twenty-two cards of the tarot and the relationships between them. Such a series of meditations may not at first seem useful. There may simply seem to be a mishmash of perceptions, none of them coming clear or clean. And indeed, one may spend literally years of your time moving through these contemplative meditations before there is the inner point at which the various meditative points come together within the subconscious to create a pattern within which one may see one’s various concerns and ethical considerations. At that point, and only at that point, does it become that which feels useful.

However, in our opinion, working with these periods of contemplation over a period of years will reliably result in the long run in a more clarified and seasoned web of consciousness, a consciousness that is more flexible and more responsive to the will of the meditator.

We may say that in our opinion there are times of the day which are especially efficacious to meditation. Two of those times are efficacious because of the waxing and waning of night energies and day energies. The time of the crossover from day to night and the crossover from night to day are times when the arena of the inner planes and of the world of nature as well, is temporarily quiet. There is a characteristic hush of energies coming and energies going, a quiet sense of the changing of the guard, if you will. In terms of obtaining the most calm and peaceful outer atmosphere for one’s own work in consciousness, the dawning and the gloaming are two efficacious times for entering the silence.

However, the evening, in your culture and in most entity’s family lives, is a time of activity when there is virtually no opportunity to achieve a time of solitude and quiet contemplation. We would, therefore, recommend the hours between approximately 5:00 and 7:00 in the morning. Or alternatively, because of the way your peoples move time around to suit their need for daylight, those two hours before and after dawning, whenever they may be, are recommended as times for sitting in solitude and following the breath.

It is often helpful in this practice to be sure that the body is upright and yet comfortable and that it is completely warm, so that there is not the pulling consideration of cold feet, cold fingers, or cold noses. This instrument has, upon occasion, wrapped a blanket about her shoulders and made a little cocoon for this practice and this is certainly a good way to achieve that stasis of heat so that you are neither too hot nor too cold and the body’s senses are not being pulled away from following the breath in order to attend to discomfort.

We do not recommend a supine or prone position for the reason of the ease with which it is possible to move into sleep from these positions. We recommend the upright spine.

To support a life that has a meditative practice as one of its centers, it is well to tune the consciousness throughout the day in short bursts. It is well, for instance, to create a noon-hour moment of contemplation, whether it be 5 seconds or 5 minutes, for that is the height of the day’s energies and it is well to stop at the height and appreciate the deeper self.

This is similarly true as the afternoon begins to turn to evening. At perhaps 4:00 or 5:00 in the evening, it is well to stop to appreciate the fullness of the day’s work.

Again at the suppertime or thereafter, at approximately 7:00, it is well to stop for a few seconds or a few moments to appreciate the energies of the incoming night.

And then at bedtime, [it is well] to pause to look back upon the day, to view the day in your mind and balance those things that you see as dwelling in imbalance, before relinquishing consciousness for the night.

We also would include, for those times when it is desired to ramp up or intensify one’s seeking, the invaluable hour of about 3:00 or 3:30 in the morning, that time when the energies of the night are at their height. We do not, however, recommend tearing up your peace or destroying your rest in order to create the perfect practice. Play, my sister, with each of these ideas, as you create your own practice.

Remember, as you do so, that meditation is not a practice apart from living. Indeed, it could easily be said that the goal of a meditative practice, and the supporting moments of remembrance throughout the day and the evening, is to so reconfigure the mind that it becomes easier and easier for the mind to dissolve into consciousness as a basic default setting for one’s everyday life.

It is well to have a slight tinge of meditative practice ongoing at every breath that you take. Such an access on a steady state to the deeper aspects of consciousness can indeed transform the life experience and certainly accelerate the path of spiritual evolution.

At this time, my sister, we would ask if you have a follow-up query to that which we have said so far. We are those of Q’uo.

L: Yes, Q’uo, I have three points on which I need clarification. The first one is, by consciousness and focusing on the consciousness, is this what is also called the method of awareness watching awareness?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. There is a similarity betwixt those two ideas, my sister. The figure of awareness watching awareness is a good description of how the mind or consciousness feels within meditation, for as the persistent and hectic thoughts of the daylight mind and its choice-making characteristics pop up within the meditative state, there is that consciousness aware of consciousness that chooses not to be aware of the rising and falling of desultory thoughts.

However, awareness conscious of awareness has within it the figure of the seeker which is attempting to meditate, whereas, when we say “consciousness” as opposed to the mind or mental activity of the brain, we are speaking of a consciousness that is the same for all and that is also congruent with the Logos, or the one great original Thought of unconditional love.

If awareness is conscious of awareness, then that puts the individual solidly in the middle of that consciousness. So, in the one figure there is the individual; in the other figure there is the inference that this consciousness is not only the consciousness of you as an individual but also each and every other sentient being as an individual. There is one consciousness and each individual finds entry into that consciousness.

We are those of Q’uo. May we clarify further or may we clarify upon another point? We are those of Q’uo.

L: Thank you, Q’uo, for answering that question. I’ll move onto the second of the three clarifications that I wish, which is, when you speak of not lying in the supine position for meditation because one might fall asleep, is that because sleep is in some way bad or dangerous or is it just that it is not a productive state for meditation?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. We suggest that one avoids sleep when in meditation for the simple reason that sleep ends the meditation. The sleep state or states, we should say, are in and of themselves useful and we may speak upon those, if you wish. However, the practice of meditation is only useful when the entity meditating remains conscious. For once one’s consciousness is taken away there is no will to meditate or a person who is meditating. That set of intentions and activities vanishes upon the onset of the sleep state.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

L: I think that was sufficient for that question and the topic of sleep is best left to its own session at another time. So I’ll ask for the third of my three clarifications. When you talk about contemplating on the tarot or zodiac or the Tree of Life, does that not cause thoughts to arise? And if we are trying to ignore thought during the process of meditation, is this not counterproductive?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. A contemplative meditation is not the same as pure meditation, and its value is far greater to some personality types than to others. However, the suggestion is based upon our awareness that the archetypal mind dwelling in the roots of consciousness is possessed of a sacred geometry and a characteristic division into great arteries of pure emotion which have regularized relationships, one to the other.

A sense of increasing familiarity with and a comfort within these networks of great arteries and rivers of emotion gradually creates within an individual a sophistication, a seasoning, a surefootedness when in deeper states of meditation.

You are quite accurate in perceiving that such contemplations do include thought. There will inevitably be those thought processes which start with one point of contemplation and move to inferences gained from that contemplation to imagery systems which spring from such contemplation and to the eventual putting together of various points within the discipline of looking at the archetypal mind which is chosen by the seeker.

However, it is to be pointed out that these processes of thought tend to be direct insight or what this instrument would call gnosis, rather than tending towards the use of the analytical mind. If the analytical mind takes over from the faculty of direct insight, then you are quite accurate in seeing that the practice of these contemplative meditations would be, to some extent, obviated. It is not the aim of such contemplations to activate the powers of analysis but rather the powers of intuition, insight and gnosis.

May we answer you further, my sister?

L: I am quite satisfied with that and appreciate your explaining to me some important aspects of meditation.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank the one known as L for this very central question, which engages our affections. We are very fond of meditation. We see it as the great building block of increased flexibility of the spirit within incarnation and see that flexibility as yielding tremendous benefits to the seeker, both at levels below the conscious mind and as the entity’s conscious mind takes on the business of the day.

The heart of truth is the one great original Thought. One dances about that Thought until one at last yields to silence and allows the silence to act as a key. The gateway to intelligent infinity lies beyond the door which is opened by the key of silence. We wish you good journeying, my sister, and as always a simple mental request shall bring us to you to offer our carrier wave of love that will help stabilize and give a battery for your own sometimes fluctuating energies.

It is our privilege and our pleasure to be available to those who would ask for our help.

We would at this time, transfer this contact to the one known as Jim in order that we may harvest any remaining queries on the minds of those present in this circle of seeking. We leave this instrument in love and in light. We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo.

(Jim channeling)

I am Q’uo, and am with this instrument. We greet each again in love and in light. At this time we would ask if there would be any further queries to which we may speak?

S: Actually two. [They can be] answered rather briefly. The first is, can you speak to the means or some of the means by which a higher self may be contacted? The second part of that is, what fruits may be expected from such a contact and would this be useful as a step in seeking the gateway to intelligent infinity?

I am Q’uo, and am aware of your query, my brother. With your permission we would speak to the second portion of your query first and state that the fruits of contact with that portion of yourself you have called the higher self are to a great extent a realization of the true self, a stepping into the true nature of existence. This is a stepping into a reality which has far fewer veils, my friends, so there is much more of what you would call the truth that is available to one which is able to make a contact with the higher self portion of the great self. Thus, an entity may be inspirited, maybe inspired. [He] may move forth in a service which is far more efficient, shall we say, in that it partakes of a balance of love and wisdom.

There are various methods by which one may fruitfully contact this higher-self portion of the greater self. The most usual means, shall we say, is through a disciplined meditation. The meditating upon the desire to know the self, to seek the self, to be of service to this higher self, is that which is likened to the knocking upon a door, a door which shall surely be opened to one which continues to knock.

The use of the dream state is another means by which one may make contact with the higher self, by stating to the self upon retiring for the evening that the desire is a contact with the higher self in either the state which you call the dreaming, or the state of consciousness which is before dreaming and after the moving into the subconscious mind.

The preconscious state of awareness which maybe likened unto the carrier wave of a radio or television station within your culture, upon which there is supplied a signal that may be perceived by the one seeking the higher self.

There is also the opportunity to contact the higher self in contemplation that is also undergone or undertaken on a regular basis for this very purpose, so that the seeker retires to a certain special location within its physical domicile or within the natural environment surrounding the domicile and places the self in a contemplative state.

[It] would be desired, [when] making contact with the higher, [to] keep handy the paper and pencil, so that those flashes of inspiration or hunches of intuition may then be noted or may be recorded as the beginning communication with the higher self.

There is also another means by which this contact may be approached. That is with the assistance of one who would serve as the hypnotist, helping the seeker to relax into a meditative state so that guided meditation may be undertaken, utilizing the services of the hypnotist, that would then aid the seeker through the guided meditation to make contact with the higher self.

Is there another query, my brother?

S: Yes, thank you very much, that was very helpful. The second query has to do with the manner in which a meditation may proceed and the meditative states that are obtained within the course of one or more meditations. It seems to me, in my experience, that I come to various states to which I just give idiosyncratic names that resonate to me, if not to anybody else, such as bliss or splendor or glory. And as I come to these experiences—and they can be somewhat overwhelming—it seems to me that I get into a quandary. It’s a quandary about whether to stop and explore that experience or to push on, so to speak, and to seek to go further. I’m wondering whether it is Q’uo’s opinion that the former, that is the exploration, is useful in establishing a base camp or a beachhead as one continues the daily practice of meditation or whether one should always go for the gold?

I am Quo, and am aware of your query, my brother. We are of the opinion, through our own experience, that the seeking of the highest level of awareness at any particular meditative period is that which is to be recommended. And of course, my brother, as you know, the highest form of awareness is the fully experienced presence of the one infinite Creator. It is always helpful to meditate, however well or poorly the meditation is undertaken. Any fruits gained in meditation will aid the entity in its progress toward union with the One. When the door is opened toward that union, we recommend going through the door rather than exploring what comes before the door.

Is there a further query?

S: That was very clear. Thank you very much.

I am Q’uo, and we thank you, my brother. Is there another query at this time?

L: I have one, Q’uo. I perceive myself becoming more and more weary, wearier than usual, in this weekend. I wonder, firstly, if you can confirm that this is a fact and not simply an illusion, and secondly, if there would be anything that I might do to create rest for myself in the process of doing this work.

I am Q’uo, and am aware of your query, my sister. We may confirm your supposition that the weariness that you feel is indeed weariness. For you have expended a great amount of the energy of mind, body and spirit, the élan vital which is available to each as a daily gift, shall we say, of the one Creator.

It would be helpful in your future experiences of teaching intensive group channeling sessions such as this one if you were indeed able to take more periods of rest into sleep, for this is most helpful for your physical vehicle at this time. It has been expending energy at a rather high rate for a longer than usual duration of your time and has the need of being regenerated, replenished in its energy sources.

Is there a further query my sister?

L: Well, I don’t know if you can answer me any further, but I’m looking at the way that our lives are structured, where you get up in the morning and you have a morning meal, you have a lunchtime meal, and you have an evening meal. I have been taking a nap after lunch. I don’t see a way to take a nap after breakfast. I am then assuming that the further nap that you would suggest would be one at approximately five o’clock in the afternoon, when we finish our work. Would that be correct?

I am Q’uo, and am aware of your query, my sister. As we became aware of this refinement of your query, we also became aware of a mistake upon our part in answering your first query. Our mistake was in the assumption that the query concerning the weariness and how to balance this weariness was in relation to this particular weekend and this type of weekend. As we observed your second query we became aware that this was in regard to your daily round of activities.

In this second type of activity, that which is undertaken upon a daily basis throughout your week, we find that your body is functioning for you in that it sleeps as is needed, whether you desire it or not. We would recommend moving in harmony with your bodily choices and would suggest that this amount of sleep is appropriate with no added sleep periods recommended.

Is there a further query, my sister?

L: Yes, thank you, Q’uo. I really was still in the mode of talking about a weekend just exactly like this one. In actuality, any gathering that we have has basically the same curriculum. There’s a morning activity, then a lunch, an afternoon activity, then a supper, then an evening activity, or lack of activity. I was looking for another place to put a nap within the context of a weekend gathering such as this one. If you have any recommendations I would be glad to hear them. Or if it’s something that is an infringement on my free will, then I understand completely.

I am Q’uo, and am aware of your query, my sister. Our recommendation for your particular physical vehicle would be to be sure that there is a sleeping or at least a resting period that would follow each activity, thus with three activities during the day there would be the need for three resting periods as well.

Is there a further query, my sister?

L: Not at all, thank you so much.

I am Q’uo, and we thank you once again, my sister. Is there another query at this time?

(No further queries.)

I am Q’uo, and as it appears that we have, [for now] at least, exhausted the queries for this group. We would thank each once again for partaking in this channeling session, for lending the energies, the interest, the inspiration, and the desire to be of service that is so greatly appreciated by our social memory complex.

At this time we shall take our leave of this group and this instrument. We leave each in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu borragus.

[1] A clear image of the Tree of Life glyph may be found at www.wyldwytch.com/weavings/articles/pagan_path/pages/tol.htm. An introduction to the study of the glyph may be found at www.tarotpedia.com/wiki/Tree_of_Life, although the image itself is harder to see clearly. Israel Regardie’s book on the subject is titled The Tree of Life.

February 14, 2009, Saturday Meditation

Question from G: I am studying the Law of One and working with the balancing exercise, which I understand to be this:

When at the ending of the day or when alone, mentally examine, as with the scalpel of a surgeon, each bias which you can remember. Attempt to remember precisely the biases or qualities held by the self at any moment during the experiential space/time of the waking state. Consciously visualize, feel and again become that bias. Slowly accentuate that bias until it fills your being. Then visualize the oppositely polarized bias. Do not create this bias mentally, but wait until this is called from within yourself by the process of natural discovery. Allow this opposite bias to fill your being until it is as accentuated as the bias you originally felt. Now visualize an image filled with both things.

My question is, what is the meaning of the word “bias” as used in this meditation?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is a great privilege and pleasure for us to be able to join your meditation and to share our humble thoughts with you. We greatly appreciate the privilege.

It would aid us in our opinion-giving if you would be so kind, when you read or listen to these words, as to use your discrimination carefully and to sift through those thoughts which we offer, winnowing them to find the ones that are meaningful to you personally and leaving the rest behind. They might not be chaff on someone else’s grinding floor but they are chaff on yours. So, focus only on the thoughts that resonate to you. We thank you for this consideration, for it enables us to speak more freely, not being so concerned with infringing on your free will.

This evening the question has to do with the nature of a bias as used in the Law of One sessions. To grasp fully the word as used by those of Ra, it helps to view the background or the environment of the word and of Planet Earth, and the incarnational experience of each of you on planet Earth.

The undifferentiated and unpotentiated infinite Creator has no bias. There is one thing. That one thing is self-understood and self-grasped and is content. However, the infinite Creator, choosing by the first distortion of free will to know Itself, has created a system of densities through which all of its sparks may proceed in order to experience all that can be experienced, to satisfy all desires, and to move through all the learnings of each density.

Each of you is a member of a third-density environment at this time. You enjoy its limitations and are used to following its rules. At the very heart of the nature of third density is the dynamic tension between all attributes and their opposites. It is a heavily polarized illusion. The male and the female, while of the same species, have many differences in body and in mind. That male and female principle may be seen both literally and figuratively as the guiding rune or glyph or totem of your experience on Planet Earth.

We are not saying that there is a contest going on between men and women to decide which is the better sex. We are saying that it is the bisexual nature of the species in general that is the kingpin of a seemingly endless list of other attributes, each of which has its opposite. Third density is chock full of unbalanced, biased and distorted perceptions. We would not say that this is a bad thing. It gives each seeker the fuel that it needs to press forward. As used by those of Ra then, “bias” can be a synonym for “distortion,” the movement away from complete stasis and utter balance into one side or another of the seesaw of dynamic opposites.

In the tuning song that was played before this meditation, another very strong set of biases was discussed when the one known as Yusuf said, “Good’s going high and evil’s going down in the end.” [1] There is a considerable mystery attached to the question what is good and what is evil. We would prefer to describe it in terms of polarity and say that there is a radiant path of service to others and there is a magnetic path of service to self. And although it may be unfair to say that service to others goes high while service to self goes low, nevertheless it is true that the two dynamics are inevitable within third density, and indeed within the next two densities, the fourth and the fifth. This is how deeply the sense of self and other, and any number of paired dynamic opposites, can be seen.

In the Prayer of St. Francis which this instrument uses to tune before each channeling session, more dynamic opposites are offered:

Lord, make me an instrument of thy peace. Where there is hatred, let me sow love, where there is injury, pardon, where there is discord, union, where there is doubt, faith, where there is darkness, light, where there is sadness, joy. Oh divine master, teach me to seek not so much to be loved as to love, to be understood as to understand, to be consoled as to console. For it is in pardoning that we are pardoned, it is in giving that we receive and it is in dying that we rise, to larger life.

And in the Lord’s Prayer with which this circle began its meditation tonight, there is the prayer to forgive others as others forgive you.

All of these are examples of complementary biases. Another simple example is the very homely one of noting that this instrument just took a sip of water. The bias was her thirst. The responding and balancing bias was the glass of water. You may see, then, that to call something biased is not to denigrate it or disrespect it. There is nothing but bias. There is nothing but distortion in all of the nested illusions of your creation.

However, there is a gradual lessening of distortion within each seeker’s inner life as the seeker begins to see into the inevitability of bias and, without judgment, sees beyond that whole situation to the balance that lies beyond and the eventual unification of all opposites.

When a piece of fabric is cut on the bias and sewn from the bias it has a tendency to create interesting drapes and to enhance the style of a garment. It is just so with human biases. Within an incarnated human’s life there will be a continuing and continuous experience of seeing things from a particular bias or slant, and then being able to choose to rethink and re-vision and see things from the opposite bias.

The question had to do with performing the balancing meditation, which is recommended to be done daily. During the meditation the seeker is asked to sift back through the day, combing out those instances where the self did not remain evenhanded, placid and contented, utterly at peace and balanced, but was pulled towards imbalance in one way or another.

Perhaps it is your birthday today and consequently you have a happy bias, for you have been given cake and ice cream and something to open. That triggers emotions within you. Even though it is a positive bias, yet still it is grist for the mill for one who wishes to train the consciousness to register not only the bias of the incoming catalyst but also the corresponding and answering bias.

The entity who drives a car poorly and surges into your lane on the interstate highway can trigger negative emotions; that is, emotions that have a negative vibe. They might include fear, rage and anger. That triggering catalyst has therefore caused your energy body to narrow so that the full flow of the Creator’s prana or light/love is not getting through to the heart chakra. It is a totally understandable bias to have these feelings concerning the stranger who didn’t even see you, and who almost, or so it feels, took your life. As you look at these moments of being triggered away from balance you are able to effect a kind of healing of that imbalance by virtue of allowing your original emotion to intensify and then asking the dynamic opposite of those feelings to appear.

Again, neither the positive nor the negative bias is preferable, as much as it is preferable that the dynamic opposites be held within the heart and the consciousness in a balanced manner. The goal of doing these balancing exercises is not to clean up the energy body and then have it be “good to go” for the rest of one’s life. It is extremely rare that an entity on your planet in third density shall be able to achieve realization in such a way that no further thought is taken, no questions are asked, no new solutions reached. For the seeker’s understanding will exceed the narrow confines of his previous view of the world.

Each of you dwells within a system of many biases. There is the sexual bias. There is the bias of personality. And the world as you experience it contains bias upon bias. How can one learn, then, in the midst of such a deeply biased environment? In actuality it is because of the opacity of the illusion and its relentless system of opposites that third density works. For third density is about making a choice, a very fundamental choice, of service to self or service to others. It is indeed desirable to increase that bias, attempting more and more to maximize service to others within your life and your thought, so that you may accelerate the rate of your own spiritual evolution.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a follow-up to that query, my sister.

G: No, there is no follow-up. That was very helpful. Thank you.

We thank you, my sister. We are those of Q’uo. May we ask if there is a further query at this time.

D: Yes, Q’uo, I have a question about meditation. The other night I was meditating and it seemed that I perceived some kind of chamber between my orange and yellow chakras, right between them. I was wondering if you could comment on this and also comment on the relationship between breathing and the energy flow through the body.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. To respond to your first question, that of the space between the second and third chakras in your energy body, we would say that due to work which you have been doing in consciousness at this time, you are experiencing an articulation of the second and third chakras which enables the energy to move quite freely betwixt the orange-ray chakra and the yellow-ray chakra. The work done quite consciously by you, my brother, in the recent past, working with your family members, creating personal relationships from family relationships and vice versa, has stimulated both the orange-ray and the yellow-ray energy centers. The energies which you felt were those which were running freely between those two chakras. This is a positive and helpful configuration, which was brought about due to your loving concern for your family.

There are spaces betwixt each chakra in fact, and it can sometimes become a complex and quite beautiful thing to see the play of energy between three or even four of the chakras at one time, depending upon the activity or the thought processes which are involved. You may find, my brother, as you continue your practice of meditation that there are several such potential sacs or shuttles or tunnels between energy centers, all up and down the energy system. It simply depends upon the work being asked of that energy body at any given time as to what the experience of it shall be.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if you would again ask your second query, my brother.

D: Could you speak on the relationship of breathing and the flow of energy through the body.

We are those of Q’uo, and are pleased to offer our humble opinions on this subject. If you think about the act of breathing, you easily realize how vital and central the automatic functions of your body are to your life. If one had to remind oneself to breathe, one would shortly die.

The typical seeker may well have begun his life breathing deeply, but by adulthood it is quite common in your culture that there will not be the hard, physical activity that encourages the body to breathe deeply but rather there will be the small-muscle activity of studying, using the computer, and so forth. In the absence of a regular, daily period of strenuous work, it is quite a helpful thing to work with one’s breath.

The simple act of following one’s breath is a very helpful technique to use for clearing the mind during meditation. Deep breaths are most salutary for the system. Just as the plant inhales light which it metabolizes into food, so does your energy body benefit from the deeper breathing in and out. The deeper in-breaths do indeed carry light. And when the intention is set to breathe in prana or light/love, that greatly enhances the seeker’s ability to receive the food of light from the air.

The practice of various breathing techniques is well known and certainly the use of such exercises as pranayama yoga offers is recommended for those who wish to enhance their ability to move love/light, light/love, or prana through the physical vehicle and metaphysical vehicle.

The benefits of breathing are striking for both the physical body and the metaphysical body. When the breath is deliberately deepened, the physiological changes to the physical body are excellent.

We are those of Q’uo. May we answer you further, my brother?

D: That’s great, thank you.

We are those of Q’uo, and thank you, my brother. It is a pleasure to converse with you. May we ask, then, if there is a further query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Q’uo, I have a question about thoughtforms. I will start it by reading the section from The Law of One that generated this question. Don asked Ra about the reports and photographs of bell-shaped craft and contact from entities from Venus from approximately forty years ago and Ra answered by saying that,

We are no longer of Venus. However, there are thought-forms created among your peoples from our time of walking among you. The memory and thoughtforms created, therefore, are a part of your society-memory complex. [2]

The discussion we had [in our on-line study group] was what a thought-form is, as Ra meant it. We remembered that the pyramid that Ra created was a thought-form and that Ra itself came to Earth to teach as a thought-form. And so, we thought perhaps a thought-form is something that does not have consciousness but is something that can be created by a being with consciousness. So, can you describe the thought-forms in some other way? Thank you.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Within third density’s space/time, everyday environment it is difficult for the mind of man to wrap itself around the concept that there could be entities and essences which have no physicality but which have their own validity and reality. Were one to look at things from the metaphysical or time/space point of view, however, it is the thoughts of humankind that would stand out, rather than the physical vehicles which in truth are merely systems of nested energy shells.

A thought-form is an entity or an essence or quality that has life independent of those who originally thought about that first. The words of which you so often think when you think about being a loving and kind person—beauty, truth, honor, justice and so forth—are thought-forms in the metaphysical realm, having a life of their own and a nature of their own. This is one instance of abiding thought-forms.

Another example of thought-forms is the common phenomena concerning ghosts. When entities have left the physical vehicle with which they enjoyed an incarnation but for some reason do not wish to go on into the inner planes for the review of their incarnation and healing, that disembodied personality shell which is commonly called a ghost can linger in the physical world. Yet it is not at all physical. [They may remain] indefinitely, until such time as someone is able to contact those souls and lead them on to taking up their rhythm of seeking and learning through other incarnations and other choices.

We of the Confederation have only appeared in your skies as thought-forms. That is to say, there is no physicality to the seemingly very real phenomena reported as UFOs. Certainly those of the loyal opposition, those engaged in service-to-self communication with those who would wish that communication upon your planet, have no qualms about appearing in the skies in perfectly physical form. But we have long since discovered that it is an infringement upon free will to move into your physical existence. However, the thought-form of the so-called Venusian bell craft is a form that is part of the deep mind, for your people have seen these for many millennia.

Other examples of a thought-form are the nature spirit, deva, gnome and pixie. All of those creatures are easily dismissed by an entity who wishes to measure and judge the physical creation by empirical means only. However, all of these forms of disembodied life are real, in the same way that your energy body is real. There are those who can see the pulsing colors of the energy body, and there are those who can see the fairies, gnomes and pixies. There are those who dance with the devas and nature spirits. For they have been gifted with a broader and a deeper sight then their physical eyes will allow.

All of these are good examples of thought-forms and we would offer one more example to indicate how the physical and the metaphysical world can cooperate and coincide. If you will think about the service in the Christian church call the Holy Eucharist, you can see the priest invoking the presence of the one infinite Creator in the person of Jesus the Christ. There is an invocation that Jesus’ very being will come into the wafer of bread and the sip of wine that each communicant shall ingest. For those who believe, it is a powerful reality that they are able to take in the very body and blood of this crucified Savior whose unconditional love the whole world recognizes. The benefit from the ingestion of this thought-form, which is married to the wafer and to the wine, is very real and efficacious.

Earlier, the one known as R stated that all of the creation was made up of nothing but thought-forms and we find this to be a perceptive point. The original Logos, that Thought of unconditional love, has indeed spun out the light to manifest all that there is. Consequently, each entity is a form created by the Thought of love, and patterned out in the ways of love by light. In that sense each of you is a thought-form, your physicality being less real then your essence as a spark of that Logos.

We are those of Q’uo. May we answer you further, my brother?

R: Yes, Q’uo, I have one follow-up question. Thank you for speaking to the subject. The follow-up is this. Seekers who are conscious of their progress sometimes categorize their thoughts as positive or negative. I wanted to ask what suggestions or principles you would offer to those who are conscious seekers on the path of service to others when it comes to thought-forms created in the daily round of activities? What suggestions would you offer in terms of balance, or perhaps bringing more love into the seeking and existence?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The balancing exercises about which the one known as G was asking earlier have as their object the bringing back into balance of the unsettled and uncontrolled mind and emotions. And certainly the persistent use of the technique of thinking through the actions of the day and being willing to spend the time to balance out all perceived distortions and bias is an excellent one for creating the personal space in which you dwell.

There is often the unspoken assumption that life is what happens to you. In such a scheme, however, the seeker is a victim. This does not match our perception of you. This instrument was speaking yesterday afternoon to a client who wished to understand how he could create of his life a more sacred thing and this instrument shared with that client her perception, with which we agree, that the seeker shapes his life not in terms of what happens to him but in terms of how he responds to what happens to him.

We do not quibble with the fact that many things occur which would not be preferred in everyone’s life. However, the mind or consciousness of man is a powerful thing. You each have great power built into your being. You have the ability to say yes or no to each and every stimulus that comes your way. We realize that we speak in clichés when we say that you create your life. It is a staple of what this instrument would call New Age thinking that your life is chosen by you and can be shaped by you, by your desires and your will. However, it is quite literally true, as far as we know, that each of you does indeed have the capacity to create the life which you prefer. [This is] a large task with most entities who are attempting to create a positive environment for their soul’s growth. The choice remains with each seeker as to how he wishes to shape his inner environment.

One large difficulty in shaping a positive environment is the lingering of voices from early childhood and even early adulthood which were negative voices, voices that informed the young and defenseless being that he or she was not smart, not pretty, not able to get ahead, not worthy, and so forth. Left untended, those voices can persist throughout a lifetime. The insidious thing about such voices is that many seekers have internalized the voices so that they do not recognize that these are not voices from within. These are voices of the pain and the wounding of old memory.

It is very helpful, when you have a thought like, “I’m stupid, I can’t do it,” or, “I’m not worthy,” that you find the time and the patience to correct that voice. If you hear yourself saying something like that which runs you down, step in and say that which is the deeper truth, that which is positive: “I am a child of the Creator. I am perfect. I may be a bozo but I truly have love in my heart. It’s too bad I made that mistake. Let’s see if I can do better next time.” There are many ways to take those negative voices and turn the comment into an affirmation of your own worth and your own self-respect.

The essence of creating your own environment is respecting and honoring your ability to do so. Once the seeker grasps his ability to mine for and bring up to the surface those voices so that they can be put aside and relabeled as old memory, it is with each and every [seeker] a simple matter of persistence, of seeing those triggers when they occur. Hearing the negative voices and turning those voices away to replace them with the voice of your own self advocacy is immeasurable helpful.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a follow-up to that query, my brother.

R: You said earlier that thought-forms have an existence independent of their origins. Does the entity who generates the thought-form need to maintain focus or feed energy into that thought-form for the thought-form to continue? Or will it dissolve when the energy is no longer focused into it?

We are those of Q’uo, and grasp your query, my brother. Thought-forms persist because they are invested with many people’s familiarity with them. A good example would be Santa Claus. The figure of Kris Kringle or Santa Claus is clearly a thought-form. There is no real Kris Kringle, there is no real Santa Clause. Yet, when Christmastime arrives, your people experience an outpouring of love and affection and express their caring by creating food baskets and gift baskets for those families who cannot afford to have a Christmas on their own. Santa Claus is alive and well in the hearts of those who wish to do good at Christmas time.

Thought-forms such as bogeymen and fearsome monsters, dragons and so forth are all those forms that persist because, over and over again, they have been envisioned as storytellers tell the stories of your race from generation to generation. Consequently, there are many very persistent thought-forms.

There are also ephemeral and evanescent thought-forms that are an artifact of you as a person having a certain habit, thinking a certain thought, until it solidifies into a thought-form and can play merry havoc with your life. Fortunately, just as you develop thought-forms, so you can lay them aside.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

R: No, thank you for your comments, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo, and thank you, my brother.

We find that the energy is waning in this group and in this instrument, and so we would take this opportunity to take our leave of you, thanking you once again for the pleasure of your company and the beauty of your blended auras. You are an inspiration to us.

We leave you as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai.

[1] Yusuf Islam, formerly known as Cat Stevens, sings these lyrics on his 2006 CD, An Other Cup, from the song “In the End”: “You can’t bargain with the truth, ‘cause one day you’re gonna die, and good’s going high and evil’s going down in the end.”

[2] Ra, channeled through L/L Research on January 24, 1981, labeled Session 6.

February 28, 2009, Saturday Meditation

Question from L: In the Ra Material there is the use of the slash inbetween words and phrases, for instance, “mind/body/spirit complex,” “time/space” and “space/time.” Two other examples are “light/love” and “love/light.” I understand that with the phrase “mind/body/spirit complex” each of those words indicates a part of the whole. With “time/space” and “space/time” I’m not quite sure about that. I don’t understand the significance of why there are times when the word “time” comes before “space,” or the word “space” comes before “time.” With “light/love” and “love/light” it seems that both of those are parts of the whole or two sides of the same coin and I don’t understand why “light” sometimes appears before “love” and “love” sometimes before “light.” Can you help me with that?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings, my friends, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is our privilege and our pleasure to be called to your circle of seeking. And we thank you for calling us. We are happy to speak with you concerning the terms, “mind/body/spirit complex,” “love/light” and “light/love,” “time/space” and “space/time,” in which the slashes seem to loom large.

However, we would, as always, request of each of you that you use your powers of discrimination as you listen to or read these words, selecting those thoughts that resonate to you and leaving the rest behind. In this way we shall feel free to share our opinions without being concerned that we shall interfere with the natural progress of your spiritual walk. We thank you for this consideration.

When one is attempting to speak to the heart of meaning, one tends to chose one’s words carefully. When the subject is concerned with the nature of the fabric of that which we would call “reality,” for lack of a better term, it sometimes presses the limits of the language that is used in everyday life. It is difficult to find language which is precise within the confines of daily discourse.

The terms that you mention, my sister, in your question are all truths which refer to elements of this so-called reality which have a character that escapes the confines of the words used normally to describe them.

To create a more complex response to your question, my sister, we note that slashes, that punctuation mark between words to which you refer, are not used the same way in all applications. So we ask you to be patient with us as we take one term at a time.

We would start with the term that was developed by those of Ra to describe and define a person, a human being on Planet Earth in the third density of its cycles. It would seem that the term “person” is adequate to describe a human being. And yet, in terms of spiritual and metaphysical things, it is an entirely inadequate term. For a person is not a physical being alone. A person is also a citizen of eternity, an imperishable and infinite being, full of mystery, relating not only to Earth, but also to sky; not only to humanhood but also to divinity; not only to that which can be seen but that which can never be seen.

The three terms are not used interchangeably, that is, in any order, because the body is the creature of the mind. The mind comes first in the complex descriptor “mind/body/spirit complex.” The body comes next, for the body and the mind together create the earthly being. Only thirdly comes the term “spirit.”

And indeed the spirit is not an equal partner with mind and body. Rather it is a shuttle from which information and inspiration can flow from the metaphysical universe into the physical universe and from the larger world of essences and beings of all descriptions to the awareness of you, the entity within incarnation in third density.

With only mind and body you should be wholly a creature of the Earth, just as are the mountains, the flowers, and the animals. However, the gift of third density to the animal called human is that wondrous gateway of spirit that cannot be denied and that springs forth from every human heart to sanctify and bless the experience of life and the hope of eternity.

In this application those slashes are as hyphens, used instead of hyphens because of the considerations of this instrument and those within this circle of seeking that were responsible for the creation of the transcription of the original recordings of the conversation between the one known as Don and the group known as Ra. [1]

It was felt by those of Ra that since the questions of who a person is and why a person is in the experience of life on Planet Earth were to be treated over a period of time, it was necessary to create a term which would define itself, so that each entity who became aware of the conversation would be able to understand without further questioning how the ones known as Ra saw personhood. Consequently, that term was created in order to replace the term “person.”

The implications of the term are substantial and far reaching, and it is [because it is] an integral part of understanding human nature, shall we say, that we wished to convey, and still do wish to convey, that this term was created and has been used by those who have followed the group known as Ra in speaking with this group.

The next set of terms we would wish to discuss is the set, “space/time” and “time/space.” And to discuss this we would like to move back from the term into a consideration of the nature of third density upon your planet.

The environment which you experience as third-density Earth is an environment which is highly polarized. The very fabric of third density sings of polarity. As this instrument was discussing earlier today with the Live Chat group with whom it meets on each Saturday afternoon [2], the central glyph of third-density space/time is the Star of David. That glyph is made up of two triangles or pyramids, the upward-pointing pyramid or the delta being the male principle, the downward-pointing pyramid being the female. The female principle rests and awaits the reaching of the male principle, which then covers the female principle, creating in that union the shape of the Star of David.

Wherever you look in third density there are polarities. There are physical polarities such as male and female, light and dark, warm and cold. There are moral polarities such as good and evil, positive and negative, radiant and magnetic. The learnings of third density have to do with choosing one of two polarities of the ethical kind, service to others or service to self, and in moving along the line of that polarity, in accentuating it and accentuating it further, until you have, by polarizing, created yourself as a person of power.

It is against this backdrop that we would speak of space/time and time/space. We wished to establish this background before we spoke of the Reciprocal System of Physics created by the one known as Dewey. [3] In questioning the Ra group concerning the nature of reality the one known as Don used the language of the system of physics created by the one known as Dewey when asking his questions, and the ones of Ra responded accordingly.

Through this instrument we can only be general about the nature of the system of physics known as the Reciprocal System. However, the central equation of this system of physics is an equation that can be written in two ways, hence the term “Reciprocal System.” V stands for velocity in this equation. S stands for space, and T, for time. The equation is written either, v=s/t or v=t/s.

Here my sister, the slashes are used as mathematicians use a slash, to indicate that one can be divided by the other. The one known as Dewey posited that there were two reciprocal creations that depended from the nature of the fabric of consciousness which he posited as v or velocity.

In one way of looking at or experiencing the fabric of consciousness, the mismatch between space and time favors space. Because of this mismatch there is a periodicity to this fabric of consciousness as if a pointillist were painting a canvas and were creating dots that, when looked at, becomes a field of color. [4]

In the space time universe or the universe of s/t, the mismatch favors space. There is created an illusion in which space was a field and time was a river. In the metaphysical universe which is the reciprocal of the physical universe, the mismatching of time and space favors time. And so consequently, in this metaphysical universe time is the field and space is the river.

When entities speak of time travel they speak, in everyday 3D terms, of a science fiction, an impossibility. However in the time/space or metaphysical universe it is the only way to travel, shall we say. For it is the field and space is that which flows. The inner planes of your illusion are within time/space. Your thoughts, before they reach the conscious, word-making process, are in time/space. Consciousness, that ground of being which creates a unity of the universe, manifests in time/space.

Consequently, if we speak of space/time we are speaking of the everyday waking reality/illusion of third-density Planet Earth. When the term “time/space” is used, it indicates or refers to the metaphysical universe. Within time/space the past, present, future are a kind of globe, shall we say, for we wish to indicate a [three-dimensional] shape rather than a flat shape such a circle. We wish to indicate a living, rounded shape. Each incarnation that you experience is as a radius which always points back to the center of that circle of incarnations. At the center of that globe is your soul stream, the collector of all experiences and the giver of all experiences to the one infinite Creator.

The terms “light/love” and “love/light” depend from the terms “space/time” and “time/space.” When we of the Confederation speak of the one great original Thought of unconditional love which created all that there is, we speak in terms of love/light. When we speak of the manifested Logos, the seen worlds, we are speaking of light/love.

The energy from the one infinite Creator is sent forth from the central sun to the heart of Planet Earth. [It is] that energy which your beloved Mother gives back to you as the infinite flow of the Creator, that moves from the feet upwards through the body and out the body through the top of the head. [We are] speaking of the energy body, you understand. We are speaking of light/love.

There are profound understandings wrapped into these terms, and we are glad to offer any follow-up queries that you may have, my sister. We are those of Q’uo.

(Pause)

We are those of Q’uo, and as there is no follow-up to the first query, we would ask if there are other queries in the group at this time.

D: Yes, Q’uo, I had a question about crystals, specifically quartz crystals. When held in one hand a cool energy can be felt emanating from it. I was wondering what this is doing to a person’s energy field. Thank you.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The energy body of each of you is of a crystalline nature. It is sensitive in the extreme and it is easily moved by the light which has been configured through other crystals. As the energy body is developed through the course of an incarnation, where the energy body is strong it forms sometimes quite complex crystals that are of surpassing beauty.

The energy that moves through crystals such as quartz is light energy and, just like your energy body, the crystalline body of the quartz receives light and transduces it in certain ways and sends it out as a function of its being, not as an activity but as its essence.

While it is clear from its effects that a crystal is active, it is not conscious in the way that you are conscious. It receives and sends light according to its nature. When a crystal and a human being have interacted over a period of time, a crystal can become that which holds life, not of itself but as a thought form which is the gift of the consciousness of the human. And in that sense a crystal can become highly individuated. However, of its own nature it is as it is, whereas the energy body of the human is in constant flux.

The light sent forth in its regular configuration by a quartz crystal, then, moves into the field of the energy body and has certain healing characteristics which interact in a complementary and helpful way with those energies of the energy body which have become somewhat disorganized or weakened by virtue of there being a narrowing of the flow of the light/love of the infinite Creator through the energy body. Consequently, the crystal has a tendency to be a healing stone, as experienced by the person.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

D: Yes. Is there any detrimental effect that could happen if a quartz crystal is used for meditation very often?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. In general the tendency of the use of the crystal for meditation is positive. We would make two conditions upon that totally positive effect. The first is that energy bodies, just as people in their physical form, vary tremendously. What is meat and drink to one energy body will be poison to another. Consequently, there is no way to generalize when speaking of the use of crystals.

The proximity of the crystal to the person and the duration of that time in which the crystal and the person are in close connection vary in terms of the optimal use from person to person. Consequently, we would encourage each who uses crystals to be fully aware of the effects of that crystal and to monitor the self to be sure that there is not an overdose, shall we say, of proximity or longevity of connection to the crystal.

As an example we would offer this instrument. This instrument may tolerate a generally offered crystal such as the one in this particular room, which the one known as G and the one known as L gave to L/L Research, with no ill effects whatsoever. However, when this instrument received a so-called healing tree which was made of quartz, this instrument found it impossible to sleep in proximity to this crystal in spite of the fact that it was much smaller than the crystal in the living room offered for general use. The intention of the healing crystal was such that it was not easily tolerated by this entity and to this day it remains at a safe distance from this entity’s sleeping quarters.

Do not assume that a crystal shall be helpful or unhelpful, but rather experiment with it and build your intelligence with personal experience.

The other consideration which might limit the usefulness of a quartz crystal in meditation is its shape. Often such crystals are crafted into pyramids, and when crystals are in this particular shape they are more powerful because of the geometry of the energy field created by the shape. Such changes to the crystal create a more powerful crystal. At the same time that power can become toxic if kept within the energy field over what in your time would be 20 to 30 minutes.

With those two caveats, my brother, the use of the quartz crystal in meditation is encouraged. May we answer you further my brother?

D: That’s very enlightening. Thank you

We thank you, my brother. It is a marvelous thing to be able to speak with you. May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

R: I have a follow-up question, Q’uo, on the terminology used by Ra in the Law of One. When the expressions “space/time” and “time/space” are used they refers to third-density consciousness. Does the same reciprocal arrangement exist in fourth, fifth and sixth densities?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The terms of physical vs. metaphysical or space/time vs. time/space are indeed those that hold sway throughout the densities. It must be remembered however, my brother, that there is a quantum difference between each density. Light itself changes, becoming more dense, and consequently it is not a one-to-one ratio simply because apples are not oranges and third density light is not fourth density light and so forth.

However, with that understood we may answer in the affirmative. Yes, those distinctions hold sway throughout the densities until such time as time and space are no more, thought is no more, and all gifts are given, all harvests have been accepted, and the Creator sleeps once again in Its infinite mystery.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Yes, if the instrument still has enough energy for more questions.

We are those of Q’uo. This instrument is sufficiently energized to continue taking questions for some time yet, if there are indeed any questions in the group. We thank you for your infinite thoughtfulness towards this instrument and praise you for it. We would ask then if there is another query at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

R: I have a question about the expression of love/light vs. light/love. I thought that perhaps love/light might refer to beingness or energy that is potentiated but not yet expressed while the use of the term “light/love” would indicate doing-ness or action, energy that is expressed, light. Can you comment on whether this is accurate?

We are those of Q’uo. We can comment, my brother, but cannot say precisely that you are accurate. Rather, we would say that you have something by the tail. You have the essence of it. There is, from the standpoint of the infinite Creator, as much action and essence in light/love as in love/light.

From the standpoint of third density, in space/time the light/love which is used to manifest all things in the creation is builded of light/love rather than love/light. However the activity of light/love is not the activity of the human. Rather, it is the activity of the light expressing its nature by creating rotations and gradations of rotation that develop the elements of your universe. The love/light is instinct with the one great original Thought. While this original Thought is the Creator of all that is, It remains Itself an essence full of love. And in that way, my brother, you had the gist of it in saying that the love/light was beingness and light/love was activity. But it is the activity of the Creator and the beingness of the Creator, as opposed to the activity and the beingness of a person living in third density or indeed of ourselves.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Actually, I thought about it in those terms but I didn’t say it like that. So hearing you comment on it helps me to get the better grasp. I will, however, continue with one more question, which is about universes. It does not concern the terminology that you have described. But, as you were speaking of the densities reaching completion and the energy moving back into the Creator, I wanted to ask if the universes that exist beyond this one in which we are experiencing our dance of the creation and the beings in those universes interact or are aware of each other in some way. I ask this question because I am aware that in the information that came through the Pleiadian contact with the one known as Billy Meier, the fourth-density entities that contacted him were describing another universe with which they were able to interact. My thought was, is it possible, from that philosophical standpoint, that one universe can interact with another while it is in progress, before it collapses back to the Creator?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We may say that there is a problem in terminology betwixt the information from the one known as Billy and the information which we offer, in that to our understanding there is one universe at a time and space, if we may use a pun.

The universe as a whole moves through the densities and lives and then is completed as one universe. There are certainly many of what you would call distant experiences to yours within this universe. The energies of one part of the universe do indeed interact with others and there has been discussion of the possibility of those from the next octave being able to move back into this octave from one reason or another. Of that we can say nothing for sure.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Then if I understand you correctly, consciousness moves through one octave and then moves into the following octave but the interaction between those two is that about which you cannot really speak. Is that accurate?

We are those of Q’uo, and my brother, you have it. Is there a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Not from me Q’uo, thank you

G: Q’uo, I have a query. Often my experience takes on the quality of a dream, where reality loses its hard and linear edges and I sense a funny and joyful weirdness about the contents of the moment. I look at myself, my environment, and I’m just baffled sometimes, in a positive way, that any of it exists at all. I was wondering if this is symptomatic of awakening within the third-density illusion in general, or is this more specific to the experience of living on the cusp of the density change, or am I just losing my mind?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Of those three alternatives, pleasant as each may be to contemplate, we find that your first supposition is correct. The universe and yourself within the universe are far, far different and far less concrete than meets the waking eye or the unthinking mind. Truly, each entity is held in place not by gravity, but by his own set of parameters, self-administered and self-perpetuating.

We are not saying that the physical laws of the physical universe do not exist, for they do, my brother, and to your great benefit. They create a stable illusion within which you may experience the progress of a lifetime of experience and collect and consider your experiences.

However, the inner life, the life of the spirit within, is held in place at first by the tacit acceptance of what each other entity in the surrounding milieu accepts, and then by the perpetuation of that acceptance. This instrument uses the phrase “thinking outside the box.” Within the inner life you begin with a box which consists of all the suppositions you have accepted as true. Within this box are many systems and subsystems, all with their perpetuating energy. As you begin to loosen yourself from the suppositions with which you began your inner life, you gently and sometimes abruptly step outside the box. You are then free to the extent you are able to take advantage of this increased awareness to alter the way energy works within your particular inner world. Then the limitations of your environment are those chosen by you.

The difference between one who is unconsciously limited in the inner life and one who is consciously limited in the inner life is that the seeker who has begun to penetrate the outer illusion and who knows that he creates his reality is far more able to take advantage of those times which seem so dislocating and dreamlike, by molding that dream to match his hopes, his desires, and his intentions.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: I’ll try to be very brief. You said that the seeker, when experiencing these dreamlike moments, could take advantage of them by using the moment, molding the moment to his hopes, desires and intentions. I take it then that this can be effected simply by stating, by affirming, by requesting that which one seeks.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. This is basically correct. There is an element at such times of resting within the dream, and appreciating the difference in the way life feels. The energies of such moments is that which is indeed to be appreciated and it is not necessary to use these moments. It is sufficient in some cases to enjoy and be present within them. However, these are those moments of increased liquidity, where the maturing seeker may begin to loosen the fetters which he has experienced binding him, yet loosening them in a way that is consonant with his ideas, his hopes, and dreams.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: No, we’ll let the instrument recoup and conclude, and we all thank you, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo, and my brother, we thank you. Indeed we thank each who came with questions this evening. And we thank all of those within this circle for the heady opportunity to share our humble thoughts. It has been a privilege and a pleasure, as we said before, and we relish these times together. We thank you for allowing us to be of service in the way we have chosen. And we assure you that your beauty is astounding. We thank you for being those who have set aside time and space, or space and time, to pursue the truth, to behold beauty, and to dwell in the precincts of love unconditional.

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

[1] The use of forward slashes instead of hyphens stems from our familiarity with the forward slashes as used in the Reciprocal System of Physics created by Dewey B. Larson. In his system velocity = space/time or time/space.

[2] Since early 2009, Carla has talked on www.bring4th’s Live Chat from 3:00 to 5:00 p.m. with anyone who wishes to ask her questions, from the second Saturday in September through the last Saturday in May.

[3] To see an introductory video on Larson’s reciprocal System, go to http://rstheory.org/video/rs-101. To read about it, go to http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reciprocal_System.

[4] To read more about this school of painters, whose chief proponent was Georges-Pierre Seurat (1859 - 1891), go to http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pointillism.

March 14, 2009, Saturday Meditation

Jim: The question this evening, from D, has to do with free will and how, when we talk with other people about spiritual principles, we can keep from invading or infringing upon theirs. Could Q’uo speak to any guidelines that we could follow that would ensure that we not infringe upon anybody’s? And if we should infringe on someone’s, does that affect our karma? If so, how?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. We thank you for creating this sacred space in your life for seeking the truth and for coming together in a circle of seeking. It is our privilege and our blessing that you have called us to your circle and we are happy to speak to you concerning the issue and of karma.

However, as always, we would preface our remarks by asking each of you to use your discernment and your discrimination when listening to or reading these words. For our remarks cannot hit the mark for everyone at all times. Consequently, take those remarks of ours which have resonance for you and follow them if they help you, leaving the rest behind. We thank you for this consideration, for it enables us to speak freely without being concerned that we might infringe upon you or disturb the natural pace of your seeking.

You will notice that we spoke of our concern for infringing upon you when we asked that you follow the path of resonance when choosing what to remember about our humble remarks this evening. Free will is the first distortion of the Law of One. It is central to the way your environment works. We come from elsewhere than this planet. We are not your neighbors. We are not your friends. We do not have the right to give you good advice in such a way that you would be forced to listen to us.

We are a service-to-others principle and our polarity would be disturbed were we to indicate in any way that we were authorities who must be trusted. It is our pleasure to work within those limitations. We would not wish to have greater power than we claim. And the power that we claim is only the ability to speak through this instrument concerning the one original Thought of unconditional love in its many distortions of which free will is a primal one.

Among your peoples, free will is a prime mover; on a spiritual level, absolutely. On the level of the physical, mental and emotional, there is no absolute, for you are each other’s neighbors and friends. You do have the right to offer your opinion to each other when asked. You have the right to influence each other when you are using your power in ways that are appropriate, within the bounds of your relationships and that which has been requested of you. You do not have to be as concerned as we in the normal run of your life and in your interactions with those in your environment. It is acceptable and within the bounds of free will to express your opinion when asked, and even to discuss that opinion again when it is asked of you.

There are many ways in which free will needs to be abridged within your third-density environment. When you have a child, that child must have his free will abridged many times. He must follow the rules of the family and learn the limitations of his power. It is not an infringement upon free will, in the sense of there being any karmic damage, to keep a child from harming himself on a hot stove, walking off the side of a porch, or otherwise hurting himself.

As parents and teachers train their charges and show them and explain to them how to be good people, these seeming infringements upon free will are appropriate and needed. When one is asked to be a mentor or teacher, it is not only acceptable but also desirable for you to express yourself to the very best of your ability, for guidance has been requested.

And when you are asked questions, whether of a physical, emotional or spiritual nature, it is entirely appropriate to offer your opinion, again using your own sense of rightness and goodness to shape your replies.

However, it is indeed possible within third density for people to infringe upon each others’ free will in ways that do involve karma. Take for instance the institution that you call marriage. A marriage of equal partners may involve many spirited discussions, but if one of the mates reserves the right to give orders to the other, there has been an infringement upon the free will of that individual whose liberties have been limited without his or her consent.

In a work situation it is entirely acceptable for the leader to give orders to the employee as long as they do not shame him or abase him or disrespect him as a human being. When one entity uses a weapon to coerce or force another to do his bidding, whether it is in criminal acts or acts of war, this, too, goes beyond the bounds of acceptable usage and constitutes an infringement upon the free will of the one who is limited.

There is no question but that in all of those three circumstances and more there is much infringement upon free will among your people. To those who feel that there is a question as to whether they are acting appropriately or whether they are moving beyond the bounds of acceptable influence and infringing upon another’s free will, we might suggest that, in your mind, you turn the tables and see the situation as happening the opposite way, not from you to another but from another to you. If, in that turnaround, you see the goodness of your actions, you are most likely behaving appropriately and maintaining unity between yourself and the other self. If, when you turn the tables, you realize you would resent such a thing were it to happen to you, then you know that you have infringed upon the rights, the peace, and the liberty of another.

In general, you may trust that you are acting well when you are responding to another’s request by offering information or continuing a discussion.

We understand that when you have been awakened and excited and impassioned for the good, the true, and the beautiful by truths that have been revealed to you that seem fair and worthy of being shared, it is a great temptation to share these wonderful truths with others as a way of relating to them. However, we would suggest that you refrain from doing so, relating to entities not by what you think but by who you are; giving yourself to the relationship with them, not your ideas. When relating self-to-self you may encourage and support the good that you see in another in any way that comes to you, but rest from sharing your opinions except insofar as they seem to spring up in conversation of their own accord.

As we have said before through this instrument, it is perfectly fine to share a thought and let that thought drop like a seed on the ground of another’s consciousness. But, like Johnny Appleseed, do not look back when you have dropped that seed. Move on. It is not a concern of yours whether the seed takes root or whether it withers and dies.

You have asked concerning karma. In response, we would contemplate the power of words. If you bind another with ropes, it is obvious that you have infringed upon their free will. If you bind another with words, it is not at all obvious that free will has been abridged. And yet, especially when the one to whom you speak is one with whom you are in close relationship, the power of your words is great, perhaps greater than you realize.

When you are listening, you can do no wrong. Supportive listening is a blessing to all and you can err in no way as you listen. Words of encouragement are always welcome. They shall never infringe upon the free will of another. Encouragement and support create confidence between yourself and another and give that entity to whom you speak gifts to take with him.

Yet, how easy it is, when you know somebody very well, to be careless with your words. You know the other’s weaknesses. You know the other’s suffering. You know those points that are painful to contemplate. You know those memories, the reminder of which shall cause another pain. And when there is anger or resentment because of catalyst that has not yet been processed, how easy it is to push a button, to evoke a sad memory, or otherwise to cause pain by your words.

If you start a sentence, “This is what’s wrong with you,” think before you finish the sentence. If you must criticize, wait until your heart is full of love and compassion so that that which must justly be shared is shared in unity, in harmony, and in support.

It is especially difficult to remember to be gentle with your words when others are ungentle with you. It is understandable and human to wish to defend yourself, and we encourage those words of defense that express your belief in yourself and in your worth.

Be aware, however, of the temptation to give hurt for hurt, slight for slight, insult for insult. That entity which has insulted you, slighted you, or offended you in some way has given you a gift. You are blessed. There is always a blessing and a gift that accompanies being misunderstood, resented or otherwise hurt. That gift is the gift of self-knowledge.

Self-knowledge then leads you to a greater awareness of yourself. All things that are challenging to you are those things which promote spiritual maturity in those who are willing to work with the catalyst that has been given. It is against the ways of your culture to give thanks for the challenges of insult and injury through words. It is the way of your culture to respond in words of anger.

And my friends, we are aware of the rightness of the emotions that flood through you at those times. We do not discourage you from experiencing those emotions. We only encourage you to be aware of the power of your own words.

Do the work that anger offers you, that resentment offers you, that suffering offers you, within yourself. Give yourself time to work through difficult emotions. But insofar as you are able, refrain from sharing those difficulties with those about you. Realize that it is a delicate thing to determine what is a just communication and what is a bullying or a manipulative conversation.

We realize that you must play with these judgments endlessly as you strive for the most open and clear communication that you can find. We do not discourage the speaking of truth. We only note that there are many ways to approach truth. Further, there are the accompanying unspoken languages of tone, posture, facial expression and other points of body language which go into the communication that you are attempting to share with another.

The attention and the honest attempt to avoid hurtful and abusive language with another carries with it a high probability that no matter how imperfect your actual actions, you shall not retain karma.

All of you have considered at one time or another some situation where an entity had killed another and consequently had adhering karma from that act. There are many ways to acquire adhering karma. There is only one way to relieve karma and that is to forgive. If you feel that you have injured or harmed another, then we would encourage you to go to that person and ask for forgiveness. Then we would encourage you to go to yourself and ask for your forgiveness of yourself.

By far, the most adhering of karma is that which is self-judged. Do not fall into the trap of forgiving another but failing to forgive the self. For in a karmic transaction there are two. And the entire transaction must be forgiven before the wheel of karma can stop turning.

How can you forgive yourself? It is indeed a quandary! For you, in your creation, are the judge. That which you forgive is forgiven. That which you do not forgive is unforgiven.

Shall you be harsh or shall you be merciful? Have you the courage to forgive completely and start over? Can you die to old memory and awaken anew, an unblemished person? We ask that you give yourself permission to do so. In that way your life shall be sweet and there shall be no karma but only newness and the opportunity to bloom.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask at this time if there is a follow-up to that query, my brother?

D: Thank you, Q’uo. I think a lot of people would thank you for bringing light to that topic.

I would ask if you could make the distinction between an awakened one speaking of truths, which you recommended against, and the giving of thoughts much like Johnny Appleseed and then moving on.

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we understand your query, my brother.

The distinction between bending someone’s ear, as this instrument would say, and the dropping of thoughts is that in the dropping of thoughts, the one for whom the thought is dropped has no awareness that his ear is being bent. That subject which you feel is a beautiful opening for something that you would like to share has come up in conversation, and so you share it and you move on.

The line that is drawn here is between taking advantage of a conversation that happens to go in a direction in which you have something to share and in creating a conversation that gives you the opportunity to share.

On the one hand, you are simply communicating back and forth and in a spontaneous way you have found a nugget that you’d like to share and so you do.

If you create the conversation by bringing up the topic you wish to discuss, then in a subtle way you are herding or bullying this entity and hoping to have a certain effect upon him.

Do not create the opportunity to share spiritual truths but only respond to openings in which such a truth is relevant and apt.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if we can answer you further, my brother?

D: That’s great. Thank you.

Is there another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

T: Yes, Q’uo. This is T, and I am trying to write about one of the biggest catalysts here in third density, which is money. I would like whatever advice you have to say about this catalyst which would be good, or bad, in a positive, service-to-others way.

We are aware of your query, my sister, and we are glad to speak to you concerning that which is called money.

The virtue of money, or as this instrument would call it more generally, supply, is that it creates a way to fill the needs of the self and those who are dependent upon that self. Without money, the body has no way to be sheltered. There is no way to clothe a person without money. Money is a great blessing.

There were times upon your planet when the barter system, as this instrument would call it, by and large replaced the need for coinage. In this system there was the give and take between peoples that respected all of the value of all of the various kinds of labor for which entities have gifts. There was an equal appreciation of hard work, such as labor in the land, artistry of various kinds, craftsmanship of various kinds and the services which entities could offer each other. In this environment supply was easier to see as that which flowed between entities as a kind of nutrient. Perhaps it is well to think of wealth, or money, or supply as nutrient, a way of feeding the self the things that it needs.

Money or supply, in and of itself, is innocent. It is rightly said in your holy works that the love of money is the root of all evil. [1]

When entities see money as a kind of energy that flows through their lives and extends out into others’ lives, then we feel that that money is given its appropriate value. It is a blessing to be able to pay the bills, as this instrument would say, to feed the belly, to clothe and shelter the body, to gain those things of which one finds need.

When that which may be called greed and acquisitiveness enters the thoughts concerning money, so that money is amassed and put aside for its own sake, it begins to be toxic. The values of such an entity no longer visualize money as a nutrient that flows ceaselessly through the culture, enriching it as it goes. Rather, it holds it and amasses it and stops the flow of it. There is a forgetfulness involved in such greed and that forgetfulness is the forgetting of the needs of other selves.

Interestingly enough, it is to the one who is most generous with that nutrient of money and who makes sure that that which is received is passed on to whom abundance comes most easily. It is not to the one who holds, but to the one who opens the hand that more and more shall be given.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

T: Only briefly. I guess I want some clarification on amassing wealth. Most people tend to amass it and save it in another place, whether [in] businesses or corporation [stocks] or bonds, governments or municipals, or [other] things that go to keep the system going. Is that the same thing you’re talking about? Most people that amass wealth tend to put it to work somewhere.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. When one examines the thoughts behind conserving wealth, one shall see either a prudent plan for assuring the security of the family and so forth, or one shall see an unreasoning greed, a desire for money for its own sake.

When there is a reasonable and just plan at work in the conserving of the work of your hands and the labors that are translated into salary and money and supply, there is no greed involved but only prudence.

We think, for instance, of the story from your holy work, of the rich man who was owed money by another. This man begged the rich man, saying he had no way to pay him and could he please forgive him the debt. The rich man relented and forgave him the debt. Then, that man turned around and demanded money that he was owed by another.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

And that man said, “Oh, but please forgive me for I have not the money to pay you.” But that man did not forgive the third man and demanded his money and when he could not pay, he threw that man into prison. [2]

The rich man, when faced with need, was generous. He was not greedy and he was not at fault, for he did not love money for its own sake, but only appreciated what it could do. On the other hand, the second man who, having been forgiven, could not forgive another, was an entity who loved money in a greedy way.

Does that make it clearer, by sister, or may we answer you further? We are those of Q’uo.

T: Thank you. That cleared it up.

May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

D: Yes, Q’uo. I have another one. Could you speak on the relationship between psychic greeting and polarity, or how psychic greeting affects polarity?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We would say, my brother, that there is no necessary connection between psychic greeting and polarity. If one experiences a psychic greeting, the experience may be difficult, to say the least. Yet, if the entity retains the self and allows the self to experience the psychic greeting without judgment, that entity’s true self has been allowed to maintain its integrity. It is often very difficult to refrain from responding to psychic greeting with vividly negative emotions. Yet, in those circumstances, the ability to retain the memory of who the self is and what the polarity of the self is and to continue to affirm those truths about the self eliminates the likelihood that there will be a change in polarity.

It is certainly possible to become greatly discouraged in the face of a psychic greeting, yet this does not necessarily change the polarity of the entity, if that person continues to affirm who he is and why he is here.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

D: Let me just see if I can get you straight. You say that if a positive entity can maintain a loving attitude throughout, no matter how bad the psychic greeting is, he will maintain his polarity?

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we understand your query. That is correct, my brother. The ability to remember who one is is powerful, even in the face of very discouraging catalyst. If one is immobilized and unable to act, yet still, one is who one is, and if one clings to one’s true nature and remembers it in the face of discouraging catalyst, then that true self continues singing its song, vibrating as it vibrates, even as the emotions are ragged and torn.

There is tremendous power in maintaining [that] memory and there is great help to those who strive to remain positive in the face of negative catalyst. There are many, many entities within the inner planes who respond in support and encouragement to those who call upon the principles they wish to confirm: goodness, love, beauty, those things that remain when all illusion is washed away.

May we answer you further, my brother?

D: That’s all. Thank you.

We thank you, my brother. We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a final query at this time?

T: I have a brief one, just to continue on his thoughts. Does an entity’s polarity right now affect how strong the psychic greeting is—the stronger [the entity is in] service to others, the stronger [the] service to self [psychic greeting]?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. The phenomenon of psychic greeting is a large subject. There are basically two kinds of psychic greeting. By far the most common is the greeting of the integrated personality by those parts of the personality that are not yet integrated and that perhaps have split apart from the integrated personality, so that parts of the self attack the self as if the self were another. The other type of psychic greeting involves an actual entity other than the self.

In the case of the greeting of the self by the self, the momentary vibration that is occurring at the time may well have something to do with why that greeting occurred. However, if the psychic greeting is coming from an entity outside the self, the momentary polarity of the entity will have almost nothing to do with the greeting. Rather, the greeting will have to do with how closely that entity is standing to the light.

When an entity is standing close to the light, attempting to serve in some way that is above the ordinary, healing, teaching or in some way serving others, that light reveals any small defect of character and shows to an outer entity the most likely place for a temptation or an incursion into the energy body. Consequently, those who are serving in such a way will find psychic greeting inevitable.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

T: If you can. In this situation, being close to the light doesn’t necessarily mean having an overall vibration of a strong service to others. It could be a situational “close to the light”?

We are those of Q’uo. My sister, we believe we understand your query. The type of psychic greeting of which we were speaking involves those who intend to stand close to the light. Those who merely brush against it situationally do not create enough of a persistent image to attract attention.

May we answer you further, my sister?

T: No. Thank you.

We thank you, my sister. We find that this instrument’s energy begins to wane and so we would, with great gratitude and thanks, take our leave of this instrument and this group, leaving each in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai.

[1] Holy Bible, I Timothy 6:9-11: “They that will be rich fall into temptation and a snare, and into many foolish and hurtful lusts, which drown men in destruction and perdition. For the love of money is the root of all evil: which while some coveted after, they have erred from the faith, and pierced themselves through with many sorrows. But thou, O man of God, flee these things; and follow after righteousness, godliness, faith, love, patience, meekness.”

[2] Holy Bible, Matthew 18:23-35: “Therefore is the kingdom of heaven likened unto a certain king, which would take account of his servants. And when he had begun to reckon, one was brought unto him, which owed him ten thousand talents. But forasmuch as he had not to pay, his lord commanded him to be sold, and his wife, and children, and all that he had, and payment to be made. The servant therefore fell down, and worshipped him, saying, Lord, have patience with me, and I will pay thee all. Then the lord of that servant was moved with compassion, and loosed him, and forgave him the debt. But the same servant went out, and found one of his fellow servants, which owed him an hundred pence: and he laid hands on him, and took him by the throat, saying, Pay me that thou owest. And his fellow servant fell down at his feet, and besought him, saying, Have patience with me, and I will pay thee all. And he would not: but went and cast him into prison, till he should pay the debt. So when his fellow servants saw what was done, they were very sorry, and came and told unto their lord all that was done. Then his lord, after that he had called him, said unto him, O thou wicked servant, I forgave thee all that debt, because thou desiredst me: Shouldest not thou also have had compassion on thy fellow servant, even as I had pity on thee? And his lord was wroth, and delivered him to the tormentors, till he should pay all that was due unto him. So likewise shall my heavenly Father do also unto you, if ye from your hearts forgive not every one his brother their trespasses.”

March 28, 2009, Saturday Meditation

Jim: The question this evening is, “What suggestions would Q’uo have for someone who wants to polarize service to others as much as possible?”

(Carla channeling)

We are the principle known to you as Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is a great privilege to be called to your circle of seeking and we are very happy to speak with you on the subject of how best to increase the service-to-others polarity of your life and seeking.

However, as always, we would ask a favor of you. That is to use your discernment and your discrimination as we speak, looking for resonance and retaining only those thoughts of ours which are resonant to you. Please let the rest go away and not be thought of, for those thoughts that do not resonate, no matter how true they may be, are not helpful for you at this time. We greatly appreciate your cooperation with this, for it will enable us to be able to speak freely without being concerned that we may infringe upon your free will or disturb the rhythm of your process.

As is often the case, we find that in order to respond to the good question of the one known as D, we need to take a step back and somewhat prepare the ground for those remarks we would like to share.

In your conversation before this session began, you were speaking about the fact that in the sixth density, the density of unity, the two paths of service to self and service to others converge and become one. This is indeed true. And yet as the one known as Carla said, there is great virtue in the polarities within the present density, your Density of Choice.

We see each of you as powerful beings, sparks of the Godhead principle. Were you to do nothing but live your lives, reincarnate and live that life and reincarnate and live that life, and so forth, you would advance, for the pressure of evolution is inexorable. However, if you wish you are also quite capable of accelerating the pace of spiritual evolution for yourself, and we are most pleased to be able to expatiate upon this theme.

For there is virtue to the acceleration of the seeking process. The environment of third-density physical existence is in many ways a harsh environment, spiritually speaking, for it is heavily veiled. The overarching truths that “all is well” and that “all is love” are not visible within the depths of third-density living. Indeed, it is as though you are in a dark environment, that “valley of the shadow of death,” as this instrument has been known to call it after the Psalmist. [1]

However, just as even one candle can be seen for half a mile, so spiritual light can never be quenched, and that light shines through for all, even in the darkest night and in the thickest of illusions. And that light which cannot be quenched lies within each and every heart of each and every human that dwells upon Planet Earth.

There are many ways, however, to hide that light “under a bushel” as the phrase is from your holy book the Bible [2], and so our remarks are along the lines of how not to hide your light, how to be fearless with the power that lies within you and how to harness it and direct it.

The nature of polarity is such that it echoes to the very fabric of your third-density illusion. Each of you is able to name many dynamic opposites: light and dark, good and evil, warm and cold, wet and dry, and so forth. The very fabric of your existence has the overarching glyph of the Star of David, that figure which is made up of the up-thrusting male principle in its delta form and the downward-pointing pyramid of the female principle. As they come together and merge, so [they form] the Star of David.

There are ways to look at the male and female of the illusion, the attributes given to the female side and the attributes given to the male side of the so-called Tree of Life, and then those androgynous energies which are in the middle of that figure, lending coherence and relationship to the whole. [3] And you are creatures of the Star of David and the Tree of Life. You are walking matrices which are able to juxtapose and merge the physical and the metaphysical, the outer and the inner, the temporal and the eternal. Each of you is a walking gateway between two worlds.

By calling upon the spiritual or metaphysical aspect of yourself, you awaken within yourself a great array of resources and these resources may be used as you choose. Primary among these resources, in terms of increasing your rate of positive polarization, is your awareness of yourself as a person whose will is powerful.

When you set your intention to do something, you change things for yourself in terms of your energy body and in terms of that connection that you have with the metaphysical world. And so, the first thing we would suggest to those who would wish to increase their rate of polarization is to set your intention.

There are various ways of doing this, the most simple of which is to say, “I set my intention to be one who wishes to polarize as quickly as I possibly can and still be able to integrate my learning.” However, it is efficacious to put more time in on the creation of this statement to yourself [and your faculty] of will. You may wish to write it out or have a ceremony or ritual whereby you, in conjunction with your guidance, set this intention.

It is often true in the physical world that intentions vanish like smoke. However, within the metaphysical world where thoughts are objects, the setting of an intention is a powerful resource. Naturally, once this intention has been set, it is well to revisit that intention and confirm it whenever there seems to be a situation which calls for a polarized response.

The quality of memory is very important in sustaining an intention. If you can create a vivid enough memory of this complex of feelings, will and passion that you have disciplined and shaped into an intention, then you are able to access it when you need to remember the intensity of this intention.

In the daily life that supports such an effort, it is well to place daily opportunities for entering the silence and resting in your own open heart where the Creator abides in fullness. We do not feel the need to govern your choices of how to enter the silence. For some there is a green cathedral and the Creator is felt most fully in nature. For others there is a totally interior experience which can be had anywhere. For others, there is a practice that calls to them, whether it be one kind of meditation, such as Vipassana, or another, such as Transcendental Meditation.

Entering the silence is a very personal thing, even an intimate thing, and we would not feel comfortable recommending one way over another of doing so. However, in general, we may say that it is only when there is a sustained practice of entering the silence that the catalyst of daily life begins to be vulnerable to being seen as the illusion that it is. If there is not a steady practice of meditation of one kind or another there is a far less firm place where the observer-self may look upon the challenges of a busy life and see through them to the peace and the power that lie within faith, that faith that all is well. That simple statement, “All is well,” is a good mantra for any discipline, for it is at the heart of faith.

Often entities among your people speak of faith as though it were a matter of believing this or that, yet faith has no content. Faith is simply an attitude, a knowing that all is well and that all will be well. This knowledge may give you peace during challenging times.

Those situations in life which are rich in opportunities for those who wish to polarize always have to do with choosing love over fear. As we have said before through this instrument, it is well to ask the self when faced with a challenge, “Where is the love in this moment?”

When that question is asked, there are times that you can see no love in the situation. This creates the opportunity for you to open your heart and allow the Creator’s love to move through you, so that the love in this situation has come through you. It is not a discipline in which you must express what you know as much as it is a discipline in which you allow yourself to become a lighthouse, cleaning the lenses of your lantern so that there is no hate or jealousy that is clinging to you, so that you have become transparent in your personality. For you cannot love the world of your own self. You shall surely run out of love quickly, for the love of the mind and the human heart is finite. Yet the love of the one infinite Creator is, itself, infinite.

Thusly, polarizing towards the positive is, in some part, a matter of gently moving yourself out of the way of the light that flows through you. It is a great collaboration, my brother, for it is not unimportant that you yourself, in your humanness, love. This love that you have colors the light of the infinite One in beautiful colors made of your personality, your choices, your quirks, your uniqueness. As you bless the light that flows through you, you bless the world and in your way you are lightening the consciousness of Planet Earth. It is, indeed, the greatest service that any can offer, that service of allowing the light to shine through the personal self and out into the world.

Can you claim some credit for doing this? Not at all. It is your personal, intimate and secret gift, offered from the mystery and the depth of your own open heart. And yet, once offered, it shall color your whole life and make of it a great adventure.

When the next time of decision comes to you, my brother, slow yourself down. Move into your open heart and allow the full riches of the catalyst involved to flow through you. Positive polarity is not a matter of ignoring anything. It is not a matter of choosing to let the shadow side slide and focusing on the positive. It is a matter of asking for a viewpoint that sees the wider and more comprehensive picture of the situation.

As this instrument would say, it asks you to dolly back, [4] to pull the camera of your attention backwards to a place of observation which calls upon the highest and best within you. It calls upon your guidance. It calls upon your awareness of who you are and why you are here. And it calls upon the memory of which we spoke earlier, invoking that decision that you made at the outset to serve the one infinite Creator by polarizing towards service to others.

Lastly, in order to accelerate the pace of evolution we would encourage that which is called a “sense of humor” among your people, and what we may call a sense of proportion. Remember, as this instrument would say, “You are but dust and to dust you shall return.” [5] Remember that the glory that moves through you asks you not to be glorious but only to be an instrument. Let the Creator play you. Your job is to stay in tune. Therefore, tune yourself with memory, with affirmation, with mantra, with all of the tools and resources that you find helpful.

And, my brother, when you fail to remember all these things and feel that you have “crashed and burned” in service-to-self-ness, let the dust settle. Take yourself up. And know that it shall be a new day as soon as you forgive yourself for being human. There is never an ending and never a failure to one who is on the path of positive polarity, because every morning is a new life. You may hit the reset button as often as you need to do so.

As always, my brother, those of the Confederation of Planets are happy to rest with you in your meditation and offer a carrier wave that will stabilize your own vibrations as they flicker a bit. We do not attempt to communicate at those times but merely to be with you and to bathe you with our love.

May we ask, my brother, if there is a follow-up to this query? We are those of Q’uo.

D: That’s all, thank you Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you, my brother. May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: I was wondering why ancient people are recorded in our holy books as seeing God descending down from a cloud and whether this has to do with what we call a “Merkaba” [6] physically manifesting?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We find it beyond our capacity to explain to you precisely what prompted writers of such works to describe various aspects of the one infinite Creator as descending from the clouds. However, we may say that beyond all anthropomorphic imaginings of writers there is our understanding that each of you has a Merkaba body, the energy body. This vehicle is not a physical vehicle, it is an energy vehicle. Nonetheless it is perfectly capable of sustaining you within various environments, which do not include third-density, physical Earth.

However, this energy body, or Merkaba, is more real than your physical body. The physical body is a nested set of energy forms with their integrity held by the thought of that particular form, whereas the energy body is closer to the one infinite Creator in that its thought is more coherent.

Those who learn to project themselves and have astral experiences are using their Merkaba body or their energy body in which to move around and experience. And before and after your physical death, that is the body which you are using to experience life. You will find after you move through the gateway of physical death into larger life that you have been in this body all along and simply did not have the conscious awareness, for the most part, that you had this energy body.

However, my brother, you can feel the integrity of this body if you sit in meditation and simply ask to see it. The various emotions that are often scorned by humans are the very stuff of the energy body in their refined and purified form, and each of the chakras within that energy body has its own characteristics and its own complex of emotional sets, as it were, which together create an elegant and highly efficient vehicle for that infinite and eternal entity which is you.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: Please, Q’uo, I would really appreciate it if you could recommend a meditation where I could learn to change my focus from this consciousness to enter my Merkaba body at will, as staying here and being of service would be so much easier for me if I knew I could leave at any time.

We are those of Q’uo and are aware of your query, my brother. We would suggest in this wise, my brother, that you continue in your study of the energy body as you find it discussed within the works channeled through this research group. There are various sources of this material within what this instrument calls The Ra Material and also within the other Confederation channelings that reside in the archives of this group’s online Library.

As you begin to feel that you have a greater and greater understanding of this energy body, the direction of a effective and skillful meditation for you, then, would be the entering into of each of the chakras, opening them, enjoying them, and seeing how the energy moves up into the open heart and therefrom to do work in consciousness in the higher chakras. We feel that a repetition of this visitation by you of your own energies will begin to make this body more real to you so that you are more and more able to use it. May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: Thank you, I can understand what you’re saying and I appreciate it.

We thank you, my brother. May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: I’ve got one. Q’uo. I’m curious about the paradox between free will and the fact that from a time/space perspective the future doesn’t exist so that, for example, in a previous recording in which you answered the question about the role of personality, you explained that all future entities who listen to tonight’s recording on the radio or read the transcript are actually present right here in this moment. To me that seems to contradict free will, because I understood that free will means that there are probabilities of what entities will do in the future but not certainties. So I’m sure you understand my query at this point.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The intellectual mind has a tremendous problem with the paradoxes and mysteries of the metaphysical. Yet it is paradox and mystery that let one know that one is on fruitful spiritual ground. There is total free will in that. Entities may always choose to attend or not to attend to anything. They may also choose how to respond to it. It is in the responses that one’s personal creation is made, not in the circumstances themselves.

As to the seeming paradox, an entity in your linear future reading or hearing this material and realizing that he has touched into the energy vortex which created the material is not the same thing as the entity being forced into a place in space and time in the literal sense. Rather there is the convergence of energies, in a metaphysical sense, with the vibration of love and light upon which this channeling has been carried, it being the matrix for all of those who would touch into that web that is this circle of seeking.

This circle of seeking exists in time, in the sense of space/time, and it exists timelessly in the sense of metaphysical patterns of attraction. In just such a way, the one known as William [7] wrote many plays and sonnets in the seventeenth century and in his brief life certainly did not touch a great many people. Yet, century after century since then, when school children meet the question of “to be or not to be,” [8] they have entered into that moment where there was the creation of that soliloquy and therefore, of that universe.

Thusly, it is aptly said that some works are timeless and in their classic goodness exceed all ages, speaking to those of any age, any century, whose minds are shaped at that moment to perceive and to work with those concepts. It is not something special that those who read the material generated this evening converge upon a place in time/space, for this occurs whenever entities come together with an idea that is greater than themselves and takes them out of themselves.

In this wise, it might also be noted that those who study a body of inspired material, whether it be the Bible, the Kabbalah, the Koran, the Upanishads, or Lao Tzu’s writings, are entering into the awareness of material of which many others have been aware. Consequently, when one is resting in the contemplation of this inspired material, one is in the company of many, many entities from the inner planes who, when they were incarnate, studied this same material.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: No, thank you.

We thank you, my brother. May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: S, from Canada, has a question. S says, “There are a lot of people taking hallucinatory drugs. Many of them report that it helped them to open their mind in new ways. Others get very frightened and never do them again. Please explain what is happening to a person when they are under the influence of one of these drugs and if it is harmless and/or beneficial. If you could speak specifically about LSD, mushrooms and salvia divinorum [9] I would appreciate it.”

We are those of Q’uo, and we are aware of the query of the one known as S. My brother, the question of the use of hallucinatory substances is not so much a spiritual question as it is a physical question. Further, it is not possible to offer one answer, for everyone who would take a given dosage of LSD, mushrooms or salvia shall experience that dosage in a unique way based upon his body type, his sensitivity and the many aspects of personality and energy, in terms of vital energy, physical energy, emotional energy and so forth, that come together to create that moment when the dosage is taken.

In general, my brother, such substances remove obstacles to the seeing of a fuller reality. How this will work for one person is impossible to predict and whether that dosage exceeds that entity’s ability to integrate the experience is also impossible to predict. Thus it is that “experimenting with drugs” is called such accurately. It is indeed an experiment.

We would never deny that it is often such enhanced experiences that give a new seeker the impetus towards awakening and seeking outside the limits of his birth and culture. We would also not deny that there are many whose experiences have not been positive ones, and when this occurs, it is because, as we said, the power of the experience is too great for the circuitry, speaking in a metaphysical sense, of that entity at that time.

There are some entities whose circuitry is already perfectly adjusted to finer realities and when such entities receive a dose of this enhancement it has a tendency not to affect them at all. There are others who have naturally sturdy energy bodies who are able to accept a great deal of enhanced light moving through the energy body without its creating any problems with their internal wiring, shall we say.

Then there are those who have been working with a reasonably good wattage, but a low amperage, so that as long as experience flows in a non-enhanced manner, all is well, but when the high-amp light moves through the energy body, as the result of the chemical reactions of the physical body to the substances, there is an overactivation of the wiring and it breaks.

When a fuse blows in an energy system for your house, for instance, it is simply a matter of taking out the bad fuse and putting in a new fuse and restarting the electrical system. However, it is not possible to do that with the energy body. When there is a hole blown in the wiring, it is often a matter of some years before the energy body is able to knit back together the circuitry involved.

This circumstance is often described by this instrument as “having a hole blown in your aura.” When this occurs, naturally it is considered to be a very unfortunate thing and in some cases there have been situations where there was never the possibility in that incarnation and on the level of that circuitry of mending that circuitry entirely.

Consequently, we would not presume either to encourage or discourage your desires for experience, but we would simply wish you to be aware that there is no way to judge a safe dosage or a proper dosage of such enhancing chemicals. There is only your estimate as to the condition of your wiring internally, metaphysically speaking, and the circumstances which surround your use of these substances.

We apologize for not being able to speak concerning specific drugs and their actions upon you. However, from our point of view it is impossible because of the fact that not only are you unique but you are not the same entity today that you will be tomorrow. There are many cycles of energy that are moving through you at all times and the combinations are nearly infinite. Consequently, were we able to become utterly familiar with your wiring and so forth, we still could not speak to the specific effects of a specific chemical upon your system.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Thank you, Q’uo. I’m sure S will enjoy your answer.

D: I have a quick follow-up to that, if it’s okay.

We are those of Q’uo, and would welcome your query, my brother.

D: Would it be possible for you to say if these chemicals generally make one more vulnerable to psychic greetings?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. To those who are ignorant, there is much less challenge or resistance, shall we say, than to those who have received light. With each honor comes a duty. When you have asked to learn more and have taken substances which are designed to increase the amount of light that you have seen, then you are responsible for the light that you have seen.

As you glow more brightly, you shall attract more attention from those whose delight is in putting out the light that they perceive, or at least putting it to use for their purposes. Therefore, my brother, in general, the answer is yes.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

D: That’s great.

We thank you. We would at this time ask for a final query before we leave this instrument. Is there a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: Yes, I have a question. I would like to know if there is a vibrating vortex at the center of what we perceive to be a particle?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. To respond to your query directly is almost impossible, for to us there is no particle involved. From our point of view we would say that the energies of space and time are mismatched in a certain way which causes the oscillation of which you have been speaking and creates the visible worlds or the manifested worlds. When the mismatch between space and time is won by time, then the inner planes or the unseen realms are created by this incredibly quick oscillation.

However, my brother, to the best of our understanding there is no particle involved, no mass, but simply dynamic tension betwixt space and time as components of velocity.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: No, I think that will do. Thank you very much.

We are those of Q’uo and we thank you my brother. Indeed, we thank all of those who have formed this sacred circle. It has been truly a pleasure to meditate with you, to behold the beauty of your individual vibrations and to see the sacred space that you have created together. Truly, it towers far above your dwelling and is an honestation [10] to the Creator.

We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai, my friends. Adonai.

[1] Holy Bible, Psalms, 23:4: “Yea, though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil: for thou art with me; thy rod and thy staff they comfort me.”

[2] Holy Bible, Matthew 5:15: “Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light unto all that are in the house.”

[3] A clear image of the Tree of Life, the central glyph of the Kabbalah, can be found at this link on the internet: www.wyldwytch.com/weavings/articles/pagan_path/pages/tol.htm.

[4] In film work, a dolly is a small truck which rolls along specially made tracks carrying the camera, some of the camera crew and occasionally the director. To dolly back is to pull back the camera so that it takes a longer shot.

[5] Holy Bible, Genesis 3:19: “Dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return.”

[6] There are varying definitions for Merkaba. The meaning which the Q’uo group is using resembles most closely that word as used by Drunvalo Melchizadek. In his teachings the MerKaBa is a body of light. One tunes to unconditional love, sets an intention for the work and then moves into this body of light during meditation. To familiarize yourself further with this concept, read The Flower of Life or visit the Flower of Life web site (www.floweroflife.org/index.htm) to sign up for a workshop on the MerKaBa meditation.

[7] Q’uo refers to William Shakespeare.

[8] William Shakespeare, Hamlet, Act 3, Scene 1, “To be, or not to be—that is the question: Whether ‘tis nobler in the mind to suffer the slings and arrows of outrageous fortune or to take arms against a sea of troubles and by opposing end them.”

[9] Wikipedia states that “Salvia divinorum, also known as Diviner’s Sage, Sage of the Seers, or colloquially by its genus name Salvia, is a psychoactive herb which can induce strong dissociative effects. It is a herbaceous perennial in the Lamiaceae (mint) family. The specific name, Salvia divinorum, was given because of its traditional use in divination and healing. It literally translates to ‘diviner’s sage’ or ‘seer’s sage.’”

[10] honestation: a grace or an adornment.

April 11, 2009, Saturday Meditation

Jim: The question this evening, Q’uo, has to do with why is it men throughout history and up to the present day are so afraid of women, or the feminine principle? All the way back, each religion seems to have some way of subjugating women so that they are not able to partake in the priesthood, in officiating, giving the rites of the various services to the congregation. I was wondering what it is about the feminine principle that is so threatening to the male. Could you give us some information in that area please?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. We thank each in this circle of seeking for setting aside the time and the energy to form this circle and to seek the truth. It is our privilege and our pleasure to be called to your circle and to share some thoughts that we may have upon the subject of the male and the female principles and their difficulties in sharing third-density existence within your culture.

However, as always, we would preface our remarks by requesting that each of you use your discrimination and your discernment as you listen to or read these words. It would aid us in being able to speak our minds to know that each of you has taken responsibility for what you shall follow and what you shall let go.

Truly we cannot hit the mark each time we speak and it helps us to know that you will follow resonance and meaning. And if our remarks do not resonate to you or seem to have much relevance to your process, please let them go without a second thought. We greatly appreciate your kindness in this regard.

We would begin by making some observations about the difference between biological femininity and masculinity and archetypal femininity and masculinity, for the feminine principle and the masculine principle are elements within each entity, whether he is biologically male or biologically female.

In general, the male/female dynamic is a very powerful part of the polarized environment of your third-density earth-world. It is the Density of Choice, and in this Density of Choice the environment is stocked with dynamic opposites: male and female, hot and cold, wet and dry, good and evil, light and dark, radiant and magnetic.

Further it is to be noted that male and female are not precisely opposites. They are complements. Their energies complement each other as they create new life by coming together, as they create their own world, the home, for themselves and their children. The partnership between male and female is that pairing of complementary energies that brings in those energies that lie between male and female.

One of the guiding glyphs for third density is that glyph known in the Kabbalah as the Tree of Life [1]. That tree is an image which is created of a tree whose roots are in heaven or above the plane of earth and whose branches reach down into the earth-world. This tree grows then earthward from heaven, to use the vernacular of the religion in which it originates. It has three pillars. It has the branches to the left hand, with all the attributes of the feminine principle. It has branches which go down to the right hand, with all of the male attributes. In the middle pillar, or the trunk, lie those attributes which exist as a function of the dynamic between the female and the male principles.

At this time we do not need to go into those characteristics which are supposedly male and supposedly female. Rather, we would turn to the basic concept that the male energy is that which reaches, the feminine energy is that which awaits the reaching. The male energy is that which seeks to know, the feminine energy is that which, by direct insight and intuition, already knows.

It is as if the male principle hungers and thirsts for the direct awareness of the one infinite Creator, yet with all his heart, with all of his energy and strength, with every priestly attribute, the male principle is denied the Book of Life.

The feminine principle, on the other hand, dwells in a state of rest, aware in a direct way of the energies of infinity and eternity. The moon sings through the blood of the woman. The cycle of the seasons echo in her and to the biological feminine is given intimate awareness of the ocean of life as she conceives and carries new life within her.

The male principle, for all of his energy and dominant strength, can only come next to this ocean of life, sit upon the shore and wonder at the mystery which femininity encompasses. The basis of those cultural prejudices of which the one known as Jim have spoken lies in the inability of men, biological men and archetypical masculine principle, to reach his goal, which is to know.

The energies of masculinity have their place, as do the feminine energies. Yet the energy of reaching and controlling are fundamentally unskillful for perceiving a spiritual path. The male conceit is that if he seeks with enough vigor and persistence he shall come to know the truth. Yet the Book of Life is a book of unknowing.

True spiritual truth lies beyond words and logic. It is full of mystery and paradox. That does not mean that it is not the truth. There is the truth that lies beyond illusion, yet that truth must eventually simply be lived, so that the seeker becomes that which he seeks and allows the truth to flow through him, as the woman allows the rivers of eternity and infinity to flow through her.

If you will study those cultures upon your planet which are the most close to the earth and the least sophisticated in terms of learning the culture of more civilized societies, you shall find that very often, male and female together are called to be shamans. Indeed, in some indigenous tribes, it is the woman that is the leader, and in those cultures where this is true, there is that concept of cooperation and partnership.

The more that it is acknowledged that the female energy has a leading role, the more it will be found in that culture that issues are discussed and actions are taken by a circle of consenting members working in partnership, cooperating and collaborating to further the solution of whatever issue is before them.

Consequently, as we turn to the meat of your question, you see that we are not actually speaking of the male principle and the feminine principle as we are speaking of the manifestation of male and female within physical bodies. No matter whether the culture is one of aboriginal simplicity or urban complexity, certain things hold sway.

When man and woman come together to create a family, it is the woman who shall bear and rear the progeny which are created between the two. It is the woman, physically usually smaller and less strong, whose hands bind the wounds of childhood, cook the food that will nourish the family, and open her heart to the endless concerns and worries of all those within the family.

While she is doing these things there is a tendency for these activities to be supported by the male, who finds ways to bring in the food and the shelter and the clothing that are necessary for the family.

One cannot blame male or female for this arrangement, for it is the biological necessity of the woman to take time away from whatever else she may do in order to bear children. And it is this central and pivotal fact that tends to create what looks to be a non-equal partnership between male and female.

In reality, of course, the traditional male/female roles—a woman “not working,” a male “working”—seem to be unequal. One effort brings in money, the other effort does not, and more and more, your cultures have judged the worth of activity by the money which that activity earns.

We would note that in many of your more highly civilized cultures, these traditional roles have tended towards disappearing. Women and men alike must work to pay the bills. Men and women alike therefore leave the home and go forth to do what is necessary in order to take care of the family and to see to its needs. Yet, this does not stop the thinking of both male and female from harking back to that central difference between the sexes, that difference being that it is only to women that the miracle of manifesting new life is given. That fact, in all of its glory and all of its implications remains simple.

Let us look now at the way the biological male feels, realizing his part in creating and sustaining a family. Whereas in a simpler society it is simply assumed that this mating and this creation of a family will take place, as a culture becomes more complex and sophisticated, the options available to men and women alike multiply almost endlessly. The energies of instinct fade and entities more and more hark to the desires of the moment.

Whereas in a simpler society it is not considered that there is anything that is unimportant or without sacredness in the life, in the more complex society many things are seen as not having anything to do with the sacred, the holy, and the divine.

In an aboriginal society fatherhood is sacred, motherhood is sacred, trees are sacred, animals are sacred, the water that is carried from the river is sacred, the tree that is carved into an implement or used for firewood is sacred and the fire is sacred. These simple things, all being holy, create an environment in which there is no boredom, but a dance, a dance of the seen and the unseen, a dance with nature, the elements, the seasons, the day and the night, all of the factors that go into living a life. It is a life that is seen as a whole and that entire, whole life is sacred.

We ask you, my friends, to think of your lives. Do you see all that you do as sacred? For truly, in our humble opinion, it is. The water comes from a tap now and not from a bucket that is hauled, yet it is sacred still. The sun that warms is not as fearsome for there is shelter with conditioned air, and yet that sunshine and that warmth remain sacred. Yet you are removed from the direct contact with that holiness.

All of the elements, the forest, wildlife, fire and water, the great wind that blows, all of these energies impact an aboriginal very directly. In many relatively undeveloped countries, there are places where there is no electricity, there is no water, there are no pieces of that infrastructure that you, in the sophisticated society in which you live, take for granted.

In that environment it is easier to see the rightness of the division between male and female, to see that this division is not a matter of opposites but a matter of complements. It is far easier to see the goodness of all people.

We would agree with you, my brother, when you note the long, long history of the subjugation of women. In the Jewish religion, in the Christian religion, and in the religion of Islam, together, there is that prejudice that to the male is allocated the capacity for priesthood but not to the female.

Think of the figure in the Tarot image of the Potentiator of the Mind [2], shielding the Book of Life within her veil and we believe that you have the essence of why this prejudice exists. The truth is, it is to the female principle that spiritual knowledge is given, not as one who tells, but as one who carries. It is not that the biological female is more knowledgeable of spiritual things than the male. It is that the very essence of femininity, the archetypical nature, contains knowledge in a direct sense of the truth for which the male grasps endlessly, but which he can never completely uncover, for it resides in the mystery with which women are comfortable and men are not.

The easiest and most direct way towards reversing this situation which is unconsciously felt by men is to dominate the women who contain the key to the mystery of life. It is not a logical movement. It is not a rational decision. It is based in fear, as the one known as Jim has said. Yet it is not a fear of any one woman. It is that fear that they shall never be granted the truth, but shall always be dependent upon women who contain that truth.

Consequently, there is that energy to enshrine and worship the ideal woman who contains the truth, and also to take womanhood away from the pedestal and under the heel. Therefore, there develops within societies, ancient and modern, a set of rationalizations for prejudice. In extreme cases, as you may see in your Middle Eastern cultures, there is a long-standing belief that women are biologically inferior, weak, and without the ability to take care of themselves.

Thusly, you see subverted that energy of cooperation and collaboration that was intended by the one infinite Creator and instead, there is a lack of equality and an even deeper lack of belief in the possibility of true equality.

May we ask, my brother, if there is a follow-up query to this question or anything further that you would wish us to speak to in this regard? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: No, thank you, Q’uo, that was very good.

May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: D says he is experiencing a dimming of all of his chakras. He feels as though there is a psychic greeting from a negatively-oriented entity that is causing this. He’d like to know the spiritual principles involved in thinking about this question. Please offer any information that you may have without infringing upon his free will. What is the nature of this energy and what is the best defense against it?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We thank you for asking us concerning this issue in your life at this time.

As you know, my brother, there are many things that we cannot discuss in this regard because of the fact that this is a situation which is front and center in your spiritual process at this time as well as being an issue in your personal life altogether, regardless of spiritual activities.

We would speak upon the concept of psychic greeting and how that works. Whether the origin of the psychic greeting lies within one’s own personality or whether it lies in an outer entity which is not the entity experiencing the psychic greeting, it is true that psychic greeting functions by seeking chinks in one’s personality, if you will, or one’s spiritual nature. Different entities have different areas of weakness, whether they be physical, emotional or spiritual.

In this instrument, for example, the weaknesses are largely in the physical and consequently, if this entity experiences psychic greeting, it is likely to manifest as an enhancement or cranking up, if you will, of physical discomfort so that a little pain becomes a big pain.

If the weaknesses are emotional, the small trouble becomes the big trouble.

If there are weaknesses within the mental area, the concern may become the obsession, or the fear becomes the paranoia.

For the one known as D, the chinks happen to be largely within the physical vehicle and consequently, it is to that part of the mind, the body, and the spirit which together make up a person that this entity shall experience the enhancement or the ratcheting up of the distortions.

There are two avenues at which we may look in speaking to this situation. Firstly, we would invoke the spiritual principle of unity in pointing out that very often the solution to psychic greeting is not to run away from or to try to fix the greeting, but to embrace the energy of the seeming attack.

When there is a physical greeting such as the one known as D is experiencing, this principle of unity would lead one to embrace the situation where there is some dimming of the chakras and to ask, not how to stop it from happening, but what the gift of such a dimming of the chakras might be. What gift does this inconvenience or this discomfort hold within its folds? It is well to ponder this and to unwrap that gift as much as one can in contemplation.

There are, of course, steps which one may take in order to work with a psychic greeting which consist largely in aligning oneself with the highest and best principle of which one is aware and then challenging the energy of that psychic greeting according to that principle.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

The other tack [3] which one might take, my brother, in thinking about this question, is to look at the chinks in the physical vehicle that are being enhanced by the psychic greeting and to work with those healers within your society and that healing information which one may read that may give more enlightenment concerning the distortions of body that are vulnerable to being enhanced in this way.

For instance, when this instrument discovered that there were weaknesses within her digestive system, she found, after many years of trying different diets, those foods which would best nurture her particular physical vehicle. That kind of thinking, working with the body since that is what is being distorted and is therefore vulnerable to psychic greeting, may be an avenue which offers possibilities.

Again, as in all seeking, work with this, my brother, as a spiritual discipline rather than as an earthly or physical discipline. Being sensitive to the path of resonance for yourself and in all things, my brother, it is always well to seek the guidance that is yours by nature.

Ask your guidance system to speak with you in dreams or in conversation if you wish to journal, writing down questions that you would ask and then writing down the next thought which comes into your mind as you sit with your computer or your paper and your pencil. Open those pathways which lie between you and your guides, your angels, your higher self, however, you wish to think about this guidance system, for truly you have one, my brother, as all do, and it is ever ready to help. Yet it must be asked. There must be that opening within you of the willingness to hear.

And lastly, my brother, as in all things, we recommend periods of entering the silence so that you may hear the still, small voice of guidance and so that you may rest from the endless considerations of the rational mind and give yourself over to the experience of direct company with the one infinite Creator. For the Creator awaits you in the silence of the tabernacle of your heart.

We would ask at this time if there is a final query. We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: Not for me.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware that we have exhausted the questions in this group for tonight. In a way, we are sorry to see that happen, for we greatly enjoy our conversation. Yet the energies of this channel and of this group are waning and it is time to take our leave. May we say again how much we enjoyed being with you this evening, how grateful we are to have been asked to join your group, and how beautiful we find each of you, with the beautiful colors of your energy bodies joining together to create the sacred space within which you seek to know the truth.

We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

[1] An image of this glyph may be seen at www.wyldwytch.com/weavings/articles/pagan_path/pages/tol.htm. William E. Butler’s works contain excellent discussions of this glyph. Since the glyph is important to three distinct traditions—Christian mysticism, Jewish mysticism and Wiccan mysticism—reading in this area needs to be approached carefully. Butler’s work is of the Christian mystical tradition used in White Western ritual magic. Butler’s discussion of this glyph is more nearly compatible with the Q’uo group’s use of it than the other two strains of study of this glyph.

[2] The Potentiator of the Mind is the Ra group’s title for the second court card of the Tarot, The High Priestess. It contains a figure of a woman half-hiding the Book of Life beneath her veil.

[3] A tack is a direction, in sailing, specifically a way of pointing the boat in relation to the wind. In this instance, “the other tack” is synonymous to “another angle.”

April 19, 2009, “Get Ready for 2012” Gathering

Jim: Q’uo, we would like to know something about what we, as seekers of truth and those who are desirous of being of service to others, might do in these coming days to aid in the transition to the year 2012. Is there anything we can do now? And will this opportunity to serve change as times goes on and we get closer to 2012, or even after 2012?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day. It is a privilege and a pleasure to be called to your circle of seeking and we are glad to speak with you concerning your queries concerning the great shift of consciousness that heralds in fourth density upon Planet Earth.

As always, however, we would first ask each of you to employ your discernment and your discrimination in listening to what we have to say. We cannot hit the mark for all people all of the time. Consequently it is well to listen for the path of resonance within our words. When a thought resonates to you, please use it as you wish. If a thought does not resonate to you, please do not use it but move on, for that which you need shall come and it shall resonate for you, whether it is from this particular conversation or another. Therefore, listen for that resonance, take what you like, and leave the rest behind.

We thank you for this consideration, for it enables us to be confident that we shall not infringe upon your free will or interrupt the organic process of your evolution.

Like so many concepts upon the spiritual path, the concept of a great shift in consciousness, from this present environment in which you experience [life] upon Planet Earth to an environment which is enhanced, offering love, light, peace and power, and above all, the clarity which lies beyond the veil of illusion which you experience in third density, has long been upon the heart of those who seek the truth upon Planet Earth.

There is that confidence that there is a better place than the present environment, which seems of so torn and ragged a nature. There is that sense that there is a way to live and a way to be that rings truer and goes deeper and finds more of the true self within it than the way of being and doing that is taught by your culture.

And these concepts are ever stronger as your planet and its population approach the end of third density on Planet Earth, and the beginning of fourth density as the major activated density that is upon the planet at this time. Indeed, fourth density has been born. Its rays are ever stronger, interpenetrating the third-density rays with great intensity at this time.

You dwell in the “valley of the shadow of death.” [1] This is the environment of the Density of Choice. One is born into incarnation with a physical body, with bones and skin and hair, blood running through and air pushing in and out, so that each of you is powered by a chemical distillery, a physical vehicle that runs chemically. And that physical vehicle shall surely die. It is a death sentence created in the womb by the very nature of physical incarnation.

In any period of third density there would be the desire to use the time well. And there exists within each of you, as part of the birthright of your nature, that spirit within that cannot be stilled. It can be distracted. It can be beaten down and repressed. But the simple fact is that it is part of being human to desire to know the Creator that made him and to desire to serve that Creator according to Its nature. Every culture and tribe of your planet has its spiritual stories, its way of relating to the infinite One. You are inescapably and irretrievably spiritual beings. And the work of third density has been to awaken to that nature, to resolve to become of a more refined nature than the great ape which you were born to be.

Yes, in any age, these thoughts and hopes would be upon your heart. Yet for those who have become aware of their nature, and who have also become aware of the imminent arrival of that year of 2012, there is a more deeply poignant and pointed desire. And that is to be ready when the train pulls into the station, that you may get on board and say, “Hallelujah! Let’s go.” [2]

Dear ones, as you sit in the circle, in the sacred space that you have created with your hearts and your love, you are ready. In the deepest sense there is nothing that you need to do to become more ready to get on board. Your very being is the heart of your mission, the core of your purpose on Planet Earth at this time. You cannot fail in your mission, because you must be. Letting your true nature shine through the circumstances and shifts of everyday life is your deepest purpose. Finding ways that are ever more authentic to be yourself is the most effective and efficient way that you may serve your planet as it approaches that year that has been so discussed, 2012.

Each of you is aware of those things in your environment which promote beingness and those things which delimit and distort your beingness. Each has an unique situation with unique challenges and gifts. The two are a set: you have the gifts that you have to meet the challenges that you meet. You have chosen your gifts as carefully as you have chosen your challenges. Therefore, do not downplay your gifts simply because they are not other people’s gifts.

And do not wonder why you may have too many gifts. For every gift that you have shall come into play, on one level or another, as you meet the challenges you have given yourself in order to refine the ore of your beingness, to uncover from the soil of self the gems within and humbly to hold them up to the light that they may refract and make the most intense and true colors as they flash in the light of the one infinite Creator so that you become not only a lighthouse to many, but a certain kind of lighthouse. For your colors shall color the infinite light and love of the one Creator. And those about you shall be bathed with infinitely beautiful [light], as the colors enhance the sunlight in a stained glass window.

Therefore, in your beingness, be aware that you are allowing the light to shine through you. You are holding up to that light any gifts that you may perceive that you have and asking that the light may shine through them, that your personality may be transparent to that light so that there is no soil of self obstructing your gifts. This is your gift to the world as well as your gift to yourself. At the level of work in consciousness, the two are congruent. If you have created less distortion in your own balance, you have created less distortion in the planetary balance. If you have found ways to get out of your own way and become an instrument tuned to the wind of spirit, you have tuned the planet to the wind of spirit and it shall sing a cleaner and clearer more beautiful song because of your work.

As you have experienced the last few days of companionship with those who have gathered together at this conference on 2012, each of you has been aware that the people in this circle of seeking have caused you to vibrate differently, have touched chords within you that you did not know were there until the chance came to exchange energy with just that person. And so each person in this hall of mirrors has given strength and support to each other person, pulling from them, in that exchange of energies between the two, that combined love, light, power and peace that is a new thing, born of the collaboration of two spirits together.

When entities who seek alike to serve the one infinite Creator find ways to harmonize and collaborate, the lighthouse grows in intensity and strength. As entity is added to entity in the group, the lighthouse’s light becomes more powerful. And so each of you is encouraged to find ways to collaborate with those of like mind in order to serve, by allowing light to shine through you, not shaping the light but only shaping your expression of yourself as you offer yourself as an instrument.

This instrument frequently repeats the prayer of St. Francis, and we would repeat it through this instrument at this time to give you a keener and keener sense that you truly are an instrument which spirit can play:

Lord, make me an instrument of your peace; where there is hatred, let me sow love; where there is injury, pardon; where there is discord, unity; where there is despair, hope; where there is darkness, light; where there is sadness, joy. O Divine Master, teach me to seek not so much to be loved as to love, to be understood as to understand, to be consoled as to console, for it is in pardoning that we are pardoned, it is in giving that we receive, and it is in dying that we rise to eternal life. [3]

“Make me an instrument of thy peace.” These are words by which you may live confidently, knowing that your service is on target and that you are on task according to your service, that which you came into incarnation to do.

You have asked concerning the possible evolution of service between now and 2012. We would respond by indicating that your evolution is not bound by time; that there is no goal to keep to; there is no deadline on service or on the way to service. It is well to relax into the moment, and as your present moments develop before you, to allow the succeeding present moments in turn to entrance and enchant you. Remain without anything to pull you away from the present and from your awareness of yourself as an instrument which the Creator may choose to play in any way, at any time, in order to sing Planet Earth into a readiness for a graduation that is of the utmost beauty and deepest truth.

As you continually offer yourselves as instruments of the Creator’s love and peace, you shall find great aid in several things. Firstly, you shall find enormous help in entering the silence. The tremendous learnings and new awarenesses with which this time is so rich, to those who have ears to hear and hearts to understand, offer you many gifts. Indeed, too many gifts for you to assimilate without moving into the silence and letting these new learnings and awarenesses be seated and integrated into your deep mind and into the basic balances of your energy body.

Just as sleep offers rest to the physical body that it may reset its systems, cleanse toxins from the body, and restore the body to the balance which is its best balance for continued life and growth, just so entering the silence gives your metaphysical body, the energy body, the time of rest and recuperation that it needs from the hustle and bustle of incoming catalyst and hard-won victories. It allows new learnings to be seated in the subconscious mind. It allows new balances to be confirmed and implemented. It cleanses the toxins of fear, self-doubt, and low self-worth from the system. And it resets the system at its best tuning.

You may think of yourself in this wise as a spiritual athlete—one who is in training. Entering the silence is the equivalent of exercise. Some are so fit by nature for this task that they are drawn to the silence irresistibly and for those we have few words, for your hunger and your thirst shall bring you into the silence again and again.

For others, there is not the personality that must seek silence. There is rather the sturdiness within physical life which enables the energy body to flow from good work to good work, from doing to doing to doing again, without a conscious awareness that there is a need to let it all go, to empty the hands that may be grasping the highest of ideals but perhaps holding them too tightly. And to those we would encourage blind faith and the movement into silence regardless of the feeling of rightness.

Silence is a habit like any other. If you have not previously been, to your self-perceived awareness successful at entering the silence, we would ask you to try again, not from the standpoint of doing something well, but from the standpoint of doing it at all. Do not be attached to an outcome. Simply stop talking, stop thinking, set your intention to listen to the still, small voice of the one infinite Creator, whose thunder speaks in silence.

It is not important, dear ones, that you are good at this process. It is perfectly acceptable as part of entering the silence that your brain continues to generate those thoughts and concerns about which it is focused at the present time. Let them arise; let them fall away. While you are in the silence, they have no significance. You may watch them as you watch a movie, but do not become involved in the plot. Stay in the silence. Remain an observer who waits in stillness for the voice of the Beloved.

We assure you that by this discipline of entering the silence upon a daily basis, even if for very short periods of time, you shall give yourself the rest that you need, spiritually speaking, so that you do not “burn out;” you do not become exhausted spiritually; you do not have to go to the side of the path and sit to get your breath.

Another great ally in becoming transparent to the light and love of the infinite One is a sense of humor and the knowledge that you may take all things lightly, except your love of the infinite One.

There is nothing necessarily sober or serious or ponderous about spiritual seeking. You may walk the King’s Highway with a merry heart and a song upon your lips. When you are having fun, as shallow as that concept may sound, you are flowing with the dance of life in which every flower and tree, every lion and bear, every turtle, every speck of the ocean, every mote of dust, is involved. The dance of life includes you, not as awkward stumblers, no matter what you may think, but as wonderful, coordinated dancers. Let the rhythm of your days delight you. And see every task and every chore that you perform as a kind of dance. Each sacred concern, no matter how shallow it may seem, has its rhythm, its tempo and its steps.

As you allow your vision to be one which gives life to everything you see, you shall allow yourself more and more to dance with the water with which you do the dishes or clean the toilet or cleanse a baby. You shall see every plate as that surface which smiles at you when you have washed it and says, “Thank you! I love to be clean.” Share the delight of that dish and give it a smile.

Let everything within your ken become real to you as one with whom you dance, knowing that there is nothing too humble to be sacred, nothing too high to bow before. For you are a dancer, and so is the highest and so is the lowest of all that you know, of all that you see, all with whom you dance. Let the rhythms of love overtake you wherever you are, and when you feel that you have somehow lost that rhythm and are jerky and awkward in your spirituality, ask for help.

That is the third thing that is of great aid as a resource for those who wish to be instruments for the Creator’s love and light. There are sources of help all around you which operate on the rule of free will. Those of positive polarity shall not force themselves upon you but shall await your request. It is said in your holy work, “Ask and you shall receive; knock and it shall be opened unto you.” [4] Know, with a deep knowing, that this is the true nature of things. Do not expect your guidance to come and speak in your ear without your request.

You have angels about you at all times. They, too, are forbidden to interfere until you ask for their help. Ask them and thank them.

Lastly, as we inferred earlier, a great resource of a spiritual instrument is the company of other spiritually awakened instruments. When any of you gather together with spirit in the midst, there will come opportunities for creativity and expression which would not have occurred without that group energy that empowers and strengthens all within the group to become more than they would be by themselves.

And in this, as in all things, we ask you not to be moved by logical or sentimental reasons, but only by that knowing from deep inside that says, “This is right for me, this is where I need to be.”

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a follow-up to this query before we move on to other queries which may be held within this group. Is there a query at this time that follows through with this first main question? We are those of Q’uo.

G: No, there’s not a follow-up to the main question, Q’uo.

We thank you, my brother, and consequently we will ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

N: Can you tell us more about the sacred sites around the world, especially in India, and if they have a role to play in bringing the energies of ascension and 2012 forward?

We are those of Q’uo. Thank you, my brother, for your query, which we believe we grasp. Planet Earth, as all entities, has centers of energy, or nodes, if you will, which are a kind of umbilical or belly button, a place where energy has come into the world and a place which is capable of expressing the concentrated version of the stepped-up energy of its area.

There are some sacred places which have to do with third density. There are some sacred places which have to do with the density to come. And within both of those categories there are those which have to do with the male energy that is plugged down into the Earth with roots of iron, as well as [those which have to do] with feminine energies which float upon the surface without descending into the Earth.

Each of these places of collected power is unique, yet each has in common with the others a vulnerability to being enhanced dramatically by the set intention of those governed by free will, such as yourself, to encourage, support and radiate the light and the love existing in enhanced degree within these nodes.

Even one entity, meditating in harmony with a sacred place, may help that place to clarify and enhance or boost its outflow of love and light. As always, with this kind of work, when one becomes two and two becomes four and four becomes sixty-four, however many entities of like mind are able to join in setting the intention to strengthen and help to radiate such sacred places, these nodes respond in proportion to the combined energy of the group. This energy is exponential. Each entity that is added to such a group doubles its strength and that doubling effect very quickly creates a powerful resource for good.

It is not in a vacuum that pilgrims over millennia upon your planet have made pilgrimages to the sacred places that exist everywhere upon your globe. Some are shrines that are thousands of years old. Some have been recognized more recently. Some have yet to be fully discovered. And some exist simply because of the shape of an environment.

Natural cones—teepees, pyramids and caves—are collectors of love and light. Therefore, you can never go wrong by meditating upon a mountaintop or in a cave, or anyplace that feels to you as though it were a resonating chamber for love and light. Therefore, do not restrict yourself to those places that are well known, but let yourself be moved by your intuition in choosing those places where you would wish to rest and offer your encouragement and support to the forces of nature.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

N: Can you talk about some specific places and specific properties that they bring to the Planet Earth at this time or that have the potential to bring specific energies to Planet Earth at this time?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We find that this concern is part of your active process at this time. Consequently, we shall leave this interesting search for meaning to you, with our apologies for not wishing to overstep the bounds of the Law of Confusion. [5]

May we ask if there is another query at this time?

C: Dear Q’uo, I have a question. Earlier, during my meditations, I have asked some of the entities of the Confederation to give me a sign of their presence. And while asking, I have heard a sound in my right ear. Could you tell me of those spiritual principles that I could think of in investigating this, without infringing my free will?

We are those of Q’uo. We believe we grasp your query, my brother. We spoke earlier of a great resource in aiding the progress of spiritual seeking. That was the principle of asking. “Ask and he shall receive.” You have asked, you have received, and consequently you can rest easier knowing that you have been heard; that your request has been confirmed by a simple sign of presence. When such requests are made with purity of intention, not to gain power or to become smarter, but only to discover whether or not there is companionship upon the unseen level, those forces of spirit that have been alerted are quick to respond.

There is far more to the presence of those who wish to help you than the simple awareness of their reality. Further than that simple awareness of help, there is the development of a conversation between the self and the unseen concerning anything and everything which is involved in your process at this time.

It is not that such sound in the ear has some kind of meaning that can be interpreted in words. It is that it is well to be aware that this presence in your life is ready to offer you the gifts of silence that flow into your deep self at a level below consciousness and that then percolate up through your dreams and your visions and your random thoughts in such a way as to strengthen your seeking, to stabilize your intentions, or [to work] in any other wise that is needed by you as an instrument to become better and better tuned.

Thusly, as you are reminded of the presence of help and companionship, offer gratitude and ask for that help in any way which is congruent with your desire and the nature of that help, not telling that helper what you need, but instead sharing your dreams and your hopes and your vision, and asking for the dreams, the hopes, and the visions of spirit to refine and further shape your gifts and your contribution of self.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

C: I have one question. During this meditation, I heard a sound in my left ear. And when I challenged the entity or the sound, it left immediately after. Would you confirm if that was a negatively polarized entity who tried to give a sign of their presence to my left ear?

We are those of Q’uo, and we are aware of your query, my brother. We find that due to your certainty within that this is so; we can indeed confirm that you have occasionally been touched, as your seeking intensifies, and as your standing closer to the light becomes a more settled thing, that you have been greeted by those who would wish to use your power for themselves.

We commend your celerity [6] in challenging such entities and would encourage you to challenge all perceived spirits in the name of that principle that you hold the highest and the dearest, that principle for which you live and that principle for which, if necessary, you would die. That is your metaphysical ground and when you take your stand upon it, you cannot be moved.

May we answer you further, my brother?

C: No, thank you, Q’uo.

We thank you, my brother. Is there another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

T: Yes, Q’uo, I have a question. Could you speak about creating a spiritual connection between mother and child and the spiritual principles involved? And specifically, could you talk about any spiritual practices I can use as a mother to prepare for the soul’s entrance, during the development in the womb?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. My sister, when a new body is conceived in the womb, it is an opportunity. And into that opportunity comes one with whom agreements have been made before the birth of the mother.

There are times when such opportunities are not taken up by one who has waited long for the opportunity to come into relationship with the mother. There are other times, especially when the mother has awakened and is on a spiritual path, that the entity and she have great plans together for learning and for service. Generally speaking, such an entity, coming into the body of the fetus, shall come in earlier in the pregnancy in direct relationship with the intensity of the desire of mother and child to work together. In those cases where a child has been dearly desired for a long time, it is overwhelmingly likely that this is the case. And instead of a fetus that does not [yet] contain the soul, the fetus is ensouled very soon after conception, or, in some cases, at conception.

Consequently, it is well to assume that the child within is a living spirit who desperately, joyfully, wishes to be in relationship with you. There are dreams that you share. There are lessons that you have planned together, and there are gifts that you have come to teach each other how to use.

Therefore, we would encourage such new mothers to have long and happy conversations with the child within. It can be a matter of humor to some who are not aware of this possibility that a mother to be would speak with the child who has not yet been fully formed. Yet, we assure you that the soul within, as it ensouls itself into the fetus and connects by the silver cord, is fully aware. The physical child that is born shall not be able to speak for many months. It shall not be able to walk. It shall not be able to know its own mind. The spirit within talks, moves, knows its own mind, and is a fully formed spirit. Consequently, your conversations are those of equal to equal.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

T: No, thank you, Q’uo.

We thank you, my sister. Is there a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

D: Yes, I have one. I read about astral travel and they talk about forming an astral vehicle from your solar-plexus chakra. I was wondering, is one also able to form an astral vehicle from the heart chakra?

We are those of Q’uo, my brother, and we are aware of your query. The suggestion which we would make is neither of those which others have suggested. We bow before the wisdom of each. However, our suggestion would be that you become aware that your energy body as a whole is able to travel as you become able to access the gateway to intelligent infinity.

This model of the whole self, the integrated energies of all parts of the self, being the torus, or vehicle for travel, is, we feel, one that has more stability and is a model which shall serve the astral traveler in good stead. We recommend, further, that this energy body be groomed and tuned, just as one would groom the self for a visit to new places, just as one would tune the self before meeting with those with whom he wishes to present his truest and deepest self, so that the travel may be unhindered by unwanted energies and visitors and so that you may have a safe return, carried on the energy of your knowledge of who you are and why you travel.

Lastly, we would recommend that there be the viewing of such energy expenditure as a sacred activity and one which is enhanced greatly by having a specific intention and vector of travel before such efforts are made.

May we answer you further, my brother?

D: That’s great. Thank you.

We thank you, my brother. We find that the energy of this instrument and to some extent the energy of this group wanes. We would leave this instrument and this group with great thanks for asking us to be part of your circle of seeking. It has been a great privilege to be able to share our humble thoughts with you during this working. And it has been our profound pleasure to view the beauty of your energy bodies, not only by themselves, but in harmony with each other as you have blended your auras around this sacred circle of seeking. Thank you.

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai vasu borragus.

[1] Holy Bible, Psalm 23: 1 and 4: “The Lord is my shepherd; I shall not want. … Yea, though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil: for thou art with me; thy rod and thy staff they comfort me.”

[2] It is likely that this sentiment takes after the song by Rod Stewart and Jeff Beck, ©1985, all rights reserved. The opening lyrics are, “People get ready, there’s a train a-coming. You don’t need no baggage, you just get on board. All you need is faith to hear the diesels humming. Don’t need no ticket, you just thank the Lord.”

[3] This version is translated freely from the original French version written down in the periodical, La Clochette, in 1912. Although traditionally attributed to St. Francis, evidence indicates that it may well be anonymous.

[4] Holy Bible, Matthew 7: 7-8: “Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you: For every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened.”

[5] The Law of Confusion is a term which means respecting and not infringing upon the free will of a person.

[6] “Celerity” means quickness or speed.

April 25, 2009, Saturday Meditation

Group question: (Asked by Jim.) The question this evening, Q’uo, is concerning humility. We’d like to know if humility is an automatic manifestation of evolution into higher states of consciousness, or if it is a quality which must be consciously cultivated as one progresses along a spiritual path. Also, in order to enter higher states of consciousness, is humility a necessary prerequisite?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is a great privilege to be called to your circle of seeking and we are delighted to share our humble thoughts with you concerning the interesting subject of humility.

As always, however, we would preface our remarks by requesting that each of you who listens to or reads these words use your native discernment and discrimination, taking those ideas that appeal to you and working with them as you wish and leaving the rest behind. We are grateful to you for observing this, for it will enable us to share our thoughts without being concerned that we shall infringe upon your free will.

We would remark to the one known as R that although those of Latwii are speaking this evening, those of Hatonn are especially close to the one known as R and are glad to reassure the one known as R with their presence and their love. This is also true of all of the others within this circle of seeking. However, it is at the call of the one known as R that there is special care given to enhance and energize the expression of love within the energies of those of Hatonn.

We find that among your people the word “humility” has undergone the same kind of spoilage from overuse that the word “love” has undergone, so that we may say the word humility and it is assumed that everyone knows that of which we speak. However, its meaning has become blunted and scattered by the assumptions which surround the quality of humility or humbleness.

The meaning of the word is “meekness or a lack of holding to the self a sense of entitlement or importance.” [1] It has come to mean a quality of being low in self-worth or unable to stand up for the self and these are not meanings which we wish to be inferred when we use the word humility.

It is not necessary to be humble in order to advance spiritually. The quality of humility is a quality which is enhanced by the same energies which create of the spiritually mature seeker the awareness that he is the Creator. And while this seems a paradox, the two awarenesses are two sides of one coin.

If an entity is aware of the quality of Creator-ness or Creator-hood that he has found at the very center of the depths of his heart, he is aware that this quality of Creator-ness or being part of the creative principle is specifically that which is not of the surface self. True to the task set before him to know the self and accept himself, he will necessarily and automatically have attained a genuine humility. For he has experienced the state of the small “I,” the ego self, becoming transparent before the power of unconditional love as it flows through him.

We may say that the more deeply and completely the seeker knows himself, the more humble he becomes. While this is true, it does not infer that the humility comes as a result of seeing the worst of himself and feeling rueful that so many seemingly erroneous qualities exist within him. Rather, humility comes as one is aware more and more of the true worth of the self, for that true worth lies in becoming an ever more well-tuned instrument for the spirit to play.

Thusly, there is not a speck or iota of self-abnegation or low self-worth, as this instrument would say, within true humility. For humility is not a humbleness brought about by an awareness of being an infinitely error-prone entity. The humility is an artifact of becoming aware of the great worth of the self, as error-prone as that self is.

It is often thought that humility partakes in a low opinion of the self. However, we do not believe this to be so. If one gazes at the working of the personality shell or ego-self, one can see that if there is a low self-worth, there is also a tendency to respond to this feeling of the lacks of the self by defending against notice of these lacks, or even by creating a persona or mask which compensates for these feelings, thusly resulting in an appearance of egotism or pride.

We began this session of working by saying that we offered our humble opinion, but we do not say that our opinion is humble because we feel that our thoughts have no worth. Indeed, we have chosen to share our thoughts with groups such as this one precisely because we feel we have this gift to offer to those who are seeking ways of accelerating their pace of spiritual evolution. We could even say that we pride ourselves upon our ability to communicate.

Our thoughts are humble because we know that we are messengers. We are fully aware that the virtue of what we have to say is coming through us and through this instrument, into manifestation. We, as this instrument, are instruments through which the spirit can play. And our every desire is to tune ourselves so that we may be transparent before the love and the light of the thoughts and the energies that come through us as we hold the query that you have manifested and the unspoken energies of the group that support and swirl about this query within our consciousnesses.

There are times within the life of the seeker which are more apt to contain true humility than others. At the beginning of the seeking process, whether it occurs in youth or later in life, there is the need to grapple with transformative energies. This instrument would call the process “individuation.” [2] And within the individuation, the quality of humility is less likely to be outstanding. There is the need to move from where one has become comfortable, if not particularly content, into the unknown.

The energies that accompany this movement, shall we say, out of the cultural “box,” out of the cultural milieu, into a place of honesty, integrity and personhood in the metaphysical sense, can be tumultuous and substantially uncomfortable. Consequently, it is often the case that for the younger seeker, if there is the feeling of humility, it may contain more of that unwanted and toxic inference of low self-worth.

Consequently, at that stage of the spiritual walk, it is not recommended by us that this energy be sought. Rather, it is recommended that there be a seeking of qualities such as persistence and patience, for tenacity alone moves the seeker through those times of transformation when nothing is known and the landscape is confusing.

Think of the dark night of the soul with all of the accompanying imagery of darkness and suffering. It is perhaps a time when the qualities of bloody-mindedness and determination are at the top of desirable configurations for mind as it navigates those dark mysteries of the unknown. It is to be remembered in this wise that spiritual seeking, unlike the popular conception of it in your culture, is a tough, rough and turbulent process which this instrument has often likened to boot camp.

To move from an environment in which there is much physical motion to an environment of the spiritual in which there is no physical motion or outer expenditure of energy at all, but rather the moving into the system of great caves and grottos in which there is complete darkness, in many cases, in order to find an entirely different kind of motion and movement that is metaphysical in nature, is to place the self within an environment which can seem to be one in which, when enlightenment comes, it comes almost brutally, explosively or suddenly.

It is not always the case that this process of knowing the self in a different way has these qualities. Certainly, for some entities there is a softer, more sedate, and gentle feeling to the opening within. Yet for most, these times of transformation seem less than comfortable, although the seeker is nevertheless endlessly drawn into that darkness in which the mystery that is sought can be experienced in ways too deep for words.

However, once the seeker is past this initial surge of energy which is needed to move into the environment for further spiritual work and away from the enchantment of the physical world, the dislocation becomes less. For there is now the experience that is behind one and the seeker, when it reaches another point of crooks [3] and shifting of the center of gravity, knows the dark night is upon him. And although there may be just as full an awareness of the discomfort of these times, there is the knowledge that he has outlasted the night and seen the dawn before, and so he shall again.

There is that level of trust in the self and in the process that is lacking the first time around. And for the maturing spiritual seeker there comes a time when, indeed, it is well to invoke humility. It is easy, as one begins to experience the delight of the spiritual path, to begin to feel that one has somehow done this all by himself. There arise energies of pride and feelings of entitlement.

This instrument has often heard the sentiment from spiritual seekers that goes something like this: “All I wish to do is the will of the Creator; consequently, I should be supported. For this is much more worthwhile than living the life of work and paying the bills.”

When those thoughts flash through the mind, it is well to invoke humility. For there is no entitlement to walking a spiritual path. There is only the opportunity to make use of the time allotted. Previously, before the awakening occurs in a seeker, he has perhaps largely ignored the creation about him. Focusing upon those things that are meaningful to him, he has perhaps not seen that he is a part of nature or humanity or the creation. His moments have been spent with magnificent disregard for their rarity.

When a seeker begins to awaken, he begins to become aware of the opulent gift of time in incarnation. Each present moment becomes an opportunity to enter into his own awareness. And it is a heady thing to begin to take responsibility for those moments which the one known as Rick called the precious present. [4]

We have spoken through this instrument before of the doubling effect of making the choice of polarity and then repeating that choice. Each choice made doubles the strength of that first decision, so that soon you become a far more powerful and magical entity than you were before, through the simple process of being consistent in that choice.

Similarly, when one chooses to invest oneself with the responsibility of being aware of the present and for coming into that present moment fully as an entity of love and light seeking the one Creator, seeking to be of service in that moment, the consistency with which he is able to pay attention doubles and redoubles and redoubles the strength of his awareness, until very soon that seeker is a far more powerful, magical, grounded seeker than he was before.

When one is approaching the spiritual living of a life in this wise, there is no problem with becoming proud. However, it is not always the case that the seeker has this level of awareness and this dedication to taking responsibility for the present moment. It is easy to begin to drift, as the one known as R said, “to stay on the surface and skitter along the very top of the waters of consciousness,” noting synchronicities, seeing the grand design of spiritual seeking, and having just enough understanding to move beyond the mystery and into a false sense of the world in which everything means something and there is an explanation for every coincidence.

We are not saying that the opposite is true. Rather, we are saying, as this instrument said earlier today, that sometimes a coincidence is just a coincidence. When one begins to demand of every coincidence that it have a meaning, it is time to invoke humility. For it is not the object or the purpose of spiritual seeking to ascertain understanding or to become an entity who knows the answers. Rather, spiritual seeking is a process which deepens one’s appreciation of the continuing and overwhelming mystery of the one infinite Creator. It is a process which deepens one’s ability to enjoy, not merely tolerate, the many paradoxes one finds within spiritual seeking.

Thusly, since you are headed towards a great unknowing, that is, an awareness that nothing is known and that all exists by faith, there is the natural tendency to become more and more truly humble.

It is good to bend the knees before the Lord, as this instrument has said from time to time. Yet, that posture of humility is not the posture of one who feels unworthy. Rather, it is the posture of one who barely can fathom the infinite mystery of the one Creator.

When this instrument thinks of that posture, she has a tendency to think of the moment when the man in love bends his knees before the beloved and asks the privilege of becoming her partner in life. There is a reverence, even an awe, of the depth of the circumstance that fuels that bending of the knee before the beloved. And that is the same kind of energy that humility before the infinite One may bring to the seeker—not that the seeker is less, but that the joy and the wonder of being able to share the life with the beloved is an incredible privilege.

It would be our observation that there is no time within a seeker’s life, within an incarnation within third density, where he is entirely safe from the ravages of pride and arrogance. These moments of temptation shall be offered as long as the incarnational lessons play themselves out throughout the incarnation. One cannot simply assume, therefore, that because one is for the most part truly humble, one is humble within this particular moment.

Thusly, it is always helpful to retain that awareness of self that sets a warning signal going when one is having a proud moment or when one has taken upon oneself the arrogance of knowing the answer for another.

Yet, we do feel that as the spiritual journey moves forward and the spirit within becomes a more mature one within a seeker, the danger of lack of humility does fade. It does not disappear, but it becomes clearer to one, as one goes forward, when one has gotten off that beam of love and light and service to others and has become involved within the self once again.

It is interesting how those who hear wise words hear more than the words. Thusly, it is part of improving one’s service to others to police the self and to draw oneself back from arrogance and pride when one senses or sees that it has begun to encroach upon the service offered. For those to whom you speak shall hear not only the words but also the energy with which those words are offered.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

Those words, therefore, shall be greatly enhanced in their efficacy as resources for those to whom you are offering your service if the breath which carries them contains that clarity that comes from true humility and the knowledge that the service is coming through one and never from one.

As we so often do, we conclude discussion of this very interesting question by noting the advantages of a daily immersion in silence. That is part of being humble before the infinite One, that willingness to stop the surface process of living and take time to listen to the Beloved who speaks in that silence in thoughts too deep for words.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a follow-up to this query.

G1: No, not to the main question, Q’uo.

We thank the one known as G1 and would then ask if there is another query at this time.

G1: Q’uo, in the Law of One series, Ra says that the positively-oriented entity will be “transmuting strong red-ray sexual energy into green-ray energy transfers.” [5] Is this transmutation of red-ray energy into green-ray energy accomplished as a function of conscious intent or strong sub-conscious bias? If by conscious intent, how can the entity consciously intend to transmute sexual desire into unconditional love?

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we understand your query, my brother. The transmutation of red-ray sexual energy into green-ray energy transfer almost always contains elements of intention. The energy is not a gift given with a set of directions. There is no direction beyond nature’s insertion of Tab A into Slot B.

In some personalities, the openness of the heart is such that that particular personality is almost incapable of expressing the self without the green-ray aspect. However, this is not the case for the majority of entities who engage in sexual congress. It is to be remembered that your present experience of sexuality has heavy cultural overlays which encourage the value of sexuality remaining firmly in the red ray.

Your mass media are full of advertisements of the glories of lust, the beauties of youth, and the shallowest possible conception of sexual energy exchange. Further, there are the inevitable conflicts that arise when one attempts to deepen a relationship which is sexual. The tendencies for an unevenness of affection are substantial. The tendencies for an unevenness of desire as far as how deep the relationship is desired to go are also those which tend towards an unevenness. It is rare that two entities want precisely the same thing in terms of how deep the relationship shall go, what commitments are made, one to the other, and so forth. These things tend to be notably uneven and mismatched. Consequently, progress through red-ray, orange-ray, and yellow-ray expressions of sexuality to the open heart of green ray almost always involves a decision to set the intention to make that happen.

We are not saying that it is necessary to become equally committed or perfectly matched in order for the heart to open. We are saying that there are obstacle courses in which the obstacles lie thick on the ground that lie between the red-ray sexuality and green-ray sexual energy transfer. The need to possess and the need to be possessed must be balanced. The expectations one of another must go through that period of communication until there is an understanding.

These are not simple or brief processes. They take time, energy and a continuing desire to make of that which is earthly and seemingly without the Creator into that which is not only earthly, but also heavenly, not only of the body but also of the spirit and of the one infinite Creator.

There are times when there are brilliant shortcuts into green-ray sexual energy exchange; times when, for whatever combination of reasons, it is perfectly clear that sex is an energy shared between two hearts and all may lie open and undefended. It is in this fearless open heart that an exchange may take place. However, in the normal run of human experience, we would say that without the intention and without the work done to see the energies intervening between red ray and the open heart, the green-ray energy exchange shall not be a common occurrence. However, it is certainly an energy that is open to all regardless of their distortions or their fears.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G1: Not on that question, thank you, Q’uo.

We thank you, my brother. We would ask if there is another query at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

G1: Q’uo, here’s a question from G2, who says: “I had such an emotional experience during the inauguration of Barack Obama! All the things that we desired for a new world seem to have been manifested—love, acceptance, etc. There was an unusual energy. I would like to hear from Q’uo what their experience was like from their vantage point. Was there a major shift, an acceleration of our spiritual progress? There was so much crying with joy and relief on my end.”

We are those of Q’uo, and thank the one known as G2 for his query. My brother, the moment of that institution of the one known as Barack into the office of the presidency of your country was a moment in which the heart chakra of your planet opened. It was a powerful and very real moment of the awareness of infinite possibility.

We cannot say, my brother, that because of this moment there was a leap ahead in the planetary level of vibration, for as you have noted, my brother, the energies which baffle and confuse the energies of unconditional love did not become healed and go away from your world scene. As this instrument would say, the world wagged on, regardless of that moment of planetary open-heartedness.

However, when such a moment occurs, involving the body of humankind as this moment did, that memory is retained. And that memory can be recalled and invoked by the self or by the body of humankind if that body so chooses. We know that, individually, many have been remembering and invoking that open-hearted moment again and again since inauguration day. We know that groups have invoked and remembered that moment as they sit in group meditation for the planet and its people. What we have not seen yet, but what is always possible to see, are further times when the planetary body of the tribe of humankind remembers and invokes that open-heartedness once again.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G1: No, that was all of G2’s question, thank you.

We thank the one known as G2. We would then ask if there is a final query at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

A: I’ve got one. Q’uo, could you discuss the phenomenon that we call down here “global warming,” from the perspective of the spiritual evolution of mankind, either in the time/space context of the next several decades or in any larger time/space context of centuries or longer that you feel we might be receptive to hear about.

We are those of Q’uo, and we are aware of your query, my brother. That which occurs upon the physical plane within a human body generally occurs because it has not been grasped, not seen fully, and certainly not taken into one’s awareness to subject to the energies of solution within the mental and emotional part of the human. Therefore, when entities become ill it is often the end result of imbalances and distortions within the energy body that have been ignored or not recognized.

The same is true of the living body of your planet. The situation is not particularly simple, for your planet is populated by several planetary populations from elsewhere in which there was a toxic disregard for their home planets and a set of actions which, in total, created of their planets an uninhabitable environment for third-density work. Consequently, you have coming into the earth plane of your planet a great many entities who have been unable to grasp the need for inner peace and harmony with others. And you have instead solved perceived problems by invoking the energies of aggression and the destruction of other selves.

We speak not only of the obvious physical destruction of other-selves which exist in war, but the less obvious but nevertheless deadly energies which would pit entity against entity, power against power, judgment against judgment. There is, in the concept of karma, embedded the concept of continuation, or the inevitable onward movement, of a thing which is inertia. That which is tends to continue on being that which is.

The energies that created destruction elsewhere remain, retained within the deepest parts of the roots of consciousness. And that solution which is aggressive and destructive seems once again to be a valid choice, even a necessary choice. Once again, it takes an answering energy to stop the energy of that karma and among your peoples that energy has often not been seen as a good thing.

Again and again, those answering energies of cooperation, harmonization and communication have begun to gain strength among your peoples only to be ground down under the heel of that thirst for empire that fuels nation-states’ aggression against other nation-states and entities’ aggression against other entities.

All this heat of aggression and destruction has been pushed down into the earth upon which your feet stand. And the earth has begun to express it, just as this instrument’s body was recently covered with a rash as her body attempted to throw off the toxin of a substance to which she was allergic.

While there are certainly rational, scientific explanations for various aspects of global warming, spiritually speaking, the interesting and telling portion of this phenomenon is held within the energies of your people. Therefore, every attempt that is made by persons or groups of people to send love into the earth energy, to send peace into the earth energy and so forth, is an effort well made, and an efficacious one as well.

Just as the energies of heat have moved down into the planetary entity that is your Earth, also the energies of cooperation, love, unity, understanding and communication can aid greatly. We would also note in this wise that many of those who have achieved graduation from your third density at this time, within the last thirty of your years, have begun to return as those who have seen this pattern clearly and whose hearts have gone out to the planet itself. Many of those whom you call the “indigo children” are those who are focused perhaps more upon healing the Earth than upon bringing the population as a whole to graduation.

It is not that they feel that the Earth must be cleaned up before they can go on. It is that they see this karmic residue and wish to fulfill that karma with the balancing energies of love and affection for the planet that remove the self forever from the wheel of that particular karma.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

A: I’m good, Q’uo.

We thank you, my brother. We are those of Q’uo, and, finding a waning of this instrument’s energy, we would at this time take our leave of this instrument and this group. It has been a pure pleasure to be part of your circle of seeking this evening. We thank you for the beauty of your auras and for the humility with which you have set aside time to seek the truth. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, whose servants we are. Adonai, my friends. Adonai.

[1] That is fairly close to the www.dictionary.com definition, which is: “The quality or condition of being humble; a modest opinion or estimate of one's own importance, rank, etc.”

[2] Individuation: the state of being individuated; individual existence; individuality. However, I believe the Q’uo group’s use of the word has more in common with the word as used by Carl Jung: “The gradual integration and unification of the self through the resolution of successive layers of psychological conflict.”

[3] In this context, a crook is a bend or turn in the road.

[4] Rick Pitino, in a motivational speech, said, “The Precious Present puts life in its simplest form. We should all follow its message and live life in the wonderful state the precious present awards each of us. I read it to all of my teams before we take the floor for the first day of practice.” Pitino is quoting here from Spencer Johnson’s book of that title.

[5] The Law of One, Book II, Session 54, May 29, 1981: “The negative will use the three lower centers for separation from and control over others by sexual means, by personal assertion, and by action in your societies. Contrary-wise, the positively oriented entity will be transmuting strong red-ray sexual energy into green-ray energy transfers and radiation in blue and indigo and will be similarly transmuting selfhood and place in society into energy transfer situations in which the entity may merge with and serve others and then, finally, radiate unto others without expecting any transfer in return.”

May 9, 2009, Saturday Meditation

Group question: (Asked by Jim.) The question this evening, Q’uo, has to do with the concept of the spiritual seeker. At the beginning of the journey, he feels that it should get easier as it goes on but as he goes on more and more of the journey, it seems as though it gets harder. Maybe that’s the same principle as exercising the muscles—you have to lift heavier weights to get stronger muscles. We’re thinking that perhaps that’s the way it is metaphysically as well. We would like you to speak to this concept, to let us know if indeed it does get harder and if that is why, as we go further along the journey, it seems as though maybe we’re not really getting very far, we haven’t done so much. And does this principle, if it is true, hold true more for wanderers than others? Is it more applicable to those who have come from elsewhere to be of service to those of Planet Earth at this harvest?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose name we serve and in whose service we come to you this evening to speak with you concerning the spiritual path. It is our privilege to be called to your circle of seeking and we are happy to share our humble thoughts with you.

Firstly, however, we would ask a favor of you. We would ask that as you listen to these words you use your discrimination and your discernment, taking hold of those ideas that resonate to you and leaving the rest behind. We greatly appreciate your doing this, for it gives us the freedom to share our thoughts without being concerned that we could interfere with your process or be a stumbling block before you. We thank you for this consideration.

Well is it called a spiritual path, for there is indeed a journey that begins when a seeker awakens from the dream of Earth to realize how very much deeper and wider and richer the Creation is than he was taught by his culture. It is as though an alarm has gone off and he starts from his slumbers. It’s a rude awakening sometimes and, once awakened, the seeker cannot go back to sleep. This is a great blessing. Yet there are times when it does not seem so.

You have asked if a seeker’s path becomes more difficult as the seeker becomes more spiritually mature. And you have likened the situation to the athlete who wishes to become stronger and therefore must add weight to his repetitions in order to see a continued strengthening of the muscles. My brother, we would respond by saying that it often seems as though the weights which you are lifting become heavier. Yet the analogy does not hold, at least not precisely. And to look at how this perceived increased difficulty works in a seeker’s life, we need to fill in some background.

Before this incarnation each of you planned what the shape and the direction of the incarnation would be. You and your guidance system gazed at your soul stream and its balances of power, love and wisdom and you devised an incarnation with themes or incarnational lessons, if you will, using the metaphor of the School of Earth being one which distills and refines souls.

You chose relationships that would challenge you and support you. And, looking at your incarnational themes, you devised situations which were rich in catalyst. Redundancy was built into this plan. You prepared yourself with far more relationships than you would need, just to be sure that, if you kept backing away from a situation that involved an incarnational lesson, you would never run out of replacement situations that would sound the same theme and bring forward the same opportunities to adjust the balances of love, power and wisdom within your energy body.

Consequently, when you awakened as a seeker, you began to be aware of the repetitive nature of these themes. You saw that the lesson that you had put before yourself in order to work on these balances that are so important to your soul stream would be given to you again and again.

Each entity has an unique incarnational plan. We can only generalize in talking about the shape and the texture of that lesson that seems to come up again and again in your life. At the beginning of the journey you are working at that first layer of insight or understanding. Gradually, as these lessons cycle through your life as a seeker, you begin to recognize the pattern.

This is a great blessing, for when the pattern is recognized, there is a diminishing of fear and a realization that it is time to go forth as a warrior of light to deal with the catalyst before you, and so there is no paralysis. There is no freezing into fear. There is the response of taking up the challenge and moving into response mode gladly, rejoicing at the opportunity to learn. And so the journey begins.

There is that first dark night of the soul and then there is that first dawn. For the dark night has ended and you are washed clean, made new, ready to take hold of life with an appreciation felt only by those whose life has been threatened and who have come through safely, amidst the storms of that dark night.

Picture, if you will, your path not as straight ahead but as a spiral. You can picture it as a spiral going upwards and that will be accurate, because each time you work with an incarnational lesson you have walked further into the light. You have experience behind you now. You are far more able to be present with your catalyst and to approach it fearlessly.

Yet also you may picture this journey as a spiral downward or inward. It is as if you were peeling layers of a many-layered thing like an onion, where all of your suffering and all of your triumph moves you one layer closer to the center of your incarnational lesson. The center remains a mystery, yet as you move through these cycles of learning, there is an equal amount of increased insight and increased challenge.

The increase in the challenge is due to the fact that you are moving ever closer to the center of your incarnational lesson. You have earned the right to deal more directly this time with that which will aid the soul stream, of which you within incarnation are a shell of personality, in comparison to the soul stream. You are as one literally on a journey having packed your suitcases with your skills, your gifts, your relationships, and your challenges. You could not bring everything into this incarnation. You brought those parts of your soul stream which you needed in order to move through this dance, if you will, and do the work you came to do.

So you see, it is not that the weights get heavier; it is not that you lift more; it is not linear. The increase in the feeling of challenge is that increase that occurs because you are moving closer to your goal. Thus, the colors are clearer; the energies are more intense and truer. You have earned authenticity and in your authenticity you grapple far more intimately with this question of balance.

It is a great help to you as a seeker to come to terms with and appreciate the nature of the incarnational lesson or lessons with which you have supplied yourself. This familiarity with the theme of your incarnation, however, does not keep that work from being intense.

The one known as R asked if it were possible that this school of xouls would be a more intense thing for a wanderer. And to that question we would respond by suggesting that a wanderer with an enhanced wealth of experience at his command before incarnation is likely to load his incarnational lesson plan with more lessons and more ways of serving than might a soul whose awareness is within third density. Knowing more, you and your guidance have chosen to challenge the incarnational self with more work, in terms of improving the balance and, also, more opportunities to serve in terms of inner and outer work—work within the self and work that is visible to the world around you. Therefore, we may say that indeed there is a strong tendency for wanderers to task themselves with more to learn and with more to share.

Further, often wanderers retain a memory, whether it is specific or vague, of how energy runs in a more refined energy system. Consequently, there is a hunger for that ease of energy exchange, that comfort of living within the open heart at all times.

It is impossible for an entity outside of incarnation in third density to grasp fully the impact of the veil’s dropping when the incarnation begins. There is often a fatal pride, which is unintentional and unconscious and takes the shape of the feeling that, “Of course, I shall remember, how could I forget the way things really are?”

Then the veil drops and here you are, no longer in the density from which you have come, but deeply within the veiled existence of third-density, illusory life, mired first of all in the noisy, cranky, chemical distillery which you call your body, and then mired further by being relatively helpless, unable to express, unable to remember why things seem so different, and unable with your physical senses to see beyond the veil.

In third density it is not obvious to the naked eye that all things are one. It is not at all clear that your gawky, ungainly physical bodies are engaged in a beautiful, graceful dance with all that there is. And when the Lord of the Dance [1] calls you it is easy to spend countless hours thinking, “I cannot dance, I cannot hear the music … I, I, I.”

How fortunate it is that for every seeker there are moments of clarity when the dance is clearly perceived in all of its beauty and grace and when you know beyond a shadow of a doubt that you are a dancer and that you are graceful, beautiful and perfect. And then the veil drops and things seem effortful and harsh. And truly, for each of you, the lessons that you have chosen are not easy.

This instrument, for example, gave herself the incarnational lesson of loving without expectation of return. It took this instrument many years and many relationships to notice that there was always someone in her life that required loving and that was not capable of loving in return. Has this made it easier for this instrument? In a way it has, for this instrument recognizes the challenge when it appears, is able to don her armor of light, affix the ribbons to her lance, and set out to love without expectation of return.

In another way, it becomes ever more subtle and ever more intense because the instrument is moving, spiral-wise, closer and closer to the center of that lesson. The end of that lesson is the learning to love the self. Then the spirals coalesce into a purity and a unity. And then the veil drops and another spiral begins.

This, we believe, is the happenstance that is the most accurate description of the seeming fact that, as one becomes more experienced and has more history of seeking and asking, one’s lessons do not become easier but indeed often seem harder. The increasing depth of difficulty is due to the increased amount of truth and authenticity that are wrapped into the experience of that incarnational lesson at this point in your cycles, which indeed shall continue while you breathe the air of Planet Earth.

And we say this not as a threat, but only as information that may be useful to you. You are not building a stairway to heaven. [2] You are spiraling into the light of truth. As you go, you are learning to love yourself and others and the Creator. You are learning to accept love from yourself, from others, and from the Creator. You are learning to be. And this is the glory of being within the veil of forgetting upon Planet Earth. For when you can move through the mire of that veil and into the light, through faith alone, you have used the harsh circumstances of third density to their very fullest.

We rejoice with you for those moments when all comes clear and we sympathize, deeply, for the suffering you undergo in the process of the journey.

This instrument said earlier in the conversation that preceded this session of working that he whom God loves, God tests. [3] It is a quotation from this instrument’s holy work, the Bible. And it is accurate. In your college you have your quizzes and your tests, and sometimes you have surprise tests, what this instrument would call pop quizzes. That is very much the way dark nights of the soul come upon you, as a pop quiz, unforeseen, unexpected and yet not unplanned for in the deeper sense.

It often helps if you can think of your life and how you live it as a game. You are here to love. The rules are simple. In each challenging piece of catalyst there is that thread of truth, “I am here to love. I am here to trust. I am here to gain the insight that all is well.” “Oh,” you may think, “this is an excellent piece of catalyst! What a good game.” If you can maintain that larger, wider point of view, it will be very helpful to you.

And, as always, no matter what the topic, we always seem to end up recommending time in the silence. Enter the tabernacle of your heart and close the door, if only for a few minutes each day, so that you may listen. For that which is too deep for words shall empower you if you but ask, if you but listen.

We thank the one known as Jim for asking this question and would ask if there is a follow-up to this question before we open the session to other queries. Is there a follow-up, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: No further question.

We thank you, my brother. Then we would ask if there are any other queries in the group at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: I have a question, Q’uo. I don’t understand timelessness too well, how in fourth density and above there is no past, present or future. If there’s free will in third density then I don’t understand how from fourth or fifth or other densities you can see the future just as you see the present. I don’t know if that makes sense, if I’ve explained that enough.

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we are aware of your query, my brother. We would respond by noting that in higher densities there is still a certain amount of limitation of the viewpoint due to being incarnate. It is not that higher densities are aware of the future but rather that, beginning in fourth density, there is no veil, so that there is a complete transparency concerning your own thoughts, motivations and so forth and the thoughts and motivations of others as well.

It does not make you a person without distortions. It makes you a person able to see the reason distortions occur. And, consequently, it makes you a person able to have utter compassion upon your own distortions and those of others and to be willing to collaborate, distorted though you are, distorted though others are, in the dance of manifestation and in the process of acquiring insight.

When one is between incarnations, regardless of the density in which this occurs, one is indeed able to view the full panoply of experience which has been gained by one’s soul stream. However, it does not make one able to see or predict the future. It makes one able to be more wholly aware of all of the influences that have washed through the soul stream, leaving their blessings behind.

There is a subtlety that is endless to the question of selfhood and because of the fact that the Creator itself is a mystery, so are you a spark of that Creator, wrapped in and bound by mystery. What some call enlightenment and what others call becoming able to awaken one’s magical personality is not a matter of knowing more. Rather it is a matter of accepting that little bit which one knows, therefore becoming able to be authentically and genuinely who one is. This is your search and this is your gift, to find yourself and to celebrate yourself.

The point at which all things are known is that point at which all desires have been explored and fulfilled so that there is no longer attachment to anything, be it personhood, achievements or understanding, that shall keep you from placing your entire hope and desire and will towards returning completely to the one infinite Creator, gaining spiritual gravity and losing all memory of self, wrapped at last in infinite unity. Until that occurs, many densities from your present position within this cycle of grades of school, shall we say, you shall have to do without knowledge of the future, my brother, and free will shall be scrupulously observed.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: Uh uh. Thank you, thank you Q’uo.

We thank you, my brother. Is there another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: Yes, I do have another query Q’uo. I’m wondering if you could connect the dots some between our current scientific conception of the trajectory of the universe, which is the Big Bang Theory, which posits a somewhat circular trajectory to the universe and spiritual evolution—the time frame, the time line of spiritual evolution—which starts to take a very long time in sixth and seventh density, and a corollary notion which is that at the point of the Big Bang all comes into existence out of nothing. And I can try to clarify if that’s still pretty vague.

We are those of Q’uo, and, my brother, we are not sure that we have grasped the thrust of your query. We shall respond and then you may repoint us if you would.

The Big Bang Theory, as you call it, does indeed posit a beginning from nothingness. However, we would suggest that the theory lacks the awareness of the nature of the one infinite Creator and Its original Thought or Logos which is unconditional love. That Creator exists in a plenum that fills all that there is, yet because it is infinite and because the infinity is intelligent, the nature of the Creation seems to begin from nothing.

Yet it is as if the Creator’s heart beat once and that is the entire Creation, from your Big Bang until the final black hole collects the final experiences and harvests the knowledge of who It is once again. Then the Creator’s heart beats.

It is as if between the beats of the heart within your breast it was posited that there was nothingness, simply because it could not be seen that the heart was beating. There is never a nothingness, there is always a plenum and that plenum is the one infinite Creator: love.

We would now ask for you to repoint your query given what we have shared. We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: Q’uo, that was great, because my own thoughts are kind of unclear. My further question is: Does the time line for spiritual evolution, as it comes to us from The Ra Material, correspond with the scientific estimate of one cycle of the cosmic heartbeat, one cycle from Big Bang to final black hole of fifteen to twenty billion years? If you add up first density plus second density plus third density, the periods in those and up through the seventh density, is that about the twenty billion or are there some other concepts that would need to be used to correlate the two?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The so-called time line is accurate as far as it is able to go, but it will be remembered that first density begins in timelessness and seventh density ends in timelessness. Consequently, there is far more to that heartbeat than linear time. And there is no translation that would enable us or anyone with the power of words alone to do justice to the nature of that timelessness. It can only be grasped as part of the infinity in which the creation exists.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: No. Thank you.

We thank you, my brother. Is there a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: I have a question, Q’uo. For harvestability from the third-density Earth experience, it is my understanding that the balancing of my energy centers, of anyone’s energy centers, especially the lower three, and then the opening of the heart chakra, is important. For harvestability from this last lifetime, what portion or what part of importance does restitution play with harvestability at that time? Thank you.

We are those of Q’uo, and ask that you repeat your query, my brother, for this instrument’s somewhat deaf hearing did not pick up your question.

(The question is repeated.)

We are those of Q’uo, and believe that we have heard through this instrument’s apparatus your query at this time, and we thank you, my brother.

For harvestability, it is important simply to choose to act in a way which is loving, a way which expresses your desire to serve those about you; your desire, indeed, to serve the good within yourself as well as others. There are no strings attached to this statement. It is a simple statement. To polarize enough to graduate it is necessary simply to set your intention to love and serve the Creator by loving and serving the best in all that you see—yourself, others, the world around you. If you can not only set your intention but be persistent and persevere as choices come before you of an ethical nature, by choosing the loving way, the embracing way, the understanding and insightful way that sees that to give is to receive, and to console is to be consoled, as the one known as St. Francis said it so well, you shall graduate.

However, in the process of being a loving and compassionate person, you shall inevitably discover that there are those things for which you would wish to be forgiven. And so that loving heart of yours opens and says, “Please forgive me.” Most importantly, in terms of karma, rather, that loving heart opens towards the self and you are able to forgive yourself. This stops the wheels of karma.

It is often far easier to forgive others than to forgive the self. Therefore, as you discover within yourself those suspicions that you may have karma with another and that you wish to stop the wheel of karma, remember that in addition to forgiving the other, and in some cases, in asking forgiveness of another if that other is in relationship and is alive and can speak with you, it is crucial always to forgive yourself.

In terms of karma, it is to be remembered that when the wheel stops, there is still the work to do of remembering that you have forgiven, for imperfect memory will attempt, as a habit, to bring up old and settled scores as if they have not been settled, as if they have not been forgiven. When this temptation occurs, invoke perfect memory. Recapture that moment when you did forgive and you were forgiven and let that replace the anxiety of old memory.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: No, Q’uo, beautifully spoken. I am grateful for your wise words.

Questioner: Could I ask a further question at that?

We are those of Q’uo, and, my brother, we will gladly speak to your query.

Questioner: Q’uo, can you talk more about invoking perfect memory?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query. As you are fully aware in your day-to-day life, life is a rough-and-tumble thing. Some things are remembered. Other things are not. Some things pass by you. You see them with your optical apparatus. You hear them with your ears. But they do not enter your heart. They do not enter your mind. It is as if they did not happen. That’s imperfect memory.

Within you, however, my brother, as this instrument would put it, you have a librarian that remembers and files everything. Most especially, that librarian files safely away all of those moments of balance when distortion has been lessened and when your light has found a way to shine more transparently. It is easy to forget those crystalline moments. Sometimes you must ask the librarian to go into the stacks and dig that moment back up.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: Well, yes, Q’uo, can you … I’m wondering if you could provide some more metaphors for invoking that librarian?

We are those of Q’uo, and, my brother, we are content to leave you with one. Ask the librarian. The stacks are there, your memory is there, the work you have done is not forgotten.

This instrument’s energies are waning, and so we would at this time, most reluctantly we may say, take our leave of this instrument and this group. We thank each of you for the beauty of your auras, for the beauty of the sacred space that you have created by coming together to seek the truth. We thank you for asking us for our humble thoughts. It has been a pleasure to converse with you. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

[1] This phrase undoubtedly comes from the instrument’s familiarity with the Celtic hymn of the same name. “I” refers to Jesus the Christ. The chorus goes:

Dance then, wherever you may be

I am the Lord of the Dance, said He!

And I’ll lead you all, wherever you may be

And I’ll lead you all in the Dance, said He!

[2] This reference takes after the song by Led Zeppelin, wherein the choice is between the “stairway to heaven” of the lady looking for factual wisdom and the stairway of growing insight that all is one which “lies on the whispering wind.”

[3] Holy Bible, Proverbs 3:12, “For whom the LORD loveth he correcteth; even as a father the son in whom he delighteth.”

May 23, 2009, Saturday Meditation

Group question: The question this evening has to do with what we would call mental imbalances or distortions. They seem to happen more frequently with wanderers. We have received information before concerning the difficulties wanderers and other-home-density vibrations have in blending with this one, but as time goes on it seems like more people here, of any origin, are having difficulty in mentally balancing the beginning change of the vibrations into the fourth density that approaches with the energies of our current culture. Could you give us information concerning why these imbalances occur? Do they occur more often with wanderers? And what are the spiritual principles behind such mental difficulties?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. Thank you for calling us to join your circle of seeking. We are delighted to share with you our humble opinions on the subject of the increased mental distortions of this particular time in your planet’s evolution.

Before we begin, we would, as always, request of you that you use your powers of discrimination as you listen to or read what we have to say. Take those elements that resonate to you and use them as you will. Please leave those things that do not resonate to you behind. In this way we will be sure of maintaining free will and not infringing upon the natural rhythms of your spiritual process.

Let us begin discussing this interesting subject by talking about the nature of the human animal, shall we say, that combination of mind, body and spirit that together makes up the human being.

Left to itself, your body would have a heedless, instinctual life. However, your body is not left to itself, nor is it intended to be left to itself. In your third density the body is a vehicle which carries mind and spirit in a way that is not seen in first or second density. Your present density is the Density of Choice and your mind, your body, and your spirit are coordinated to live in an environment which fosters the process of becoming able to identify the self as an ethically based being and to make ethically based choices that polarize the self towards the north pole of service to others or the south pole of service to self.

It is an environment designed to shake a complacent person out of his complacency and to challenge his presuppositions. The goal of this is not simply to give the seeking soul a degree of suffering, but to set the stage for that great choice of polarity upon which the next two and a half densities are based and which shall only be refined in fourth, fifth and sixth densities by further studies in love, in wisdom, and in unity.

The work you do here in third density is profound and crucial to your future. This process of deciding who one is, what one believes, how one shall make his choices, and how one shall determine the reason for his being here and his hopes for accomplishment within third density are all those things which are very fruitful to contemplate and those things which we would encourage each of you to ponder, each in your own way.

As you wend your way through the days of third-density incarnation, you express yourself in a physical sense by what you say and what you do, by how you feel and how you experience life. On the metaphysical level, on the other hand, you express yourself in an ever-flowing and ever-changing way by virtue of the constant changes within your energy body, as various of your chakras react to those things you are thinking, feeling and doing.

Overall, your vibration may alter greatly from moment to moment and from day to day, depending upon the catalyst which you are experiencing and the amount of difficulty you may have in responding to that catalyst. However, against the surface of these constant changes within the energy body, there is a deeper vibration which, shall we say, takes the average of your vibratory range in each chakra and creates a basic vibration which is your signature in time/space. We have often noted through this instrument that we would never need to know your names, for we have your identity clearly offered in the vibrations and colorations of your energy body, which are as distinct to us as any fingerprint is to a criminologist.

In a way, it could well be said that spiritual evolution consists of reducing the difference between your basic vibration and the vibration of the one infinite Creator, whose nature and vibration is unconditional and absolute love. This journey is taken by each seeker through all of the densities of your octave as he walks, in his own peculiar way, as the one known as Kris said. [1]

The vibration of the one infinite Creator is the starting and the ending, not only for an entity within an incarnation but for the entity within the entire range of the octave of experience. Through the many densities, through all of the lessons of each density, and through the countless experiences which together create your personal biases and distortions, you seek endlessly to return to that vibration which is your home, your nature, your origin, and your ending. It is a thirst and a craving within the very depths of your nature, deeper than your thoughts, more intimate to you than all of the trappings of culture, language and learning that ripple the surface of your waters as you move through the ocean of life.

This one original Thought is a touchstone which can be experienced in each density. However, the experience of this Logos comes up into conscious awareness from the roots of consciousness that are placed within the environment of your density in such a way as to enable you to represent and identify love and the vibration of that unconditionally compassionate Logos.

When an entity has wandered into third density from another density because it wishes to serve at the time of harvest, as so many among your people have chosen to do, echoes and shadows of the home density are retained within the third-density incarnational self. An example of how this works would be that an entity from one environment who has many adventures moves to a completely foreign environment and has amnesia. Over a period of years that person becomes used to the new environment and even creates for herself a feeling of belonging, a feeling of rightness. Yet there is retained within unconscious parts of the self a hidden but stubborn awareness that there is a different way, an alternate way to be and to conceive of life.

In a way, moving into third-density incarnation is a type of amnesia, in that the veil of forgetting drops, so that one is veiled from his memories of who he is and why he came here to this interesting but somewhat difficult place called Planet Earth in third density. This overlay of memory can indeed create within the incarnation of the wanderer a heightened tendency towards an inability to cope well with the surrounding environment of Planet Earth.

In some cases there is even a conscious awareness that “This is not my home; this is not the place from which I sprung.” And that feeling of being isolated in a strange land can create a lot of fear and contraction. The self becomes defended in order to survive. Adjustments are made which enable the entity to survive, to some extent, within the surrounding milieu of earthly life. And yet, in order to survive, the focus has been narrowed, the defenses have thickened and hardened, and there is that tendency to create a self-generated reality within which the entity can actually survive, or feels that he can survive.

This increase in distortion sometimes means that for the wanderer there is a heightened difficulty in remaining undefended and keeping the energy body open and flowing. This is a self-perpetuating distortion in that the more the energy body is contracted in fear and defended against the feelings of things not being right, the less energy is able to move through [the lower chakras of the energy body] into the heart, and the less able the entity is to cope with these feelings. So, as life moves forward and the incarnation ripens, there is a natural tendency for this self to become more rather than less distorted, more rather than less defended, and less rather than more able to make use of the environment of this Density of Choice.

Our hope in speaking concerning wanderers and their difficulties is not to excuse wanderers or to justify difficulties which wanderers experience. Rather, our hope is to bring wanderers to a state of remembrance. The key to becoming unafraid and undefended is the memory of why the decision was made, in good faith and with a happy heart, to come among those of third density at this time. The decision was made in an atmosphere of absolute compassion and the high-minded and altogether whole-hearted determination to be part of the good of that third density for those approaching harvest at this time. There was in fact competition for opportunities to incarnate and each of those who considers himself to be a wanderer can be sure that his was no idle decision but the result of deep thought and absolute surety.

We would not know what specific words might trigger that initial memory, for it too is behind the veil. Yet there is always a moment of crystalline awareness, a time of lucidity that comes to those who ask to become more aware of their deeper thoughts and their deeper nature. And we do encourage those of you who perceive themselves in these words to turn in faith and trust to their deeper selves and to their guidance and to set the intention to become more fully aware of the guiding motivation which moved you into service in this particular way at this particular time.

When one is dealing with a great deal of catalyst and finds difficulties dealing with the environment surrounding him, it is extremely helpful to find this key awareness, this centerpiece of surety. When your experience is that of suffering, it is very helpful to be able to set that suffering in the context of a life of service. And although it does not substantially affect your overall vibration to experience these difficulties, it does tremendously alter the surface experience within your day-to-day life, so that you are far more able to smile and give thanks for the challenges of your incarnation as well as the perceived blessings.

In this wise also, it is to be noted that when you are as close to the onset of your planet’s fourth-density activation as you are, there is an increasing amount of a kind of catalyst that is the reverse of the difficulties one has as a wanderer. And we feel that this increasing interpenetration of third-density light by fourth-density light has created for all of those upon Planet Earth, natives and wanderers alike, an ever-increasing sensitivity to issues of truth and clarity.

The progress for each seeker is, in a way, the progress of one who knows himself better and better. Within third-density life as it has been experienced upon your planet for many millennia there has been third-density light that shone, both physically and metaphysically, and helped you to work towards making your choice of polarity and then maintaining that polarity and increasing that polarity. Ever since perhaps forty of your years ago that situation has gradually changed and it has made things more difficult for third-density entities upon your planet. Your planet comes closer and closer to that time when fourth density shall be the active density and third-density light shall be exhausted.

We are not saying that the sunshine will go away. This instrument was speaking earlier today with those who thought that perhaps on the winter solstice in 2012 the third-density experience would blink out and there would no longer be a third density. We, however, do not suggest that this is the case. We would suggest that the case is that the light that created the spiritual or metaphysical atmosphere of third density in such and such a way shall be exhausted and that the light that is striking your third-density energy bodies shall be a light of fourth density which you, as a third-density entity, are not wired to be able to grasp without significant distortion.

As this instrument has experienced this change, it has been a matter of being completely unable to avoid looking at each and every part of the universal personality which this instrument has which has not yet been integrated into the heart, the mind, and the basic beingness of the surface personality.

It is not unusual that there would be aspects of the shadow side of a personality which have evaded notice. The reason is simple. For most of those focused upon the positive path of polarity there is no desire to investigate carefully or deeply the aspects of the personality that are the robber, the murderer, the adulterer, the envier, the one eaten with greed for what he does not have, the debaser, the one who wishes only to destroy. These are all aspects of the universal self. Each entity has them and the mark of a truly spiritually mature entity within incarnation is that he has faced his shadow side, has embraced it, has forgiven it and has asked it to work toward the good. We would suggest that each entity has found it less and less possible to avoid facing those issues in life with which he has hitherto not had to deal.

The problem, one may say, or the challenge of the situation is that these awarenesses come in ways that cannot be absorbed straightaway by the energy body. Rather, there is a sensation of harshness, as if these new awarenesses were too harsh to bear. There is a lack of ability with third-density wiring, shall we say, to experience fourth density in an entirely comfortable way. Consequently, there is this sensation of abruptness, of a lack of grace about these new awarenesses. They seem to offer to the self hard knowledge that seems almost impossible to bear.

For this reason there are no entities now being born into your Earth world that are equipped only with third-density wiring. Those who are moving into incarnation upon your planet at this time have the dual wiring of third density and fourth density. And so they have the roots of consciousness and all of the delivery systems of deep awareness coming into conscious awareness that are native to both densities. And therefore those younger entities among you are able to use the light in a far more efficient fashion. And yet, because of the increased clarity of fourth-density light and its increased ability to hold information, these same younger entities often express themselves as those who indeed do have difficulty in connecting with third-density’s common reality.

In short, we may say that this is a very challenging, although a very fruitful, time for those of you now incarnate upon Planet Earth. You have an unique opportunity at this time of cusp for the planet itself to offer within your very being a location and a place that is love.

We ask you to be compassionate, both upon yourself and upon those about you, at this time. Spiritually speaking, this is not a time that offers the easy, the comfortable, the pretty ways of experiencing your sacred nature.

Those times may indeed come. For that world in which you find yourself, that gift of first and second density, overflows with beauty and comfort. And all within the natural world is in a state of love for you, just as the very bones of your body, in their instinctual life, have an answering and overwhelming love for the environment without it and like nothing better than to dance in rhythm with all of creation. Indeed, the world which is more than human lies all about you as a vast and largely untapped resource for those who wish to regain their balance and to lessen their distortions. We greatly recommend immersion in this world of nature.

Another resource for those who wish to increase their stability within this challenging psychic atmosphere is the help and consolation of the guidance system that you have about you. You have your higher self, in whatever way you wish to conceive of that entity, which is your highest and best self and to which you have access simply by asking. You have angelic help. And for wanderers, there is also the aid of the social memory complex from which you came. All of these loving and caring allies are as close to you as your next thought. And it is the wise seeker who disciplines himself to turn in thought to thanksgiving for this help and to the asking of it, for it is truly said that it is to those who ask that response is given. Therefore, enter the silence, my friends, and ask.

Beyond all that we have said, however, we return to that of which we spoke at the beginning of this discourse. The spiritual journey is one in which you seek to lessen the differences between your vibration and the vibration of unconditional love. Beyond the “wheres” and “whys” there is love. And truly you do understand what love is. Therefore, seek love. Open yourself to love. Let yourself be loved. And in the end, allow yourself to drop away those things which are not expressing love, not asking for changes but allowing change when it happens.

My friends, as you go deeper into your natures do not be afraid of what you shall find. All of those artifacts of the human personality are merely the surface flower of that seed which is unconditional love. As you move toward that seed, move fearlessly. For you shall not be appalled when you penetrate that which the one known as Jim called the meniscus [2] of life. The deeper you go into your personality, the less personal it shall become, and the more loving.

We would at this time ask if there is a follow-up to this query. We are those of Q’uo.

(Side one of tape ends.)

G: I don’t think there is a follow-up to the main question. I’ll ask quickly if it would disturb the energies if I walk just to the printer to retrieve the questions that I have printed up from readers abroad?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Q’uo. My brother, it is gracious of you to ask and we shall swirl about you as you make your journey. We are those of Q’uo.

(Pause)

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is another query at this time.

G: J from California asks, “Does it serve the highest good for a service-to-others entity to pray for a successful harvest for the service-to-self population?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. The heart of prayer is the setting of desire into a formulated intention, and my sister, if this is your desire and it is that which you feel moved to do, then we encourage you to pray as you feel. In effect, to make the prayer universal it would not be necessary to specify the polarity as being service-to-others or service-to-self, but simply to pray that for the well of indifference there be substituted the ability to find one’s heart’s desire and to polarize towards it. Whether that is service to self or service to others, it would increase the harvest.

May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: M writes, “It is understood that the veil of forgetting is necessary in order to make the free will choice to polarize to the positive. Yet as a wanderer who has made this choice in the past, I observe that the veil persists within myself. According to my reading of your words, the veil persists within myself because if it were to be removed, it may infringe upon the free will of others who have not yet polarized. Yet I do not understand why this is the case. It would seem to me that it is possible for me to be fully conscious of both third density and fourth density simultaneously without infringing upon the will of others who choose to remain unconscious of fourth density. Please explain why the removal of the veil in one who is polarized would infringe upon the free will of one who is not yet polarized.”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. My brother, it would not infringe upon the free will of another self for you to become fully aware of both third-density awareness and the lack of the veil which is characteristic of fourth-density awareness. Rather, it would infringe upon the free will of yourself.

You are a certain creature, my brother. It is an excellent creature. You chose to come into third density with its veil of forgetting, specifically because in matters of metaphysical and ethical choice it would throw you completely upon your own assets of faith, hope and charity. You did not come into third density in order to overcome third density. You came into third density to dwell within this illusion and to serve the one infinite Creator.

Have you had to claw your way into an increased awareness of what lies beyond the veil? We think not. We believe that the moments in which you have penetrated the veil are many and they are to be appreciated. Nevertheless, my brother, were you to dwell without effort beyond the veil of forgetting within third density, you would immediately obviate the advantages of living by faith alone. When you choose within this veil of forgetting to turn towards love, to live love, and to be love, you have done so against resistance. And in meeting and working with this resistance, you have tempered your soul and have done the work which you came to do.

Thusly, my brother, we would say that it is not a matter of infringing upon the free will of another that keeps you from being able to dwell in third and fourth densities simultaneously. Rather it is the nature of third density that it takes an effort of will, of memory, of desire and of spiritual maturity to live by fourth-density values and to act as if there was no veil.

Each time that you act in faith to enlarge love and to be its witness and its messenger, you lighten the consciousness of the planet as a whole. And it was for this that you came, my brother. We thank the one known as M for this query and appreciate the energies which provoked the question.

May we ask if there is a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: There is one from C who says, “I am engaged in creating biodegradable coffins to give people the natural alternative for burial. I would like to know if this work that I am doing is helpful to the overall effort of our collective spiritual evolution. Please offer any thoughts which do not infringe on my free will and discuss any spiritual principles that may help me to think about this.”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. When actions are accomplished within your Earth world, they have their surface aspects and those more subtle aspects which are involved in your motivations for and hopes for acting in such and such a way. While the surface aspects of your query do not lend themselves to spiritual import, since it is a matter of a physical vehicle moving towards the dust from which it came, regardless of how it is housed, nevertheless there are substantial benefits which have to do with the motivations for making this product available.

The motivation, we feel, was the desire to express the unity of all things and no more central spiritual principle can be involved in a decision to act upon your planet. The creation of biodegradable houses for the dead creates the inference that it is well to return to the dust in a complete and utter way, not defended against the natural processes of disintegration of the body, but embracing them. Consequently, this action, as this product is made available, is one which invokes the awareness that all is one and that all is love.

We, therefore, praise this motivation and the spiritual principles underlying the decision to create this product, my sister, and feel that your creativity in bringing a sacredness to those aspects of life which are not seen to be sacred in the common run is an excellent way of showing love to the world about you and expressing your awareness of the unity of all.

This energy of this group wanes and it is time to take our leave of you. We would thank you with all of our hearts for creating this moment of silence and seeking of the truth. It has been a privilege for us to exercise our service by sharing our thoughts with you and we thank you for this opportunity. We leave this instrument and this group rejoicing and giving thanks. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu, borragus.

[1] Kris Kristofferson, This Old Road, CD, ©2008, all rights reserved, “Pilgrim’s Progress.” This song was played during the group’s tuning process before the session began. The part of the lyrics to which Q’uo refers is this chorus:

Am I young enough to believe in revolution?

Am I strong enough to get down on my knees and pray?

Am I high enough on the chain of evolution

To respect myself, and my brother and my sister

And perfect myself in my own peculiar way?

[2] In the sense in which Jim used it, the meniscus is defined by www.dictionary.com as “the convex or concave upper surface of a column of liquid, the curvature of which is caused by surface tension.” This surface tension means that there is a slight resistance when one tries to penetrate the surface of the liquid.

May 29, 2009, Channeling Intensive 5 - Session 1 - Channeling Circle 17

Group question: Laitos, we would like to know how to balance low self-worth. We would appreciate your talking about the mirroring effect and about how we can balance and stabilize ourselves as channels without having the distortion of low self-worth affect our channeling.

(Carla channeling)

(Carla acts as senior channel for this Channeling Circle session.)

We are those known to you as Laitos. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are the servants of the one infinite Creator, messengers of love, light and unity, and we thank you for calling us to join your circle of seeking this morning.

We are glad to speak with you concerning low self-worth and its balancing and look forward to working with each of those within the channeling circle as the session of working continues. We ask each to remain open to the adjustments that will make our contact with you more smooth and easy as this session moves forward.

As always, we would ask of each who listens to or reads these words that you use your discrimination in choosing what thoughts of ours to use as your sources and what thoughts to leave behind. Please follow the path of resonance, leaving behind all thoughts that do not resonate to you, for though they may be true, they are not helpful to you at this time. We feel that those who trust their discrimination shall never be disappointed. We thank you for this consideration for it enables us to speak freely without being concerned that we may interrupt your spiritual process or be a stumbling block before you in any way.

We found your conversation prior to this channeling session very interesting. As we watched the play of ideas and the thoughts we could see the harmonization of each within the group with the others and applaud those within the group for maintaining utter unity while moving up against the knotty tangle of distortions of the mind that seem to separate one conceptual framework from another.

It is a point of rejoicing to us that to each the unity of the group was far more important than the attempt to be what this instrument would call “right.” In spiritual seeking, my friends, there is not the right or wrong idea as much as there is the path through the maze, that maze being different for each seeker. What distortions there are within each mind/body/spirit [complex] at the level of the personality shell and the intellectual mind create the differences from maze to maze to maze. Therefore, those thought processes, those paths through the maze to the center of the keys to unknowing, shall be unique for each.

We find that the concept of low self-worth is a valuable one to consider. As the one known as S has suggested, there is no entity within this circle, or indeed within the population of most of your planet, which arrives at the age of physical adulthood without retaining feelings of low self-worth. The reasons for this are many, but in the majority of cases, they center around those voices that come not from the self but from parents, teachers and other authority figures in early childhood and indeed, in some cases, later childhood as well, that tell the young soul within incarnation that he is not worthy. What should the child believe but that voice that is the voice of the beloved, the voice of mother and father and beloved teacher? Consequently, the undefended and vulnerable young soul takes into itself this concept that the self is somehow not worthy.

We would at this time pass this contact on to the one known as S. We are those of Laitos.

(S channeling)

I am Laitos, and we are with this instrument. We would begin by thanking this instrument for its severity, shall we say, of challenging. This is a particularly important function for new channels to become comfortable with, for it is all too easy in the experience of channeling to become fascinated with the subject matter to the exclusion of and appreciation of the nature or quality of the source which we would say is something which rests in being, [in] a condition of being.

As it happens, this too is an important consideration in relation to the question with which you are now engaged. For if one begins by inquiring into the nature of the self which may or may not be felt to be worthy, it is with the concept of being [which] one must begin.

One is. The self is something which, before it can do, must first be. And in its beingness resides its inalienable worthiness. Now this seems to be a rather obvious point. It is a point which is registered in your grammar. Before there can be a doing, must there not be that which performs the action? And yet the truth is that in your actual experience, one’s attention generally moves past the being to the doing. And there can be a certain confusion that arises very early on to the extent that one takes oneself to be something that one has done or performed, not something that enjoys the native virtue of its own beingness. Therefore, the first self one can often take oneself to be is the self which has performed, has accomplished, has created, has done.

Now with respect to any doing, one learns that there is that which is done better and that which is done worse. It is easy to see that, when measured by a standard of other possible doings, one’s first attempts at being a self will fall short and will be held to be unworthy.

There is a deeper sense, however, in which if one measures the self that has something accomplished, achieved, performed, done, against the self which is being, the self which has accomplished will always fall short and will inevitably be unworthy. Thus, to the extent to which one moves one’s attention from that self which is inalienable, which is grounded in beingness itself to a self which has been built, which is one’s own creation, however accomplished that creation might be, one will have a lingering sense of dissatisfaction, shall we say, with the product. And this is part and parcel of the nature of creating a self, as each here has had to learn to do.

Accordingly, it is quite a natural part of the process of spiritual growth to learn, over the course of time, to re-assimilate that self which has done something to the self which is rooted in beingness.

At this time we would transfer the contact to the one known as G. We are those of Laitos.

(G channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and we are now with the instrument known as G. Two important elements in recovery from feelings of low self-worth are forgiveness and gratitude.

Let us speak for a moment about forgiveness. There are two elements of forgiveness; one is forgiveness of others and, more importantly, [the other is] forgiveness of self.

Now in the case, for instance, of a child who has been horribly physically abused, you may wonder where the forgiveness of self comes in. The forgiveness of self has to do with forgiveness for having had, shall we say, a belief in being deserving of the abuse.

When working with forgiveness, whether it is forgiveness of others or forgiveness of self, forgiveness has to do with the understanding of how this could come about and the deeper meaning of this, and also, in the case about which we just spoke, a knowingness that it was undeserved by the child.

You may wonder how one knows when one has truly forgiven and not just said the words or thought the words left unspoken. When the situation can enter one’s mind, a memory perhaps of what happened, and there is no emotional charge to the memory, one knows that true forgiveness at a very deep level has taken place.

Gratitude is just as important as forgiveness. It is important to keep one’s mind focused on those things for which one is grateful. Fill your mind with gratitude. You can all be so grateful for so many things, just by your conditions. You can be grateful for the rain that falls, for without rain you know that there would be no food for people on your planet. You can be grateful for the soft breeze that caresses your cheeks while you are walking. You can be grateful for the ability to walk.

When doing a task, you can be grateful for what you have accomplished, whether it is a small amount or whether it is a large amount. If there are things left undone that you thought you should have done, you can focus on what was accomplished and not what was undone or the quality of the work that was done.

I will leave you with these words from a song that was very popular on your planet in days past, and that was, “Accentuate the positive, latch on to the affirmative, and don’t mess with Mr. In-Between.” [1]

I now pass the contact to L. We are those of Laitos.

(L channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are pleased to have our concepts spoken with the voice of this instrument. The question is regarding balancing the orange ray. [2] Balancing suggests there is a possibility of imbalance. What are the two facets that we are balancing, or the many facets that we are balancing upon a fulcrum, that need to come into [alignment] in order to be balanced?

In the orange ray there is the concept of low self-esteem of which we have spoken. On the other end of this fulcrum is the concept of over self-esteem—haughtiness, pride. We’ve spoken in the past about methods for balancing. When you notice an inharmonious aspect of yourself you amplify the inharmonious aspect to engage it, explore it, peel apart its layers like the skin of an onion to know it through and through, to taste it, respect it and love it and then to consider its opposite.

In this way one might consider this an aspect of mirroring. To take the low self-esteem, set it in front of the mirror and see its opposite in the other world beyond the mirror where there is the opposite of lack of self-esteem, the pride.

In your society, you are blessed with the ability to experience many, many personalities as you go through your life and encounter those things that you see in yourself and those things that you do not think that you see in yourself.

When you have worked on something in yourself and cannot see it as being worked on any further, it is then helpful to see this aspect of yourself in another person, to identify with that aspect in another person and then to peel apart the layers of their onion in your mind to work on their problems as though they are your own.

This would be similar to self-mirroring. But in balancing, you might also find that which you find to be the opposite of your issue in another person. So if you are working on an issue of lack of self-esteem and in your daily life you come across someone who seems to have the opposite of lack of self-esteem—to be very proud, to have an overly inflated sense of self-worth—this can be used as a helpful means for your balancing of the orange-ray chakra of which we are speaking in this session. For even though [that person’s pride] seems like the complete opposite [of your own lack of self-worth] and not a part of your spiritual workings, it is of the same chakra. It is a manifestation of the same issue.

In this way, if you identify with someone who has an overly inflated sense of self-worth and peel back the layers of that onion, take on the concepts of that person as though they are your own and work through them fully, it helps you to understand your own problem.

Mirroring, as the one known as S has tried to illustrate in this session regarding the balancing of the lever upon which the heart chakra is the fulcrum, is a valid and yet still incomplete perspective. One always works on the chakras alone and one always works on the chakras with others.

We believe we have come into a concept here at this time which we would like to explore more fully through the instrument known as Carla. Therefore, we would like to use her voice to express our concepts. We are those of Laitos.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are now with this instrument, greeting each in love and light through this instrument. The seeking soul working with orange ray uses the mirroring of the low self-worth and the over-weaning pride in balancing the distortion of low self-worth according to the unique characteristics and needs of his particular self.

Some there are whose sense of self is such that the pride of others is not penetrated as a distortion but is seen as good, without question. For those entities, there will be no mirroring effect, for there is no disturbance in the consciousness when an entity demonstrates pride.

For others whose personality shell contains the response to the original low self-worth of becoming more and more defended and defensive and thus creating within the self a false pride as a mask to cover the face of low self-worth, such mirroring, when pride is seen in another, is helpful.

Whatever the reasons that cause an entity to find itself triggered by the pangs of low self-worth, the mirroring effect is most helpful in bringing the grist to the mill of spiritual work.

It is not those things which escape notice or which are accepted without question within the daily life which are helpful in the process of balancing distortion or lessening distortion. It is those things which trigger emotion, either positive or negative, within the daily experience that become the grist which may be considered by the mill that grinds slowly and well, that mill of the process of spiritual evolution which each is attempting to accelerate by means of leaning into and using their life experiences in order to become more and more aware of the self in as undistorted a way as possible.

This instrument was stating earlier that her opinion was that there was the possibility of mirroring self to self within the orange ray, where the low self-worth originates, in terms of its vibration. It is not that the orange ray of an energy body goes out in search of elements of low self-worth to claim them. Rather it is that the emotion of inadequacy and feelings of low self-worth resonate in such a way that they appear within the province and providence of the orange ray.

Consequently, we cannot say this instrument was incorrect, but we can point out that although the orange ray of a yellow-ray energy body is incapable of the human capacity for self awareness, it is not informed with the spirit of unconditional and absolute acceptance, compassion and love with which the open heart of green ray, in its mature aspect, is equipped.

Consequently, though self can mirror to self without reference to higher chakras within the human, it is a distorted mirroring, for there is no calling to a higher truth or an absolute truth, or a wider perspective. Rather there is the mirroring of a distorted self by a somewhat less distorted self, both of those selves limited by the distortions inherent in an awareness of a self uninformed by the self’s true nature. It is, therefore, a conversation between two aspects of self, neither of which is able adequately to balance between self and self in order to eliminate or successfully lessen the distortion of low self-worth or its opposite, the pride which is invoked as a defense against the feelings of inadequacy.

Therefore, to stay within orange ray in the attempt to balance the self and lessen distortion is a failed mission. The balancing process needs to take place within a part of the energy body which is informed with a wider perspective and a larger point of view and this environment is that of the open heart.

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as S. We are those of Laitos.

(S channeling)

I am Laitos, and am again with this instrument. We would preface our continuation of our remarks by pointing out that this instrument has requested that we give a correction and contradiction to its opinion, its point of view, as earlier expressed in order that it may find its way to a more eloquent understanding of the issue of self-worth.

We ordinarily do not prefer to have such a condition, shall we say, placed on our communication, but in this case, the request was made with such earnestness that we will address our remarks in such a way that this matter can be attended to, although the manner of our address is, even as we speak, surprising this instrument.

We give this instrument the concept of true or genuine humility, which we find to be very closely associated with true or genuine self-worth. It is a very common experience in your planetary configuration and indeed, in the planetary configurations of third densities [in general] to find oneself humiliated by the way in which interactions with other selves have gone.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(S channeling)

This experience of humiliation is a very trying one—it brings one to a condition of abjection. It brings one to a condition of affective dysfunction, to a sense of utter lowness, of having no meaningful resources upon which one can draw.

When one attempts to recover from this humiliation, the first impulse is to find a means to cancel or reject or overcome those conditions under which the humiliation was effected. And so one has, therefore, at work a kind of energy of denial.

This energy of denial can be mobilized into a kind of compensation, if you will, a kind of recuperation of a self that is achieved in a reactive manner which can only succeed if it triumphs over the conditions under which it has experienced its humiliation. To reject those facets of one’s experience that have brought one into a low condition, however, is to cement the lowness of this feeling as a permanent part of the personality structure which then is raised as a means of escaping that sense of lowness.

It is our experience that in order to heal in this area, it is necessary to return to that feeling of lowness and to embrace it, to accept it, to love it, and to allow it to be a part of the self and its beingness that is indeed not separate from others, not separate from the one infinite Creator.

One therefore has the possibility of a kind of humility that has nothing to prove, nothing to overcome, nothing to establish in relation to others so that one can be worthy or bright or can demand respect, obedience or esteem.

In this experience of true humility there is a sense in which the self in its status as fledgling is sent into a proportional relation with the self that has already the crown upon its head. And so, quite properly speaking, there is a relation of self to self that may be registered in this first act of self-worth that is paradoxically given the name of humility.

At this time we would transfer the contact to the one known as G.

(G channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and we are with the instrument known as G. At this point, it is important to note that for the alleviation of any undesirable condition, whether it is low self-worth or something else, we shall mention the importance of prayer.

In the not too distant past on your planet, there have been scientific experiments regarding prayer in which two plants of exactly the same kind and the same size were placed in the same soil, in the same kind of containers, positioned in a window where they receive the same light, and watered exactly in the same manner. The only difference in the care of the plants was that one was prayed for and the other was not. Every time this experiment was repeated, the plant that was prayed for grew larger and seemed healthier than the one that was not. And we are sure that you all are aware of healings that have occurred that have solely been attributed to prayer.

This instrument has used very simple prayers for the alleviation of various conditions and situations and it has the effect of improving or raising her self-worth. First the desired condition is stated. In this situation, an appropriate statement would be, “I know that I am a child of God, equal to Jesus the Christ,” or “I know that I show Christ Consciousness.” The prayer follows, “God is, I am, I know that I am, I am grateful for my knowing and I release these words into the universe.”

We now pass this contact on to L. We are those of Laitos.

(L channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and use this instrument to speak our concepts. Intention and prayer have a powerful affect on the body and the mind. In your spiritual workings, while the instruments in this room set their intention to channeling, that intention stays with them throughout the channeling. The intention this instrument’s teacher uses, [for instance],states that she would like to channel in a conscious and steady state the highest and best contact possible [of the vibration of Jesus the Christ.]

There is also intention in the tuning processes that you employ, such as raising your energy level and stabilizing your chakras. When one goes through this intention and this prayer, asking for the stabilization of these chakras, it is done for the purpose of serving to be a channel. These intentions can be used outside of the tuning process for being a channel in your everyday lives, such as we expressed to the one known as G.

This is a helpful method for balancing your orange-ray chakra. It is a helpful method for balancing all of your chakras, each one in turn and all together, [so that they may] function harmoniously. The chakras are bumped and bruised and affected along the way of your activities and is important to realign them, resetting your intentions regularly. It is important to do this sort of intention and prayer in everyday life.

When this intention is applied during the tuning process, a crystallization method is applied so that your chakras are harmoniously balanced, including the orange-ray chakra about which we are speaking. Your energy is [then] freely flowing and the outside effects are limited because you are limiting your exposure to them, going straight from tuning into the channeling circle. After channeling, when you come out of these energies and go about your daily life, these chakras are again bumped and bruised by your activities.

The necessity of doing work on your chakras and having some be a little out of alignment or even quite a bit out of alignment and skewed in your everyday activities does not necessitate your abandonment of channeling. When you go through your tuning process and you set your intention and crystallize these chakras, they will abide harmoniously and stay in place, giving [you] your desire to allow the free flow of the light through them during your channeling.

There are buffers in place [during the channeling] because of this intention that keep them from being misaligned as easily. This state of alignment does not persist much beyond the channeling. It is possible in theory for everyone on this planet to be in a constant state of alignment, using their intention to align their chakras, then going about their lives and staying in complete harmony and balance. This does not remain so in practice for the general population.

When you set your intention to channel your highest and best, to speak only the words that are given to you and none of your own, the natural impurities of your chakras have much less effect on your channeling and your message easily remains as pure as possible. When you are no longer in the channeling sphere it is then that you can work on these chakras again as they become misaligned through your daily activities.

We will now have [this instrument] pass this channel on to her teacher to carry the words of our message. We are those of Laitos.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are with this instrument. To sum up, my friends, the feelings of low self-worth are nearly universal among humans. This is due to the human condition, which is a function of the very fabric of the illusion created in third density that veils from entities their true self, their true nature. All that there is in any aspect whatsoever in the end becomes the unity of all that there is, that one great original Thought which is the infinite Creator, a Being of unconditional love.

Lost within the illusion of third density, it is impossible to ignore the fact that the self is error-prone. Consequently, if one attempts, as a spiritual seeker, to find a sense of true worth by denying the statements of teachers and parents, this will not be adequate. For there is in every entity within third density that element of human error. Thusly, all justly have a sense of low self-worth, from this subjective limited point of view.

Moving into the open heart, however, one is, for the first time, bathed in an atmosphere that is wider, an environment that is more informed, and in that environment one is for the first time able to identify the self with the one infinite Creator, with unconditional love, with being. While resting in this beingness of love, one is then able to work with higher chakras, with that compassionate truth given to energies within the blue ray and with the beingness of indigo ray. One is able to open the gateway to intelligent infinity as one has the energy, the desire, the will and the intention and to retrieve through that gateway inspiration and information which more and more inform the self that is not limited to the human condition.

Thusly, one may see the excellent qualities of forgiveness and gratitude in clearing the way into the open heart. One is able to access that true humility which is the function of seeing the self as a child of love and a child of the Creator, for the hands of the world must be emptied before one enters the open heart. Resting in this open heart, the work of restoring to the self that balance of awareness that is true worth can take place.

And when one is preparing for work as a channel, this process simply is recapitulated and then crystallized for the duration of the session of working. It is a process that must be done and redone each day, for the energy body is always in motion and always there is grist for the mill. There will be disturbances; there will be work to do. Yet moving into the open heart again and again, there is the safe and protected environment to do that work of becoming, of being.

We would at this time thank this instrument and this group for its desire to seek the truth and for its desire to serve the infinite Creator in this way. It is greatly appreciated, my friends. We thank you for your beauty and your courage as we leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are those of Laitos. Adonai.

[1] The chorus of this song, which is © Johnny Mercer 1945, all rights reserved, goes like this:

You’ve got to accentuate the positive,

Eliminate the negative

And latch on to the affirmative.

Don’t mess with Mister In-Between.

[2] In the Confederation philosophy, self-esteem or lack thereof is seen to be a part of the range of issues with which the orange-ray energy center is concerned, since that is the chakra concerned with personal relationships, whether of the self with the self or the self with other-selves.

May 29, 2009, Channeling Intensive 5 - Session 2 - Channeling Circle 18

Group question: The question with which we go into this session is this: please tell us what spiritual principles are involved in being a battery for channels in a channeling circle. That is, when we are not channeling, how may we serve the circle best by the way we think and the way we are? Are there some visualizations that are helpful, in your opinion, in helping us to become better batteries?

(L channeling)

(L acts as senior channel for this Channeling Circle session.)

We are those of Laitos. We greet you in the light and in the love of the one infinite Creator. We are here to share our messages at this time through the voice of this instrument. As this instrument’s as well as our own concepts are not entirely infallible, we ask you to use your own discernment when using our messages in your spiritual evolution. Pit them against your own senses and your own higher self. Use that which resonates with you and leave behind that which does not.

The question to which your group has asked us to apply our energies at this channeling circle involves being dormant in the circle; that is, between the times that you are acting as a vocal channel or during those times that you have chosen to sit within the circle without actively being a vocal channel. For at all times, you are still a channel. You are simply not opening your mouth and vibrating the vocal cords at all times.

There is never a time in your incarnation that you are not a channel. There are simply gradients of channeling and methods of channeling. You are living beings on this planet and your chakras are functioning and you breathe in the life force of the Creator and communicate the life of the Creator. [Therefore] you are channeling. Even the darkest soul on your planet, even the person with the tiniest life force in a coma or a babe newly born, struggling to stay alive, is a channel of our energy and a channel of our light. When we say “our” we are speaking of the universal light that is within all creation.

Those that are unaware of themselves and their spiritual nature, who are, it has been said, still asleep, are not aware of the energies flowing through them. These energies at times for some can be very intense. They can achieve great things with the energies that flow through them, with the love and the light that come from the universe into their being and are then transmuted into action.

More often than not though, the love and the light energies are constricted in those that are not aware of themselves as spiritual beings and not aware of their evolution on this planet in the spiritual sense. Their activity as channels is minimal. As one grows in spiritual awareness and becomes more attuned to those energies, one can open up the pathways in the spirit body and the mental and emotional bodies, clearing the pathways that this light utilizes and become a greater and greater conduit, larger, allowing more to flow through in a greater capacity.

This love and light are used in as infinite a number of ways as there are people on your planet. The members in this group have chosen a particular use for this energy and that is to take the pure white light that we ourselves channel from where we are down to you where you are and out through your voice, cloaked in the words you choose to describe these energy impressions.

All of you are capable of doing such an act. Every one on the planet is capable of this. However, only a few of you here now have achieved a small level of mastery with this in order to perform the actions that you call vocal channeling.

The one known as R has attempted this vocal channeling and has found within himself difficulties cloaking these impressions. Yet the energies still flow freely through the one known as R, just as much as they flow through every other member of this channeling circle. You are all equally batteries, whether you are speaking or not.

What does it mean to be a battery in the channeling circle? It means that you have lent yourself in service to the light. You have said, “I am here, use me.” You have prepared yourself and prepared a pathway for the light to travel so that the light coming in from the universe freely travels through your being and back out into the universe and is exchanged between the members of this group.

You each lend your energy to the others. Within the practice of sacred sexuality, this energy is exchanged between two people. In a group setting this energy is commingled and exchanged between more than two people. The energies of the vocal channel are being exchanged through the blue-ray chakra and also the green-ray chakra, as you are doing a service of what you would call love and so green-ray energy is being exchanged in the group.

The one known as R, though not utilizing the blue ray in his service to the one infinite Creator, is exchanging his energy with the rest of the group and a great deal of this energy is coming through his green-ray chakra. It is not necessary to visualize this energy exchange in order for it to happen. Simply by saying, “I am here to serve,” and allowing the energies to flow, are they flowing.

The instrument through we are speaking is feeling a sensation that we feel it is important in this particular conversation to express. It is a feeling of lack of distance, as it were, to where even though her physical body is not touching any of the other physical bodies, the energy between each of the bodies is so dense that it feels as though there is no distance between her body and the other bodies. This is a knitting of the energies that you pass on from one to the other as they are absorbed from the universe and brought through your conduit into use in this activity, the activity of this channeling circle.

If another member were brought into this channeling circle, so that your number became one more, the energies would flow the same as long as the other person were also giving himself in service in the same way that you are each giving yourselves in service, but the battery that this person adds would make the energy that much stronger, making the entity that you create denser, as it were.

We would like to continue this concept through the next channel in this circle and so we would like our energies to be spoken through the instrument known as Carla. We are those of Laitos.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and greet you through this instrument in love and in light. Each of you within this circle has come into the circle from an unique point of view and an unique tuning. Each of you has prepared for this circle by tuning your instrument mentally, physically, and spiritually as best you can to your own personal highest best.

If each of you in the circle were a note, the combined song of the circle would be a chord, a chord of harmony and beauty that flowed and vibrated together in such a way that it creates a place in time and space that is a sacred space in which the seeking of truth shall be pursued.

The activity of those listening in a group is not passive, whether there is one channel and many listeners or whether almost all or [all of] the entire group participates in the channeling at the time of working. If there is, within your mind, the concept of listeners as those who simply take in the information, we assure you that this is a mistaken concept. This is not due to your will or the will of those around you. Rather, it is due to your intrinsic nature. You cannot help being a participating part of a non-physical or energy-oriented circle. By your very being you are vibrating at a certain frequency. That frequency pours into the group frequency to help create it. Therefore, every group is unique, even if it has the same members as another group meeting at another time, for each of you has an ongoing flow of events that alters your vibration from hour to hour and from day to day. Consequently, realize that you are indeed a part of the equation simply by who you are and the way that you have tuned for this session.

It is also good to realize that the nature of the aid of a battery is that of the lover, the protector, the guardian. It is effective therefore simply to project your love and your thanksgiving for that entity which is channeling, to dwell on thoughts of the perfection of that entity’s service, to give thanks for all of the unseen help that sees to the protection of a circle and to give thanks to the circle itself, for it is a group being of its own. All of these ways of expressing love for the channel, the circle, the source that is speaking through the channel and the event itself are very helpful. These are not so much visualization as a direct opening of the heart in love and appreciation and thanksgiving and praise. Therefore, rather than visualization, this way of being a battery is a way of being a living prayer.

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as G. We are those of Laitos.

(G channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and we are speaking through the instrument known as G. We cannot emphasize too much what our sister Carla has just said about vibration, particularly the vibration of consciousness. Everyone vibrates at some level and to be a battery for a channeling group it is important for your vibration of consciousness to be at [one with] the consciousness of the divine Creator, inasmuch as you are able to do that.

You have in your culture the role model of Jesus the Christ, whose consciousness was that of the divine, infinite Creator. We can look to his life to determine what activities and practices he did and what attitudes he had in his life that allowed him to have a consciousness that aligned so well with that of the infinite Creator.

One thing that he did which helped with this alignment is study. You may read in the Scriptures that when he was twelve years old he was teaching the Rabbis. Another practice he had was at times going apart from others and spending quiet time in contemplation. That is something that is available to all of you. Another thing that he did was to do good works. You have all read the teachings that he taught through the parables. You have read about the miracles he did such as the feeding of the thousands. You have read about the healings that he did. And he said to his disciples, when they commented upon his activities, “Greater things than these shall you do.” [1]

He also spent time in prayer. Prayer was very important to him. When he went through his Dark Night of the Soul in the Garden of Gethsemane he prayed. So you can look to him as a role model for how to elevate your vibration so that you can be a good battery for a channeling group such as this.

To be a battery for a channeling group is not something you can [do by] saying to yourselves, “I am going to be a battery for the channel group and therefore I will do this and such,” as one might say, “I’m going to invite my friends over to a spaghetti dinner tonight and therefore I know I will go shopping and I will call them up and I will prepare the food and serve the meal and clean up afterwards.” To be a battery for a channeling group is something that comes out of your own personal desire for evolution, the evolution of your soul.

We also would like to speak through this instrument about a visualization that would be helpful for persons in preparation for taking part in this sort of group. We are sure that each person here has someone in mind, some being that they consider to be a highly evolved spiritual being. It could be someone in this group. It could be someone such as Jesus the Christ, or Buddha, or Mahatma Gandhi, or someone else that you know personally or have read about or whose works you have studied.

We recommend that you identify such a person and spend five minutes each day sitting in meditation, imagining that that being is with you in meditation. And then, after you have, shall I say, identified with that being and imagined that you are sitting with them in meditation, imagine that the two of you go together to the channeling group. Focus on how it would feel to have that being or person with you, lending their consciousness to the group as you are lending yours and helping you to articulate appropriately when it is your turn to channel.

We believe that this would be very helpful. We now pass the contact to the person on my left, known as S. We are those of Laitos.

(S channeling)

I am Laitos. We are with this instrument. If we are to sum up, then, what we have said so far, it would be to suggest that the single most important contribution of one who functions as a member of a group is to offer is a quality of beingness that we may call love. And all who participate, whether they speak or not, do so function.

Love is not something one simply feels, but is rather a palpable energy which one channels. Thus, it is true that the channeling function at its most basic possible level is one shared by speakers and non-speakers alike. Indeed, this is a sharing with which all in this circle are familiar, for upon those occasions in which there is a gathering for purposes of common meditation, prayer, and thanksgiving, there are often no words spoken, and yet there arises within the group a sense of presence and a unifying mutuality which expresses the combined capacities to channel love. The entire group reaches to a level of expressive beingness heard in the far reaches of the heavens.

Even such a small group as this can be so powerful, and we can assure you that as listeners in this aforementioned heaven we ourselves feel greatly called to respond, even if this response is only one of silently blending our harmonious intentions with those of the group.

Now the question at hand is, what is the specific function of a battery in a channeling group. [You have] created a distinction between the concept of one who speaks and one who does not. We want to assure you that in the greatest sense, to us this is a very, very small distinction, one vanishing into non-importance. For what are words but the rustling of the winds? They are soon gone. And what is left, if there has been work done in a session, is something of immeasurably greater importance.

[There is] a convergence of the whole sense of self with others, such that the importance of that little self in which each dwells in the daily life is vastly diminished and the appreciation of the greater sense of the possibility of selfhood is greatly enhanced. Indeed, this larger selfhood is already at work in all that you say and do. We could hazard a metaphor by saying there is a sense in which each here, for the duration of this life that seems so utterly palpable to you, is but a fleeting figment in the imagination of the much richer, fuller and more embracive self which, in a deeper sense, you still are.

That potency of selfhood is a gift to all who participate in the circle and it is not to be underestimated. It is what makes the possibility of this event what it is. And yet we come back again to this small distinction which, given the fact that this is an experience which finds its focus in words, cannot be eliminated altogether. There are those that speak and there are those that do not. For those that do speak there is the moment of speaking and the moment in which one is silent. So how does the function of speaking find its way? How does it take its start? How does it seek this measure?

My friends, we would assure you that to speak, one must first be able to hearken, to hear, for the attunement which is the signature event of your experience at this time is a function of allowing what is to be spoken to come to you, not as if it is yours, but as if it was a gift given to you. That is what we are calling the hearkening.

Now, there are two conditions that must be met in order for this hearkening to be fully functional and enabled. The first, given the nature of our being and the choice we have made in the course of our spiritual evolution, and which we feel converges with your own, is that the heart must be open. We are those who do not choose to work in highly metaphysically charged circumstances such as this with those who are not committed to evolving on the path of those who serve others. And for us that means an open and loving heart.

To this first condition we would add that, in the unique circumstances of the channeling experience, the special attributes of the hearkening characteristic of the adept may be invoked in some measure and, in fact, in a measure which will increase with the increasing experience of this group. That energy center which you call your indigo ray is involved in this hearkening, yet has a capacity to produce a higher energy in a form in which it may be recognized by one who seeks as exhibiting a certain configuration of meaning and those who have then done the work requisite in opening the speaking center, that being the blue ray, may set about the process of rendering these configurations of meaning or concepts into language, into that intelligible form which is more broadly recognized in your culture as communication.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(S channeling)

Now as you can see, moving from green to indigo and back to blue-ray work presents a configuration that is somewhat complex and there are particular excellences involved in every step. One could have achieved excellence in maintaining openness of the green-ray heart center and, additionally, excellence in that form of intensified seeking which we have called hearkening characteristic of the indigo ray center, and yet find that there is still further work to be done in the area of blue-ray communication.

Meanwhile, while this work continues, there remains a great deal that can be contributed to the group by one of strong green-ray capacity and strong indigo-ray capacity. The particular work associated with blue ray is something which is largely, we find, a question of confidence. Each here has done work to open its [blue-ray energy] center. Each here finds it possible to communicate honestly with others. If the blue-ray work does not come along at an easy or ready pace to us that is of very small consequence.

We are those of Laitos, and would at this time conclude our session by transferring the contact to the one known as L. I am Laitos.

(L channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and we are with this instrument. We wish to make sure that our points have been received in clarity and therefore, would like to check with each of you to see if there is a matter that we can address. Does anybody have a query about what we have covered? We are those of Laitos.

(Pause)

We find that this concept is well settled within the minds of those present. You resonate well with our concepts and we are delighted to be sitting in the circle with you as a battery on our own as well.

R: I have a question, Laitos, about the concept you described earlier of choosing an entity as a symbol that personifies the concept of universal love energy and then imagining bringing that person with you into the channeling circle. Could you speak some more on the concepts involved? Is it injecting your own idea of the highest and best service into the circle and therefore giving the circle and the group a unique flavor that is the best of you?

(L channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are aware of your query. We recommended using a figure either in history or somebody who was incarnate as a means [securing] a solid connection to one who has attained spiritual mastery; someone with whom you yourself have a resonance of spiritual mastery; someone that you revere and would look up to as a teacher.

We were suggesting this process to you as an aid. In your incarnation in this illusion, it is less cumbersome if this teacher of reference is one who was a solid figure in the illusion rather than a construct that you would create as a representation of your higher self or a manifestation of an archetype. We felt that might confuse the issue and add a level of complication that is not necessary to one who is seeking this aid. However, if you are comfortable doing such a thing, that is entirely appropriate.

We would suggest keeping it simple and taking the direct approach, using someone who is close to your heart. A person who has existed may be more readily available to your mind and may be closer to your heart and therefore easier for you to conceive of and use in this practice.

May we clarify this point further for you, my brother?

R: No, that was helpful. I actually find it easier to use a particular figure rather than an abstract concept such as Ra or archetypical figure. Thank you.

You are welcome, my brother. Is there another point which we may clarify in this group?

S: Yes, there is. I wonder if it would be true that when one is engaged in the listening function to the extent that one is achieving the course of the meditation a more and more clear and focused sense of the query and the process of its answer, that that very activity of focused listening would help focus the speaker’s capacity to bring that through clearly. I’m not sure if that question comes through clearly, but if it does, I wonder if you could take a stab at answer it.

We are those of Laitos, and will take our stab at answering. If we do not clarify the point, we encourage you to re-query. Our answer to this would be that engagement in your fullest capacity is always helpful to the process. The energies that are lent to the circle exist, or have a capacity for existing, regardless of the interaction or the awareness of each person.

For example, if one member of the group were deaf and could not hear the conversation and yet sat in the group in meditation, the energies would still be lent. However, because you are not a supremely masterful, pure being emanating nothing but the love and the light of the Creator, complications arise when you are not participating in the group to the fullest extent of those who are paying attention or can hear the words being spoken.

Each of you is slightly muddying your contact simply by being students on this Earth and by being human beings still in the evolutionary process. Paying attention and focusing on the words being spoken and consciously participating to your fullest helps to clarify the energies so that they do flow in a more harmonious fashion.

May we clarify our point further, my brother?

S: No, I think that was the right direction, thank you very much.

You are welcome, my brother. Is there another query in this group?

(No further queries.)

We are those of Laitos, and thank you for calling on us in this session. We look forward to lending our energies to you in the future and having your energies lent to us as well, as this is a two-way street.

We leave you now in the love and the light of the one Creator. Go forth and rejoice in this beautiful day. Adonai, my friends. Adonai.

[1] Holy Bible, John 14:12, “Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do also; and greater works than these shall he do.”

May 30, 2009, Channeling Intensive 5 - Session 3 - Channeling Circle 19

Group question: The question is, “How do we determine what it is that we are to do in our life? How do we find the confidence to do it? And when it doesn’t work out very well, what do we do then?”

(S channeling)

(S acts as senior channel for this Channeling Circle session.)

I am Laitos. We greet you in the love and light of your one infinite Creator. We are grateful to be called to your circle this evening, for it is a kind of service that is still somewhat rare. It is an opportunity for us both to further our path of service and to learn from those that we serve.

We ask that you exercise your own discernment in the process of assimilating what we have to say, for our path is not unlike your own. It begins and it ends in mystery, and we may shine our light, so to speak, upon certain portions of that path without necessarily having a complete view of the whole. Therefore, any particular truth which we may have to offer may be a truth more for us than for you, or more for another than for you. So we would suggest that if any offering that we might suggest is of less than perfect value to you that you lay it aside.

We were asked to address a question this morning of interest not simply to those who are on a path of third-density experience, but one which reaches into all densities as far as we ourselves understand them, which is to say that one has experiences that mount one upon another and one attempts to find a cogency within these experiences that suggests the integrity of a way forward, a direction, a purpose.

The purpose itself is something for which all who seek must in some way reach, and it is well that one has a sense of that purpose. It is well that one dedicates oneself to that purpose. And yet, as life itself is a process of unceasing discovery, it will happen time and again that the purpose will need to be reconceived or reshaped. Sometimes, this re-conception is of a major sort and involves the abandonment of plan after plan. Sometimes it will be more of the nature of a refinement to a plan which is yet found to be sustainable.

But in almost every case, there will be some degree of confusion or frustration when a plan that has been laid out and tested with regard to its resonance with respect to the overall life pattern begins to show itself as unsustainable. For when one reflects upon the reason for this unsustainability, it redounds [1] to the entire question of the life pattern, and one can then find oneself in a state of considerable confusion with regard to even the simplest question of who one is and what one desires in this life.

Now, it is frequently a temptation under circumstances such as this to offer oneself a somewhat rigid, shall we say, or more hardened concept of a goal which contains within itself a judgment, often functioning in a way that is not fully conscious or overt, but which suggests that there is something which one ought to be doing. It is all too easy under conditions of this sort to gaze back upon the realities of the life as it was lived on an everyday basis and to see a shortcoming, a failure, a lack.

In reality, this approach merely compounds the difficulty, for one has then not only the lack, the failure to contend with [the situation adequately], but also the guilt associated with that lack, and one begins to develop an image of the self in which the self is the bearer of these very deficiencies which one encounters. These judgments, we find not to be salubrious in the process of spiritual development. So the question inevitably arises how one might go about pursuing a life path in such a way that the judgments do not arise to present a stumbling block in relation to one’s projected course.

At this time, we would pass the contact to the one known as R. We are those of Laitos.

(R channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and we greet thee through this instrument. We find that this instrument has found more confidence in speaking the words that come to the mind even though it still stumbles to translate our concepts into words at times. This connection is tenuous. This instrument wishes to be exact and right and creates stumbling blocks for itself again and again. We are Laitos and we pass the contact to the one known as M.

(M channeling)

We are Laitos. To the words already spoken in answering the questions for this morning, we may add through this instrument a few more notes and comments. This instrument is receiving, almost in a chant-like form at this moment, the phrase, over and over again, “Being is more important than doing. Being is more important than doing.” And so she’s repeating what she’s hearing in her head relying on that canon that said that it is all in the intention. Most important, hierarchically speaking, is the intention and what manifests is secondary, not completely unimportant, but of decidedly secondary importance. We now pass this contact to L.

(L channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and we are with this instrument. To continue the thoughts that we spoke through the instrument known as M, we would like to touch back on the beginnings of this question. When it was discussed in the circle, the one known as G said that she has prepared for an event, something in her past, and yet that which she was making preparations for did not materialize.

But as the one known as M said, the outcome is not what is relevant, but the being. In preparing your being, you’re doing a set of tasks that was relevant to your past. Regardless of whether the outcome was as you expected, these tasks were important to your spiritual evolution. There is a merging in this case of “being” and “doing” being sort of the same thing. You’re “doing” when you perform these tasks; you’re doing these tasks. Yet [you] remain in the beingness of having them done without expectation of continuing on toward a goal.

When that which you were expecting to occur did not happen, you moved back into beingness and stopped trying to accomplish. That which you were able to accomplish in the preliminary tasks will serve you at another time.

Each moment that you are being, you are achieving your goal because you have done things in the past that have brought you to where you are now. Every moment is your goal. Again, one can see the parallel of doing in being and being in doing. These concepts are not new—they have been spoken by us many times. Yet here is another application of this that you can use in your life to see more clearly what we mean by doing in being and being in doing.

(Long pause.)

Are you being now, or are you waiting for this instrument to speak?

This instrument sat in anticipation saying, “Where should I go? Should I pass, should I wait?” And then it occurred to her the message that we just spoke. “Just be.” And suddenly she understood that our message was silence. She, at the same time as doing the channeling, was simply being receptive. It is a wonderful thing to do for the Creator. Through you, the Creator acts to know Itself. And yet, in all of the doing that the Creator does, the Creator is. The Creator simply allows the doing to be its own process. It exists in being at all times, while facets of Itself go about being busy.

Each of you desires to attach importance and significance to each of your actions. “I am doing this because of some previous action or result, and I am doing this now in order to attain another result and action.” Let every action that you are doing be its own end result. Allow yourselves to be as the Creator, to do, to act, to go about your day. It is perfectly well to be busy, and you are also being in your busy-ness.

And while you are sitting still, perhaps in confusion because you do not know what your next action should be, or some creative action has left you stymied and you sit bewildered [asking] “Where is my path? What is my destiny? Why am I here? What should I be doing now? How come this does not work out as I expected?” [you] sit in your beingness. And in sitting there in your beingness, you are doing the action of waiting silently, patiently. At these times, it is well to let your mind rest.

Do not think that when you are sitting still and resting, you are not accomplishing something, that whatever goal is that you had set for yourself is not being worked upon. Work is always being done. In those times of laziness or stagnation or feeling stuck out of hopelessness, you are perpetually doing. Work is always being done. Your best is always being accomplished. While we wait for you to prepare and we sit apart from you waiting to be called, are we not also doing? We are actively being passive, as it were, waiting, as a lover might sit by the phone patiently, waiting for her partner to call. She is doing, although she is still impatient and waiting.

We feel that it is time now to allow another voice to speak, as we feel that this topic in its small facet has been exhausted, and so we would like to have another perspective upon this query that the group had. We are those of Laitos.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are now with this instrument. We greet you through this instrument in love and in light. We would take up the topic of joy. When one considers a path or a service, one often hears, “Do what makes you happy.” It is not inappropriate advice, and yet we feel it misses the mark. We would offer two examples—one from this instrument’s life, and one from the life of the one known as Jim.

When this instrument was a young woman, her joy was in promising to serve another in the bonds of marriage, and she found joy in keeping that promise. When the bonds of that marriage dissolved through the request of the other-self, it could be said that the joy ran out. Yet that is not so, for the promise had been kept. The promise, now dissolved, allowed the beloved to be free.

This instrument has continued to make promises and to find joy in the keeping of those. And somehow, incidentally almost, the path of service has opened for this instrument and has continued to blossom and develop through decades of service. The joy that this instrument found in keeping promises was far deeper than those feelings of happiness which came in certain situations and not in others.

Again, we gaze at the lifetime of the one known as Jim, who was as happy as a man can be dwelling in a house made by his own hands, eating food prepared by his hands, harvested by those hands—canned, preserved, baked, created by his own hands. His own company made him happy. His thoughts, faithfully recorded, fulfilled him. And yet, he turned from happiness because his joy was in service, and to pursue that service he felt that he must go deeper and collaborate with those whom he felt to be comrades in service.

Does it make this entity happy now to be a gardener instead of a homesteader, alone with his thoughts? Happiness comes and goes, and yet this entity’s joy is complete, for he has found a service with the instrument and with others which pursues a purpose greater than any that he had conceived before.

Therefore, we suggest to each not to discount happiness, but to look for and cherish joy when found. Joy. What gives you joy? Where there is joy, there is service already. For in that experience of joy, there is service to the one infinite Creator in the fulfilling of your deepest being.

Upon another tack we would point out the richness and redundancy of your path. The path is not a straight line for most, but rather, as the one known as Paul said, it is a long and winding road. [2] Yet it faithfully, inevitably leads to the door of that which is for you.

In this regard, we would offer the example within this instrument’s mind of a violinist. The one known as David. [3] He was a violinist of such excellence that even as a young man, he soared upwards within the ranks of the orchestra which employed him to the coveted honor of first-chair [violin]. He delighted in playing the violin, and yet his body began to break down. He became less and less able to practice, and more and more filled with pain as his wrists and arms sickened under the discipline of his art.

He was in despair when he came to this instrument to inquire what to do. This instrument, having been steeped for many years in the consideration of being versus doing, the consideration of the path of service and how it takes many turns and had [done so] in her own life, suggested to the one known as David that he look for the opportunity that was hidden within the folds of this seeming failure.

This advice struck the one known as David as sound, and he was able to lift away from worry and concern, and to seek in prayer, for that was his chosen way of meditation, the will of the one infinite Creator. Within ten days he received an invitation to become a teacher at a highly admired and regarded conservatory of music. He accepted this employment and has found a life’s service that gives him deep joy. This service he still pursues.

When a seeming failure occurs within one who wishes to serve, it is well always to lift away from the worry and the question of why. It does not matter in a spiritual sense why a path ends in a cul-de-sac. There is no information on the blank wall at the end of a blind alley. Peacefully then, when things go not as you wish, turn around. Release that desire that has failed and find again your deepest desire, which is simply to serve. Let that intention set itself upon the wind, that it may draw to you by the law of attraction the next path that shall move you from being to doing.

It is never a good assumption to make that your path of service consists primarily in doing, for you may well have chosen before incarnation a path of service that is fundamentally that of holding the light, and that is a service offered in essence and beingness. We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as G. We are those of Laitos.

(G channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and we are now with the instrument known as G. In your culture there is a book of spiritual writing known as A Course in Miracles. [4] One verse in this book speaks quite appropriately to the question under discussion and that is, “He who thinks only of the destination misses the pleasure of the journey.”

And so it is. When one has a destination in mind and puts all of one’s focus on arriving, then one does indeed miss the pleasure of the journey, the scenery along the way, the importance of the people one meets, the beauty of the relationships with those with whom one is traveling.

This instrument had a bus trip from Indianapolis to Montana many years ago in which, in the middle of the night, there was much heart-to-heart conversation among the strangers sitting near one another on the bus, and the singing of “This Land is Your Land” to the accompaniment of a harmonica that was played by a traveler from Germany was a spiritual experience. And had this instrument been asleep, she would have missed it all. So be awake to all the pleasure that is there for you as you travel toward the destination.

In your culture—and we speak of the culture of the Planet Earth, not the local culture—all who are there are limited by the five physical senses. It is difficult to see the big picture. By the big picture, we mean the picture of the soul from incarnation to incarnation to incarnation. Many people go through an entire incarnation and never know anything about what has happened before and have no inkling as to what is to come later. It is as though they step on a stage, play their part in the play, and then step off. And while they are playing their part in the play, that is all of which they are aware.

All of you here in this room will have more knowledge of what has preceded you and what may be ahead of you when you step off the stage of this incarnation. However, there are many moments through the day when you tend not to be focused there, but to be focused on your part in the play.

Any preparation for any endeavor that you make while you are in the incarnational life is never lost. You may not see the fruition of the preparation that you have done until you are off the stage and in another experience, but you can rest assured that fruition will always come.

We recommend that in your prayer each day that you ask for the highest good for your life, not knowing what the highest good is. You may think that you know what the highest good is, but it is difficult to know what the highest good is at the soul level. Rest assured that what you ask for you shall receive.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(G channeling)

Each of you in this room has an array of helpers in the spirit world who are there to support you in your soul journey.

Let me speak also about situations in which you are not specifically making any deliberate preparation. There may be situations in your life having to do with relationships with other people for which you will need to use the skills for which you have prepared for a destination other than this relationship. [Yet it] can be brought to bear on the other situation or situations.

For instance, this instrument had the experience, in her career as a social worker, in working with a woman who had been with her husband through a very long illness. Had she not had the spiritual awareness that she did, she might not have been able to have done it, because it was very trying for her.

So do not ever think that anything, any preparation that you make, is lost or is useless, because there will always be lessons that you have learned and hills that you have attained that are transferable to other situations in life.

It has been our very great pleasure to speak through this instrument, and now we pass the contact along to S.

(S channeling)

I am Laitos, and I am with this instrument. At this time we would ask if there are questions still remaining on the minds of those present concerning this very interesting issue to which we have been addressing ourselves, or any other related matter. Are there questions?

R: Well, I have one. Laitos, could you speak to my channeling, because when it came around, I did not expect it, and yet I was able to say a few words that I felt like dragonflies flitting on the water. I did not see any visual cues that I have seen before, so I actually wonder if I picked up some of the contact because it’s my words, mostly. Can you comment on the process? I’d appreciate it.

We are those of Laitos, and believe that we have understood your query, my brother. We have been asked to address that experience of the unexpected course of events, and the way the seeker may come to an easy and workable relationship with the events which do not unfold in an anticipated way.

We have suggested that it is often the case that such experiences give [one] the opportunity to examine the function of anticipation itself as one continues on the path of discovery. In the case in question, the new instrument had anticipated serving, perhaps, in one capacity in this session of seeking, and found that expectation baffled when the contact was passed to the new instrument. And we would say that it is our sense that this unexpected turn of events was received with some considerable degree of grace. We’re very pleased by the ease with which the instrument uttered the words, which were only in part those of the instrument himself.

We would suggest that the process be allowed to continue for some measure of your time, for there are indeed gifts which this instrument has to offer which are unique and which add a depth and a perspective to that seeking which is of the group as a whole. Therefore, we would commend this instrument to its tasks and say that from our point of view there is much more progress, shall we say, than may seem visible to those who look only at the superficial result.

May we answer further, my brother?

R: No. Thank you for your comments and your support.

I am Laitos, and we thank you, my brother. Are there further queries at this time?

Questioner: I have a question. You used a word that I have heard used in other channelings, and I’m not sure that I know what it means, really. I would not ask you for an entire discourse on the word “grace,” but how is it used as applied to the metaphysical?

I am Laitos, and we believe we grasp your query, my sister. This term “grace” is a rather large subject of inquiry and deserves space of its own, shall we say. But we could say very briefly that, in the context in question, it means simply a willingness to be open and a beauty in addressing oneself to an unexpected circumstance that could easily have been seen to be of a very challenging nature with a kind of ease and comfort. The metaphysical dimensions of this sort of experience do, as you suspect, my sister, go very deep and they are connected with such concepts as faith.

May we answer you further, my sister?

Questioner: At another time we shall have a discourse about grace. Thank you for offering as brief an answer as you can at this time.

We are those of Laitos, and we thank you, my sister. Is there another query at this time?

(No further queries.)

We are Laitos, and we feel that we have exhausted the energies and curiosities of those in the group at this time, and so we shall take our leave. We leave you glorying in the love and in the light and in the everlasting joy of the one infinite Creator. Adonai, my friends. Adonai.

[1] In the sense in which the word is used here, according to www.dictionary.com, to redound is to “come back or reflect upon a person as to honor or disgrace.”

[2] Paul McCartney, “The Long and Winding Road,” © Lennon-McCartney, all rights reserved. The chorus goes like this:

The long and winding road

That leads to your door

Will never disappear.

I’ve seen that road before.

It always leads me here,

Leads me to your door.

[3] David is the husband of an old friend of Carla’s and the story is quite true.

[4] A Course in Miracles: Glen Ellen, CA, Foundation for Inner Peace, c1992.

May 30, 2009, Channeling Intensive 5 - Session 4 - Channeling Circle 20

(M channeling)

(M acts as senior channel for this Channeling Circle session.)

M: We are Laitos, reaching in love and light. We are joining with you this evening to share our classifications and perceptions on the subject of grace.

Grace is a ubiquitous word in the language. In your language it has many different shades and connotations, different kinds of meanings. But all share a fundamental essence, which we will try to tease out as we go around the circle this evening.

The facet of grace that this instrument will struggle with is the image or feel of dynamic beauty. Oftentimes if someone speaks the word, beauty, there is intensity but static images come to one’s mind. Grace is a dynamic expression of beauty. It is an expression or manifestation of one who is serving or being in an acutely or particularly balanced manner. It is a sign that one is talking or serving in a very balanced and efficacious manner. We now pass this contact to the one known as L.

L: We are those of Laitos, and we are with this instrument. Grace is holy. All things on your planet are holy. All things on your planet are beautiful in their own way. Grace is an expression of the beauty in holiness as one moves about one’s daily activities in the dynamic fashion of which we spoke. It incorporates into those dynamic activities the knowledge of the truths in the heart that say, “This is holy.” One then moves from a simple activity into grace in that activity. It is a merging of one’s self with that of the Creator.

It is almost, we would say, a channeling of doing. When one moves with the will of the Creator, one finds holiness in his or her actions. One has moved into grace, a beauty of the Creator, a beauty of Oneness, of aligning one’s will with the will of the Creator.

When the question was raised as to the use of grace, the context referred to the channeling of the one known as R. [1] The term was used because he released himself unto the powers of the Creator instead of rationalizing in his own mind, “What should I do, what should I say? I don’t know if I can do this.” He was given no preparation to become anxious. He had simply to act and in that act he relied on the faith to know he was serving. And in serving in faith he aligned himself with the will of the Creator, and in that will of the Creator he moved into grace. He moved into beauty.

We will now have our concepts perceived and spoken by the one known as Jim. We are Laitos.

Jim: I am Laitos, and I greet you in the name of this instrument. We have spoken of grace in various ways thus far. We now focus upon the quality of grace which smoothes the path of the troubled seeker. As one moves upon the journey of seeking the truth, one finds there are places upon the path that are more difficult, should we say, to traverse, because of one feature or another contained not just upon the trail but perhaps within the seeker, so that the seeker reacts to certain challenges, stimuli, catalysts in ways that are unique to that seeker, in ways that seem to hinder for the moment the seeker’s progress upon the path.

When the seeker has found that there is resistance to further movement, that there is this difficulty in the experiences, the confusion is in the mind. The wise seeker retires within, to the “room” that is used for meditation. It attempts to sort and shuffle, shall we say, the confusions of the moment on the place we call the path, to find a way that will allow progress, movement.

This is most efficaciously achieved when the seeker, shall we say, gives up desiring the personality of the ego and lays it upon the ground and gives the self over to the Creator preferring the higher source to the self, and places the self within this higher source’s protection. When this is done with a sincere heart, the seeker most often is filled with this quality of grace that somehow guides it beyond difficulty, takes its hand and places its feet and moves its being in a way that is safe, secure and steady. And thusly, the difficulties are not so much overcome as overshadowed, and the seeker finds within its heart a peacefulness, a grace, finds within its feet a rhythmic grace, and there is further movement along the trail. At this time we shall pass this on to the one known as Carla. We are Laitos.

Carla: We are those of Laitos, and greet each in love and light through this instrument. The very core of grace, as the word has been used for centuries among your people, is as a gratuity, as a gift that is serving you.

Grace has come, in Christian theology, to be used to indicate the undeserved and complete love of the one infinite Creator. It is a concept central to the Creator’s [being] seen to be a Creator of love.

We have offered this concept in many ways. We have said that the Creator loves each of you absolutely and utterly, with a love infinite, and without let. This love cannot be deserved. It cannot be earned. It is each of yours, as it is each of ours, by grace alone. This knowledge of being loved without judgment and without limitation is the basis for that feeling of freedom that comes to those who are loved and who therefore come to know what love truly is.

You do not have to make up love or compassion. You have only to move within to that room of prayer, that inner room where meditation, worship and thanksgiving take place. To go through that door into the presence of the one infinite Creator is to know, to experience, to rest within that love, that grace of the Creator.

It is often tempting for entities such as you in the world of third density to consider that everything must be earned, that nothing comes for free. Many of you have had parents whose love you had to earn, chore by chore, compliment by compliment or concession by concession. That love was then precarious, and those who demand proof of their love shall never be completely satisfied. Nor shall those [of whom proof is demanded] ever feel at rest within that love. Whereas love is conditional, there is always another condition. There is ever an end to that love which is measured.

Yet the love of the Logos is unmeasured. It is infinite and it is eternal. And you are knit of the same fabric of love as is the one infinite Creator, whose creature you are. Thusly, you are the creature of the one Creator, His face, His voice, His hands and feet in the world around you. You always have the opportunity to express this unconditional love, so that those whom you love are free, free from the fear of your judgment, free from the fear of their loss of your love, free to be the creatures they are. Thusly does grace spin its light and its love from the infinite Creator through you and out into a world that hungers for that love. We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as G. We are those of Laitos.

G: We are Laitos, and are now with this instrument. Everyone in this room has heard the words to the hymn “Amazing Grace,” an apt description of grace. [This hymn was] composed by a Mr. Newton and some of you may know the story of how it came about. For many years he was a slave trader. He brought many thousands of captured people from the continent of Africa to the United States and sold them. At some point in his life he had a heart opening and saw the error of his ways, hence the song, “Amazing Grace.” [2]

Grace is a real quality that exists in the universe. When a heart opens even a tiny bit the Law of Attraction kicks in and grace enables the person which had the heart opening to be transformed.

Grace is the cooking oil of the spiritual world. When cooking oil is spread on the bottom of the pan and the batter is placed in the pan and the pan is placed in the oven, the cooking oil enables and facilitates the transformative process that keeps the cake from sticking to the pan. Grace is the axle grease of the spiritual world. When placed on the axle it allows the wheel to turn freely without becoming hung up. Grace is the oil that is squirted on the squeaky hinge. It allows things to move freely in the spiritual world and to be transformed. As the instrument that spoke formerly said, it is a gift. It is a gift from the infinite Creator. I now pass the contact to S. We are those of Laitos.

S: I am Laitos, and speak now through this instrument. Grace is therefore an amazing quality, gratuitous, free. It is the very elixir of the spiritual life. It is something which none will ever forget. There is a feeling experienced. It is something indeed to which one may aspire. And yet as someone said it can only come as the gentle dew rests upon the land. It cannot be forced. It cannot be earned or hard-won by right effort.

There are some people who mock the experience of grace for the extent of a period [of time]. There are others for whom the experience is offered but seldom and [for them it] is of very short duration, and then they again find themselves suffering through the troubles of the day and enduring the dark night of the soul. In times like this, grace is but a memory, but a memory that can sustain that effort continually to work upon that vessel which each here is.

For it is true that, while one cannot earn grace, there is much that one can do to block access to it, and a good deal of the experience of spiritual endeavor is devoted to a removal of these blockages. And so the perspective that we would have to offer with regard to this most cherished and holy quality of grace is to suggest that it is a resource to you. It is a hope, a promise to you even in those dark times when it seems hardly available and those moments of harsh catalyst, those tribulations of the soul which naught can escape. In this light [hard times may] be seen not simply as events negative to the bone but also as opportunities to prepare a vessel so that it might be more fit or more able to block less of the love and the light of the Infinite Creator. That is the very substance of grace.

The other side of this coin is that when one is experiencing those moments of grace and everything seems to come light and easy with no encumbrances, it is well to move back half a step to remind oneself this too is a temporary condition. This too shall pass. And that very knowledge can be of aid not only to the self but also to those others who may linger in doubt and despair.

For when you cast an eye from on high to those who suffer, when you cast a look to those lesser individuals unable to participate in the grace to which you may come so readily, you do nothing for them unless you are able to reach out and perhaps feel a little of their burden, perhaps allow a little of that love and light which is so freely gathered about you to be conveyed to them.

There may even come a time when the question will occur to you as to whether a continuation of your own experience of grace and gratitude shall be sacrificed in service to others we seek. As such was the way of Jesus the Christ, who gave freely of himself and subjected himself to great pain and trouble, even to the point where at the end he was led to declare, “Father, why has Thou forsaken me?” All was done for love of other selves, and to serve.

Grace that we would count most highly is not that which one could hold to oneself, but one which one may feel is shared amongst a common humanity, amongst a common universe of seeking souls among which we would number ourselves. Grace is an experience, a very, very great experience. It is a condition, an exalted condition. But the very hope or intention to dwell there interminably is self-defeating for one who seeks in the humblest reaches of the heart to serve.

We would at this time conclude our session of seeking by transferring the contact to the one known as M. I am Laitos.

M: We are Laitos. We express great pleasure at the effort each has made around the circle in translating our thoughts and concepts in such a gracious manner. We now ask if there are any questions the circle may have upon grace or any other subject.

S: I feel one welling up. Let me see if I can put it into words here. It seems to me that grace is never a condition one would refuse if offered, and yet it could be a little self-centered to bask in it. I wonder if having a condition of grace or being in the condition of grace is always by its nature a service to others, or are there times when one must be in the aspect of sacrifice?

M: We thank you for your question, my brother. If this instrument understands the question correctly, it is that complete or continual basking in grace would be a service-to-others expression. Is that correct?

S: Yes.

M: This instrument’s perception of what is being transferred is that it is not necessarily the case. The word “grace” encompasses also the tool of connecting with the Creator, which is available to both service-to-self and service-to-others [polarized people]. It’s not of one polarity or the other to bask continually in grace as one goes about its service path in beingness of evolution.

And in fact this is a choice that [one who is] connecting can take, [which one is] bound to accept, the grace of the moment that grace graces. In this point of time-space you have the choice to do or be as you are doing or being and your gracious manner is always there. We just need to recognize and reach for the option to get there it [and to] accept it.

Can we answer you further?

S: No thank you, that is helpful. Thank you very much.

M: Are there any other questions?

(No further queries.)

We are Laitos. We will now leave this group to enjoy the visit and the attractions tremendously. We will leave you in the love and light of the infinite Creator. Adonai.

[1] In this session of working, R asked not to be a channel, but to attend as a battery only. However, during the course of the session, S transferred the contact to him anyway. R did his best to channel what he received, although it was a total surprise to him. S told him after the session that his action had been full of grace. R asked what that meant. Hence, the topic of this Channeling Circle session was created.

[2] Those who would like to read further about the story of John Newton and his hymn are directed to this web site: www.anointedlinks.com/amazing_grace.html.

August 4, 2009, Special Meditation

Jim: The question this evening, Q’uo, has to do with Living the Law of One – 102: The Outer Work, the book on which Carla is about to begin working. She would like to ask if there are any suggestions that you might have to make concerning the outer work, the outer catalyst that each of us goes through as we go through our lives, our daily round of activities, and the various types of experiences that we have that provide us catalyst that hopefully we process into experience.

Could you give her any spiritual principles to consider along these lines that would help her begin and continue with Living the Law of One, Book 2?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is, as always, a great privilege to be called to your group and we hope that we may offer some thoughts to the one known as Carla on The Outer Work that may prove to be a good resource.

Before we begin, we would request that each of those who listens to or reads these words invoke his faculty of discrimination, taking from what we have to say those things that seem resonant and leaving the rest behind. This will enable us to offer our service without the possibility of infringing upon your free will or disturbing the rhythm of your process. We thank you for this consideration.

We appreciate this instrument’s fastidiousness in setting the intention that all concepts within this session of working come from us and not from the instrument. Further, we appreciate the fact that this instrument has not attempted to guess what we shall say. Both of these factors aid us in being able to address this subject at all, given that the instrument is also the questioner. There is more of a possibility of the channeling being tainted when such is the situation. In this case, however, we feel that that which we can say, we can say freely. We thank the instrument for these ways of taking care that the process of channeling remains pure and undiluted by human opinion.

This instrument has expressed several times to the one known as Mick [1] her feeling that she will need to move more deeply into the contemplation of the outer catalyst of life before she is capable of offering good information. This is due to the fact that for this instrument, there is a lifelong habit of attending first to the metaphysical aspects of any situation and only secondarily to the actual situation, that which is the incoming catalyst, as it were.

This way of thinking is very helpful for one who wishes to maintain a constant and stable metaphysical tuning and who wishes to be a reliable and trustworthy instrument for peace, love, joy, thanksgiving and compassion.

However, that which works for this particular instrument has little to do with the situation as this instrument would say “on the ground,” and the volume which this instrument proposes to write is all about that which occurs on the ground, in the thick of incoming catalyst.

We might even say that for this instrument there has been a tendency not to respect or to give full sway to the physical events and circumstances that seem to occur in the outer world. This is due to the instrument’s overwhelming tendency automatically to reconfigure that which is coming into the five senses in patterns that have to do with spiritual principles, such as loving, listening and so forth.

Again, these values are excellent things of which to speak if the instrument is writing about the inner work. However, the attempt here is to write about the nitty-gritty experiences of life such as marriages, children, parents and the dilemmas of relationships.

We encourage this instrument to let go of her preconceptions concerning outer catalyst, to cease being a person whose faculty of observation overwhelms the immediate and keen instantaneous reactions to catalyst as it comes into the field of awareness. It is not an easy thing to step outside of one’s personal biases. Yet in order to compensate for the heavily metaphysical aura that overlays all physical catalyst for this instrument, it shall be necessary to do just that: step aside.

And enter in, with creativity and imagination, to the intense feelings, the acute suffering, and the helplessness of one who is overwhelmed by outer catalyst. Those entities who wish to read a book concerning things like marriage, children, parents, work and so forth have deep and unanswered questions. They feel out of control and helpless before the onslaught of catalyst and for the most part, my sister, they do not have your gift, which is so deeply ingrained in you that you may not even be aware of it, of pulling the details of physical catalyst into a pattern which highlights the metaphysical aspects which are pointed up by a particular pattern of outer catalyst.

This instrument was writing earlier today concerning healthy soil. She was reporting on a book written by the one known as Penny, called From the Soil to the Stomach, [2] and she was saying that when one gets down close to the ground, one sees all manner of life that one does not see from the position of one standing up and walking across a meadow.

When one puts one’s hands in the soil to weed a planting, one sees worms, beetles, slugs, all manner of tiny crawling creatures, some of them quite exotic in their looks, and there are so many of them crawling upon the ground that this instrument wrote that it’s as if they were having a party. It is a very busy, a very active environment, and it is those beetles and slugs and microorganisms that create the good, healthy soil that enables seeds to grow into good, healthy plants and offer fruits that are of good nutrition.

In just this way it is necessary in writing about the outer catalyst to lose your altitude and get close to the ground. For only when you have knelt down to the very level of the heaviest and most shadowy emotions that are possible to feel can you begin to create access to and understanding of the experience of receiving outer catalyst.

The temptation, my sister, will be to solve each bit of catalyst as you go, yet that is putting the cart before the horse. Enter into the suffering of one who is dealing with a relationship or a difficulty with work or any of the number of subjects you hope to discuss. It is central to the integrity of the work that you have moved from the observer to the experience and have allowed these catalysts to come into you with the kind of force and power that is common among those upon your planet.

My sister, that principle which we offer to you at this time is oneness with the body, oneness with the earth, oneness with the heavy catalyst that is not diluted or ameliorated by wisdom, a sense of perspective, or the wider point of view. My sister, you have suffered in each of the ways in which you need to discuss catalyst. You have, indeed, had the full and intense experiences of these catalysts in your own life. But, my sister, it is difficult for you to access the uncut, raw emotions of these experiences because as we’ve said, your inborn and inherent gift is that of moving to higher ground with every fiber of your intention and your being.

The advantages of this turn of mind are obvious. The disadvantages are not so obvious, for in recreating outer catalyst so quickly into that which is observed by a spiritual seeker, there is a cutting away from that bright intensity of unthinking, emotional reaction.

Such emotions feel to you as though you were in a closed place that makes you feel claustrophobic. And so you break free of the closeness of the agony of direct experience. As we said, this bias on your part has many advantages. It has allowed you to move through your incarnation in ways that are productive of service to others. Yet there is a loss involved and we would ask you to investigate that loss.

Those who function from the level of what the one known as G called “presence of mind” in the discussion preceding this session have gained immeasurably in being able to use physical incarnation fully. Yet to one who does this creation of presence of mind almost before the experience has occurred, there is a loss of a sense of reality, shall we say. It is as though by your constant metaphysical stance you have created of your awareness of life the quality of a dream.

We are not saying that you are without your integrity. We are saying that you cannot write about the catalyst that hits a physical being in a physical world with that distance and be able to make contact with those entities who are seeking help in dealing with these outer catalysts.

My sister, you have asked of yourself that which is not in your comfort zone to do. Your comfort zone is in writing about the solutions that come to one who sees life as a waking dream, an illusion. There is a slight feeling of distaste in the mere thought of plunging into that experience suffered by one who is suicidal or angry or desperate or helpless or hopeless.

Thusly, we would ask you to investigate those raw and untamed feelings, although it will make you uncomfortable. Only from that personal experience can you open the gifts of the spirit and of your own native abilities in such a way as to connect with those who suffer.

You like to think of the one known as Jesus as he teaches or as he is lifted up into the clouds and ascending. You are not fond of thinking of him sweating blood in the Garden of Gethsemane. Spend time in that garden as you prepare.

As always, my sister, we would greatly encourage you to pray and ask for help each and every time you prepare to write. Tune yourself as though for channeling, set your intention and dedicate yourself wholly and completely to the service that you hope to offer. And then, when you have prepared, go forward with the faith that one foot, put in front of the other, shall surely bring you to your goal.

My sister, we would also recommend that during the writing of this book you attempt to move outside into the world of nature, even if it is just to sit on your front porch and feel the breeze. It is important to sense into the earth of your nature. It is good to feel your connection to the womb of the Earth and to feel yourself as fully incarnated. This too shall aid you in entering into the human condition.

The help is there. The gifts are there, yet there is hard work for you in making available to yourself an authentic voice for those who suffer.

We will at this time turn from this subject to any queries that may be on the minds of those who are present. Is there another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Q’uo, I have a query. As the conscious attention is brought into the higher energy centers, as states of consciousness which are more stable and focused and quiet and subtle are entered, how are the breathing patterns of the body affected?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We would say, my brother, that the tendency of one who has found access to higher states of consciousness is for the breathing to originate lower and lower in the body, so that as one becomes more fully conscious, one is breathing, not simply through the top of the lungs or even the lungs, but deep down from the red-ray chakra up, so that upon the outbreath the stomach may even move. The more serene the state of mind, the deeper the breathing.

It is, however, not something that is necessarily a goal to achieve, although there is value in deepening the breathing and feeling the breath coming all the way down into the belly and exhaling all the way from the belly, in that there is a subtle interplay of the physical and the metaphysical. Just as when you smile you change the chemistry of your body, so when you deepen your breathing you change the feeling-tone of your physical vehicle.

May we answer you further? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Thank you very much, Q’uo. In the event that the frequency of the cycle of breathing decreases, perhaps even resulting in cessation of breathing, what might that indicate?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. That moment of cessation, when the breath is expelled and there is no immediate need to take another breath, is a vacation from being physical. It is an entry into timelessness, infinity and eternity. It is not complete, in that the heart remains beating and the pulse is flowing through the body. But when it occurs, whether naturally or through yogic exercise, it is an opportunity for the experience of the timeless. There is a tremendous peace and release when it is unnecessary to breathe in or breathe out, and even if it occurs for an instant, it is a precious and helpful resource to the serious seeker to experience that cessation of the breath.

As much as breathing is a glory, for life is in the breath, yet also there is a splendor in the consciousness that is suspended between breaths.

May we answer you further my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: No thank you, Q’uo.

May we ask if there is another query at this time?

(No further queries.)

We are those of Q’uo, and are again with this instrument. As it seems that we have exhausted the queries in this group for the moment, we offer our thanks once again for the pleasure of being called to this session of working. We thank you for your beauty and the genuineness of your desire to serve. It is an honor to speak with you. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai vasu borragus.

[1] Mick is Carla’s nickname for Jim McCarty, her husband.

[2] Penny Kelly, N.D., From the Soil to the Stomach; Understanding the Connection between the Earth and Your Health: Lawton, MI, Lily Hill Publishing, c2001.

August 11, 2009, Special Meditation

Question from G: In Session 52 of The Law of One series, Ra says there is great danger in the use of the will as the personality becomes stronger, for it may be used even subconsciously in a way reducing the polarity of the entity. [1]

Q’uo, it seems that the will is a primal moving energy that is accessed, invoked and, like physical muscles, made stronger through repeated use. Is Ra saying that the will, this motion, can operate outside the purview of the conscious mind? Is Ra saying that desires of which one is unaware may take hold of the faculty of will and utilize the will for purposes which ultimately lead to a reduction of polarity? Is it safe to say that will alone has no purpose without desire to guide it? Also, how may we avoid such a scenario? Please elaborate further.

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is a great pleasure to be called to your circle of seeking and we thank you for the privilege of being able to share with you our humble thoughts on the subject of the will.

As always, before we begin, we would ask you a favor. As you listen to what we have to say, please listen with discrimination, taking those thoughts that are helpful to you and leaving the rest behind. We thank you for this consideration, for it shall enable us to offer our thoughts without being concerned that we may infringe upon your free will.

The query that the one known as G has asked is a very interesting one, for the first distortion of the Law of One is free will. This distortion of free will is indeed [as] that which the one known as G described, a moving, primal force that is available to the use of those who would be co-creators. Therefore, let us look at who the Creator is.

Perhaps one might say that there are three basic levels of will. The first level of will is the will that has not been accessed by any entity. It is the wind on the water. It is the movement of that water as it moves from the rain to the aquifer to the sea to the air again. That free will that is the first distortion has no subject. It has no object. It is pure verb.

There is a second level of will which could be called the personal will. That is the will which creates and then enjoys maintaining preferences. One’s personal will comes into play as one meets the many, many questions of the day. What shall you have for breakfast? What book would you prefer to read? What movie would you like to see? What song would you like to hear? What style of clothing do you wish to wear? Where do you wish to live? All of these matters that matter only to you are matters of your personal will.

When there is a relationship between yourself and another, that person’s personal will comes into play and you quickly discover that often your will and the other-self’s will are not the same will. This is not a particular problem when it comes to what you shall have for breakfast or what it is that you shall read, but when it comes to questions such as, “Where do I wish to live?” the clash of the personal will of the self and the other self can be acute and create catalyst.

Such a clash of the wills is presently being experienced by the one known as R, and this entity can testify with tears and a breaking heart that there are times when the clash of personal wills can be excruciating and constitute a genuine challenge for the evolving spirit, placing the self in the fiery furnace that tempers souls.

The third layer of the will is that aspect of the disciplined personality whose watchword is, “Not my will, but thine be done.” [2] Therefore, the goal of that entity who wishes to work with the magical personality is to come into a clearer and clearer awareness of just what the will of the Creator is.

The practice of such a seeker is first to determine to his or her complete satisfaction what that will is and then, and only then, to set the intention to access that will of the Creator and marry it to the desire of the heart.

This is a tremendously subtle enterprise. It is a subtle thing, firstly to determine the will of the Creator for you, secondly to access that will in such a way as to marry it to your desire, and thirdly to create within the self the environment within which intention and desire become manifest in action.

The ways of the intellect are complex and deep. It is possible to rationalize almost any line of thought, given a length of time in which to find the rationale for such a line of thought. How many times have you heard the conversation of a born salesman and become enthusiastic over something which, upon reflection, is not what it seems at all.

As he seeks to know himself, each entity fools himself many times. The sifting and shifting through masks, personas and rationalizations can feel like an unending maze out of which there is no escape.

Indeed, the seeker who attempts to determine the will of the infinite One with his mind is doomed to confusion and folly, for the mind is not geared towards truth in a spiritual sense. The mind is geared towards the organization of elements that affect that mind and the body which goes with it so that that mind and body, that person, may be comfortable, safe and happy.

Even if that mind wishes to think upon spiritual things, that mind will be sensing into the masks and the personae that equal spiritual behavior or spiritual attitudes. The mind of man is not a tool which is created to engage in that truth that goes beyond fact and enters into essence.

Therefore, the seeker who wishes to engage the will at the level of spirituality is well served by a daily practice which removes the self from the kingdom of the mind and brings the self into the kingdom of the heart.

Thusly, it is to the heart the seeker shall most beneficially turn, walking through the outer courtyard of the heart and gathering all of his humanity in order that he may lay it down in the inner sanctum of the heart in which he may tabernacle with the infinite One. There is surcease there from the ways of the world. There is release from the tyranny of the mind. There is acceptance of all of the imperfect-seeming self by a love so great that it has called you and the creation into being.

Let us look now at the magical personality. The earthly personality is created by you with the help of your culture, your parents, your teachers, and those peers whom you wish to emulate. You try it on as a young child: “Am I this? Am I that?” You discover some things about your earthly personality. You discover your gifts. You discover those things at which you are not gifted. And then you fill in the blanks with [the ways of your] culture and those choices that you have made of whom you would like to resemble, whom you would like to emulate.

If a mask does not suit, you can discard it and pick up another. “I used to be like this, but now I am like that.” You can remake yourself endlessly—to a point. For there are things within your incarnational self, that you call the personality or the ego, which are deep-set, which are you to the bone, even to the marrow of the bone. Who knows what those characteristics are! But there are some givens in every entity’s life. And as you become more aware of yourself as an entity, you either fight them or cooperate with them. Blessed is the entity who decides to cooperate with his deep-set personality traits! For becoming more spiritual is not a matter of dropping the earthly persona. Rather, it is a matter of becoming able to call upon a faculty within the self which is impersonal.

Saying that this faculty is impersonal is not the same as saying that this faculty is not firmly and inextricably attached to the earthly personality. It is simply saying that in order to claim one’s magical personality it is necessary to know the self well enough to be able to control that earthly personality and to lay it aside for a time for the purpose of service to others.

Everything that the magician does is oriented towards expressing devotion toward the Creator and devotion to all other selves in such a way that there is a change in the consciousness of the magician. The magician realizes the scattering and distracting nature of the earthly personality upon spiritual intention and therefore, carefully creates a system of qualities and spiritual essences in a carefully laid pattern that will reach down into those parts of the self that are too deep to see, down into the archetypal and subconscious parts of the self, in order to evoke those powerful, deep essences that tune the mind and the heart so that the self as a whole rings and resonates with infinite value at the level that shall never change.

The desire of an entity is like a firefly—it flits here and there, fixing on things small and large and infinite with bewildering speed. The same entity can desire a certain flavor of ice cream, peace on earth for all mankind, and that parking place that just became available, with bewildering speed. And all desires are true and real in their way. It is at those times when one is tabernacling in silence with the infinite One that the firefly of desire lands just for a moment, just for a spell of time, infinitely short and infinitely precious, and comes to rest at a still point that opens up into all of infinity and eternity.

It is from those timeless moments out of time that one can bring back a growing ability to know one’s desires for what they are and can begin to separate the ice cream and the parking place from the hope of peace.

There is a hunger which comes to one who finally understands that he knows nothing; there is a hunger for the presence of the living Creator. It is a hunger that can never be slaked in the world of ten thousand things. It is a precious hunger. It is a hunger more precious that the fullness of all desires being realized in the world. It is a hunger that calls forth devotion, that lives on faith, that knows beyond all knowing, that has awareness with no content.

It is that hunger, that desire, that fuels the work of the magician. And, my brother, as you work with the will, as you seek to use the will in a way consonant with your spiritual aspirations, you are seeking that grail which is the most real thing in the world of illusion. As you move beyond the desires of the body and the desires of the mind into that emptiness filled with devotion which comes to you in that inner room, you are preparing yourself to be a powerful person. It is when you have become this powerful person that you must be exceedingly careful with the use of the will.

An entity who is living in the world does not have power. It is very rare that an undisciplined personality can muster his will and have force behind it. But it is the most common thing in spiritual seeking for an entity who has become aware of his power to find himself lost in the maze of the self he does not yet know, those portions of selfhood that have so far escaped his awareness.

This instrument is currently working to discover one of these shadow areas she has found within herself. Knowing herself to be a powerful entity, she is concerned that unbeknownst to her, aspects of this unintegrated self may rain judgment down on innocence and cause harm to another which was not intended.

In the end, all effort must be laid aside and faith must be invoked, for there is no end to the subtlety and the complexity of the human mystery. You are inevitably going to be surprising yourself with who you are for the duration of your lifetime. Every living entity is a Creator and contains all things. Every living entity creates his own universe and makes the laws that rule that universe.

As you work with your perceptions of yourself, your will and your desire, you shall wander down twice as many false streets as true ones. Therefore, rely most of all on faith—faith in your good intentions, faith in the process itself, and faith in the Creator that gave you all that you need to do the work that you came to do.

We would ask if there is a follow up to this query. We are those of Q’uo.

G: Not to the main question Q’uo. Thank you.

We thank you, my brother. Is there another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: There is a query from the Bring4th forums. “I would ask Q’uo to address the attitude of fear. Our society is permeated with contrived, fearful scenarios of what might happen that seem to keep even the most spiritually adept individual off balance and looking for either cover or succor. The news media shows escalated discord and even panic as people are polarized around various issues. Can you give us some suggestions as to how to find a balance between being reasonably informed, yet not contributing to the creation of a negative reality? Is it even advisable to stay informed of world events at all? Or would you recommend an ‘ignorance is bliss’ approach and just avoid any mention of negativity and fear? Can you give us some reassurance that the STS entities won’t succeed in taking away our freedoms?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query and we thank you for it. It is indeed so that the workings of service-to-self polarized entities depend heavily on fear, for fear and love cannot coexist. Either one or the other shall engage your attention.

Answering the latter part of your query first, we would assure you that the time of the dragon is short. There are always hopes of repetition of those who would rule by empire and enslave others for the use of the self. Yet you have seen empires rise and fall in all of your recorded history and even within the memory of those within this circle there have been the sound of falling idols as one dictator or another is brought to dust or at least into retirement from his evil.

Tyranny has not won, nor can it win, the mind and heart of mankind. What it can do and what it enjoys doing is ruling nations and creating within those nations climates of fear as you noted in your query.

What does this fear do to the spiritual seeker? On the physical level those who rebel against dictators and tyrants can die, or be made very uncomfortable. They can be put in jail. They can be tortured. Their hearts cannot be changed, nor can their minds. And in general, the real day-to-day activities of humankind move below the radar of these governmental tyrants.

Consequently, we would suggest that it is entirely up to an entity as to whether or not he stays abreast of the news of the day. Some entities do not have a great curiosity about it, and it certainly is not needful for a spiritually healthy and fulfilling life. There are many, however, whose personalities are such that they do wish to stay abreast of what is happening and we find that there is no harm whatsoever in learning all that you wish to learn about the affairs of the day as long as you remember that you are not here to judge, but to love that which you see. All that you see is love in some distortion or another and you are here to reflect love back into that which you see.

Therefore, gaze deeply within as you see the news of the day, asking for insight as to the patterns of service to self and service to others so that you may see beyond the details into the grand patterns that are moving energetically within the global web of energy that is the Earth. And as you come into realizations concerning how the two polarities work and how they complement each other, open your heart to love what you see, to send love into the situations that disturb you, to rejoice with those things that you see that speak to the primacy and the victory of love, for that you shall see beyond all of those implements of fear that so abound in your outer world.

May we ask if there is a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: That was a beautiful response, Q’uo. A final question comes from K, from India, and he says, “I am a Hindu by religious upbringing. My distortion of the One is largely experienced through the legendary divine Hindu figure of Sri Krishna. I have always been intrigued by this character through whom I have offered devotion and brickbats [3] to the One. I remembered that there were some questions in the Ra series in terms of unraveling the identity of the one whom we know as the Christ. I am similarly possessed with a quest to know who the true Krishna was.

“My question for Q’uo is this: Who was the legendary character of Sri Krishna, who is a now a much-revered Hindu deity? What are his origins? And if he was real, what was his purpose with respect to the Law of One?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. That entity which you call Krishna was, as was Jesus the Christ, an historical entity. However, your stories are older by far than the stories of those of the Middle East that created the many Christs of which Jesus the Christ was one.

Shall you go back 9,000 years to find Krishna, the entity? Or shall you accept that like Jesus, the Christ, he became Christ by taking on a cloak of Christhood?

Further, can you find Krishna in your clothing? Have you taken on the cloak of Krishna-hood? We do not speak to you in near riddles without reason. There is much for you to discover within yourself and we would not take this learning from you, my dear friend.

We thank you for this query and we rest with you in constant meditation, which you may call on at any time that you wish to rest and feel loved. For all entities need that sensation of being loved and being supported.

It is an honor to offer this to you.

We find that the energy of this group and this instrument has begun to wane, so at this time we would leave this instrument and this group rejoicing in your beauty, thanking you again for inviting us to join your session of working and leaving you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

[1] Here is that quote in context: “Ra: Acceptance of self, forgiveness of self, and the direction of the will; this is the path towards the disciplined personality. Your faculty of will is that which is powerful within you as co-Creator. You cannot ascribe to this faculty too much importance. Thus it must be carefully used and directed in service to others for those upon the positively oriented path.

“There is great danger in the use of the will as the personality becomes stronger, for it may be used even subconsciously in ways reducing the polarity of the entity.”

[2] This quotation is a paraphrase of Jesus Christ’s words in the Garden of Gethsemane, the night before He was crucified. The reference is, Holy Bible, Mark 14:36, “And he said, Abba, Father, all things are possible unto thee; take away this cup from me: nevertheless not what I will, but what thou wilt.”

[3] When consulted for his interpretation of this “brickbat,” K wrote, “A brickbat is a very blunt criticism, a meaning derived from the analogy of using bricks as weapons. To be candid, I give the infinite Creator a lot of verbal abuse, apart from praise and worship.”

September 6, 2009, Special Meditation - L/L Research Homecoming 2009

Jim: The question today concerns how we can keep this positive energy that we’ve generated here this weekend going after each of us returns to our homes. How can we stay positive and share our love and light with those about us?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day. We thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking. We are most delighted to share our humble opinions with you on ways to retain and remember the tuning which you have achieved during your Gathering in these last few days. [1]

As always, we would ask that each of you who hears or reads these words use your discrimination in choosing which of our thoughts to pursue. We would ask you to use as resources those thoughts that have resonance to you and to leave the remainder of our opinions behind. We thank you for this consideration. It will enable us to feel free to share our thoughts without being concerned that we shall interrupt your process or infringe upon your free will.

This instrument is aware of a song which is called “Let the Good Times Roll.” [2] Such a gathering as you have experienced this weekend offers to each of you who seek the One the opportunity to seek in conjunction and cooperation with the others in this particular circle. The energy of each has been blended with the energy of all those in the circle, as each of you blended your auras with each other in conversation and physical proximity.

The energy spiked a great deal because of the fact that many of you do not have the opportunity to share your thoughts and opinions freely with those about you in your home milieu. For some of you more than others, then, it will feel as though, when you leave here and go back to your home, you are actually leaving your home and going back to a place where you are a stranger in a strange land.

As you leave here you will leave the physical place which this instrument calls Camelot and you shall be leaving the people who are in attendance here who have supported and encouraged you, and in some cases challenged you, creating for you positive catalyst, sharpness of vision, and acuity of insight. And you shall be returning, in many cases, to places that do not offer similar resources to you. The question of how to retain and preserve this tuning that you now feel, in which you are aware in an enhanced way of the mystery which you seek, is a good one.

Firstly, let us consider proximity. What is physical proximity? Obviously, it is the nearness of one physical body to another. Yet each of you knows within your heart of hearts that you are fully capable of maintaining proximity and even intimacy in an energetic fashion and on an energetic level regardless of physical proximity.

There have been experiments done by your scientists using your second-density plants. [3] The scientists would take a plant that had bonded with and shared physical proximity with one of the members of the experiment. They would then remove the plant from the physical proximity of the—this instrument would say “owner” of the plant; we would say the companion of the plant—and then that companion would think certain thoughts while instruments were hooked up to the skin of the leaves of the plant, recording galvanic response.

It was demonstrated over and over again that it did not matter what distance away the plant was from its companion. It responded instantaneously to thoughts, both positive and negative, which were thought by the companion.

You have, within your second-density physical bodies, that same ability to sense, in an energetic fashion, the thoughts of those whom you love and with whom you have been in physical proximity. You can, by the simple process of asking yourself to become aware of those entities with whom you wish to stay in contact, maintain that source of support, encouragement and unconditional love that you have experienced here.

The one known as M asked that each bring soil to this circle. That soil was blended and then [a portion of it was] given back to each. This, indeed, could be retained as a “tell,” [4] a reminder or a trigger for focusing upon and bringing up that remembrance of this moment when you were supported, loved and encouraged by those about you, cradled in cherishing.

It is indeed a wonderful thing, my friends, to be cradled and rocked with the vibrations of unconditional love that each has offered during this gathering. Even your laughter and your conversations which sometimes seemed stringent and confrontive, were the earnest reaching across the potentiated space of those who listen and those who seek together to find the truth, the insight, the doorway into mystery and unknowing which each entity offers to those about him. This is perhaps the most direct and logical way to keep the good times rolling, to remember and retain the sweet imprint of this gathering upon your consciousness.

However, if you step back from logic and from physicality, even energetic physicality, you are in an expanded environment. You have expanded into the present moment. You have become a link between physicality and infinity, [between] space/time and time/space, [between] specificity—one body, one name and so forth—and the mystery of oneness of which you are ineluctably [5] a part.

In this present moment you are linked, not only to those within your present environment who have physical bodies, hearts that beat and lungs that breathe, but also to your guidance system. Your guidance system consists in all cases of that which we would call your higher self and which this instrument would call the Holy Spirit. You are welcome to use either term. The entity involved is the same.

All things being one, all that exists is a part of you and you are a part of all that is. However, your higher self is quite literally yourself, but it is a self which is given to your third-density, present-moment [self] as a resource by yourself in mid-sixth density, at the point at which you as an entity realize that you have experienced all things desired and that you now wish to turn towards the one infinite Creator and begin that journey back to the infinite One, dropping your personality and all those things so dear to you in incarnation in third density.

As your sixth-density self apprehends this moment of turning away from the past forever and changing the type of seeking from looking at the answers that might come from questions to releasing all questions and all answers and everything whatsoever, at that moment your self shall be maximally informed and will constitute your highest and best self.

This is the gift you are given that is the basis of your guidance system. This entity is available to you at all times and constitutes a comforter and a companion of the highest caliber. It also constitutes a wonderful source to which to turn when you have questions, confusions and difficulties.

In addition to this anchor of your guidance system, many of you have the oversoul, shall we say, or the group soul, of the group of entities with which you came to this planet when you decided as a group to come in as wanderers, incarnate into the veil of forgetting, become mortal in third density, and join the human race in order to serve the light. This also is an entity that is powerful to aid.

Further, if you wish to ask angels into your life, they are always waiting to be asked to join those who are seeking the love and the light of the one infinite Creator.

As you see, you are beginning to amass a complex and helpful guidance system and one that is yours for the asking, always there, always full of love, and always ready to help in any way that is possible.

We have banded together with the angelic forces of your planet and of the planets of all of those planetary entities that form the Confederation of Angels and Planets in the Service of the One Infinite Creator. You can also call upon us. We are always ready to offer you a carrier wave for your meditations. We are always ready to envelop you in love so that you need never feel unloved or alone. Mentally call upon us at any time and we shall be there.

We see in this instrument’s mind a story of an entity who called upon several entities of the Confederation and felt a tremendous response and then he was confused. He did not know which of the Confederation entities that he called had responded. Therefore, we would suggest that you call upon that entity of the Confederation with whom you feel the most rapport. These helpers can help you to retain the frame of mind which you have achieved with each other at this gathering.

What is necessary for you to do in order to access this guidance system is to lay down your burdens of mind and body for a time long enough to become able to contact your heart, and to open it and to ask for help. Entering the silence, even for thirty seconds or a minute, can be enough for you to achieve the result you desire, which is that pulse of energy which carries the joy, the peace, and the power that you are experiencing at this moment.

Lastly, we would remind you that you have the power at all times to turn within, and by whatever means you desire, to tune yourself to this level of awareness. It is easier to do this when you are in a group and the group energy is enhancing your own energies. It is also easier to maintain high vibrations with the help of your guidance system than without it.

However, at this point we would focus upon you, naked, unadorned with helpers, armed only with yourself. You are adequate. You are enough. You are all that there is. Joy dances in your heart. The answers that you seek are like seeds sprouting in that heart of hearts. Through the years you plow the furrows that receive these seeds of inspiration and as you open your hearts in faith that all is well, you allow them sunshine and water to grow.

You have good soil within you. These seeds can grow, thrive, prosper and bear fruit. Therefore, let each seed, each moment, each experience, fall into your heart. And give it a chance to ripen.

We would ask each of you at this moment to widen your awareness to include all of those within this circle and to feel the connections of your blended auras, one upon one upon one. Feel, if you will, the power of those connections and allow impressions to form of the colorations of that energy stream that is as a circuit of electricity that has been opened between all of you. As it circuits about in a clockwise fashion, we would ask you, “What colors do you see in this circuit? What energies do you feel?”

Etch this moment into your memory with the wealth of feelings that you feel just now and give yourself one word by which to access this nugget of awareness. It could be “love.” It could be “Camelot.” Choose your word and visualize this word triggering this nugget of crystallized memory. Breathe it into your heart and know that it shall remain there, quite available upon your desire.

Thusly, each time you go into meditation, even for a moment, if you wish you shall be able to recall this cluster of memories, this smell of the new-fallen rain on the grass, the subtle perfumes of each other’s bodies, the rustle of the wind, the soughing of it through the leaves. and the little noises of animals and people on the periphery of your awareness.

It is a moment that extends infinitely and you have wrapped it in a tissue of your awareness and tucked it away. Unwrap it as often as you like. It shall never grow stale.

We thank the one known as E for asking this question and would ask the one known as E if there is a follow-up to it at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

E: No. I’m grateful for the answer.

We are those of Q’uo, and, my brother, we are most grateful for the question. We would ask at this time if there is another query. We are those of Q’uo.

T: Yes, Q’uo, I’ve got a question. In this third dimension how may we best awaken and facilitate the seeking in the third-dimensional mind by the excited, new, but very old souls that are coming in? What spiritual principles would you advise to offer to those children?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your question, my sister. My sister, your child is already awake within you and communicating with you as you know. [6] Within any human personality, my sister, there are many, many things which occupy the mind—for a fleeting instant or for a long time. There are many, many levels of thought. The child within you will take its cue from you and from the one she calls father as well.

However, in this time of pregnancy it is you to whom this new soul shall look for guidance. There are many ways to influence for the better the child in the womb. The most intimate and direct way is to tune your thoughts so that the child within experiences an environment of peace, contentment, thanksgiving and joy.

There are inevitably many things that move you from this pleasant, poised position in the center of your own integrity. Your child will feel you assessing and responding to those moments of catalyst that pull you away from the tuning you would prefer and she will experience you as you discipline your personality to lift off of irritation and anger, disappointment and other negative emotions, and settle again upon an awareness that all is well.

We speak now of simple faith, faith that cannot be explained or justified, for faith is not faith in anything. It is simply faith. When you know that all is well and that everything you receive is a gift from the infinite Creator, then you can focus on how to unwrap that gift, whatever it is and however negative it may seem. When you are absorbed in unwrapping that gift, your irritation turns to thoughtfulness. Your anger turns to contemplation. And you transform your little world as you respond to this catalyst. Your child will feel all of that and this process will continually underscore her feeling of safety and security.

Since the child in the womb and the infant alike are completely helpless and completely out of control, this feeling of safety and security is very important. Obviously, my sister, your love for this child swaddles her and reassures her, but more than that, your ability to discipline your personality to become ever more stable and steady in your faith will also greatly reassure your baby.

It is possible, my sister, if this appeals to you, that you read aloud to your unborn child as you would to your child as you put her to bed, choosing those messages that mean love and light to you. You are then creating a group of two who together are worshipping the one infinite Creator in your own way. How sweet those moments shall feel to you and to the soul within, and this will continue to be true, my sister, once your child has breathed the oxygen of your Planet Earth and has begun her incarnation outside the womb.

It may seem a bit quixotic [7] to read philosophy or inspired words that a child cannot possibly understand to that child. And yet the feelings that stream from you as you share words that you love are unmistakable to the child and will similarly deepen that feeling of safety and security and love.

Attempt [ to remember] at all times, my sister, that it is not simply what you say to your child that enters into its heart, it is also how you feel. It may make you feel less than secure to know how important you are to your child, [to realize] how sensitive your child is to your very nature, how every heartbeat of yours is important to your child. However, this is the nature of the bond between mother and child and also between father and child, but to a lesser extent. Therefore, if you find yourself giving less than what you think of as your best, do not be concerned. Use the moment of awareness to lift away from that setting and choose another one.

Do you hear the wind rising? So the spirit rises within your heart when you call upon the one infinite Creator. Knock and you shall be received. Ask and you shall be answered. Do not feel in moments of inadequacy that you are without help. You have but to ask and angels shall surround you and lift you up.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

T: No, thank you very much.

We thank you, my sister. Is there another query at this time?

A: What about the possibilities for us in this group working together for any concrete projects and product for the future?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your question, my sister. The possibility/probability vortices of collaboration in a specific manner within this group for common goals are multiple. It is unknown to us which connections between those within this group that have been made within this gathering shall be followed with the setting of intentions so to do. As we said, there are multiple possibilities that are clear to us, looking at the web of connections between each of you. It is entirely up to those within this gathering to choose whether or not to move forward in collaboration with another or others within this circle.

It is a matter of all entities involved setting their intentions and working towards that goal in thought and in deed. We encourage each of you to search your hearts and to discuss with one another those thoughts you may have of collaboration. You are already collaborating within the inner realms. The question you ask is, “Is there the possibility of manifesting these energies in a helpful way?” And we say to you that the possibilities are there. But as always the choice is yours. What you pursue in your creation you shall manifest. What you shall release in your creation shall be released.

May we answer you further, my sister?

A: Thank you so much.

We thank you, my sister. Is there another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

N: I have a question, Q’uo. This is about the fifth-density negative entity that was mentioned in The Ra Material. I would like to know the status of that entity. Also, why do I feel the strength of defense against that enemy?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of this query, my brother. This entity has been with this group again for a period of time. This entity, as before, has been unable to change one iota the tuning of this group and its purity of desire to seek the truth and to serve the light. Consequently, this entity is close, once again, to a period of crisis in which it shall need either to succeed in distracting this group from its purpose or to drop back into resting mode and regain its polarity.

The one known as N has great sensitivity to and love for the service that this group has provided and has a great desire to aid in removing this psychic greeting from the members of this group and in particular the one known as this instrument.

We thank the one known as N for this concern. It is certainly one that is shared by those of us who are able to speak through this instrument as well as all of those within this circle.

However, the nature of psychic greeting is such that it falls to this entity and the one known as Jim, and to a lesser extent all of those who support the work of this group, to remain steadfast in the intention to serve the one infinite Creator. Given that this desire remains pure, there is nothing which the fifth-density entity of which you speak can do to accomplish that which it wishes.

And although it is unknown at what point this period of greeting shall cease, it is of a very high probability/possibility that it shall cease as this entity becomes unable to maintain its polarity.

We thank the one known as N for this query and would ask if there is a follow-up. We are those of Q’uo.

N: Are there any spiritual principles that I need to look into in this interaction?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The spiritual principle involved, my brother, is that all is one. This fifth-density negative entity is a part of you, as it is a part of the one known as Jim and the one known as Carla and all of those within this circle. It is not an enemy. It is a shadow. You may see it in the mirror of self. You may find it within yourself as the one who wished someone else’s toy as a little two-year-old boy or the one who wished to speak when you were in school to the same attractive girl as did your best friend.

That shadow self that wants to take and hold, whether or not another wishes to be taken and held, is part of the shadow side of all who breathe the air on Planet Earth. Find it within yourself. Love it, hug it, embrace it with all of your heart and say, “Thank you! Now that I see you and I love you I would ask you if you would like to join me in service to the light.” As you bring that shadow into your full awareness of self you are, in your own way, easing the pressure of greeting upon those of this group.

May we ask if there is a final query at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: What can you tell us about the meaning of crop circles?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. As several in this group have predicted, there are ways in which we are kept from responding to you fully, for the crop circle is that which is intended to cause those of your people who are asleep to awaken to the possibility that there is more to life and the universe than exists within a finite “box” of material reality in which those who sleep occupy.

However, we may say this. The Confederation of Angels and Planets has detailed some of its guardians, that is, those who are guardians of your particular planet, in the creation of those glyphs which reach down into the subconscious and offer triggers that are hidden from the conscious mind but available to the subconscious mind. Therefore, if you wish to harness the transformative power of such a glyph then we would advise you to meditate holding that crop-circle glyph which resonates to you personally.

We find that this instrument’s energy begins to wane, and that of the group’s as well, and therefore, we would leave you, as we found you, in the love, the light, the power, and the peace of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as those of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai vasu borragus.

[1] This channeling session was the closing official event of L/L Research’s Homecoming Gathering for 2009, which was held at Camelot, in Louisville, Kentucky, on September 4-7, 2009.

[2] There are lots of versions of this song! The one intended the instrument knows is the version by Ray Charles. The lines, in part are:

Hey everybody, let’s have some fun!

You only live but once and when you’re dead you're done,

So let the good times roll.

[3] The data concerning these experiments is found in a book by Peter Tompkins and Christopher Bird, The Secret Life of Plants: New York, Harper and Row, [1973].

[4] In a poker game “tells” pertain to quirks or readable aspects of a player’s actions, verbal behavior, or body language that give away information about what cards they are holding.

[5] Something that is ineluctable is inescapable or impossible to avoid.

[6] T is with child and shall welcome her new daughter at Christmastide, 2009.

[7] If something is quixotic, it is extravagantly chivalrous or romantic, visionary, impractical, or fanciful.

September 12, 2009, Saturday Meditation

Group question: The question this evening is: In offering wisdom or love or attempting to be of service to others, we understand that it is possible to infringe upon another’s free will if they’re not ready to receive this kind of information. We are interested in knowing if this creates a fifth-chakra imbalance and if so, how does one balance this?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. We thank this group for calling us to your circle of seeking. It is our privilege and our pleasure to respond to your call. We are glad to share with you our humble thoughts on the subject of service to others.

Before we begin, however, we would offer two thoughts. Firstly, we are, as this instrument said before the meditation began, those of Hatonn actually speaking this evening rather than our brothers and sisters of Latwii. This is due to the energy of your circle, which is heavily biased in favor of love. In order to support and encourage that vibration those of Hatonn, of the density of love, are very pleased to be chosen this evening to be the appropriate voice of those of Q’uo as a whole.

Secondly, as always, my friends, we would ask you to listen to or to read these words with discrimination and discernment, not swallowing our thoughts without thinking about it but rather listening for that echo of truth that appeals to you personally. For it is certain thoughts, not all thoughts, that will inevitably touch each of you. Therefore, it will free us from being concerned about interfering with your free will if you will take responsibility for laying aside those thoughts of ours which you do not find helpful. We thank you for this consideration.

The concept of service to others is at the very heart of the polarization that is the primary objective of each of you as seekers attempting to learn the ways of love. Because of the fact that it is so primary a concept, it is well to spend time contemplating service to others, as those of the study group offered by the one known as C and the one known as D has done and the one known as R also. We thank each of you for collaborating on this query this evening.

There are times when the roles that seekers play cause them to feel the need to infringe upon the free will of others. As we say this we are thinking of children and parents. It is definitely an infringement on an infant’s free will to direct that infant in the ways of planetary custom. And yet it must be done. Just as a colt must be broken to bridle before it can be ridden, so the physical body of a young seeker must be broken to bridle in another way. Manners must be learned, principles of social conduct must be inculcated and the child must be trained to know how to be a functioning and effective part of the tribe of humankind.

There is no doubt that each parent agonizes over the need for impressing his or her will on a child. And yet, what choice does a parent have when it is concerned with preparing the child for being an independent adult that is able to make his way in society? Indeed, parents draw back from that need to interfere with the free will of the child only to that child’s detriment. For if a child does not have all of the tools he needs to fit, to a minimal extent, into the culture in which he lives, he shall have difficulty in creating for himself a way to pay his bills and to make relationships and so forth.

Yet, it is undeniable that in this case the role that the parent plays ends up placing this parent in what would seem to be a service-to-self series of actions as the parent trains the child in how to behave and how to think of others.

Unless the parent enjoys impressing his will upon a child, so that instead of helping the child the intent is to bully the child and make the child feel small, there is no karmic debt or imbalance in the chakras resulting from the benign, beneficial and kind training a parent must give to a child.

Likewise, when one is in charge of a group, as a teacher or professor must be, he is again playing a role in which he must ask the students to learn certain things. Again, there is no karmic imbalance because of this role-playing as long as the teacher does not use his authority to abase or shame one of his students or to make that student feel stupid or small.

One may perhaps think of other roles which entities play in which the responsibility of the role which they play creates the seeming impression of one’s will upon another. In all cases of this type, what is critical is not what is done but rather what the intentions are of the entity who is imposing his will upon another. If the teacher’s intention, for instance, is to share knowledge and to create the opportunity for his students to think about new ideas, the fact that he must ask the students to learn certain facts and repeat them back to him on a test is a benign and beneficial thing.

One looks always to the intention when one is gauging the success of being of service to another. One looks to the intention when judging a service-to-others act because the metaphysical world and the physical world are equally involved in service to others upon your planet.

Your body is in space/time in the physical illusion. Your consciousness is in time/space, the realm of your energy body. Time/space is also an illusion but it is a different kind of illusion in which thoughts are things.

Consequently, if one balances the intention with the manifestation that is achieved of that intention, a space/time judgment would be entirely favoring the manifestation. Yet, from the time/space or metaphysical perspective, the shape and quality of the intention to serve would far outweigh the manifestation. This should be of comfort to many who attempt again and again to be of service and find themselves lacking one way or another, according to their own judgment, in the manifestation of that attempt to be of service. From the metaphysical perspective, my friends, you are succeeding brilliantly if your intentions are pure.

Let others worry about whether a manifestation is perfect or imperfect. That is not your concern. Your concern is only to attempt, in the present moment, to move according to the intention of service to others that you have set for yourself. This and only this should be your concern as a seeker.

Certainly it is satisfying when a service is appreciated and thanks are expressed. However, that entity that you are in your heart, the “I” that is the central, deep “I” of you, is an “I” that cares only about making the maximum effort to set a pure intention and then to express it in the physical world. Therefore, focus not upon whether or not you come over well when you attempt to be of service, but only upon the purity of your intention.

Part of your question, my friends, had to do with the situation in which you are attempting to share ideas and philosophy that you feel are very helpful. There is a concern that, as you attempt to share this information with others, you may be infringing upon their free will, since they have not perhaps asked for this specific service. You are concerned that there may be a blockage in the energy body.

Now, we cannot give a general answer because of the fact that every entity seeking to share what he loves dearly goes about it in a unique way. Therefore, we can only say what tends to be true. It tends to be true that if information has not been requested, the compassionate course is to refrain from offering it. It is very difficult to feel so isolated when you have such treasure to offer people. And when you are on fire with the excitement of finding this new information that has helped you, you simply want to give everyone around you the same good experience that you have had. It can come as a crushing blow to discover that virtually no one in your circle of family and friends is presently interested in sharing what it is that you know.

If you persist in, as this instrument would say “buttonholing people” and giving them your information, then you are definitely involved in service to self rather than service to others. This is because of the primal nature of free will.

However, if you are moving, not from the level of person-to-person but from the level of soul-to-soul and you have an opportunity to share a key idea or principle that you find useful, you are free of imbalance if you offer this information without concern or attachment for the outcome of this offering.

In the one case, when you are buttonholing someone, you are pushing that entity and you are indeed creating a blockage at the yellow ray. You are not creating a blockage at blue ray. If there is blockage, blue ray will not function. When you are blocked, you are always blocked in the first three chakras, or possibly the first four. And when you are impressing your will upon another, that is a yellow-ray blockage.

However, if you simply see an opportunity to drop a seed of thought and you have no interest in whether or not it is received well or not, then it is appropriate. Then there is no ripple in the calmness of the energy body, no balance is disturbed, and all is well.

This instrument has often said she likes to function as a snooze alarm. She realizes it is incumbent upon her in the role she plays as speaker to offer her shining truth with all the passion and skill that she has at her command. She is eager to aid in awakening those entities of your planet that are sleeping very lightly and are ready to wake up. However, once she has been able to catch their ear, once her snooze alarm has jolted them awake for a moment, she carefully refrains from being concerned as to whether or not they roll over and go back to sleep or whether they sit up and say, “Now that’s something I’d like to think about!”

When there is no concern for the outcome, the ego-self is not involved. Yellow ray is undisturbed and there is no imbalance in sharing truth. Therefore, it is well to achieve a sense of equanimity when it comes to sharing the philosophy that excites you or when it comes to helping another person in any way. Staying at the soul level, what you are looking for is to aid entities in achieving what they desire. If your energies can link with the energies of one who is desirous of an outcome, and if you can help this entity come closer to his goal, you have served.

If you answer a question that another has asked, you have served.

If you respond to a request for time, the use of your talents or your money and you respond, you have served.

Again and again, entities become concerned because, after they have served, they see that what they have given has not been taken as it was offered. Yet we say to you, that is not your concern. As a servant of the light what you are interested in doing is seeing entities as they truly are, as creatures made of love, as the Creator Itself looking back at you from another pair of eyes. When you respond soul to soul, enlarging the love in the moment and reflecting love given by love received, you are polarizing to the best of your ability and you are accelerating the pace of your own spiritual evolution in so doing.

When you wish to help and you wish to help in a certain way, it is well, therefore, to take counsel with yourself and with your guidance system. Seek out and come to understand any impurities in your desire to serve others.

Earlier this day this instrument was engaged in a “Live Chat” for the Bring4th spiritual community online [1] and she was asked about serving others and serving the self. For when you serve others you are almost inevitably serving yourself, since to serve others is to serve the self, since all is one and all is the Creator.

The instrument responded by saying that, again, it has to do with intention. For instance, if someone comes to you and offers you a cup of tea because he wants you to think of him as service-to-others oriented, he is not actually being of service to others. Rather, he is manipulating you so that you will think well of him and it is a failed attempt to serve others.

However, if an entity looks at that same person and thinks, “Oh, that person may need a drink. Let me offer him one,” and spontaneously goes up to the entity and says, “May I offer you a cup of tea?” the intention is pure, the service is genuine, and that entity has polarized [in service to others]. It does not matter that service to others inevitably results, in a universe of balance, in service received from others. That is, as your Bible calls it, “Bread cast on the water. It shall return ten-fold and a hundred-fold.” [2]

We encourage you to move into the paradox where service to others becomes service to self with the sure knowledge that it is only a paradox to the logical mind which does not have the view of all things as being one and of the universe as you now see it on Planet Earth as a system of infinite mirrors, so that everything about you speaks to you and you in turn offer yourself as a mirror reflecting others to themselves as well.

The one known as R added a rider to the query during the conversation and we would address that rider. That part of the query which did not make it on to your opening question on your audiocassette tape had to do with how an entity who is attempting to be of service and who has seemingly failed can feel that everything is perfect and everything is all right. Certainly that is not the feeling that is manifested within the energy body and within the emotions at a time when every attempt to be of service has been rejected.

From our point of view, that situation, as all situations, is perfect, for it is giving you, as the one known as Ram Dass has said, “grist for your mill.” [3]

There is a spiritual process going on within the life of each of you. It is infinitely complex, intricate and subtle. The outer catalyst comes into your energy field and impinges upon it according to your biases, giving you feelings of discomfort, grief, anger and other seemingly negative emotions.

To the worldly part of your thinking, these emotions seem unfortunate and distasteful. To the seeker within you, however, we would say that such emotions are gifts; they are gifts of a certain type. They are gifts that show you where your pain lies and, more than that, they show you what the pain is hiding. So you take those surface emotions and sit with them and allow them to ripen in your meditation time, continuing to regard those feelings with respect and with gratitude.

You do well to let them mature, for even the harshest surface emotion, as it is refined by the ripening process, shall begin to deepen your nature and hollow you out so that you may carry more love, just as a chalice carries wine. Suffering of all kinds hollows out the earthly personality if you let it. It does not have to embitter you or make you cynical.

If you respect your own emotions and regard them with affection and a lack of judgment, and if you persist in allowing yourself to feel those emotions and to let them move ever deeper, you shall find that the gift begins to bear fruit as you feel yourself becoming more spacious within, more responsive to the deeper emotions. You will find that you are an alchemist turning disharmony into harmony, fear into love, darkness into light. It is a natural process and it begins with the disharmony, with the darkness. Such are the ways of spirit.

And that is why we say that things are perfect at all times, although they may be uncomfortable. Do not cringe away from your suffering, but rather cradle yourself as you endure through the natural process of the alchemy of the transforming energy, of the love in your open heart.

Before we leave this subject we would note that it is very helpful in work of this kind to devote some of your precious time to sitting in silence or to entering the silence in some way. It is easy for the conscious mind to think all manner of things, some of them contradictory. It is easy to become confused as to what you wish to do. It is easy to become confused even as to who you really are.

When you enter the silence, you enter the realm of the one infinite Creator. You enter eternity and infinity. And, most of all, you enter the present moment which intersects at all times with the metaphysical universe. You are a heartbeat away at all times from the gateway of intelligent infinity. You simply need to release the self from the strictures of the intellect and logic and enter the silence. This is a helpful adjunct to the practice of attempting to serve others and we would encourage it.

We have no feelings as to how you wish to enter the silence. Every person’s choice will be unique and that is as it should be. We can only urge you to it, for we feel that it is inevitable that you will find it a helpful practice in your seeking.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: No, not for me, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo, and as there is no follow-up requested, we would ask if there is another query in the group at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

R: I do not have another query, but want to say that the words offered by Hatonn were inspirational—at least to me they were. I really appreciate the opportunity to listen to a different perspective than I have. Thank you.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you, my brother. It is a privilege to be able to share energy with you at this time.

Since there are no more queries in this group, we would at this time—reluctantly, we must admit, because we greatly enjoy being with you and seeing the beauty of your auras as they blend—say, “Adieu” for tonight. We are those of Q’uo. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

[1] Currently, Live Chat sessions with Carla L. Rueckert are offered, during September through May, on Saturdays from 3:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on www.bring4th.org. Check with the site’s announcements to be sure Live Chat is being held on any given Saturday, since occasionally there is a conflict and no Live Chat is held.

[2] Holy Bible, Ecclesiastes 11:1, “Cast thy bread upon the waters: for thou shalt find it after many days.”

[3] This phrase is similar to the title of a book by Baba Ram Dass and Stephen Levine, Grist for the Mill: The Mellow Drama - Dying: An Opportunity for Awakening, Freeing the Mind, Karmuppance, God & Beyond (Santa Cruz, CA, Unity Press, 1977).

September 22, 2009, Special Meditation

Jim: The question this evening from J is, “How can I enter into contact with my higher self and get daily guidance from it with such clarity that I would be able to clearly identify that I am receiving guidance from my higher self and not from my imagination or from any other sources? What spiritual principles may I use to aid me in receiving guidance?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is a privilege and a pleasure to be called to your circle of seeking. We are delighted to share with you our humble thoughts concerning the subject of receiving information from your guidance system.

However, before we begin, as always we would ask all of those who listen to or read these words to use their discrimination and discernment in choosing which of the thoughts that we share to retain. Follow the resonance in that which is said. If thoughts are resonant to you, keep them by all means and work with them as is useful to you. If they do not resonate to you, we ask that you leave them behind. In this way we can be sure that we have not infringed upon your free will or the sanctity of your spiritual process. We thank you for this consideration.

The subject of receiving good information from one’s guidance is a good subject upon which to ponder and to seek because the quality of that which is given you from your own guidance is very high. It is the gift to the self from the self to have this guidance system. Each entity exists both in third density, as a creature of flesh and blood, and as that energy body which is the self within time/space [within mid-sixth density. These two are] inexorably linked. This energy entity is a citizen of eternity and dwells in infinite time.

The foundation of each seeker’s guidance system is his own higher self, that self who, in mid-sixth density, has experienced all that is desired. When that entity realizes fully that he shall no longer desire or seek to fulfill desires, but instead turn towards the call of the infinite Creator to rejoin It fully, it turns one last time to what you would see as the past and creates a thought form that contains all of the harvest of that which he has learned throughout all of his incarnations in all densities through the sixth.

This thought form he leaves with the developing entity wherever it is, in whatever incarnation it is experiencing, so that at any time he may call upon his highest and best self and ask how to evaluate things and whatever other advice he deems needed.

This higher self is joined by at least three angelic entities. This instrument calls [two of] these angelic entities the Holy Spirit in his male and female aspect. Others consider the angelic entities to be gurus or literally angels. Some entities who are seeking to serve the light collect about them as many as a dozen angelic presences or more, all of whom wish to support and encourage that service to the light which the seeker has undertaken within incarnation.

This service is not necessarily an outer service. Many are those who create that portal within themselves which holds a space wherein light may come through from those realms of pure love into third density. This is a great service in itself and may be offered by a seeker in any condition of life whatever.

The spiritual principle involved in seeking one’s guidance is that which can be called faith. Faith is often misunderstood among your peoples for they confuse faith with belief. Belief is always belief in something; perhaps a creed or a system of tenets that form a dogmatic system. A believer believes specific points or speaks to a specific creed.

Faith, on the other hand, has no content. It contains no knowledge. It is an attitude. It is the attitude that knows beyond doubt, regardless of the circumstances, that all is well. And the entity who is living a life in faith cannot be daunted by circumstance. Faith is an attitude which assumes that the infinite Creator, the higher self, and that self which planned this incarnation before taking flesh have provided ample opportunities for learning and for service.

Sometimes involved in learning is suffering. Sometimes there is sorrow and pain. Yet one living a life in faith knows that that which is happening is perfect. It is precisely what is needed to advance spiritually and to be of service. Consequently, such an entity cooperates and harmonizes with circumstance and allows creativity and imagination to play a part in the flowing forward of events.

Faith does not recognize closed doors. Faith abides, patiently, trustingly and with infinite attention. For there shall come those hints, inklings and information from spirit that shall illuminate the situation within the present moment. And this faith is that which shall serve you well, my brother, as you learn to listen to and communicate with your guidance system.

There is no such thing as being able, without any doubt whatsoever, to know that you are communicating with your guidance. There is a reason for this unknowing. Each entity within third density is given complete free will to choose those things which he desires. And that which he desires shall be given unto him. In this atmosphere of free will, it is not desirable from the standpoint of spiritual growth that there be some way to test and prove spiritual events or influences.

Instead of such objective means of determining the validity of metaphysical experiences, the seeker is given, instead, the ability to set intentions, such as speaking with one’s guidance. Once this intention has been carefully and profoundly set in such a way that the self hears the self on a deep level, it is necessary only to proceed to have a conversation on a continuing basis with your guidance.

This instrument communicates with its higher self using a computer. She types in her questions and then allows her mind to be filled with a thought. That thought comes and she types it into the computer. If she desires to communicate further, she types in another question and then again waits for a thought. When it comes she types it without questioning it, judging it, or in any way analyzing it.

It is a simple procedure, my brother, and it is a protective one in that your guidance system dwells within your protected aura. This communication cannot be disrupted by psychic greeting. Its very simplicity however, frustrates and baffles the intellectual mind. If the intellectual mind is allowed to work it shall immediately begin asking, “How do I know that this thought is not my thought? How do I know that I am receiving guidance from a legitimate guidance system?”

My brother, you shall never know in that objective way of proof until the day comes when your scientists are able to create instrumentation to track vibration of this subtle kind. By the time this is done, my brother, you shall be either in fourth density or your home density, having concluded your service and your learning upon Planet Earth.

Therefore, your objective needs to be to continue and persevere, having conversations, if possible, daily, keeping a record, either on the computer or writing by hand. Gradually, you shall build up a sufficient amount of material in order to have the ability to look back upon the collected experiences of this conversation as it continues. The longer that you continue with this discipline, the more dense shall be the patterns of congruency and harmonization that you shall begin to see. Gradually you shall begin to gain confidence in this source of intelligence, not because of objective proof but because of an increasing amount of synchronicity and coincidence of a spiritually interesting nature that shall begin to grow up around this conversation.

Eventually you shall come to trust in this source of inspiration and information because it has stood you in good stead over a period of time and because there has come to be a certain energy which you can associate with this conversation which comes at no other time.

We sympathize with the frustration that you feel at not being able to be certain in an intellectual way of the validity of this method of receiving guidance. However, it is not spiritually helpful to experience that model where you purchase guidance as though it were a product that you can buy at a store. It is far more helpful to you to dwell within your humanity in unknowing while pursuing a life in faith.

You dwell as a human being in third density in a world of facts and figures and weights and measures, and often, my brother, they do not speak the truth even though they are facts. Conversely, in the world of spirit you dwell in a land of mystery and paradox, yet that information which you are able to bring through in your protected, sacred conversation grows into that substantial reality which to you becomes more real than the facts and figures, weights and measures of third-density, space/time reality.

We applaud you, my brother, for seeking your guidance in this way. We know that you shall launch yourself into midair as is the way of faith and that you shall find firm footing in that midair as you allow yourself to remain empty so that you may be filled with those gifts of the spirit which are yours.

My brother, a life in faith is supported best by entering the silence on a daily basis in whatever way that you should wish. Within that silence is all of the information you need. However, it is not offered in words, or even concepts. It flows, rather, in the currents of silence into your deepest heart, there to lodge securely and to bubble up into the daily life in dreams and visions and those feelings that are typical of a gnostic knowledge rather than an intellectual one. [1]

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query before we take other questions? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: (On the telephone.) Would you like to ask one of your other follow-up questions?

J: The follow-up question is, “I started a few months ago to write every morning and every evening all the things I’m grateful for. How do you see this? Is it useful? Is there any way to improve it? What spiritual principles would help me think about the situation?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Gratitude is indeed a spiritual principle, my brother. The energy of gratitude contains a world of wisdom and compassion. For one is gratified not only because of the good things, so called, not only the sunny days, but the rainy days, the stormy days, the tsunami. All weathers whatsoever, all, are occasions for gratitude. Therefore, this practice is of a very high order of excellence and we commend you, my brother, for working with this principle in humility and in joy.

There is simplicity to the spiritual walk that baffles the intellectual mind. All that occurs is that which comes before the self in order that the self may practice responding with vibrations as close as humanly possible to the vibration of the one infinite Creator, which is unconditional love. Consequently, the response of one that is vibrating at his highest and best shall always be love.

Garnering to oneself the energies of thanksgiving and gratitude create for the self a tuning of the instrument that is his deepest nature, so that he may more and more be able to sound the melodies of spirit that flow through his wind instrument as he breathes, as he speaks, as he thinks, and as he acts. This attitude of thanksgiving and gratitude creates an ever uplifting energy that brings the seeker more and more into the realms of truth, that truth which cannot be spoken but which can be felt.

We would not know how to advise you, my brother, of how to improve upon this practice. However, as you have already initiated a practice of recording those things for which you are thankful, and as you are seeking diligently to begin and continue a conversation with your guidance system, we feel that if there are refinements or additions to such a practice, it shall organically well up within you, in quietness and in confidence, as to how you shall alter your practice.

You are like the tree that is planted by the water. As your roots drink the infinite love and light of the one infinite Creator, and as the sun of your turning to spirit allows you to thrive, so shall you bloom, first with the bud, then the blossom, then the leaf and finally the fruit. Who knows when your seasons turn or how you shall experience them? What is certain is that in establishing these practices, you are opening yourself up maximally to those resources that shall offer you the way forward, step by step, never reaching, never avoiding, but always walking in faith.

It is said in your holy works, “In quietness and confidence is your strength.” [2] So, my brother, is the way of those whose feet are set upon the King’s Highway. [3]

May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: (On the telephone.) Would you like to go onto the visualization question?

J: The next question is, “What is the purpose of dreaming and the benefit of lucid dreaming?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The energies of love and light that we have discussed previously that are so richly filled in silence are those energies of a very deep nature, communicating with the roots of consciousness within you, that consciousness that you share with all that is. Within this consciousness lie energies that are as rivers, lakes and oceans. You tap into them with your emotions thusly. As you go through your day, if there is little emotion felt then you do not impress or call these deep-flowing waters upward into the conscious mind.

However, my brother, it is rare that there is a day in which there are not those emotional responses to catalyst that do reach an intensity that calls to those archetypal waters in the roots of mind. The response to those emotions and events felt and seen in your day build up until, within your sleeping time, there is that response from deep within you which is called a dream.

[Dreams] are gifts of spirit. When one’s emotions are muddied, the dreams may well also be muddied and shallow. However, when one is on a spiritual path and has developed practices such as you have developed, the events of each day have a tendency to become more lucid and to reach down with a refined emotional energy so that the messages within dreams can bubble up in a clearer and more lucid fashion into your conscious mind.

Oftentimes there is the attempt within dreams of the self to come more into balance with that which is distorted either for joy or for sorrow. Images seen within dreams often give one clues as to the true nature of perceived experience or the deeper nature of that experience which has many layers, some of which you may not have seen.

The keeping of a dream journal, then, is a way of receiving intelligence concerning those issues which are grist for your mill as a spiritual seeker. Such a practice constitutes a genuine resource for the seeker.

The virtue of lucid dreaming, where one becomes aware that one is dreaming, is the same virtue of one who becomes aware within the dream of waking life that he is a true witness and that he has the capacity to form his own responses. When one is able to, say, move an arm within the dream character that represents himself, or is in some way able to enter into the dream as though it were a waking vision, that lucidity sharpens the ability to grasp and retain the infinite details of the concepts which are couched within the dream.

There is a priestly responsibility that goes along with lucid dreaming. That which one is able to comprehend, one is then responsible for using. As this instrument would say, it is more important in lucid dreaming to “walk the talk” of the dream.

We thank the one known as J for this query, for we do feel that focusing upon dreams and giving them honor and respect shall inevitably offer the improvement of this activity as a spiritual resource.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is another query at this time.

Jim: (On the telephone.) Which one would you like to go to now?

J: The next one is, “Could you give me advice on out-of-body experiences and how to have one, and are they safe?”

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. For each entity, the answer to the question of, “Are out-of-body experiences safe,” is different. Indeed, for one entity in incarnation the answer would be variable. To be conservative, we would respond by saying that the moving out of body is safe only when it is a learned experience and that learning takes place in a group wherein there are senior entities who are experienced at collaboration with those who are traveling out-of-body and who are aware of ways to surround such activities with protection.

It may be said that we are conservative when offering this opinion, for in many cases there is an innocence to moving out of the body. Yet in some cases, that innocence can be rudely interrupted, for it is a crowded universe, my brother, and when one is seeking the light with all of one’s heart and soul and mind and strength, one stands close to the light. And when one stands close to the light because of one’s intention to serve and seek the light, that light causes the entity to cast a shadow that is seen by service-to-self entities who are fond of distracting and even destroying entities who are out of body.

It is as though one were taking a walk in a neighborhood that was high in crime and violence, or in a war zone. Perhaps you should be able to move into the farthest reaches that you wish and come home to your body without incident. However, it is also possible that you might be set upon and then you should find it difficult to move back into your physical body. Consequently, we would suggest that you pursue this interest by contacting a trusted source of knowledge and experience, such as the Monroe Institute. [4] We take this information from this instrument’s memory.

Again, we feel that such interests should be pursued with that organic feeling of resonance. If this is an activity that is resonant for you then we encourage you to follow it, but not by yourself.

May we ask if there is a final query at this time?

Jim: (On the telephone.) Do you have a final query?

J: The final query is, “How can visualization help create things in my life and do you have any recommendations to improve this activity?”

We are the principle of Q’uo, and are aware of your query. This question on visualization is a delicate one, my brother, in that it is possible to visualize and desire many things. And it is a legitimate thing to desire anything whatsoever and to visualize it in order to bring it into your experience. And it shall work if you wish to use the power of visualization in this way. You have only to identify precisely that which you wish and then spend time gazing lovingly at that object of desire.

However, it is possible to desire the things of Earth which can be spoken of and listed in number. It is also possible to desire those things which are of the heaven-world, shall we say, such as desiring to do the will of the one infinite Creator, desiring to see the love in each moment, desiring to see the Creator in the eyes of all whom you meet, and desiring to dedicate your life to service in the love and the light of the one Creator.

The desiring of these things and the visualization of them is likewise powerful, yet it attracts to you not this or that; rather, it attracts to you that resonance within which you may associate with the one infinite Creator ...

We must pause while this instrument becomes able again to enter its original tuning, for the telephone device and the headset which this instrument was using ceased working. [5] This instrument has now found another instrument, as it were, with which she may continue to relay the thoughts that we wish to share. And as we speak through this instrument we are restoring the tuning, that we may continue to answer this query on visualization.

My brother, we would recommend that you be careful and cautious in visualizing anything that is an object. Rather, we would encourage you to create visualizations concerning your highest and deepest desires to serve, asking simply that you be an instrument that the Creator may play according to Its will, so that you may be truly inspired and a creature who vibrates with the love and the light of the one infinite Creator.

If you desire and visualize this, then that which you need for your learning and for your service shall come to you without reaching, without worry or concern, and you shall find that your life develops in a way that is far more rewarding and, as this instrument would say, awesome, than any visualization which you may choose.

We would, however, say that there are visualizations for the good of humankind, such as peace on Earth, peace in the hearts of humankind, love in the hearts of humankind, and such concerns as this, that are the proper concern of those who would do work in consciousness. These visualization on behalf of the tribe of humankind are blessed indeed.

We find that this instrument and this group’s energies begin to wane, and so at this time, reluctantly we must admit, we shall take our leave of this instrument and of this group, leaving each in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

[1] Gnostic knowledge comes through direct apprehension of truth and one’s intuition whereas intellectual knowledge comes through learning facts and arranging them in logical order.

[2] Holy Bible, Isaiah 30:15: “For thus saith the Lord God, the Holy One of Israel; In returning and rest shall ye be saved; in quietness and in confidence shall be your strength.”

[3] This phrase is seen in several currently popular songs, but the one to which the instrument refers is the hymn written by E. A. Cummins in 1922. The first verse of this hymn is, “I know not where the road will lead I follow day by day, or where it ends, I only know I walk the King’s Highway.”

[4] The Monroe Institute’s web site is www.monroeinstitute.org.

[5] The instrument’s headset telephone, which makes it possible for a person to attend a session by telephone and hear what is channeled, chose this session as its time to die. The instrument fiddled with the phone to get it to work but failed. Jim then handed her another portable telephone, which she held by hand for the remainder of the session. She regained her tuning quickly.

September 26, 2009, Saturday Meditation

Jim: The question from G this evening, Q’uo, is: “We believe it is a common experience among seekers to dramatize and to frame the choices they face in terms of temptation. Does the self create temptations in order to promote and test its growth? If so, does the temptation operate as a means of crystallizing previous learning and moving the entity forward into new learning, the temptation repeating, if not successfully met? Or is temptation simply a means of removing the focus from the heart of the path?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is our privilege to be called to your circle of seeking and we are delighted to share with you our humble thoughts on the subject of temptation.

First, as always, we would make the request that all those that listen to or read these words use his discrimination and discernment, watching for resonance with those things that we say. If our ideas resonate with you then please feel free to use them. If they do not, please leave them behind.

We greatly appreciate your care in guarding the portals of your spiritual seeking. Let only those thoughts and concepts which resonate to you with the ring of personal truth be those materials with which you pursue truth, for truth is always a subjective matter. Your needs are unique and not to be confused with anyone else’s. Your taking this responsibility will enable us to offer our thoughts without being concerned for infringing upon your free will. We thank you for this consideration.

The word “temptation” is a word in your language that carries connotations of judgment. This instrument and many members of your culture are deeply inculcated to feel that there are temptations that would pull a seeker astray. That is the concept as it is offered within that distortion which you call the Christian faith. Thusly, the perceived temptations of an entity’s life are seen in a pejorative way, as something evil.

We are aware that from a certain point of view it is helpful to view such pieces of catalyst that occur and challenge an entity to make a response as being tinged with evil, and we do not wish to put down or denigrate the faith of those who follow the one known as Jesus the Christ. However, from our point of view, we would rather describe these occurrences of challenge as catalyst. “Catalyst” is a neutral term meaning that which, being present in a chemical process, affects change in other elements of an experiment without itself being altered.

Shall the workings of a mill that is fed grain be given a moral tinge? We do not think so. There is the grain, the berry, shall we say, offered to the grinding stone in order that the wheat berry may become ground and useful for making food. In much the same way, on a metaphysical level, catalyst is offered on a continuous basis in certain rhythmic and repeating cycles to each seeker. The grinding stone of the seeker is its engaged emotions. The processed berries of catalyst become that which the entity, as a spiritual being, uses in order to nourish the spiritual process. That being said, we may look at the mechanism by which catalyst is attracted into the awareness of the seeker.

It may be said that the self creates its own catalyst or temptations, but only in the larger sense, a sense not within the present incarnation but rather the self before incarnation in the metaphysical realm, planning the incarnation along with the Creator and the higher self. The coming incarnation is seen by the self between incarnations as an opportunity for learning and for service. There is a review of the status, shall we say, of that seeker’s soul and one or more incarnational themes are chosen as themes for learning. Thusly, you will find that the incarnational lesson revolves and comes around again as long as you are within incarnation.

This is not a process where you learn a lesson and then you are finished with a lesson. Rather, it is our understanding that there will always be a rotation into the themed catalyst, as if you were receiving a pop quiz as a student in a school. For your incarnation is indeed a term in a kind of school. It is a school of souls. It is a refinery for souls. You are hoping to grapple with this catalyst or, to put it another way, to grapple with these temptations. You know that this catalyst or these temptations shall be your meat and drink as a student in the school of life.

Of course, once you have incarnated into your earthly life, the veil of forgetting drops between your waking self and that whole self which, knowing so much more and being aware of so much more than you are within incarnation, saw fit to create this incarnational plan. Many times the catalyst seems highly inconvenient, and yet, were you not to be inconvenienced, were you not offered opportunities for being challenged for suffering, for undergoing testings, shall we say, or temptations, you would not evolve nearly as quickly as if you actively appreciate and move towards each opportunity to take on the challenge of a difficult situation or a relationship that is troublesome in some way.

It is these very challenges that are the gifts for which you took incarnation to receive.

You asked whether a temptation was that which would repeat until you learned that lesson or whether it was a distraction from the path. Let us take those two thoughts, one at a time.

Firstly, we would look at the thought concerning the repeating temptation that is offered until it is overcome. We would suggest that it is unwise to see temptation as that which is to be overcome. The reason for this is the ways of energy expenditure. Perhaps you have experienced the dynamic betwixt yourself and another. We will use as an example this instrument and the one known as Pickwick, a small cat. This small cat strives with every fiber of its being to climb into this instrument’s lap while this instrument is occupied otherwise and finds it inconvenient to have a cat on her lap.

Consequently, she holds her hand out to keep the small animal from entering her lap and is always surprised at how much pressure such a small being can exert in its dedication to the proposition that getting onto the instrument’s lap will be a good thing. When she releases the effort to hold the cat back, often the cat will actually fall over because it no longer has the point of resistance against which it has been pushing. The more one strives to resist a temptation, the stronger the temptation becomes.

There is another way to perceive such temptations. Say that there is the temptation to eat a piece of chocolate candy when one is on a diet. No matter how many times one rejects the thought of having chocolate, the chocolate remains the same pristine temptation. It cannot be touched by resistance. It is what it is.

The dieter who is able to rest with the temptation, acknowledging its power and choosing, at this particular moment, not to act upon that impulse to eat candy, is not resisting the temptation. It is honoring and respecting the temptation and allowing those thoughts and feelings to flow through its being with no judgment but only with the determination to continue dieting. With the resistance removed, the temptation is not nearly so strong. And when it is no longer needed by the spiritual seeker, that temptation will fall away.

Naturally, it takes a great deal more presence of mind to sustain the awareness of a temptation and to allow it its sway and its presence than it does either to eat the chocolate or to banish all thought of chocolate. Yet, the resulting spiritual process shall be cleaner and clearer by far than if there was the, to use the Questioner’s word, “dramatization” of the temptation.

Such temptations or such catalyst, if it is that which is part of the incarnational lesson, is not something that is learned and then, with full realization gained, put away forever. Rather, there will be the revolution of the seasons of the process so that once again, on one level or another, you shall meet this incarnationally themed catalyst again and again.

You may ask, “Why the repetition?” And we assure you that you are not repeating. For you are not going in a circle. You are not in a rut. You are in a spiral. Each time that you meet this catalyst or temptation, you meet it at a different level. And each time that you meet it and use it, your process advances. Therefore, it is just as desirable to meet that catalyst on the last day of your incarnation as it was when you first met that particular incarnationally themed catalyst of temptation as a young person, a child, maybe even a toddler. Thusly, do not stop appreciating catalyst simply because it repeats. It is only seeming to repeat. It is only seemingly the same. Each time it appears on the horizon of your life, it is meeting you where you are and it is ready to help you move forward.

The second thought was that perhaps temptation is simply that which distracts one from the path of spiritual seeking. There is virtue in this thought in one way, not in another. Firstly, the virtue of the thought is that that which you would call evil or negative in your life, that shadow self or that experience of psychic greeting outside yourself, has, as one of its goals, the distraction of the seeking self from the path. Consequently, when there is the feeling of being psychically greeted, whether it is a greeting from within your shadow personality, that part of yourself that is as yet unintegrated with your whole self, or whether it is a greeting from an entity who wishes to distract you from the path of seeking and to take your light out of the equation of Planet Earth’s consciousness, that energy to distract is definitely there.

To take out a bright light, it is not necessary to remove the physical body. It is only necessary to distract the attention of the seeker from its normal balance in a sufficient intensity to remove the seeker’s ability to channel or allow the light and love of the one infinite Creator to flow through it and out into the world. So it is in this wise that we would agree that temptations function as distractions from the path.

However, in another sense, it is almost antithetically the case that temptations are not distractions from the path. Temptations are the path. There is virtue in becoming eager to meet catalyst or to greet temptation because it is in those moments that you are able to do the work of learning that you came to do. It is in those moments of challenge that you are able to declare yourself as an entity of service to others, an entity that wishes to serve the light and that wishes to be an instrument for love and peace. Without the catalyst, without the temptations, those fine moments would not come and you would not gain a sense of yourself nearly as quickly within incarnation.

Therefore, we encourage each to develop an appetite for catalyst and temptation, not because it is fun to go through the tempering of the personality so that the personality becomes a magical one, but because this is the way in which you, as a seeker, are able to advance and accelerate the pace of your spiritual evolution.

We encourage each to remain sweet-tempered while dealing with perceived catalyst. The energy that it takes to feel self-pity or to feel sorry for oneself because of a difficult situation is toxic energy and is not helpful spiritually.

This instrument was speaking earlier, during the round-robin discussion that preceded this meditation, about times when she realized that she would not be able to focus enough to work because of a level of physical discomfort that was too high. This instrument shared that she has learned to move into a mode of being rather than doing and to see that work as valuable, just as she sees her creative work or editing work.

This is an attitude that we encourage. This is an attitude that retains balance so that you may be present and offer your full attention to that which is occurring within you. You do not wish to force your mind, your thoughts or your emotions into a mold. You wish rather to experience yourself authentically on as deep a level as possible. In order to do this, it is necessary that the self be collected. Thusly, when the self becomes distracted and distraught, it is well to focus not upon that which is outer but upon that which is inner, and to allow the self to be collected once more before efforts are made to function within the outer world.

We realize that the demands of a job are such that there are many times when one must do that for which one was employed, even though one has only half a heart on the task. In the best of all possible worlds, however, my friends, you would be able to collect yourselves before functioning in the outer world. As it is, the recognition of the fact that you are functioning at less than peak efficiency, shall we say, is helpful to you as a soul. For if you are aware that it is desirable to collect the self and to tune the self so that one offers a labor of true love when one works, then even if one is unable fully to accomplish the manifestation of this, metaphysically speaking, setting the intention to do that labor of love is very, very important, far more important than the degree to which you are able actually to manifest this.

As we say so often, my friends, the greatest help you can receive in meeting the catalysts and temptations of your life is the silence within. It awaits you at all times. It can work its magic in a few seconds if you shall truly seek the silence. As you seek the silence, find ways to focus your attention, as the one known as G was describing during the round-robin that preceded this meditation. This entity was reporting on following his breath, counting his breaths. That provided a focus that enabled his mind to remain silent for the most part.

Finding some focus such as this is very helpful in entering the silence and maintaining that silence within so that you may receive the information that is richly given in the silence. In that silence is the one infinite Creator. And as you are one with the infinite Creator, you know all that the Creator knows. You understand all that the Creator understands. Of course, this occurs far below the conscious mind’s awareness. Nevertheless, as you take in that information-laden silence and lay it upon your heart, it will bubble up into your daylight consciousness and you shall be changed by the wisdom and compassion of that silence. We encourage your tasting of it on a daily basis, if you possibly can.

At this time, we would ask if there is a follow-up to this query. We are those of Q’uo.

G: Thank you, Q’uo, there’s no follow-up to that question.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you, my brother. May we ask if there is another question at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Q’uo, I had collected and printed questions from readers abroad as they have come in through e-mail and I find that list is not sitting next to me as it should have been. Is it permissible to walk to the office or the kitchen to retrieve that paper? If not, no biggie.

We are those of Q’uo. My brother, we shall engage with you to stretch the circle while you do that. We are those of Q’uo.

(A pause while G retrieves the list of questions from the office.)

G: Daniel writes, “Could Q’uo confirm that both my wife and I are wanderers? Also, would Q’uo be able to say from which density we come?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We are certainly able to confirm that which you already know, my brother, but we feel that it is beyond the pale of infringement to offer you information which is yours to gain as to the density from which you come. We encourage you to realize yourselves as those who have come on a mission, on a task, to hold the light in accordance with your particular and unique vibratory capacities and characteristics. Therefore, we would suggest that your concern be not for your antecedents, which concern functions as kind of a distraction from your purpose, but rather that your focus be upon the present moment and the love in it, so that you may cooperate more and more fully with the energies of light, grace, beauty and power, holding consciousness within you in your highest and best fashion and thereby aiding your planet of choice, Planet Earth, of which you are now natives.

We thank you, my brother, for this query and do not mean to be harsh but only to encourage you to focus on the mission itself rather than on the details of your former existence. Truly, the present is your arena now. It is your chance, your opportunity for service, and we encourage and support you in that service.

May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: K writes in from Luxembourg asking, “What are the spiritual principles I should think of, and what are the spiritual principles which would help me to spread the word about the difference between positively-oriented information, such as that information provided by the Confederation of Planets, and negatively-oriented information that is found in abundance on the internet? I ask because it seems that many people confuse negatively-oriented sources of information with positively-oriented sources, mistaking STS philosophy for STO philosophy.”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We would confirm your supposition that many, many are the entities which are taken in by the glibness and the sophistry of service-to-self sources which are able to sound as though they were service-to-others except for generating a continuous and ever-increasing amount of fear.

My brother, the spiritual principle involved in helping people become aware of the difference between service-to-others information and service-to-self information is that principle known as the Law of Confusion or free will.

The first distortion [1] is all-important when one is attempting to be of service to others. If entities have not asked for your service, then we would ask you, as one who wishes to serve, if there is an overriding reason why other entities’ sleep must be disturbed.

If there were only this lifetime and only this graduation, then perhaps we might agree that everyone should be shaken by the throat and told to wake up. However, there is all the time in the creation for entities to progress. While it is true that you now are at a time of graduation, a time of harvest, we would suggest that there shall be other harvests; there shall be other graduations. If a seeker needs to repeat third density, needs to repeat third grade, shall we say, in the school of souls, that is not a tragedy nor is it anything of which to be ashamed. Each entity shall progress. Each entity shall one day have accomplished every lesson, have satisfied every desire, and shall return to the one infinite Creator.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

The principle of free will means that each entity gets to choose his rate of progress. When an entity such as yourself, who is so eager to progress and so diligent in seeking, comes across misunderstanding and misapprehended principles, it is a great temptation, or catalyst, shall we say, to set people right according to the way you think. And we do not say that the way you think is incorrect. We only say that the overriding principle here is free will.

We would suggest two things. Firstly, if an entity asks for your opinion, we encourage you to make maximal use of the opportunity to share the love and the light of the one Creator in ways that seem good to you.

Secondly, when entities are not asking you for your opinion or for your help, yet are engaging you in conversation, we would encourage you, as we often have before through this instrument, to be a Johnny Appleseed of spiritual thought. When you see an opening, toss some seeds of thought upon the ground of their attention. Perhaps they shall take root. Perhaps not. But you are doing your best for your brothers and sisters when you create opportunities to drop seeds.

We only encourage you then to have no attachment to the outcome. Do not look behind you to see if the seeds have taken root or if the wind has blown them away. That is not your concern. Your concern is to stay in the present moment with an open heart and a readiness to console, encourage, support and love all brothers and sisters in the tribe of humankind, seeing them at the soul level and affirming that they too are the Creator as you are.

May we ask if there is a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: Yes, Q’uo. First I would say that I know all of these questioners will be very grateful for your responses. Thank you on their behalf.

B has a two-part question and it seems that the focus of his question lies in the second part of it. B asks, “Could Q’uo comment on the nature of the near-death experience phenomenon in general? It seems that in recent years more and more humans are returned back to life after sometimes a lengthy period of clinical death. There are cases where the individual is sent back to the physical plane voluntarily or involuntarily, seemingly despite their desire to stay ‘over there.’ How does the law of free will factor into this situation?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Without attempting to describe or explain the dynamics of proper location, we may say that there are times when the proper location of an entity is not yet “over there.” Consequently, no matter how much they might wish to be “over there,” their proper location remains on Planet Earth in their physical bodies, continuing with the present incarnation.

The near-death experience is just that: an experience that an entity has when he is at the border between space/time physicality and Planet Earth life, and time/space, non-substantial spiritual, or inner realms. It is not that the time to go on is written down aforetime, but rather that each incarnation develops certain patterns of energies that need to be fulfilled before the proper location of an entity shifts.

The varying types of descriptions that entities have of this experience are a function of the individual capacities of each spiritual seeker to apprehend that which is occurring to him.

We would, at this time take our leave of this instrument and this group, thanking each for the beauty of your blended auras and your determination to set aside time to seek the truth. We are humbled before your courage and your seeking and we thank you for this opportunity to offer our humble service.

We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai vasu borragus.

[1] The first distortion of the Law of One, according to Confederation philosophy, is free will or the Law of Confusion. The second distortion is the Logos or the original Thought of unconditional love. The third distortion is light, with which love creates all that there is, including us. After that, the distortions are equal and created by us as we live our lives.

October 3, 2009, Saturday Channeling Circle - Channeling Circle 1

Jim: (Reading L’s question.) The question tonight is about the dynamic between actually being of service to others and being able to perceive that we are being in service to others. The example that L gives is of people coming up to her on the street when she has no money to give. She doesn’t know how to be generous when she has no money. She could give them a ring, but they could not take the ring and get what they want, which is a drink. And it disturbs her that she is somehow not being generous. We would like to have any spiritual principles that you could give us to think about in considering the true desire to be completely of service to people and where the rubber hits the road on how you behave in a service to others.

(Carla channeling)

(Carla acts as senior channel for this session.)

We are those known to you as Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. That entity amongst the three of us which is speaking this evening is that society of Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow known to you as Hatonn. Though we identity ourselves, as always, as Q’uo, we wish to make a note of those times when Hatonn speaks, because usually that society of the Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow known to you as Latwii speaks.

We feel confident that the newer channels shall able to receive our signal with no discomfort and with ease. However, if there is any discomfort on the part of either of the newer channels, we would ask that they let us know in a mental manner of the difficulty and we will immediately move to alleviate any discomfort which comes from the difference between those of Latwii and those of Q’uo in terms of the signal.

We wish to thank this circle of seeking for calling us to offer our thoughts to you at this time. We feel most humble and privileged to be asked to join you and we are delighted to share our thoughts on the paradoxes and mysteries of service to others as a polarity. However, first, as always, we would request most sincerely that each who listens to or reads these words employ his own discrimination and discernment so that each chooses that material which he will take away from this procession of our thoughts. Please retain only those thoughts which resonate to you and leave the rest behind. This will enable us to maintain a condition of absolute non-infringement of free will. We have no attachment to the outcome of our words. We give them freely. We ask you not to take them blindly but to choose carefully that which you allow into the temple of your spiritual process. We thank you for this consideration, for it enables us to do our service.

You ask this evening concerning one of the more subtle points of practicing a service-to-others polarity. You ask concerning the dynamic betwixt the most sincere and wholehearted intention of being of service and the manifestation or demonstration of the qualities of being in service, such as generosity.

The reason that it is a subtle point is that in that attempting to be of service of others you are attempting to express unconditional love in an illusion which is filled with conditions. Were we to be speaking with a fourth-density or fifth-density group of seekers, there would be no distance between the intention to be of service to others and the manifestation or demonstration acted it out in everyday life. Within a higher density you as a student of love and wisdom and unity would have free access to the desires of yourself and all those about you. There would be a path of service desired that would be congruent with the path of service possible and the path of service which you then would find easy and indeed effortless to manifest.

The incredible convenience of being able to see the patterns of energy transfer between yourself and others is a great benefit, certainly. Yet the serving of others, because of its ease, does not polarize you as a student to the extent that it polarizes you as a third-density student of love, wisdom and unity. For you can see dimly into the nuances of your intention to be of service and you can hear the requests made of you to be of service to others which others offer you. Yet you cannot see into the hearts and the spiritual intentions of those who ask for your service. You cannot know if that which is requested is that which is honestly desired. You are working by faith alone to know yourself and to give of yourself in a way that will be of true service to another.

The discrepancy betwixt what you desire to offer and what is possible to offer of that which the other actually needs or desires is variable. Perhaps what you see is what you get. Perhaps the request is genuine, heartfelt and transparent. However, it is just as likely that a request for service comes from an entity who does not know himself or accept himself and who is not aware of that which he actually desires in a spiritual sense. The waters therefore are muddied. The goal is almost impossible to see. And like the old philosophical conundrum, an arrow of intent goes half the way to its target, and half the remaining distance, then half the remaining distance and so forth, approaching the target but perhaps never hitting it. There is no satisfying concussion of contact as the arrow hits the mark. And so, no matter how diligently you set your intention to be of service there is always that feeling of having somehow missed the mark.

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as S. We are those know as Q’uo.

(S channeling)

I am Q’uo, and I am with this instrument. We have been speaking to that condition in third-density experience which is conditioned by the effect of the veiling. We have pointed out that the veiling is certainly a factor in the experience of desire on the part of the one who requests the service. We would now suggest that the veil is also a factor on the part of one who seeks to provide a service. We speak here to a group in which we feel confident that all members seek service to others. And yet it is true that as one seeks refinement upon the path of service to others, one is again and again thrown back upon the self. Again and again one is put in a situation in which one seeks to achieve a certain fastidiousness in one’s intent, so that one’s service may be more earnestly, clearly and effectively offered. One seeks in short to become better in service to others.

Now, this condition of being better is a quality to which one aspires, which one would like to apply to the self. “I seek,” one says to oneself, “to become a better servant. I seek to become better.” It would seem in the trajectory of that effort of seeking that the goal is oneself. One wishes to make of oneself what one would wish to be. This seeming paradox, that is to say that one proposes to serve others and in that proposal to make of oneself the exquisitely effective servant of others, creates a host of circumstances in which the most terrible confusions are possible.

It is all too easy to lose one’s way when a gesture which one feels is intended to exhibit the uttermost generosity is thrown back in one’s face. And in the sting of the rejection one finds oneself utterly thrown back upon oneself, questioning both the value of the recipient and the nature and worth of one’s own intent. One is lost in the middle of a conundrum. One is without a sense of anchorage, even so much as to be able to frame the proper point of attack from which the problem could be analyzed and brought to clarity.

So effective is the veil that not only are the desires and intentions of others shrouded in impenetrable mystery but so, for the most part, are those of the self. Even one’s clearest desires to be of service can come packaged in with those affective qualities which go in a quite a different direction which expresses one’s own need, one’s own structure of aspiration, and one’s own sense of one’s frailties or failings. Little does it occur to one, when offering a generous gesture, that one is asking of the proposed recipient the grace of receiving this gesture in such a way that the true nature of the intent behind the gesture might come to light. Little is one aware that one is so utterly vulnerable in a situation which on the face of it seems so one-sidedly an attempt to be of service to another.

There is little to do in situations in which confusions of this nature, or many others which we could name, arise but to recharge the batteries, so to speak, and to make an attempt anew, reinvesting the intention with another intention as pure as one can make it, as clear as one can make it, even with the realization that every new attempt will bring with it new possible sources of obscurity, new possible sources of difficulty.

My brothers and sisters in third density, it is not for you to know. It is for you to love without knowing. It is not for you to succeed. It is for you to attempt and attempt again, fully realizing there is no available measure of success that can be infallibly applied. What there is for you is the open-hearted appeal to those others around you to accept in the spirit in which it is intended your most earnest effort to be alike a source of inspiration and a mirror to others.

At this time we would pass the contact to the one know as L. We are those of Q’uo.

(L channeling)

We are those of Q’uo. The attempt that a servant of the light makes to be of service allows that servant to discover things about him or herself. It allows that being to come across those dirty fingerprints on the window that cast shadows when the sun tries pass through them. Each of those dirty fingerprints has to be attended to. And it is only by placing yourself in the light and desiring to have the light come through you that those flecks of dirt and fingerprints and grime can be discerned. It is a gift to the self when one wishes to be of service, thus fulfilling the paradox spoken of earlier.

Let us speak about the fingerprint on the window that is called fear. In effect each fingerprint could be labeled fear because fear is the opposite of love. When this instrument, in the example spoken of in the question posed in this group, chose to give the possession of her ring to whichever homeless person or beggar in her city asked of her for the value of money, she discovered that place of fear within her: that fear of being approached, of looking into the eyes of another self and being asked for something that she could not give or did not feel that she had the right to give. [1] When she carried that ring with her with the intention of giving it away, the fear lifted. And in that lifting of the fear a connection of love which was made because she could look in the eye of everyone that passed her, knowing that she could be of service when service was asked of her.

When the fear is no longer there between two selves, there does the light flow between Creator and Creator. There is no longer a holding that traps energy. The energy flows more freely through the chakras, specifically orange and yellow, those chakras that deal with society and the interactions with another self. In giving of things of which the self has possession, one gives of the self and allows those blockages to be released, because there is no longer a blockage between Creator and Creator.

Although the act of generosity was not performed by giving this ring, the desire to give and be of service was what helped this seeker find a blockage and release it, which is the only purpose that was necessary, the act of giving being much less relevant than the gift of love that was created and the discovery of a blockage to that love.

It has been said by this instrument’s teacher and those of the Confederation to look for love in all situations. In working with the self in these subtle arts, it is just as helpful to look for the fear. Why are you afraid? Why is the love seemingly absent? What are the remedies for the self for making this fear or blocking this love?

Society as a whole can be seen as an entity of sorts and there can be a societal block of love. And a seeker who wishes to serve is pressed against that social blockage. In this way one can see where the catalyst of interacting with a society rather than a person comes in to play. There are social norms to service. We as a society see some things to be of a service and some things not to be of a service. Some things your society sees as being a greater service than others. Many of the seekers in this particular group, organization, affiliation, do their best to arrange family life around what they consider to be of service, positing that what they are already doing is not of service and that they need to make room in order to be of service. They juggle family lives and free up time so that may “go do service.”

Consider that in your attempt to be of your highest and best self, regardless of what you are already doing, you are already of service at every moment of your life. Going to your facilities and emptying your bowels is of service because if you did not do so you would not be a very effective seeker in your life. You need to sustain this body with water and nutrients. You need to sleep. You need to have social time, play time. This is not at the sake of doing service. This, too, is service.

One may consider, instead of seeking to do service, to give gratitude to the service one already does. One may say, “Thank you, Mother Earth, for giving me this plate of rice that will nourish this instrument so that I may have the energy and patience to be a loving spouse or mother or father or friend.” One might say, “Thank you for this good night’s rest, that I may wake up refreshed in the morning to be at my highest and best self.” For that desire alone is a great service.

The acting out of service or what your society conceives of as service, we propose to you, is much less important. For one works on the self. One always works on the self. And when one works on the self, the inner self, the outer situations take care of themselves. We propose to this group to put less energy into worrying about performing those acts you each consider to be of service and put those energies of worry into being thankful for the service you each now already perform.

Your society holds up as models those people whom you each consider to have been model servants of the light. Mohandas [2], the one known as Jesus, and the one known as Martin [3] gave tremendously of themselves, to the point of giving their own lives. Many peoples of your planet have in the past worn bracelets or some such reminder with the inscription “WWJD,” asking of themselves, “What would Jesus do in this or that situation?” Each of these people did not say to themselves, “What should I do?” “What is the thing that is of service?” They just did the service.

How is this possible? How does one know what the right service is? We say to you that this is an unskilled question. The skilled question is to find the love and the service will follow. When the heart is open to the extent it was open in the three individuals mentioned, there are no questions of what is of service. There is merely service. The heart leads the way. The faithful servant follows. And the love appears. The light shines through.

When you ask what would be of service you are removing faith, [and instead] you are using the intellect to replace your faith. You are not moving love but trying to emulate love. One can try to cultivate love, but we would suggest in the way we see it that this is a temporary result, perhaps an inspiring model but not the end result, not a permanent objective. Love cannot be cultivated by will or logic. Love is cultivated by allowing it to accumulate naturally as the seeker continues to seek, continues to give thanks, and continues to point his or herself ever toward the light.

In this way love arises naturally. And when love arises naturally and fills the heart, and the mind lets go of its judgments and turns itself over to faith and true service is performed, this is not easy. It is not something one can achieve by practicing this or that skill, but that which will come as it will; come with patience and dedication to the task of being a servant of the light.

At this time we will now pass the contact to the one known as Carla. We are those known as Q’uo.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Q’uo, and are again with this instrument. We greet each once again in love and in light. Dear brothers and sisters, gaze within and gaze at the Creator. Gaze into the eyes of another and gaze at the Creator. Gaze at the trees, at the sky, the water, the winds that blow, and gaze at the Creator.

Within third-density entities such as yourselves you are, spiritually speaking, experiencing in your incarnation a series of energy expenditures. These expenditures of energy must be polarized in order to gain power and to do work, spiritually speaking. The nature of polarity is the nature of opposites. To do work in a polarized fashion you may polarize in a positive sense by allowing energy expenditures to occur with the intention of serving those with whom you exchange energy.

You gain power in a polarized negative fashion by setting the intention of exchanging energy with others by manipulating them in accordance with your desire.

Each of those to whom we speak of at this time wishes to exchange energy with the intention of seeing the Creator; honoring, loving, respecting and being one with the Creator in those whom you meet. The essence of being of service to others is the fundamental realization that all are one. In serving another you are serving the one infinite Creator. Consequently, service to others, stripped of content in an outer sense, is the meeting of Creator to Creator, with no separation, no evasion, no fear, and no distance. When you gaze into another’s eyes, no matter what that entity has asked of you, and you are aware of no distance between you but only the reflection of love in love, you are being of service to that other-self to the full extent of your ability to do so.

You may have no money. You may have no time. You may have only this one moment to exchange energy in service to that other entity. Yet when you gaze fearlessly into his eyes and love him and allow the love of the infinite Creator to pour through you as if you were a stained glass window and let it illumine the expenditure of your energy, you have satisfied the work of polarity in that moment.

We thank the one known as L for posing this query and we would at this time ask if there would be any other questions on the minds of those present? We are those Q’uo.

L: I have one question and that is for Carla actually. Carla has been working on this book and you have advised Carla basically to write this book outside. Carla has been experiencing some problems. Could you please clarify what you really meant by “working outside” or if you have any additional comments about this. Carla would really appreciate this.

We are those of Q’uo, and we are aware of your query. We believe that the one known as Carla has received our suggestions in a positive and creative way. We are aware that this instrument is asking itself to be less comfortable than is her natural habit. However, this instrument, when asking us for advice, asked us how she could write the best book that she could about suffering and emotion. We therefore gave this instrument the suggestion that would indeed place her in a state of temporary suffering in order that she might touch into the human condition in a way that is not her natural habit.

We believe that this instrument understands that there are limits to such strategy and that this instrument is not being giving instructions to become a martyr. Naturally, if there is a possibility of permanent damage to this instrument’s physical vehicle we immediately encourage this instrument to refrain from moving out into the natural environment to work. However, we remain sure that this strategy, as artificial and staged as it is, is a very effective way of putting this instrument more in touch with the content that she wishes to convey than any other less visceral strategy.

As this instrument said in a discussion proceeding this meditation, when the initial writing concerning the emotions has been accomplished to this instrument’s satisfaction—and this instrument is not easily satisfied as a creative artist—there will no longer be a reason for this strategy to continue. Consequently, it is a suggestion that has natural limits. If we are incorrect in feeling that is a effective strategy and if this instrument finds it is ineffective, again we would immediately withdraw our suggestion.

Nevertheless, we would assure the one known as Carla that we very literally meant what we offered. We would append to this observation another: that it is to this instrument’s credit that she soldiers on, putting into practice what she has heard from a source she trusts. Many are those who ask for our suggestions. Few are those who faithfully, systematically and persistently put the suggestions into practice.

May I ask if there is a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

L: I would like to know what the metaphysical purposes are behind not divulging certain spiritual practices in which one is engaging to other people in order to make them more effective. What I mean by this is not discussing them with other people because somehow that limits their spiritual effectiveness. Please comment on this.

We are those Q’uo. We believe we understand your query, my sister. If not please ask again when we finish that what we have to say.

There is that within any seeker that wishes to be transparently and fully honest at all times, to the full extent of revealing any and all things that one’s doing. However, we would observe that such entities are not generally as concerned with service to others as they are concerned with the outpouring of their personal myth. The energy is not, “How may I serve you?” but, “How may I reveal myself and make myself feel good?”

There are natural boundaries that become apparent to one who truly wishes to serve others between the self as it is to its full extent and content and the self which is understandable by and acceptable to another. The cause of this natural boundary when a lack of congruency exists between the self and another is obvious to the self. That entity who wishes to serve another will focus not on revealing the self but on supporting, encouraging and respecting the other-self. It becomes unimportant to be understood, to be accepted, to be consoled. It becomes important only to accept, to love, and to console the other.

Thusly, it is not that the self denigrates the self or seeks to be dishonest but rather that when one lifts up from attention to the self and puts the substantial focus of its attention and regard upon the other side, thusly the service-to-others entity may listen without the need to bring the self into the equation. And if the self is brought into the equation there is a natural process which goes on, in which those things about the self which are true and shall not be a stumbling block to the other are shared, and those things which are true but would constitute a stumbling block to the other are not shared. And both transactions are done in love.

May I answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

L: I think you understood my question, but I don’t think I understood your answer. Are you saying that revealing your particular practice to another is not so much harming the metaphysical consequences of your practice to yourself but might be a stumbling block to another self because you are putting your own biases to them? Or revealing your own ego and saying, “I am so great”?

We believe we understand your confusion, my sister. When there is another whom you feel is able to grasp without distortion the content of your spiritual practice, it is quite satisfying and very loving to share that practice in full. However, many of those who have a spiritual practice have gained a great deal of power. There is a tremendous amount behind the simple discussion of spiritual practice. It is power that often is not congruent with the basic setting of one who asks concerning your spiritual practice. Consequently, it is not helpful or even understandable to that entity to take that entity through a full discussion of your practice.

In those situations we were suggesting that when you are aware of when there is a lack of congruency betwixt the self and the other and that query is put to you, you step into the possibility of the energy exchange between the self and the other and that you limit your discussion to those point s which shall be understandable and not a challenge to that other entity.

Further, we were suggesting at such times when there is a lack of congruency betwixt the two of you in a fundamental energy sense, that is, when one is operating at a much higher amperage, shall we say, of power than the other, be very thoughtful to use that considerable amperage or intensity, if you will, in order to focus upon that other-self and find ways to support and encourage the other’s questioning process of spiritual practice or any other element that you truly have in common with that other entity, thereby giving that entity the full strength of your energy in a way that is comfortable and helpful to that entity.

May we ask if you have further queries, my sister?

L: I understood that much better this time. I do not have any further queries, Q’uo. Thank you.

We thank you too, my sister. It is such a joy to be with all of you! And we thank the one known as L. It has been a great privilege and pleasure to be part of your meditation and to be a modest part of that beautiful, sacred edifice that you have created. That energy dome that you have created reaches to the heavens and is most beautiful.

We leave you now, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. And I, Hatonn, give thanks for being the voice of Q’uo. Adonai.

[1] L is a stay-at-home Mom. She felt that she did not have the right to give her husband’s hard-earned money away.

[2] Mahatma Gandhi, whose first name is Mohandas.

[3] Martin Luther King, Jr.

October 13, 2009, Special Meditation

Jim: The question tonight is, “Work has been a source of great catalyst to me for the last few years. It seems that since I’ve been at this job, person after person has tried to get me fired. In addition, right after I’d had a big heart-chakra opening last November or December the level of catalyst rose hugely. How much of this is caused by external forces versus self-catalyst and karma? What spiritual principles may I think about in considering this issue?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to this circle this evening. It is a privilege and a pleasure to be called to your circle of seeking. We thank you for the honor and we are glad to speak to the one known as D.

However, as always, we would ask that all of those who listen to or read these words exercise discernment, choosing from those opinions which we share the thoughts that resonate and that seem helpful, leaving the rest behind without a single thought. For in this way, you shall safeguard the processes of your own evolution. And we shall feel that comfort that comes from knowing that we shall not be infringing upon your free will in any way. We thank you for this consideration.

My brother, in the spiritual life there is often a season of fullness and harvest that is followed in its course by other seasons.

We would speak in general for some time about the way we see your energy body and the way that we understand the energy body to function. It is a body just as is the physical body, interpenetrating your physical body all along your spine to the top of your head. It is in a constant state of flux, just as is your physical body. We emphasize this particular aspect of the energy body because of your query which concerns events which occurred after you experienced a great sense of the opening of your heart.

When one learns to ride a bike, one never really forgets how, but one can become very rusty. In the same way, once one has experienced the joy and the peace of the open heart, one has been able to see all that there is as interconnected. It is not to be forgotten. And yet, neither is it to be held or kept in one open setting. Rather, the energy body is intensely sensitive to incoming catalyst. This is why, so often, one experiences a wonderful opening of the heart, which is unaccountably followed by a series of events that tend to close the heart. Nor is this the action of circumstance or accident.

When one has a profound realization such as you have had, my brother, there is the responsibility which is undertaken as a result of that burst of light, that harvesting of the fruits of seeking. There is an automatic rhythm which comes upon the heels of such a marked experience of the light. It is as if, in this refinery of souls that is the School of Life, you have learned a great deal. And that energy within which dances with your spiritual evolution shall, in the course of time, give you the equivalent of a short quiz. Catalyst shall come into your energy body that will have the tendency to close the heart, to constrict and narrow the path of energy through the energy body. It is as though the Creator, or those energies of spirit that are part of the Godhead principle, were offering you the opportunity to examine for yourself if you truly grasped the content of that realization of oneness.

The function of this, as this instrument would say, “pop quiz,” is not to cause you distress, but to aid you in refining, burnishing and honing your ability to maintain the eyes of love which were the gift of the realization. It is said in the holy work that this instrument holds dear, that it is easy to love the loveable, a challenge always is to love the unlovable and to be able to continue in the face of incoming catalyst from an entity, to see that entity as the Creator, as your brother or your sister, indeed, as your very self. [1] It is often a shock to discover what a fragile hold you have on that realization of oneness and love that at the moment seemed robust and powerful and permanent.

My brother, in a way it is all of those things. You have lost nothing except the apparent comfort of feeling the fullness of love. Were you not in this third-density chemical body with its heavy energy and its veil of forgetting, were you instead not in third density, but between incarnations, you would know, beyond a shadow of a doubt, all of the ramifications of your catalyst and the truth of the love that is within your truly open heart. Yet, knowing beyond a shadow of a doubt these things because there would be no veil were you not in incarnation, the knowledge would be worth little in terms of polarizing you towards service to others.

Therefore, you chose to come into incarnation. You chose for the veil to drop. You chose to lose sight of that sure knowledge of the way things are beyond this illusion. You wanted to put yourself into an arena where knowledge only came by faith and where your choices were completely free.

My brother, we may say that when one is in incarnation, one feels very alone and isolated within his flesh and bones. It is our opinion that the actual spiritual truth is that you are never alone. Rather you are in a world of mirrors. Everyone whom you meet mirrors back to you yourself in one aspect or another. How inconvenient to see aspects of yourself that are unattractive! And yet it is helpful to realize that even the most disturbing or difficult relationship offers you a chance to see a part of yourself that you have not looked at, at least not in that way.

When something triggers you or catches you, that is a part of yourself that is as yet unhealed and that is the source of the triggering. Consequently, your co-workers, as you explained in your query, who have sought to do you harm, have actually given you gifts. They have let you see, as in a mirror, a part of yourself that you need to find. And sometimes that is the hardest thing, for one does not wish to have such unattractive traits within one’s personality. Your opportunity here is to look straight into that mirror and say, “Thank you. I will seek after that shadow part of myself, that self that looks like this, and I will love it and I will accept it and I will hold it to me in my heart until it has been redeemed by my love.”

You see, the catalyst is not so much about anyone else as it is about you. The work that you do spiritually is not so much about others as it is about yourself. When you become able to gaze into such catalyst with gratitude and thanksgiving, you are free of the fear and the anger and other negative emotions that will close your heart. And as you love that shadow in yourself, you find that you can gaze for the first time at such an entity that is attempting to harm you, and you are then able to see past the mirroring effect to the unity betwixt you and the other self and the Creator.

You ask what spiritual principles you might use to work upon this particular issue and we call upon the principle of unity and the principle of polarization.

It is often the case, when entities speak of living the life of the open heart, that they may be perceived as being idealistic, naïve, and perhaps foolish. And from certain points of view which, shall we say, are worldly and cynical, there is truth in that statement. But from the standpoint of one who is working in consciousness, the opening of the heart is for those who are courageous and ready to be patient and to persevere beyond all roadblocks and stumbling blocks. For you are seeking to be a “tough cookie,” as this instrument would say. You are seeking to be a dependable, flexible, attentive entity who is witnessing, moment by moment, the love and the light of the infinite One as it eddies and swirls and creates the dance of life. And all of those who come into your purview dance with you in one way or another.

We would almost characterize this as the dance of the spiritual athlete, for there are times, such as your ordeal in your workplace, where not just once, but again and again, the waves strike you and seek to tumble you and put you off balance. And you seek not to stand your ground so much as to cooperate with the waves, to roll and dive and jump and dance with this energy, losing all fear, worrying not whether your heart is even open, but simply paying attention, moment by moment by moment. For the Creator is in that moment and in you and in those with whom you dance.

Therefore, judge not yourself, test not yourself, and do not be concerned that it does not seem that your heart has been so open for a while. My brother, sometimes in the dance the movements are so fast! And you are still sometimes learning the steps. And consequently it shall seem as though you have lost that realization. We can assure you that you have not. Even now, as we speak to you, feel the opening of your heart. Feel the love in the moment. It flows through you. You are not responsible for producing it. You are only responsible for patiently, again and again, when you sense your contraction around a trigger, around pain, around suffering, beginning to do that work of remembrance that releases fear so that you remember who you are and why you are here. You are a child of the one infinite Creator and you came here to create a space through which light may flow in order that you may help in lightening the consciousness of Planet Earth.

We thank you for your service and we assure you that momentary lapses and the infinite flowing of catalyst and response do not keep you from your work. You are on mission and on task and you may have faith in yourself. There shall come another full tide and your heart shall once again be awash in utter love. And then once again, there shall come those seasons of testing and even those dark nights of the soul. And all of this is part of the process of tempering, honing and making more flexible the spirit within.

Each time that you dismantle a trigger and instead gaze at the Creator within one who is blessing you by attempting to do you harm, you become calmer and stronger and more able to see the truth beyond the illusions of the mirrors that are so distorted and so shadowed.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask at this time, my brother, if there is a follow-up to that query before we move forward.

Jim: (D is relaying his questions over the telephone.) The follow-up is, “Would it be possible to provide a progression of spiritual milestones starting with the initial awakening?”

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we are aware of your query, my brother. As we have already intimated, it is not precisely possible to express a simple recipe or agenda of the spiritual life. We would say that you may expect it to be cyclic. The self before incarnation, together with the higher self, plans the basic themes of an incarnation according to the clear sight one has beyond the veil. One tends to be looking for balance. Especially with those who are wanderers, there is often the seeking to balance love and wisdom. Perhaps the heart is too open and you seek wisdom to balance it. Or perhaps, and this is often true of fifth-density wanderers, there is great wisdom and yet there is the request of the self that the open heart be more in balance with that great wisdom, so that that wisdom becomes compassion. There is also the dynamic of power and its right use. Each entity is unique. No two entities are looking for precisely the same balance. What they have in common before coming into incarnation is that themes are planned. Incarnational lessons are planned so that they cycle again and again into your life.

We do not know and cannot say if this challenge to your open heart is part of the incarnational lesson of keeping the heart open while balancing it with your great wisdom. We can only suggest that there is something of this nature, this level of profundity, which shall bring such catalyst to you again and again throughout your life.

For you see the life before incarnation as a term in school, “Yes, I shall learn this, I shall read this subject, I shall study this topic.” And you know that, even though there is that feeling of being in boot camp when one actually is in incarnation and dealing with these incarnational lessons, that progress that you make within the veil is thousands of times the amount of change that you can affect within your deep soul when you are not in third-density incarnation. It truly is the refining fire.

Consequently, you cannot, unfortunately for the peace of your life and your mind, open first the red-ray chakra, then the orange-ray, then the yellow-ray, then the green-ray, then work with the throat chakra and work on communication and then move into work in consciousness. That would be, in general, the direction of your spiritual life. However, always, every day, you must look back to the red-ray chakra and begin all over again, because it is likely that within the compass of the day you have had triggers in those first three chakras.

When there is a concern with work the energy that is triggered is generally coming from the yellow-ray chakra. Yet one cannot assume that either. One must sweep the entire body, from red to indigo, each day and clear and clear and clear it out.

We can, however, assure you that as you become more used to viewing your experiences from a certain point of view in which you are almost, as this instrument would say, playing the Game of Life, you will find that your witnessing self becomes ever stronger, and your keen appetite to take on such experiences as the co-worker being cruel to you becomes so strong that you find yourself with the Balm of Gilead at your hand, and you are not caught up in the negative feelings that surround that cruel action that has been done to you, but rather you’re dancing with the energies that would keep your heart open and would see him, even though it seems almost impossible, as the Creator; as part of you, and you part of him or part of her.

There may come a time within incarnation when you balance at the gateway to intelligent infinity, seeing your life as a whole thing, one integrated entirety, and as part of the Godhead principle it may well come to you to say, “And this is good.” Hold those moments dear and remember them because they are the truth. And then you shall plunge back again into cycles.

We wish we could give you the good news that one’s work is hard and yet finally it is done. Yet within incarnation, your agenda shall always be to attend to the present moment and dance with it with love.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a follow-up to that query or whether you would wish to go forward?

Jim: “I’ve had dreams regarding the eighth chakra, the one above the crown chakra. My most recent dream told me that the eighth chakra is about aligning my will with the will of the Creator, that with the opening of the eighth chakra we are better able to understand the will of the Creator and so we can more easily make clear choices that are aligned with the will of the Creator.

“From a dream last year it is my understanding that my eighth chakra will be getting activated when I visit the Rosslyn Chapel [2] in January. Is there any truth in this? What method could I utilize to be in better tune with the will of the Creator? Any information that does not infringe on my free will would be appreciated.”

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we grasp your query. If we do not respond fully we would ask you to re-question, my brother.

Terminology is crucial and yet it is difficult to pin down equivalencies. We make this observation because, rather than calling that which we believe you mean “the eighth chakra,” we would call it “the gateway to intelligent infinity.”

This gateway is that point where you, as an individual within incarnation, are able to vibrate in harmony and sometimes in congruency with the energies of the one infinite Creator. It is through the gateway to intelligent infinity that you are able to access and bring into your awareness the inspiration and the information which you need. However, none of this energy has anything to do with the intellect. The information to which we refer is that kind of knowing which this instrument would call gnosis or direct apprehension.

When one is able to quiet the self and to get the energy of the energy body flowing at its maximum so that the heart is open, then one is able to do work in consciousness, moving through the blue ray of absolute honesty and the indigo ray of being. As one sits within that open energy body and places the intention with which you seek to enter the gateway to intelligent infinity, the gateway will open in such and such a way because of your intention.

Consequently, we would say to you, my brother, that as you approach these times of seeking in sacred places, that you set your intention specifically and with all your heart, all your mind, and all your strength so that the opening through that gateway is that which you would wish. The gifts of the gateway of intelligent infinity are many. There are those who open it in order to become channels for healing. There are those whose reason for opening it is to become channels for the love and the light of the one infinite Creator.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

There are those who wish to teach. There are those who wish to write or dance or to sing. Whatever your hope in working with this gateway, it is well to approach it with every fiber of your being tuned to your desire.

There are areas of your query which we cannot penetrate because of the possible infringement on your free will. And you may predict that we would say that rather than these instances being permanent, they are opportunities for the creation of a magical moment or event. You will not be able to hold this. You will be able only to experience this and then remember this.

There are those of the yogic and Hindu paths who believe that it is possible to attain realization, so that never again is there a single human thought that disturbs the tenor of your peace. There are those within the Christian church who have also created this picture or this vision of the way things are in the spiritual realm.

My brother, it may well be for one entity out of a million that there is a realization so profound that the rest of the lifetime is ineffably altered. Yet we would rather offer you our humble opinion that there shall be the waves of experience that offer you all that you wish in a moment and then that tide will go out. And there shall be a change in your vibratory level, for the simple reason that in your natural energies there is the ebb and flow of many emotions and the responses to many experiences that shall call you away from that moment.

It is our opinion, my brother, that this is a good thing. For while leaving you in less peace, it leaves you in an emptiness and a humility that opens you to the next experience, the next wave, the next time of harvest and the reaping of the fruits of your desire. We would rather encourage you to celebrate the many seasons of your spiritual life just as you celebrate your birthdays.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a follow-up to this query or if there is a final query at this time.

Jim: “I’ve been working on making more consistent contact with extraterrestrial life forms. I’ve had some limited success. My method so far has been to quiet my mind into theta waves, attempt to keep a steady focus and frequency and to project out my consciousness in a call for contact. It is my perception that my lack of ability to maintain a steady focus and frequency hinder my success. Is this true? Regardless, what methods can I utilize in order to become more successful in my contact work?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. May we confirm those observations which you have made concerning your attempts to contact those from elsewhere. We would also confirm your judgment concerning the situation as regards the limitations of working alone when attempting to offer yourself to a universal contact.

Our response would be in two parts. Firstly, the safe and secure area of contact from the world of spirit is that contact with your higher self which is reliably possible and always achievable without any concern for your personality shell’s integrity. In order to contact this higher self or this oversoul or as this instrument would call it, the “Holy Spirit,” we would recommend the journaling method as being most productive and efficient.

In this method you simply sit at your computer or sit with a paper and pen and write your question, then immediately, at your next thought, write that thought down without asking whether it came from you or whether it did not.

The preparation for this journaling is, as you said, to calm your mind. We would not offer you the encouragement to find a specific state of consciousness, such as theta, but would rather encourage you to tune yourself as if you were an instrument. Whether that tuning that is effective to you would be in singing, chanting, praying or simply sitting in silent meditation, we do not know and cannot say. However, such tuning as you will find satisfaction in doing brings you to your highest and best self and clears the way for a good contact.

The second part of our response has to do with attempting to receive information or inspiration from beyond the gateway to intelligent infinity. It is our practice to teach those who would wish to be instruments for the Confederation in groups with a senior channel who has had enough experience to be able to, as this instrument would say, “watch the backs” of those in the circle.

For you see, my brother, there is the problem of there being a very crowded universe full of entities in the unseen realms, some mischievous, some positive, some angelic, and some who wish to distract you from the light, to deceive you and even to break up your earthly personality shell so that they may reap your suffering and pain. To work with universal contacts without a group is like attempting to light a flashlight with the wrong kind of battery, something that is too small, something that is not adequate. It can be done but it is not reliable nor is the information gained from such contact reliable.

Consequently, we would encourage you, if you would wish to pursue being an instrument for universal sources, to find that group which you trust, that senior channel which you trust, and to set yourself to the slow process of learning how to accept concepts. That which is universal is much like that which is in your roots of consciousness in your archetypal mind. It will not speak to you in words. It will offer you concepts. These concepts are infinite. They have to be translated into words if you wish to use them in offering yourself as an instrument. So as an instrument you’re basically asking to be a translator of concepts into the language that you use every day.

As this instrument has said many times, much is lost in the translation from infinite concept to finite language. There are many who prefer to retain concepts in their infinite form and to rest in that infinity without attempting to make the translation. And to those mystics, many flock who wish only to sit next to that energy which is holding those infinite concepts.

May we say how beautiful we feel your desire to seek and to serve the one infinite Creator is. We wish you every joy, every success, all that you wish, as you continue to seek.

This instrument’s energy wanes, as does this group’s, and so we begin to withdraw now, encouraging you as we do so to seek the silence on a regular basis, for in that silence, even though you are conscious, all of the information of the unconscious of the Creator itself lies. However you can come to that tabernacle of silence, we encourage the practice. For with meditation comes an awareness that cannot be expressed but can only be appreciated.

We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Thank you for the privilege of sharing our thoughts. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

[1] This sentiment appears several times in the New Testament of the Holy Bible, but this version from Matthew’s Gospel 5:43-48 is a good one: “Ye have heard that it hath been said, Thou shalt love thy neighbor, and hate thine enemy. But I say unto you, Love your enemies, bless them that curse you, do good to them that hate you, and pray for them which despitefully use you, and persecute you; that ye may be the children of your Father which is in heaven. For he maketh his sun to rise on the evil and on the good, and sendeth rain on the just and on the unjust. For if ye love them which love you, what reward have ye? do not even the publicans the same? And if ye salute your brethren only, what do ye more than others? do not even the publicans so? Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect.”

[2] The Rosslyn Chapel, near to Edinburgh, Scotland, was built by William St. Clair, third Prince of Orkney, in 1446. Its ties to Scottish Masonry go back to the sixteenth century. It is a stunningly beautiful sacred space which figured in the recent book of fiction, The Da Vinci Code. The Chapel is presently undergoing extensive restoration.

October 17, 2009, Saturday Meditation

Jim: The question this evening, Q’uo, concerns how we become more a part of the life in which we find ourselves. Ra suggested that for a seeker wishing to do this there were three things that were important. One was to know the self. The second was to accept the self. And the third was to become the Creator. [1] Could you briefly touch upon knowing ourselves and accepting ourselves in regards to how we then become the Creator? What does it mean to become the Creator?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle of those known to you as Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. Thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking. It is a privilege and an honor to be called to your circle. We are glad to speak with you this evening about knowing the self, accepting the self, and becoming the Creator. And we thank the one known as Jim for that query.

As always, before we begin we would ask each of you who listens to or who reads these words to use your discernment and your discrimination, taking away from those opinions that we offer those thoughts that resonate within you and leaving other thoughts behind. For, my friends, how could we hit the mark every time for each of you? It is not possible. Therefore, please use your discrimination in that which you take away. Then we shall be able to put our minds at rest concerning the issue of free will, for we would not be a stumbling block in your way. We thank you for this consideration.

Your question this evening is in three parts and we shall attempt to touch upon each of those, focusing for the larger part upon becoming the Creator. The first of the three parts is knowing the self. Certainly, my friends, it takes years to know the self because of the fact that as a very young entity within incarnation, your parents and your teachers began explaining to you the way things were and slowly you became acculturated and full of the awareness of many things that many people had said, some of which never made any sense to you, but all of which you were expected to learn and to use as a means of oiling the social machinery of getting through life.

Each of you within the circle has noticed that many are those who go through life asleep, not thinking deeply about the self or the problems of society or anything except that which is involved in keeping the self fed and sheltered, paying the bills, and enjoying leisure in the way that each person chooses. These things are enough for some, but for each within this circle they have not been enough, and you have come awake from a planetary dream.

In some ways it is very inconvenient to live life awake. It is not as comfortable as enjoying the planetary dream. However, once awake, you cannot go back to sleep. You know that the world is larger and other than you have been told and you sense that you yourself are larger and other than you have been told. And so you wonder who you are and why you are here. And that is the beginning of your spiritual quest.

At first, knowing the self is often largely a matter of finding out what you are not and allowing those things that you are not to fall away from you so that you can be yourself. As you rest within yourself and start to get to know yourself, perhaps the quickest way to discover who you are is to rest in meditation at the end of each day and to go over your day, experience by experience, emotion by emotion, catalyst by catalyst. And when you see that emotion that has pulled you off balance you look at that emotion and ask, “How did I come to feel that? What trigger is there under the surface that was triggered that caused this emotion to flare up?”

And as you look at these things that have troubled you, you discover that hidden beneath your emotional reactions have been crystals of pain that have been buried. And as you move these crystals of pain up into the daylight where you can look at them, in the process of seeing this origin of pain, usually from early childhood, you begin to see how you have been wounded. And as you release this wound and forgive it, you recover a part of your whole self.

As you continue in your examination, day after day and year after year, you become aware that there are things in your life that repeatedly have troubled you. And that gives you the hint as to why you are here. For each entity comes into incarnation with an incarnational plan. It is not a plan that is predestined. It is a very flexible, redundant plan.

Each of you, before incarnation, along with your guidance, got together to have a really good look at the soul stream that you are and you thought, “I would like to become more balanced. I would like the love in my heart to have more wisdom that balances it.” Or perhaps you thought, “I have been so wise, but I would like my heart to open more. I would like that balance between love and wisdom.” Or perhaps you gazed at yourself and saw that in many incarnations you had been a powerful person and you wanted to study the right use of that power. Whatever your incarnational lesson, you can be sure of two things: it is about balance and it is unique to you. You do not have your incarnational plan in common with others. It is unique.

As you find out more about the themes of your life, the lessons that you came here to learn in this school of life, as you may call third density on Planet Earth, you begin to get a sense of who you are, who you truly are when there is no company around and there is no one to impress, even yourself. And as you empty out all that smacks of pride or pretension or a story that doesn’t fit you into which you have perhaps been trying to fit, you finally become aware of something underlying your personality. That is what we would call consciousness.

You see, my friends, you are both of this world and not of this world. You are in a physical body and your flesh and your bones attest to your being citizens of Planet Earth, made from the dust and expectant of returning to it at some point in the future. At the same time you are an infinite, eternal entity. You moved into life marrying your energy body with the physical body which you now enjoy. And when you drop this physical body at the end of your physical life you shall move onward into new experiences in your energy body once again. But for the span of this lifetime you have twinned these two bodies and they are inseparable, intertwined and working together to create the experience of you as a person and as a soul. It is not just the physical body that reacts to those things that occur to you, it is also the energy body which is in a constant flux, opening and closing according to the ability of the self to feel safe and secure.

When the self does not feel safe or secure there is the contraction of the energy body, which lessens or sometimes cuts off completely the infinite flow of love/light which is in supply from the Creator in tremendous generosity. Consequently, in terms of knowing who you are, it is very well to find for yourself a haven, a safe place within yourself if not outside of yourself, a place where you may rest and your energy body may flower and open and breathe in the love/light of the infinite Creator through the chakras, up through the heart, up through the higher chakras, and out again into the creation of the Father. The more you rest in this inner place of safety, the more you find out who you are.

And as you do this work within yourself, as inner work, you will find the outer life laying itself out before you somewhat differently. For the more secure and serene you are in terms of who you are, the less it matters to you as to what others think of you. The less tension there is concerning relationships with others and so forth, the more you are able to focus your attention on supporting and caring for those around you in any way that is possible. So, little by little, as you come to know yourself better, as you relax around who you are and why you are here, you can begin to enjoy the classroom in this school of souls.

Naturally, any class will have occasional tests. And those are the times when difficulties occur and you must undergo that feeling of chaos and isolation that comes when you know not what is happening or how to respond. Let those occasions teach you who you are, as you observe and cooperate with this chaos, this isolation, this dark night of the soul. Move into it as if it were a gift and give thanks for it. For such gifts come to you with great blessings in their hands. Later, as you look back on moments in your life which have been full of chaos and transformation, you see the brilliance of the plan. You see how much you learned and how much you took away, how much you gained in the gifts of the spirit.

Therefore, we ask you [who are] in this process of getting to know yourself to trust the process. It is not always comfortable. You did not come here actually to be comfortable. You came here to improve the balance of your personality, to improve your sturdiness as a servant of the light. Beyond all things you came here to serve the light. And the way that you serve the light in this classroom of Planet Earth is to allow the light to flow through you. So you may think of your life, if you will, as that of an instrumentalist who is tuning her instrument so that it can be played in sweet tune and beautiful harmony.

Now what, you may ask, is the tuning? My friends, because this is the creation of the Logos, whose name is unconditional love, you are tuning to that Logos. You are tuning to be an instrument of love. You are unique, as we have said before, and each person takes the light as it flows through her and allows it to shine forth as through a stained-glass window. The colors of your windows are the colors of your emotions, your thoughts, your ideals, those things that you hold dear, those things that are most deeply you. And as you see yourself as an instrument and treat yourself with enormous respect and honor, you begin to feel that you are an instrument. As the one known as Francis [2] said, you are an instrument of His peace. You came to hold a space through which light may flow through you and out into the world to lighten the consciousness of Planet Earth at this time. For it is a very intense time, a time of harvest, a time of transformation for your planet.

You were very courageous [to choose] to be here now and hold the light now. But you did not know before incarnation just how difficult it would be. Please know that you are not alone. Your guidance is as close to you as your breathing. We can be called upon by mentally saying our name and we will offer to you an aid in stabilizing your meditations if you wish. And it’s not that we have anything to say, we simply are with you to love you and give you a feeling of safety.

Knowing the self builds upon itself. When you first begin to know yourself, usually through the mirrors of other people and pondering what bothers you and what pleases you and taking all of those things into contemplation, you are disturbed by what you find. For you have a shadow side. We ask you to look fully into that shadow side, knowing that since all is one you are all things and you have a full range of selfhood.

Naturally, you have emphasized those parts of your personality which seem good to you. Yet those sides of the personality which seem dark are just as worthy, and just as worthy of respect, shall we say. They are a part of you and they need to be loved and honored. And this is where you come into accepting yourself. It often takes a long time to see yourself fully—the self that is the murderer, the rapist, the thief, the liar, all of those things you would never be, you would never act out. Yet you see them coming to you through the eyes, the actions, the thoughts of other people. And you say, “That couldn’t be me. That’s very disturbing.” And yet, my friends, you have those aspects within you. And they need to be acknowledged and loved and accepted. And then they need to be given orders from the daylight side, for they have their part to play in your service here.

If you take the thief and the rapist and the murderer and all of those anarchic elements, what they have in common is a kind of strength that sometimes is missing from the sweeter and more angelic side. And you need to have that grit, that perseverance, that ability to be bloody-minded for the good, to hold your ground, to hold the light and to remain yourself. Those shadow sides of personality are the elements that give you the depth of ability to stand your ground. They give teeth to your ideals. They give you a toughness that you would not otherwise have. And these are good things.

Consequently, we ask you as you look at yourself, as you get to know yourself, as you find these non-integrated portions of your shadow side, and to lift them up into your arms and to love them, to cradle them to you and to say, “Come work with me for the light. Come with me into the light.”

Now we come to becoming the Creator. We said earlier that there are two parts of you, the earthly part and the eternal part. There are also two minds within you, your intellect and the consciousness which one could call the mind of the heart. Your intellect dwells in space/time, in physical reality. It is finite. It is a problem-solving computer. It does its job very well. It is unique to you and each intellect is its own beast, shall we say. It is part of you, the animal, that great ape that has stopped growing hair and started using tools.

Consciousness, on the other hand, dwells in infinity and eternity. And it is common to all of you because it is the energy, the consciousness, the beingness, of the one infinite Creator. As you walk into the woods on a summer’s day, all the trappings of civilization fall apart and only the song of birds and the soughing of the wind in the leaves speaks to you. You can sink from surface intellect into consciousness and you are one with the singing of the birds and the soughing of the wind through the leaves. The intellect stills and falls away and you rest in the mind of the infinite One.

The song of the infinite One is a song of love. And you find that your breathing in is a breathing in of love, and your breathing out is the answering of love to love. And you are part of the dance of all that is. You may do this in your chair if you cannot walk in the woods. You may do this in a church or a temple or an ashram. You may do this, indeed, anywhere, for you are every bit as much consciousness as you are intellect. You are every bit as much the eternal soul as you are a child of dust.

Becoming the Creator is a process of allowing consciousness to supplant the intellect. You can be nothing else but the Creator. That is a given, although you cannot prove this. You can only know it by faith. Faith and unknowing alone will tell you that you are a spark of the Creator, a holograph, in a way, of the Godhead principle, shall we say. Your deepest self vibrates in unconditional love as part of the Creator. Consequently, becoming the Creator is a matter of allowing this impersonal, deeply loving consciousness to become a greater and greater part of your everyday beingness. The “I” of you will become more and more deeply and truly the “I” that is you as you enter more and more into the awareness of consciousness, where the “I” is an “I” that is one with Christ, one with unconditional love. It is not that you become unconditional love, for you were unconditional love the whole time. It is that you find ways, as you come to know yourself and accept yourself just the way you are, to allow consciousness in.

You see, there is a part of the intellect that fears extinction. And it fears that if the consciousness of love, which is impersonal, becomes more and more a part of your personality, you shall lose your individuality. My friends, nothing could be less true. It is only as you begin to become aware of the deepest part of yourself, that part that is a servant of the light, that you find yourself breathing more freely and being able to do those things that you do in the world with a fresh eagerness and an appetite for more. For life becomes sweet and beautiful and adventurous when you are that entity who awakens to a new day with the awareness of eternity as well as the world of finite things.

It is a long journey. It is a journey which will close as you close your earthly eyes for the last time. It is a long game, a game which has a simple strategy: know the self, accept the self, become the Creator. As you discover the deeper parts of yourself, the Creator-self, you will find that your eyes are opened to find the good and the love and the peace that is possible in all situations. You will find yourself becoming sturdier, more stable, more unfazed by the world of ten thousand things, as this instrument would say.

Settle in for that long walk. It is a beautiful walk, my friends. It is one with a good ending, and in reference to life as a game, it is a game that you can win. You have only to love and to allow yourself to be loved in return. For, my friends, the Creator loves you more than you can possibly imagine. You are surrounded with love. There is a web of love around you that is partially angelic and partially that of your guidance, which you could call your higher self, that highest and best self that is a gift to you from yourself in sixth density.

Rest in the web of love that surrounds you and be infinitely curious as you witness this life. You came here to create according to your desires that which you wished. Therefore, shape your desires to match your deepest self, and the deepest desires of which you are aware. And seek always to go deeper, to learn more and to become freed to be attentive to the present moment.

For the present moment is that marvelous point of connection between eternity and the physical illusion. It is in the very present moment, as you apprehend it, that awareness can expand, that the answers can be found, that the door can be opened when you knock. Thusly, attempt to stay, as the one known as B said, in the present. There is the paydirt. There is that which you seek. There is the service and there is the learning. And let your knowledge of yourself and your acceptance of yourself grow organically as does your path of service.

Now, some came to this place strictly to be, to be a space which was capable of transmuting infinite light into that energy which blesses your physical planet. Others came not only to serve as holders of the space through which light can flow but also to offer outer services. There is no difference in the value of inner service and outer service. Thusly, we wish to assure each of you that, whether or not you are presently involved in an outer service, you are serving as you came to serve. You are on task. You are on mission and all is well. Let yourself become. That is the secret. Do not reach, do not push, but set your intention to know and to serve every day and let that intention arrange for you that which you need for today in order to progress.

We would at this time ask if there is a follow-up to this query before we take other questions. We are those of Q’uo.

(Long pause.)

We are those of Q’uo, and the resounding silence would suggest to us that there is no follow-up to the main question this evening. Consequently, we would ask if there is another query in the circle at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

L: I have a question.

We are those of Q’uo, and would be glad to hear your question, my sister.

L: Am I suffering from demonic possession?

We are those of Q’uo, and have not heard a question precisely but perhaps you wish us to speak on this subject?

L: Yes.

We are those of Q’uo, and would be glad to do that, my sister. My sister, it is indeed a crowded universe, as you well know. Most entities have a natural protection against infringement by outside entities due to the fact that they are firmly and soundly asleep within the dream of earthly life and do not have the sensitivity to be aware of other entities.

When an entity is able to open his awareness and increases sensitivity in a slow and carefully controlled atmosphere it can be very helpful to some entities to make the acquaintance of entities which come from elsewhere, for they have had the opportunity to develop what this instrument would call the tuning in order to call to the self those entities which are congruent in vibration with the self.

There are instances when a [person’s] energy body is overmastered by an energy which is more powerful than the system can bear. It is as if the energy body were an electrical system and a surge has come through the system and blown out one or another of the chakras.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

When this has occurred suddenly and traumatically, as with the ingestion of an overdose of a drug or as in instances that are not so easily explained, this creates a hole in the aura, an unintended and unasked-for portal through which entities have access to your energy body. We are simplifying and generalizing in order to speak upon the subject in a simple way.

However this has occurred, and wherever in the energy body it has occurred, there is no medicament in the pharmacopoeia of your doctors that will enable you to close that portal. Therefore, we would encourage one who is experiencing the phenomenon of unwanted entry through portals of entities which are unwelcome, to seek the aid of those healers who work with energy rather than the physical body.

The entity who has had such holes in the aura can do a great deal to mend that hole or holes by means of adopting that way of living which focuses upon that which is loved, that which is held dear, and setting the intention each and every day to be true to that which is good and beautiful and true. Such thoughts are like thread with which you are weaving, from side to side and from top to bottom, in this hole in the aura.

Thoughts in the world of the metaphysical are things. Thusly, in firm intention each day, visualize with angelic help that you are “darning the sock” of your energy body, as it were, darning that hole with a thread of gold, a thread of silver, all the precious things moving from side to side and weaving from top to bottom again and again affirming the good, the true, and the beautiful.

It may take time, my sister, but there is healing in thought and that is one thing over which you have control. Many injurious thoughts may rage against the good, the true, and the beautiful, but it does not stop them from being the good, the true, and the beautiful. Mud and stones can be thrown at sunshine but it does not stop the sun from shining, nor does it stop the true from being true and the beautiful from being beautiful and the good from being good.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

L: Thank you, thank you.

We thank you, my sister. May we ask if there is a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

(Long pause.)

My friends, we find that the silence speaks for itself. We have exhausted the queries in this circle at this time, at least those that are upon your lips, not those upon your hearts, but we would not infringe upon those unasked questions which you carry with you.

It is such a privilege to have been with you tonight. We are in awe at the beauty of your shared vibrations and at the sacred space that you have built together, a temple of light far above this dwelling which to angelic eyes is most beautiful. Thank you for seeking the truth. Thank you for calling us to share our humble hearts with you. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai, my friends, Adonai vasu.

[1] Ra, October 28, 1981, Session 74. In context, the quote is:

QUESTIONER: What I am trying to get at is how these disciplines affect the energy centers and the power of the white magician. Will you tell me how that works?

RA: I am Ra. The heart of the discipline of the personality is threefold. One, know your self. Two, accept your self. Three, become the Creator.

[2] St. Francis of Assisi. “Peace Prayer of St. Francis.” The first stanza reads:

Lord, make me an instrument of your peace,

Where there is hatred, let me sow love,

Where there is injury, pardon,

Where there is doubt, faith,

Where there is despair, hope,

Where there is darkness, light,

Where there is sadness, joy!

October 20, 2009, Special Meditation

Jim: M writes, “I was a Navy Seal for 24 years and now have been working as a security contractor for the last six years in Iraq, Afghanistan, Pakistan and other hot spots throughout the world. I had an experience where I had the overwhelming sensation to send out the thought of love while in a situation where I intuitively knew my group was going to be attacked by rocket. The attack was thwarted. After that moment, over the next several years, I began to use the thought energy of love in order to thwart many more attacks and keep the groups I was protecting safe. My question is, how can the information about using the thought energy of love be shared with others so that they can contribute to changing the paradigm of war?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. Thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking. It is a privilege to be called to your circle and we are happy to speak with the one known as M on the question of how to share with others the one great original Thought of love.

As always, before we begin we would request that all of those who listen to or read these words use their discrimination and their discernment in choosing those thoughts with which they would like to work. We ask that you trust your ear as it listens for resonance and that you leave behind any thought that does not resonate to you. We greatly appreciate your doing this, my friends, for it enables us to share our humble opinions without fearing that we may infringe upon your free will in some way or disturb the rhythm of your spiritual process. We thank you for this consideration.

To share that awareness which one has with other selves when that awareness moves so far from the paradigm used and assumed to be correct, by those with whom you would share your awareness, is a challenge, my brother.

The first thing that we would share with you is the awareness that there is a substantial distance between the paradigm of a warrior or protector that is enjoyed by those within your armed forces and the paradigm which has become crystal clear to you. The concept of both the entities who are on what they would call “our side” and those on the “other side” as being equally valuable, is perhaps at the center of the distance between the two paradigms.

At a level which is seldom said but often implied, theories of warfare undervalue, in a systematic way, the entities who are soldiers, or [who are members] in forces which are not part of the national armed forces but who maintain security, as this instrument would say. There is an unspoken acceptance of the fact that the lives of the souls within one’s command are not as important as the accomplishment of the mission. When even the entities who are fighting with one are so brutally undervalued, the entire energy that fuels the desire and the intention to form a new paradigm of protection is substantial.

There is a second issue which also feeds into there being a challenge for one who wishes to share the awareness of the power of unconditional love. Those within third density on Planet Earth at this time are sometimes deeply asleep within the planetary dream. There is often in that sleep little hunger for or awareness of the nature of the mind of the one Creator. There is a comfortable numbness which has replaced whatever early yearnings there were for the truth. And in that numbness there is a lack of sensitivity to the need for a relationship with the one infinite Creator or the thoughts of the one infinite Creator.

Lacking a direct apprehension of the love and the light of the One, there is a characteristic dullness of spirit. At the soul level, my brother, each of your brothers and sisters, however deeply asleep they may be, is alike a part of the Godhead principle, a part of that one Thought of love. At heart each and every one of your brothers and sisters with whom you wish to share this awareness is a citizen of eternity.

At a level far below consciousness and waking awareness, each of these entities is fully aware that they are one with their brothers and one with the Creator. They are aware at that deep level that the nature of the mind of the Creator is that of love. At the conscious level many of your brothers and sisters have no belief or faith in the power of love. In itself this is not a tragedy, for all entities have control over their experience and are doing the will of the infinite One as they form desires of whatever kind and satisfy those desires. There is no time limit on spiritual evolution. Progress is inevitable. Those who do not awaken to the power of love and begin to desire to serve the infinite One during the present cycle, which now draws to its close, shall take flesh once again upon another third-density planet and experience another great cycle of learning in third density.

The challenge before not only you, my brother, but before all those who wish to serve the light at this time is to find oneself able to share in such a powerful way that there is the triggering of what this instrument often calls the “snooze alarm” function because of what is said by you, and more than that, because of that energy which you carry which flows through you and out into the world, which is as a lighthouse that others may recognize from afar and into which they may be drawn.

That being said, we shall now say that it is certainly not impossible for you to find techniques by which your ideas and the energy which you wish to share may be communicated successfully to those who are ready to be awakened. And there are many, my brother, who are sleeping lightly at this time. The uncertainty of the times creates additional incentives to awaken. Even those who are deeply asleep in their dream of Earth have heard the thunder of approaching storms and are uneasy in their slumber and vulnerable.

To one who wishes to share the love and the light of the one infinite Creator, we would speak of two levels of sharing at this time. The first is intellectual, using the tools of words. This instrument was just looking at a book which you have written [1] and this is a powerful tool, an instrument that can be handed to any soul, leaving it completely to the discrimination of the one who holds that book whether or not he shall open it; whether or not, if he reads it, he shall comprehend it, be persuaded by it, or find it to be a resource in his own awakening.

As you know, words can only go so far. No matter how beautifully sentences are wrought, no matter how powerfully stories are told, words, compared to that awareness which you have of love, are poor indeed. Nevertheless, many entities are at that tipping point right now where just the right word at the right time shall indeed create that change in consciousness that wakes one up, and, having awakened, entities will find that they cannot go back to sleep.

However, we are aware that you hope to create a situation in which, without infringing upon the free will of any, you are able to offer a direct apprehension of the power of unconditional love.

Gurus choose to retreat from words and sit in silence in order that those who follow them may sit in their train and share the energy of their meditation in which, in full conceptual form, knowledge of love lies. Shamans take their students into the wilderness and lead them close to death that they may lie in their graves, become fully aware of their death, and then rise to become fully aware for the first time of life. Both of these techniques are using essences rather than words to create changes in the consciousnesses of your students and have merit and may be considered for those resources that they may offer.

As you create your own strategy for aiding entities who wish to learn to become human, that which must be awakened is desire. That desire will be fueled by belief. The reality and the power of your own experience with the Archangel Michael operated beyond the boundaries of space/time. The challenge for you is to make accessible the full impact of your experience in time/space so that those who, of themselves, would not believe in the possibility of what you suggest, may become convinced in a subjective manner of the reality of your experience. For in order to aid entities in shifting a paradigm in a drastic and final sense, it is necessary to create a hunger for that new paradigm, a genuine desire to investigate the possibility of creating that new paradigm.

The nature of your experience is that of becoming aware of the mind of the infinite Creator, which is unconditional love. When one says the word “love” in your culture, it is a flabby, weak word compared to the reality of love, for the love of which you became aware in your experience is the love that created all that there is.

The one known as Jesus the Christ, in his teaching often altered people’s awareness radically by healing those who were ill, helping the blind to see and the lame to walk. When faced with that which would seem miraculous, the dream of Earth falls away and all things become possible for that entity at that moment. The challenge therefore, my brother, is to create moments that strip away the torpor of careless unbelief. It can be done by you or by anyone with a keen enough desire. We would ask you to believe with no doubts or hesitations in the validity of that which you wish to do. And we would suggest to any soul who sets out to serve that there be a constant and unremitting request for aid.

That which you have set before you is a task that requires allowing the self to be empty in order that the chalice of flesh that is your earthly temple may be filled with the power of the living Creator each and every day. Let not your intention grow old or stale, but set it anew as each sun rises and as each sun sets. Speak, to the daytime and to the nighttime, your desire to serve. And know that the nature of your desire is that which this instrument would call “magical,” using the term as it is used by the white Western magical tradition known to this instrument as white magic.

The definition of a magician in this particular discipline is [one who develops] the art of creating changes in consciousness at will. This is what you hope to be able to teach, the changing of consciousness at will. Were you of a priestly nature, you might consider creating a ritual in which the mind of the Creator, that Logos of unconditional love, is invoked. However, the challenge there would be to find students who wished to discipline their earthly personalities as you have disciplined your own. It is not an insurmountable challenge, however, it is a substantial one.

Know that you do not start from zero. For within the culture in which many of those whom you would teach enjoy life there is the lip service of Christians, Jews and Muslims of their belief in one Creator who has created all that there is in love. Especially within the Christians among your students you will find an awareness of the ritual which is entirely magical in nature, of what this instrument would call “Holy Eucharist” or “Communion,” where the infinite Creator in the shape of the Christ is poured forth into bread and wine and then into each of those who worships, thereby changing the entire vibration of each of the worshipers.

It is in many cases, or should we say, in many churches, a watered-down experience, literally and figuratively, yet even in its diluted form it has the shape of the invocation of love. Consequently, as one who attempts to aid others to become aware of the power of love, it is a help and a resource. It is for you to decide how to approach this facet of your quest.

As you continue asking for help, concepts shall come to you. We encourage you to trust them and to allow new ways and thoughts and strategies to roll around within your mind in a way that does not tag them and order them, but instead allows them to roll and to tumble together, for you are asking of yourself that which is illogical and paradoxical. These two elements almost guarantee that you are on the right track, spiritually speaking, but it does mean that you cannot apply the rigors of intellectual order to your creative process. Rather, let the concepts which arise play like puppies, tumbling and rolling and allow, rather than force, your strategy to unfold.

There is a great deal to be said for the power of suggestion and you will find when you gather a group together that there is a group energy that begins immediately to prevail. Since you have an intellectual property upon which you may base those strategies which you employ at a gathering of entities, that intellectual property, that book, those ideas, create a filter. Those who filter through the book to you to learn more are ready for a group experience that is a transcendent one. Know that at such gatherings you have a tremendous arsenal of resources in the unseen realms.

There is much power in your own guidance and in the guidance systems of those in a group. Further, there are oversoul energies connected with various entities in that group, depending upon what planetary influences from which they may have originated.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

Many of those who would be drawn to a gathering you offer shall already be aware of having angelic help. You may call not only Archangel Michael, but also all of the Archangels to such gatherings. All in all, my brother, not even mentioning those of the Confederation who would be honored to lend their love and their light to any such effort, you have a wonderful group of resources from the unseen realms. And we encourage you to be aware of it and to use it and to give thanks for it.

We say this even though it is obvious to you, my brother, having had this experience with the one known as Archangel Michael, because until angelic help is requested in space/time, it cannot be offered. Consequently, ask always and thank always that great band of angels, who are, in their own way, warriors for the light.

We at this time would ask the one known as M if there is a follow-up to this query before we move on to other questions. We are those of Q’uo.

M: Can this love-energy information also help those with the post-traumatic stress syndrome?

We are those of Q’uo, and do not perceive a query, my brother, but would you wish us to speak upon the connection between this love energy and those with post traumatic stress syndrome?

M: Yes.

We are those of Q’uo, and are glad to do so, my brother. The nature of this syndrome is much like the nature of those who have taken a powerful hallucinogenic that has blown out their electrical system, or as this instrument would say, their energy bodies. As you know, the model of the energy body that we use with this instrument and with our discussions in general is that of a string of energy centers that together create a body that is interpenetrated with the physical body during incarnation. To speak generally, my brother, it is an electric system and it is prone to surges that blow out part of or all of the electrical system so that it becomes dysfunctional.

Because of the fact that this particular kind of energy is a time/space energy, it can only be healed by light. The medicaments of your allopathic [2] physicians and their vast panoply of techniques for discussing the laying to rest of experiences that were too horrible for words can ameliorate the energies of distress and chaos. However, they operate only upon the physical body and it is the energy body which has been damaged.

Further, there is an element of spiritual suffering that is not often seen in less traumatic situations. When a healer wishes to aid an entity with such distress, it might be well to have the image of the blown-out part of the energy body as a gap in the light so that one could imagine oneself sewing threads of light back and forth over the hole that has been caused by the trauma and then weaving light against those woven threads to form a darn in the [hole of the] sock, shall we say, of the energy body.

Those who work with energy, such as Reiki masters and those who have the gift of touch healing are often conduits for this light work. Angelic help may be invoked for angels are wonderful sewers of light and weavers of healing. When the intention is to offer this kind of healing, then there is the possibility of touch and visualization. The work, however, needs to be done in an atmosphere of awareness that those who lay on hands, those that do the visualization, are not of themselves doing anything but offering a conduit, a channel if you will, through which light may come.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

M: You’ve answered all my questions. Thank you very much.

We thank you, my brother. May we ask then if there is a final query before we leave this group? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Thank you, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo. My brother R, we thank you as well. Indeed, we thank all of those who have given their precious time and their energy in order to seek the truth this evening. It humbles us and gives us great pleasure to see the beauty of your auras as they blend together to create this sacred circle. The light of this group creates a cone far above the roof of your dwelling and it is glorious to behold. Thank you, my brothers and sister.

The energy of this instrument and this group begins to wane and so we would, at this time, take our leave of this group and this instrument, leaving each in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai vasu borragus.

[1] M has written a book on this subject that is available at www.michaeljaco.com.

[2] The term, allopathic, is used by homeopathic healers to characterize mainstream, traditional medical techniques, such as prescribing drugs, used by university-trained medical doctors.

October 25, 2009, Channeling Intensive 1 - Session 2 - Channeling Circle 1

(Carla channeling)

(Carla acts as senior channel for this session.)

We are those known to you as Laitos. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking and we thank you for collaborating with us in service to the One. It is our pleasure to work with this group of new channels by exercising each as we go around the circle clockwise.

As always, before we begin we would ask of each of you that you use your discrimination when looking at the work that we have done together this afternoon. Take any ideas which appeal to you and resonate to you and use them, but please leave the rest behind. We thank you for this consideration for it will allow us to preserve free will for each of you.

Before we begin the story we will reflect a bit upon the practice of channeling, as we will be working with you to accomplish this this afternoon. We encourage you to relax and to follow your impressions. If there are no impressions this instrument will, after a period of time, simply pick up the thread of the story and move on. We shall hope in this session to move around the circle twice. Therefore, you can see that it is not necessary for you to enunciate a long series of sentences, but rather simply to allow us to exercise your instruments while we tell a small story.

We have found that storytelling is a good way to help new instruments recognize our contact. When channeling upon a subject, there may be fears that one would make a mistake. However, in telling a story there is no possibility of your making an error, since the story will bend as each entity adds to it and like the river which cannot go straight because of the needs of the water for depth and for the movement of the water so any twists or turns in the story function just as well as what we might have perhaps intended. Therefore, even were you to offer words that were somewhat other than what we intended, this means only that the story takes a slightly different shape.

Consequently, we ask you to be bold when your turn comes and speak that which comes into your mind without taking thought or evaluating that which is said. There is plenty of time after such a session to evaluate just exactly what happened for each of you and to help us to make adjustments in our contact with you.

Again, we reiterate that if at any time you find yourself experiencing heavy conditioning that you would prefer not to experience, you have only mentally to request that the conditioning be lightened and it shall be done.

We want to thank each entity within this circle. It is a privilege to work with each of you. And so we begin.

Once upon a time there was a family that lived near the road. There were many superstitions in the village about this road, for it was not a road to another town, nor was it a road that went to a lake or a mountaintop. Indeed, entities who took the road were often not seen again for many years. And when they returned from the road, they might come from any direction. And they were changed. The light in their eyes was different. The smile on their lips was deeper. They would not explain where the road had taken them although they would go so far as to say that it was a powerful and positive experience.

Energy seemed to thrum along the road, invisible but palpable, and the little boy, more and more, was drawn to the road. With the permission of his parents, he packed up his knapsack and started off on a magical journey.

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as L1. We are those of Laitos.

(L1 channeling)

We are those of Laitos. When the sun rose the boy moved up the road with no fear in his heart but a great curiosity and a longing. As he was drawn farther and farther from the home he had inhabited, he felt as if he was becoming more and more at home. And though he had not recognized the sights that his physical eyes beheld, he realized that all was familiar and all was seen through different eyes that were also his own eyes.

We would like to transfer this contact to the one known as L2.

(L2 channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are with this instrument. The young boy was fascinated by the peculiar way that he was now seeing the world. It seemed that there was more of a dimension[ality] to the color of the trees and more of a depth to the sky. As he walked along he approached another house on the path and out of the house came a young girl about his age.

She was coming down the little path from her own home to the road and when he saw her he was drawn to greet her. This girl looked different from the people that were from his own home, his own household. Her hair was shorter, her skin was darker, her face was rounder, and she also glowed with an intensity of color like the surroundings that he was seeing with his own eyes.

We now pass this contact on to the one known as A. We are those of Laitos.

(A channeling)

We are Laitos.

(Pause)

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are once again with this instrument, greeting each again in love and in light. We thank the one known as A and are most pleased to have been able to make contact with this instrument and to have this instrument recognize our vibration. We shall continue to work with the connection that we have with this instrument so that the energy is protected from small surges which effectively blank out the ability of the new instrument to stay in contact.

My friends, we would wish you to know that this is extremely common and it is a great step forward for the one known as A simply for us to be able to be recognizable to her.

We shall continue this session by transferring the contact to the one known as G.

(G channeling)

We are those of Laitos. The young boy bid his farewell. The road brightened to his left. All was shimmering in the glow of love. His knapsack shimmered with light. He traveled down the road further in hopes of seeing more to satisfy his curiosity. The feeling of love overwhelmed him as the road got brighter.

We are Laitos and we transfer the contact to the one named (inaudible).

(Unknown channeling)

We are the ones known as Laitos. The young boy and his companion continued moving on their journey with complete faith in their hearts and with anticipation of the wonders that the journey would bring to them. And so they went on. Days followed days, months [followed months] (inaudible).

We transfer this contact to J.

(J channeling)

We are Laitos. As the journey continued, the boy began to see the world through his eyes, no longer the eyes of his parents. In the evenings he would reflect upon what he saw and experienced during the day and would go to sleep with anticipation of what the next day would hold. And he ate less and drank less because he was alive and living off of the air and sun.

We pass to the one known as R.

(R channeling)

We are Laitos and we are with this instrument. The boy and the girl continued the journey which led them into a forest. The lights …

This instrument cannot pick up the thread. We pass the contact to my left.

(Unknown channeling)

We are Laitos. Through the forest they went.

This instrument is having difficulty tuning and will pass the connection to his left.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are once again with this instrument, greeting each in love and in the light. We shall work further with the one known as J and the one known as (inaudible). We attempt to secure an easy and comfortable contact with each.

We will at this time transfer the contact to the one known as Jim.

(Jim channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are with this instrument. As the boy and the girl continued on their journey through the forest it became dark and night was about to fall. They wondered whether they would find a place in which to spend the night. Around the bend in the trail, they found a small cave and set about to investigate this cave as a possible place in which to sleep and pass the night. As they were entering the cave, they discovered that there was within the cave a person of some age already resting there, an old man who seemed to have a smile on his face and a certain glow of light in his eyes. He greeted them and bade them to take a seat upon the ground where he was sitting, and so they did.

At this time we will transfer this contact to the one known as (inaudible). We are Laitos.

(Unknown channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and we are with this instrument. The children looked upon the man and they found that he was telling them many things. And yet he was not speaking to them as they had known the act of speaking. They found that the more he told, the more they knew in their hearts that what he spoke was true, that what he spoke had been known to them forever and yet they were learning it, it seemed, for the first time.

We are Laitos. We pass this contact to the one known as L2.

(L2 channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and we are with this instrument. As the knowledge was conveyed from teacher to student, the heart started opening in the boy and the girl, and as it opened a connection was made between teacher and student and student and student, so that the boy and the girl felt that they recognized this old man, this supposed stranger sitting in front of them, and they recognized each other. No longer did they feel that they were strangers from different households, different backgrounds, different peoples, but they were friends, those that had known each other before their births.

As this realization came to them it felt as though the cave and the fire and the trees outside the cave seemed to break away and melt away, as though reality itself were re-contextualizing itself. What they supposed to be real and solid no longer seemed to be so real and solid, but pliable and knowable in a very profound way. And as this happened, the old man stood up and crooked his finger at his students, requesting them to follow him deeper into the cave, into the darkness.

We are those of Laitos, and we pass this contact on to the one known as A.

(A channeling)

(Pause)

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are again with this instrument. We thank the one known as A and assure her that we shall continue to exercise her instrument as we are able, and to create a better contact, a more comfortable and clearer contact than she is experiencing at this time.

We would transfer this contact to the one known as (inaudible). We are those of Laitos.

(Unknown channeling)

We are those of Laitos. The old man and the two children climbed a slippery slope deeper in the cave. It plateaued into a beautiful area that continued as a forest within the cave. The old man’s beard was flowing, long and gray. The children danced and played games between the trees and indeed they were all joyful.

We are Laitos. We pass the connection to the one known as C.

(C channeling)

We are those known as Laitos, and we continue the story. They continued walking and walking. And as they continued their journey, it became clear in the minds of the children that they knew this forest, that it was not the first time they had been here. So they started to play a game where they anticipated what would come at the next turn of the path. As they walked they were able to divine more and more, with more detail and precision, of what was coming at the next turn in the path. It came naturally to them. They made a game of it. (Inaudible.)

We are known as Laitos. We will pass the contact to the one known as K1.

(K1 channeling)

We are Laitos. The boy began to look at where he had come from and where he was going next. He saw the cave as an analogy, a midpoint, of where he had come from and where he was going next, and he began to wonder what the path held for him, how long it would take and how the rest of the journey would continue.

We pass to the one known as R.

(R channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and we are with this instrument. The journey continued until …

(Long pause.)

We are Laitos and we pass the contact to the instrument’s left.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are again with this instrument, greeting each in love and in light. We cannot tell you how pleased we are that each of you has experienced our contact, at least at the beginning stages. It is far more progress than one could hope for in a first channeling circle, as this instrument calls these sessions of seeking.

We would at this time attempt to exercise the instrument known as J. We are those of Laitos.

(J channeling)

(Long pause.)

(Carla channeling)

We are Laitos, and are again with this instrument. We thank the one known as J for availing herself to our contact and would now exercise the contact with the one known as K2. We are Laitos.

(K2 channeling)

We are Laitos. The boy continued his journey into his adult years. It would seem that moments became a lifetime of bliss and knowing. He walked for a longer time than he could have known. He wished to see the world through new eyes.

We are Laitos. We transfer this contact to the left.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are once again with this instrument, greeting each in love and in light. We would at this time transfer our contact to the one known as Jim. We are those of Laitos.

(Jim channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are with this instrument once again. As the boy and the girl moved upon this journey through what seemed to be many years, they eventually felt the desire to return to their homes and their families and their village to share what they had learned and what they had felt upon this journey.

The desire to return seemed to bring them almost immediately to a place that looked familiar. As they walked further upon the road they began to recognize houses and places that were known to them from their youth, and as they moved into the village from whence they came, they looked upon those people with astonishment, for it seemed as though they recognized them, but dimly.

We shall transfer this contact to the one known as Carla.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Laitos, and are now with this instrument. Questions came from all of those in both villages who welcomed home the two young people whose eyes now had a strange glow, whose smiles were rich in joy. “What did you see? Where did you go? What happened to you?” The questions came thick and fast, yet the boy and the girl had few words to answer, for they had experienced no desire to eat, no desire to sleep, but only the joy of moving from one to another to another place in this glowing world in which every rock formation and every tree seemed to have a special energy which, when entered, told its own story.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

There was great wisdom in this journey and great transformation. And yet it was as though these two entities had somehow left the road in a physical sense and mounted into a place of light. Therefore, they did not say much, but they smiled with smiles so full of joy and wisdom that many who were present thought to themselves, “Perhaps one day I too shall walk upon this road that goes to no town nor shore nor mountaintop and see what I can see.”

We are those of Laitos, and wish to thank this circle of seeking. It has been a great pleasure and a privilege to work with each of you, to exercise your instruments. We thank you for the care you have taken with your tuning. We thank you for your desire to be of service and assure you that it is our desire also to be of service to those who seek the light. Without you, my brothers and sisters who are learning to be channels for the Confederation of Angels and Planets in the Service of the One Infinite Creator, we could not do the service that we have come to do, to share that with your world at this time which may bring each to look at the possibility that there is a paradigm of love that can supersede a paradigm of fear; a paradigm of unity that can supersede a paradigm of separation.

Normally we would have a question and answer session at this time. However, this instrument tells me that there are time constraints. And so, we would at this time thank each once again, and leave this beautiful circle of seeking in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as those of Laitos. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu.

November 7, 2009, Saturday Channeling Circle - Channeling Circle 2

Group question: The question this evening has to do with the quality of the seeker who is in need of a certain thing or a person or experience in the life, and then, without any real planning, it seems to come about and their needs are met. We would like to ask about the synchronistic happenings that occur for the seeker of truth. Is there some way we can harmonize with these? Is there some value to these of which we should be aware?

(Carla acts as senior channel for this session.)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. We thank you for the privilege of being asked to join your circle of seeking and to share our humble opinions.

As always, before we begin to talk about synchronicity and serendipity and the spiritual energies which create such experiences, we would ask each one of you to use your discernment and powers of discrimination to listen to what we have to say and choose those thoughts which seem useful to you. But please, if they do not seem to be your personal truth, leave them behind. This will enable us to offer our opinions without feeling that we may be infringing on your free will or disturbing the appropriate rate of you spiritual process. We thank you for this consideration.

You have asked this evening about the quality within the seeker’s life that seems to gain more and more ascendance as the seeker continues to ask for truth. We certainly confirm and validate that quality. You are not wrong to notice it or to depend upon on it. It is a reliable portion of the kind of life that is led by a person who ultimately realizes that those things that are not seen and cannot be measured have a very powerful reality that undergirds all that is seen and can be measured.

The life of one who has awakened to the call of spirit to make a choice of how to serve the Creator is built into the web of life in such a way that it is as though each seeker were upheld and closed about with a web of love and support. As a seeker becomes more aware of the process of seeking and becomes more responsible in living as a seeker each moment of each day and not just, as this instrument would say, on Sundays for church, this faculty of that web of love becomes more and more prominent in the experience.

You see, each of you has prepared carefully for your present incarnation. Out of a nearly infinite array of previous incarnations and their harvests of relationships and gifts, you have packed a very light suitcase for this incarnation. In it you have packed the relationships in which you have agreed to take part for your and for their mutual aid, one to the other. You have packed just the gifts you need to offer, that which you feel that you wish to give in this incarnation with your fellow humans in this tribe of Earth. You have even packed into that overnight bag, shall we say, some challenges, limitations and fail-safe measures that, when activated, shall recall your mind to the service at hand.

And you are surrounded with many, many unseen helpers, from your guidance system or higher self to inner masters, angels and those who vibrate in a way that is congruent with your desire to serve. Some in this group have attracted nature spirits and devas, powerful primal energies of Mother Earth who have realized and appreciated your vibrating in harmony with their vibrations. All of these unseen energies love you to an extent almost impossible to imagine because, my friends, love among your people is so often measured, conditional and insipid, if we may use a word which indicates that the original Thought of the one infinite Creator, which is unconditional love, is stepped down and stepped down in its power as you move from love of Creator to love of mate, child or friend to love of a certain dish which you love to eat. So there is an insipidity to the love to which you are used, and which you experience in your everyday life. We speak to you of those essences, entities and energies who have never departed from the unconditional and vastly creative love of the infinite Creator.

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as R. We are those of Q’uo.

(R channeling)

We are those of Q’uo, and we are with this instrument. We search the mind for the words with which to continue. This instrument is not sure how to make up our concepts, so we transfer the one know as L1. We are those of Q’uo.

(L1 channeling)

We are those of Q’uo, and are now with this instrument. To continue with the analogy of the suitcase that each of you packs for this incarnation, let us take this suitcase to your destination: the body that you inhabit, the home that you inhabit. This is like going to a friend’s house. You packed those things that you needed, that you found to be of comfort to you. But what is at your friend’s house? You have an entire house and loved ones around you upon whom you can depend. These loved ones, these friends, are those such as your higher self and your guides and other nature spirits and so forth that dwell around you. When you abide in their house they wish to be good hosts. And while you stay in their place of residence, when you show appreciation and gratitude for having them welcome you, they are most happy to give to you what it is you most need. None of you are alone in this journey.

And those things you need are right there. You do not have to pack the towels. They are in the bathroom for you to use. You do not need food, for your hosts will provide that for you. The more closely you come into companionship with those around you, those unseen ones around you, the more their home becomes your home and their things become your things, so that you no longer have to ask for a glass of water. You can go get your own glass of water. You have the privilege of going into the kitchen and getting your own. They think nothing of it, and you think nothing of it. It is merely a creature comfort that you enjoy in this home away from home.

Let us now speak about gratitude. The lack of gratitude, it is a of measure of separation. It is an ego-filled dependence which says, “I will take care of myself. I have packed everything I need and I need nothing from you.�EWhen that occurs, your hosts agree and feel that they don’t need to supply anything if that is your wish.

When you drop the ego and say, “Thank you for having me in your home! I appreciate [your sharing with me] that which you have,�Eit is with this appreciation that a connection is built between yourself and those forces around you. The stronger this connection is, the greater your gratitude is and the more a oneness is formed between you and those unseen forces.

That which you need is always present in your life. It is as simple as looking about yourself and reaching out and taking that which you need in a way which is not prideful, in the haughty sense of the word, but which acknowledges the light.

This instrument is feeling the sensation of an extreme closeness, if you will, so that space has been condensed and those things which are outside of her are so close to her that they are up against her skin. It is this collapsing of space that illustrates the closeness and oneness in which that what you need is so near that it is almost a part of you, without separation between you and the other thing. It sounds trite for us to say it once again, but the truth is that all is one. And the Creator serves the Creator. When the Creator realizes this, we say that to be the Creator within the person knowing that the inner self is one with the rest of the outer self.

Then that which is needed is already a part of the self, without separation between you and the other thing upon which you depend. When the Creator [within] realizes this, then that which is needed is already a part of the self.

We now wish to pass our contact to the one know as L2. We are those of Q’uo.

(L2 channeling)

We are Q’uo. We are those of the principle of Q’uo. We are now with this instrument. We greet you again in love and light.

My dear brothers and sisters, we would reiterate on the topic of seeing the Creator within the self. You observe the wonders of higher densities, those that can manifest their every need into being. And quite often many of this plane feel burdened down by the physical limitations. We would have you know it is very possible for you to manifest everything you need in this lifetime, not only in the next. Since you have chosen to incarnate into this density, there are limitations that may at times seem to you as a hindrance. And yet your eternal soul proceeds on, ever unhindered, working alongside you, working within you in ways your intellect may not always realize.

Consider, if you will, that you have a map that you have given yourself for incarnating here. Your soul is guiding you along this map. You follow the roads and the landmarks you have laid out before this life. And though the burdens of this world do not always allow you to see the map, it is within you and your soul continuously guides you along this path.

We would say to you that you have but to ask [for help]. There are a multitude of hosts that would rally to your side, though it seems that many in this incarnation feel that they are not worthy to call upon the aid of things they can scarcely comprehend. And yet we would have you know that each of these things responds to the Creator Itself and rejoices in unbelievable joy every time even the smallest glimmer of a soul reaches out into that light and wants to take that step. There are thousands and millions [of unseen helpers] who would drop everything that they are doing to give you what you need. This guidance within you connects perfectly with the guidance without. And instead of a two-dimensional map, it becomes a three-dimensional [one]. You have the power to create that which you need.

We would now pass on this contact to the one known as Jim. We are those of Q’uo.

(Jim channeling)

I am Q’uo. I am with the instrument. Each of you has an abundance of helpers and friends upon the unseen worlds or invisible planes who are quite happy to aid you in the realization of your spiritual desires. For you have come to this incarnation to follow the desires that have been laid as seeds in the ground of your previous incarnations. They are seeds in the ground that have sprouted and have flourished and are reaching their culmination in this present incarnation.

As you experience the great variety of desires, directions, propensities, learnings and services that are available to the seeker of truth, you develop certain needs that will aid you in the completion of the experience. The creation is one thing. It is the Creator within which you move. Various other portions of the Creator with which you have associated move in harmony with you to aid in this process. You may not be aware consciously that you have a certain need, a certain piece to the puzzle, if you will, that would enhance your learning and your service. It is not so much that these are brought to you by your teachers, guides and friends but that there is within you an opening being made that was previously blocked. [As it] is now open, [it] allows the attractions and realization [of] that which is needed.

We would transfer at this time to the one known as Carla. We are those known as Q’uo.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Q’uo, and are again with this instrument, greeting you in love and in light. You may consider your experience of life on the metaphysical level as though you were an energy nexus, with clear boundaries in terms of your energy field, and yet with many points of congruency with the energies which surround you. This gives you the métier of all of life vibrating, whether [it is] the life that is yourself, the entities about you that are of a human nature, entities of second density, or entities of first density such as your crystallized rocks, which have a good deal of presence in them, or trees, places, elements, or powers such as the wind, the earth, the fire, and the water.

The outer realms of your physical illusion are in themselves as open to interpretation as a dream. Because the medium of your energy field is so incredibly sensitive to energies about you, and the energies that surround you are likewise and mutually very sensitive to you, there is a pulsating, vibrating, scintillating radiance to life at each of these points of congruency of the world about you that is largely unseen but ever near. There are instreamings that are possible, and they are instreamings so fine that they are made of light. Consequently, when you are viewing the serendipities and the spiritually interesting coincidences that are more and more a part of the texture of your life, you may be more and more aware of the incredibly intricate and yet utterly harmonious working of thought.

It can be said that it does not matter what you think. Yet we would say to you that it matters greatly what you think, and that each and every thought that you have is a journey into power. How shall you use the power of your being? How shall you use the Creator within, which is present in every thought?

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as R. We are those known as Q’uo.

(Pause)

(R channeling)

We are those of Q’uo. We are with this instrument. We are going to move to the one known as L1, thanking this instrument. We are those of Q’uo.

(L1 channeling)

We are those known as the principle of Q’uo, and are with this instrument. How indeed do you use the essence of the Creator within? How do you use the gift of your presence on this Earth? By what means do you employ this precious human incarnation that you are given in which you have found awareness of the spirit within? Many upon your planet go about their daily lives in sleep. They wake up. They get ready for their day. They fill themselves with busyness. They eat, they copulate, and they use the facilities. They have beers with their friends. And they are asleep. They are asleep while they are awake. While asleep they don’t remember the dreams they have had that would help them to awake upon waking.

At some point in each of the lives of those that have come to form this circle, you were nudged. The alarm clock was effective. You aroused yourself to the light streaming in through the window and opened your weary eyes and looked around. Now is the time to say, “Thank you, oh my God! Thank you for waking me up!�E/p>

And now that you are awake, with what will you fill your life? How will you use this opportunity? In what way will you use the Creator within?

The first way to use the Creator within is simply to fill yourself with light. Open yourself up! Look up to the sky. Open your arms and stand so that the light might fill you. This is the first service, simply to allow the light to come through you.

The second portion of this service is to move as the light would direct you. When the light gives you an impulse to move this way or that, it would be helpful to abide by this light and move in this direction. To be filled with this light and then to recognize the direction in which this light would have you move is what we call service; to mingle with all the other light that is the Creator so that your will is also the will of the Creator.

This instrument often finds herself doing something inane, [like] having a fantasy while lying in bed before sleeping of something or other that she finds pleasurable. Then she rounds herself out of this, telling herself, “What help is this to me? This is not serving my purpose in this incarnation. This is a waste of my time.�ESo she gets up and goes into meditation, or rests the mind so that sleep may overcome her, so that she may have those lessons that call in the night, that make us better upon waking, so that she might wake up. What is it with which you fill your life, which might be unhelpful to you, with which you are perhaps wasting your time?

We would like to say that certainly not all trivialities are a waste of time. The Creator moves in pleasure. The enjoyment of dancing while listening to a good song, having a conversation with a friend, all of these are opportunities to fill yourself with light. Simply by being, you are serving. However, we would also note that there are times when each of you become bogged down, if you will, in those things which do not matter. You put such great importance on so many things that do not matter! We have done it ourselves, as we have lived all portions of densities. You do it on up through your spiritual evolution. It is something all humans experience on Planet Earth. It is part of your incarnation.

But you are also blessed in this incarnation with realizing that you have the opportunity to choose whether or not to continue doing something that is not helpful or spiritually skillful, and [to] pursue [instead] that which is more skillful or spiritually helpful to your purpose for incarnating. It is when fulfilling those things that are helpful for your incarnation that those tools that you need are then at hand for fulfilling your purpose for this incarnation. When you move in the light of the Creator, it directs you to those instances or circumstances that you would need in the unrealized state. You call these coincidences. Realizing coincidences are not really coincidental is a further step in moving in the light.

We now transfer our contact to the one know a L2. We are those of Q’uo.

(L2 channeling)

We are those of Q’uo, and we are now with this instrument. We greet you once again in love and light. We would like to speak to you about the concept of opportunity and how you see opportunity come toward you. As the one known as L1 has spoken, there are many in this world who are asleep, who simply do not see the opportunities laid out before them. You often become too busy to observe the things that are all around you. Yet they are always there. Many think these signs, these nudges, must occur in a dramatic fashion. And yet we say to you that opportunity comes in many forms.

This instrument has a great respect for dreams. We would say dreams are powerful opportunities, for in your dream state you are unhindered by the chains of this world and in your sleep you are more awake than you have ever been. The fantasies you entertain, the worlds you imagine, the pictures you paint, the stories you write, the simple things in nature that draw you attention—these, my friends, are all opportunities waiting [for you to] embrace. You must simply seek and embrace and look, and every moment, every detail, will become a marvelous coincidence. For when those who are asleep awaken, the things they encounter, to which they have paid no mind in the past, seem new and amazing. It would seem that miracles have descended upon you.

Yet we would say to you that as you progress in your spiritual evolution, you will no longer see these things as happy turns of chance but see that being itself is a grand opportunity, and that [with] each passing second of this incarnation there is a miracle capable of moving mountains.

We would now transfer this contact to the one know as Jim.

(Jim channeling)

I am Q’uo, and greeting again in love and light through this instrument. As you become reattached to the greater self that is you, the resources to this self are made available for your seeking. They may be in one form or another, as the creation about you is rich with variety and possibility. Working in harmony with your desires, as you are able to access portions of your own being that have previously been dormant, you come upon what seems to be a new environment, a new field of play, shall we say, in which your opportunities are greater, your needs are obvious and the meeting of them is a matter of course. And your overall development is quickened.

Each entity which seeks answers to the mystery of its own being in the mysteries of the life about it anew is a hearty pilgrim upon the path of truth and service and moves in surer steps that offer greater growth.

We shall transfer the contact to the one know as Carla. We are those of Q’uo.

(Carla channeling)

We of those of Q’uo. We are again with this instrument, greeting each in love and light. You see, my friends, the coincidences, which are in fact providences, which are experience, occur when you come into focus and your thoughts resonate in congruency with the energy of the higher self, the angels, entities of the first density and the second density, the incredible panoply of sentient, loving life that supports each of you. So you may see that the best use of each synchronicity is to become ever more in focus within yourself.

What do you desire? You are here to explore that question and to experience all things desired. And yet this web of love will begin to speak to you ever more as you find ways throughout your days to bring yourself ever more clearly into focus with your deeper desires.

We have greatly enjoyed working through the instruments in this circle, and we thank each of those instruments who has offered and availed itself of this contact. It has been a pleasure and a privilege to work with each of you.

Before we leave we would ask if there is any follow-up query on a short-term basis before we leave this instrument and this group. We are those of Q’uo.

L1: As a channeling student I would like to take this opportunity to query about an experience I had when I was channeling the first time [tonight]. The energies came around and the feelings in my body were extremely intense. I felt extremely heavy and the room crowded in around me to the extent that I felt like a sardine in a sardine can. There was no separation between me and everybody else. [I felt] very heavy and intense. And the concepts that I was channeling seemed completely repetitive. The only thing that seemed to unravel itself from the concept bubbles was: all is one, all is one, all is one, all is one. I could not feel the nuances of the concepts enough to make anything out of that. The second time the energy came around there was not the intensity. It was more relaxed. I was able to form complete sentences and thoughts. And I was wondering what the differences was. [Was it a difference of my body or the circle or your energy?

We are those of Q’uo. We are aware of your query, my sister. We can indeed comment and will be glad to do so.

The entry into an instrument’s mind and body is an art in itself which we have long practiced. And yet we are aware it would take an infinite time to perfect it. Some entities are extremely sensual in their natures. You are one of those entities, as is this instrument. Consequently, there are times when the concepts which we are trying to offer to you may well come in terms of physicality, or at least in strong feelings, as opposed to the more relaxed energy of a concept bubble which is touching less into the senses and more into the abstract.

We shall in the future endeavor to moderate the intensity of sensual offerings in order to create more comfort for you as an instrument. However, it is often that a concept is beyond easy words. When the energy moved to you at the first occurrence, the burden [of sense] that we were offering indeed had to do with the collapsing of boundaries, in terms of the web of love that surrounds you. It was central to what we were offering at that precise moment to find a way to make bright and vivid in the channeling the sensation of there being no true space in the concept but only the fullness of one. And we feel you expressed that concept in excellent words. There was no error. There was simply the process of the translation of infinite concept into finite words which you have been studying, as have others in this circle, for some time now.

There are many times when we find that which we wish to offer is so heavily nuanced that we must move beyond words and offer images and feelings. And when that occurs the instrument will say, hopefully, “I am feeling this; I am experiencing this.�EOnce the initial words expressing the feeling are spoken, it is the first olive out of the bottle, and then the rest of the concept bubble moves forward in a satisfactory manner.

It is not always that we are able to find just the most comfortable place for each instrument. Even as long as this instrument has been working with us, we continue to learn more about how to collaborate with her in producing and providing, hopefully, a resource for seekers.

Consequently the difference between the first and the second experience which you had this evening was a faculty not so much of any change in yourself or in the circle but in the message itself. The energies surrounding a progression of thoughts will indeed vary in the energy of those thoughts. It is the work of the channel to take that which she is receiving, by her senses or as concepts without sensual energies being felt, and simply express to the best of the ability that which is occurring.

We congratulate you, my sister, for being able to work with the kind of intensity in the channeling which could have indeed been too intense for some. However, it is well when the channel relaxes into whatever is happening with the single goal of maintaining that tuning that enables us to make contact with you.

And in that sense we would like to mention the pleasure [it is] to work with each of you. It is excellent simply to be able to make the contact. We congratulate the one known as R for being able to sense our presence and to open himself to the possibility for receiving the impressions from us. The ability to do this is within each of you but yet for some, especially those [whose] livelihoods depend on being precisely accurate with quantities and measures, there is more of a resistance surrounding that which is not known. However, we feel the one known as R is continuing to progress most satisfactorily and would congratulate him for his courage and his perseverance. And we thank each of those who offer themselves this day. It has been a privilege and a pleasure to work with each.

We would also thank this entire circle of seeking. Every one of you a precious, precious being that sits here, giving up time and energy, those precious commodities upon your planet, simply to seek the truth. Together you shine a light that is bright, my friends, and we thank you for the lighthouse that you are.

At this time we would leave you, as we found you, in the love and the light at the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo.

November 21, 2009, Saturday Meditation

Jim: The question this evening (from S) is: “In our culture the acquisition and use of power by women is often discouraged from childhood onward. Would you please speak to us on the most appropriate use of one’s power, in both the protection and defense of the self and in service to others in general, but more specifically as it applies to women who are seeking to live the Law of One?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. We have greatly enjoyed listening to your discussion this evening and are most happy and privileged to be asked to join your circle of seeking and to speak about power and especially the power of the feminine principle.

Before we address that subject, however, as always, we would ask of each of you who hears or reads these words that you employ your discrimination and your discernment, choosing those thoughts that we share that seem good to you and allowing the rest to fall away. In this way, we shall feel free to share our humble opinions without being concerned that we might infringe upon your free will in some way or interrupt the rhythm of your spiritual seeking. We thank you for this consideration.

To enter into the question of the right use of power it might be helpful to consider the concept of power itself. Within your physical lives there is the simple concept of physical power: strength in the arm, the ability to manipulate tools and to saw boards or hammer nails or lift heavy objects, simple muscular power.

In the metaphysical world, these connotations remain when speaking of power. However, the hammer is the hammer of focus. The sword is the sword of intention. The weight is the weight of desire, so that metaphysical power is that ability of the focused and disciplined personality to set and keep an intention and to do work in consciousness.

Between these two definitions or types of power, there is a kind of power that is emotional and that has to do with one’s intention to be of service, either to the self or to others. This is not a pure or a clarified kind of power but is rather a reflection of the values which a particular society or culture finds persuasive.

Thusly, entities who wish to be movers and shakers on the world scene, as this instrument would say, cultivate personal power. They find ways to have influence over others. They find ways to manipulate others. They find ways to accomplish the goals that they have chosen. The metaphysical or ethical value of such goals is nearly always quite mixed and this is why we place this subjective type of power in a separate category.

By and large, when people think about power, they think neither of physical strength nor metaphysical strength, but about the somewhat sticky and quite complicated ways of political and economic power, power meaning influence, power meaning the ability to press one’s will on others. Thusly, when we speak of the right use of power, we wish to be clear that we are not speaking of the worldly ability to wield influence in the halls of economic and political decision making. Were we to speak on that subject, we would not be able to bring metaphysical and spiritual principles to bear. Rather, we would be speaking of the virtues of the service-to-self polarity as opposed to service-to-others polarity.

There is a tangential bearing of this type of power on metaphysical power. However, as one presses into the deeper levels of what power truly is, metaphysically speaking, the discussion would fall apart since worldly power is so mixed in polarity.

Let us now, then, speak of third density, the Density of Choice, the density where the great apes who began third density with their instinctual ways have, through thousands of your years and hundreds of incarnations, attempted to become human. It may be said that there are many among your people who have never fully become human. They have rested with the second-density instinctual values of the great apes: the defense of the clan, the gathering of resources for the survival of the clan, and the protection of the clan from any perceived threat.

To be human is to become aware of who one is. It is to become self-aware and to behold within the self that ethically motivated being into whose fragile temporary home, the body and the mind, has been poured infinity and eternity so that each self-aware human being is a fully formed spark of the one infinite Creator.

When an entity becomes aware of the infinite reaches of the self and begins to perceive the surrounding milieu in terms of its possibilities for ethical choice, the creation of a fully functioning human being has begun. The citizen of eternity has awakened from the sleep of earth. Gradually that entity begins to become aware of the power within that great original Thought of unconditional love that has created all that there is, that Thought which is also yours to use, to create your universe, your way, your truth.

Metaphysical power is inherent in the awakened human. Even a small child begins to test the limits of his power, his power to say, “Mine,” his power to say, “No,” his power of choice. As the body within incarnation grows to maturity, it is the plan of the infinite One that the mind within also grows and becomes more self aware. It is hoped, and it is pressed upon each spark of the Creator by the very plan of his incarnation, that choice points shall come before that human’s eyes and heart and mind, giving each entity practice in being human, in making the choice of how to serve. For service is inevitable no matter how little a human being wishes to serve. The very nature of third density places each seeker in a series of points of choice and asks that seeker, “How shall you use your power to choose?”

Third density, then, is built upon dynamic opposites: male and female, light and dark, radiant and magnetic, positive and negative. It is such an obvious feature of third density that one of your society’s greatest clichés is, “There are two kinds of people …” And then the person will say, “Those that do this and those that don’t do this,” or, “Those that do this and those that do that.” Those that are optimists, those that are pessimists; those that like to cook, and those that don’t. There is one after another after another way of looking at the state of humanhood and it inevitably involves the mind’s making a distinction between two ways of being.

Many are the creations of the Father that have played out their third density in an atmosphere in which there was far less freedom of choice, or to put it another way, far less confusion than in your particular sub-Logos’ version of third density. [In creations] where the veil does not drop entirely, the hints and inklings that give an ethically motivated seeker the ability to make choices clearly are enhanced. However, when there is less of a veil and less true freedom of will, the third-density experience takes quite a bit longer, for there is no intensity to take a test when one knows the answers.

It was this sub-Logos’ choice to create an extremely heavy veil and complete free will. Therefore, as humans attempt to become more fully human and to make ethical choices with clarity and precision, they have no proof that what they are thinking is correct, but only the faith within that believes, against all apparent adverse suggestion, that the universe is indeed a universe of love and that making choices that enhance love and enlarge compassion shall be the way in which power is developed to do work in consciousness.

Further complicating the picture is the genetic manipulation at the beginning of this master cycle of experience upon your Planet Earth of the great-ape bodies—which are the bodies intended to grow gradually into third density and gradually into humanhood—by one of the guardians of your planet. It was felt that it was worth an experiment to see if the physical and mental capabilities of the great ape could be enhanced, therefore giving those entering humans far more of an opportunity to make progress in a rapid manner.

Here, however, there was a signal lack of awareness of precisely what the enhanced bodies and minds of the humans of early third density would do in reaction to these added enhancements. Imagine the dismay and the regret of that guardian whose name was Yahweh, when it was discovered that rather than seeking to become human, the entering entities of third density sought only to protect the clan, gather resources for the clan, and defend the clan against threat, the instinctual awareness of late second density.

What has ensued has been a ruinous, repetitive series of empires in which the male principle of aggression, protection and control created empire after empire after empire, and as the male principle, uninformed by the female principle, has no idea how to move from empire to love, each empire has crushed itself under its own weight, leaving behind many who suffer, many who die in wars and aggressions, and who then must begin again to build a hopefully more sustainable, balanced society.

It is against this background of that sticky power that builds empires that one can see that the feminine principle would be greatly to be feared, controlled and placed under the heel of the male principle, for the female principle that would balance the aggression, and the reaching is also that principle without which the male principle can literally not live. It is to the female principle that is attracted infinity and eternity. It is to the female body that the ocean of life comes and it is from that ocean of life that the species of humankind is perpetuated. The male principle dies without the acceptance and cooperation of the feminine. Indeed, viewed from that simple physical standpoint, power resides in the feminine, rather than the masculine principle.

On a very deep and usually unconscious level, this is a source of great fear and consequently that which is perceived to be so powerful, so necessary, must instead be reshaped to be weak, submissive, dependant and always under the control of the male principle. Your entire planet at this time is heavily overbalanced towards the masculine principle. It is desperately in need of balance.

We do not say simply that woman should have more power, for we are not speaking on the level of literal men and women. We are speaking on the level of the two energies which, cooperating fully, create the balanced and perfected human and the balanced and perfected third-density milieu. It is not only men who need the feminine principle, but also women—that is, biological women—who need the feminine principle to be upheld, validated and honored.

When one is attempting to live the Law of One, as the one known as S has asked, one is attempting to live a fully human, fully balanced life, one that values both wisdom and love, not valuing one over the other but looking always for that point of balance whereby the decisions that are made in ethical choice points are those decisions that enlarge and enhance unconditional love. The feminine principle is that which looks for ways to cooperate, ways to collaborate, ways to move in harmony and rhythm, to find and sustain an environment which does no harm but only serves to improve and balance relationships and energy expenditures of all kinds.

Now, how is one to promote that spirit of cooperation and collaboration within one’s own being? Perhaps we might suggest that it begins with the way one treats oneself. The feminine principle is not a judgmental principle. It is a loving and merciful principle. And the first overbalancing of male energy that any awakening human might find shall be that point of judgment within the self when a self-perceived error occurs.

How do you handle yourself when you are in a self-perceived error? Are you judgmental? Do you say, “What a fool I am! I can never get this right! I should be ashamed of myself.”? If so, you are reacting in an overbalanced male way. It is easy to judge. It is far more difficult to forgive. Yet we would ask you, is there anything to forgive when a child adds two plus two and gets five? We would suggest that it is a matter of correcting the error in adding two plus two to get four next time.

Thusly, begin to live the Law of One by using your power to forgive, to begin again, to let go of that need to judge, that need to break through mistakes and force correction. As you begin to forgive yourself, you gain the power that comes with mercy. As you begin to see yourself as a whole person who has been known to make errors but who is always far greater than the sum of the mistakes made, there comes into you a feeling of dignity and self-respect, for you are no longer judging yourself on your behavior. You are beginning to judge yourself on your intentions and your basic nature.

As you become self-forgiven, be you biological male or biological female, there is awakened within you a self-perception that includes true power, for you know you have the power to understand and forgive. And you know that when those about you impinge upon you in ways that may seem hurtful, you have the power to stand on your self-forgiven feet and gaze at those entities at the soul level and forgive them. For you know that they know not what they do.

And so your world begins to be self-forgiven. And your power grows, [as does] your power to love, your power to forgive, your power to exercise patience and understanding. The definition of magical power is the power to create changes in consciousness at will. As you are self-forgiven and know yourself to be an instrument of love, so you change your consciousness. Each time you tune into that feeling of self-forgiveness and self-respect, you are changing the vibration of your entire energy body and you are changing the vibration of Planet Earth.

As we so often do, we would like to point out that you have tremendous amounts of help available to you as you learn to live as a person of power and to use that power rightly. Your guidance system is with you, nearer than your hands or your heart. There are those entities about you which you have drawn to yourself because of who you are. As you vibrate in a certain frequency, you draw to yourself unseen companions who vibrate at that frequency. As you begin to raise your consciousness and begin to know who you are, a child of the Creator, a person with hands to reach in love, a person with a voice to speak in love, a person with a mind to ideate in love, each frequency that you open calls unto you those whom some call angels and others call inner masters.

Whatever their name, these entities stand at your back like a backdrop of light. And as you become more aware of this help you can lean into that help and ask for that help. Indeed, this instrument works with angelic energies each day as she rests in the waters of her bathtub, because water is such a tremendously magnetic medium and can be charged with the love of those about you who wish to heal and help you.

As you become more used to living as a magical personality and feeling your power, then you have the responsibility of using that power well. And we strongly suggest that entering the silence is a very helpful resource in the project of centering yourself anew, afresh, each day and sometimes each hour and each minute. The Creator’s name in some circles is “I Am.” How shall you serve? This is the challenge given to those in the density of choice on Planet Earth. May you choose with your deepest heart to become you.

We would ask at this time if there is a follow-up to this query before we open up this session to other questions. We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: (Inaudible.)

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we grasp your query, my brother, but because the hearing of this instrument is somewhat weak, we would like to restate your query and make sure that we grasp it. Is this satisfactory with you, my brother?

Questioner: Sure.

What we believe you asked is, when you are attempting to act from your deepest beliefs and your deepest heart, many times there are impediments that are thrown up and frustrations and difficulties in following your heart, and you wish to know what we would say about that situation. Is this correct, my brother?

Questioner: Yes.

Very well then. We are sorry to repeat but this instrument’s ears are none too good, as she would say. My brother, we spoke earlier of third density as a kind of school. Each choice point is a point at which you are able to express your understanding of a certain principle in this refinery of souls and when that choice point has been met, patterns of energy are set up which are as the tide going out and the tide coming in. Your decision is bread upon the waters and it shall flow to you again, but not with you being at the same place. For there are no two tides the same and you are not the same person at any two moments of your life. You are in constant flux and the incarnational lesson upon which you’ve just had this test has set up a pattern that shall flow back to you with what this instrument would call a “ten-minute quiz.” Did you get that [principle] or were you just passing the test to get an “A”? That’s the question.

So, again and again, you shall get what seem to be challenges and resistances to your decisions that test your ability to remain steadfast in your understanding of the basic question covered by the previous test.

You see, my brother, in a moment of emergency it may be possible for you to outdo yourself and be brilliant. Clarity and precision are yours and you see how everything fits. And then, another day, another week, another month, routine, boredom, a losing of focus can set in. And when it is very important to you as a soul stream that this particular incarnational lesson be met and balanced, the ten-minute quizzes can come fast and furiously, one upon another. The test hasn’t changed, the question hasn’t changed, but it has hit you at a different point in your spiritual evolution and it has hit you in a novel way, so that you begin to flex those powerful muscles of choice, not simply with the initial choice, but with the ramifications of that choice.

It is not possible for us to generalize how this happens. Wherever you have undeveloped light within your being, what this instrument would call within your personality shell, that will be the target for temptation to slide away from the purity of your initial choice. There will be the temptation to doubt the self or to feel that, “It is no use, I can’t keep this up,” or if there is no particular emotional chink in your armor, there may be mental chinks or physical chinks which will then be thrown up against your set intention to serve the Creator. Consequently, there are as many different ways to practice those vibrational frequencies that enlarge love as there are people attempting to become fully human.

There are many ways to be discouraged. There are many ways to be distracted. There are many ways to lose that feeling of flexibility and to allow disappointment to become bitterness. It is a very subtle thing sometimes, my brother, to see accurately into resistance, but one thing you may know for sure is that this is third density. There is always the dynamic between love and fear, light and darkness, joy and bitterness, unity and division. And you can see the light and the radiance of the choice for unity, for patience, for forgiveness, for belief in the self and so forth and so on.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: No.

We thank you, my brother. May we ask if there is a final query before we leave this instrument and this group. We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: I have a query. I know that this is a somewhat self-based question, but would it be possible to tell me if the opposition I’m facing right now is coming entirely from within, or if there are outer sources working as well? I feel it would help me in the path I take to overcome this opposition best.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. My sister, may we ask you a query?

Questioner: Yes.

We would ask you, my sister, do you have a fairly certain knowledge of the true answer to this question? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: I seem to think one thing at one moment and another at the next, so I’m not sure.

We are those of Q’uo. In that case, my sister, there is just so far that we may go. The challenge which you face lies both in self-perceived chinks in the armor which are of long standing and of the attention of one who would distract you from serving the light. Therefore, we encourage you to be steadfast and to embrace all undeveloped light with a love so true and so pure that it sees the Creator.

This technique cannot be insincere and still succeed. For if one loves because loving will conquer, then there is a service-to-self element within that love. The releasing of all fear and the absolute adherence to the highest and best that you know, together with the calling upon that tremendous, unseen source of unconditional love that surrounds you and this instrument that you wish to be shall be your resources at this time, my sister.

Please know that at any time you wish for us to be one which underscores that basic vibration that you reach in meditation, we are glad to join your meditation and to stabilize that undercurrent of unconditional love. It is our privilege and our pleasure and you have but mentally to request it.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: No, that helps a lot.

We are those of Q’uo and we thank you, my sister.

Dear brothers and sisters, it has been such a pleasure to be with you this evening and to be called to your circle of seeking. We thank you for this great privilege and for the beauty of your sacred space that you have created together. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo.

November 28, 2009, Saturday Meditation

Question from J: (Jim reads.) The question this evening has to do with the process of seeking. As the seeker tries to integrate everything that it is attempting to learn from previous lives and from this life, Ra said the seeker becomes more and more of that which it lives, more and more as it is. And as it is, [it] is the one infinite Creator. [1] We are wondering if, as we become the one Creator, do we give up our identity? Is this something that we will miss as we become the one Creator? And as we live more and more as the Creator, it seems to have more to do with being than with doing. Could Q’uo speak to us about how the seeker progresses along the line of evolution, the upward spiraling line of evolution to become the Creator? What is gained? What is lost? And how is it done?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day. Thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking this evening. We are most privileged to join your meditation and to offer our humble opinions at this session of working. To be able to collaborate with this instrument is indeed a pleasure and we thank each of you for taking the time and the energy out of your crowded, busy lives in order to gather together to create a sacred space in which you may seek the truth.

As always, before we begin we would request of each who listens to or reads these words that each listens with care for those thoughts which resonate, leaving all of those thoughts which do not resonate behind. We greatly appreciate your using your faculties of discernment and discrimination. This will enable us to speak freely without being concerned that we might infringe upon your free will or disturb the rhythm of your path of seeking.

The question that you ask this evening is most interesting in that it combines questions about what this instrument might call the little life of one incarnation and the life of the soul stream which lives a larger life within the precincts of eternity, moving through all of the densities of experience from octave to octave, from the timelessness of alpha to the timeless of omega, only to wake at last in the alpha of the next creation. For never doubt, my friends, that you are infinite and eternal. Yes, you are sparks of the Creator and yes, you are the Creator. And once again, in the next creation, you shall again be sparks of the Creator as the Creator chooses once again to know Itself.

If we attempted to speak of one incarnation, in responding to this query, without moving at some point into the consideration of that greater sweep of being that is your soul stream, our response would be simpler to grasp. Yet it would lack the nuances requested by those within this circle. Consequently, we beg your indulgence as we may seem to move from considerations of the little life of one incarnation to considerations of the sweep of the soul stream, from which stream you have chosen very carefully those few elements of what this instrument might call personality in order that you may focus within this little life, with the potential of achieving an infinite degree of clarity that both fulfills your goals of service and learning within this present incarnation and advances the potential of your soul stream as a whole to lessen distortion, and as the one known as Jim has quoted, to live more nearly as you are.

When one begins with the basic statement that all is one, one creates a paradox which can never be explained. If all things are one, then why are entities unique, one from another? Why are they not equally holograms or images of the one infinite Creator? The paradoxes go on from there. If an entity is of the Creator, at what point would an entity not live as the Creator? These two paradoxes are only the beginning, but perhaps they are enough to indicate that when one is speaking of how to pursue the goal of the becoming the Creator, one is dwelling in a land of paradox and mystery in which the known patterns of logic shall not necessarily be of significant aid. On the other hand, if one foregoes the resources of logic and intellect and rests entirely upon naked faith, one becomes rapidly incapable of communicating with the self in a conscious manner and therefore robs the self of all the hard-won advantages of being an incarnated human being.

Therefore, we suggest neither that one rely completely upon the intellect and the use of the logical mind nor that one rely only upon the energies and essences of faith and direct apprehension or gnosis. Rather, we suggest that you become aware of the situation in which you have placed yourself as a stranger in a strange land, and as a native of that land within the body of bone and muscle, that chemical distillery that carries you so well through your physical incarnation.

You seem very limited to yourself. You must breathe to live. You must eat and drink the food and the liquid of your nourishment. You must care for a chemical distillery which eliminates that which is used [up] in a way which seems less than spiritual. In a million small ways, physicality pulls at you to remind you of one limitation or another within which you dwell in order to become yourself.

Contrariwise, contained—as the one known as L showed in her drawing, shown earlier within this circle’s discussion—there lies within this web of limitation, pain and suffering the inimitable sorcerer’s stone of now, a now which echoes from the little life to the soul stream to the one infinite Creator.

Without your physicality, without your location in space/time, without the tremendous sacrifices that you make as a soul stream in order to project yourself into a physical illusion that is space-bound and time-bound, you should not have the capacity to contain the potentiated space in which all of the boundaries between the Logos of absolute and unconditional love and the soul stream unbound by space, yet bound firmly within its own metaphysical limitations, might channel down into this space that you can hold open only within incarnation.

It is as though, within the tiny boundaries of a little life and a seemingly quite limited personality and character, you hold the Creator’s highest hope for knowing Itself, not only now in terms of space/time but now in terms of time/space and now in terms of the entire creation. The power of your position is astounding in many ways. It is as well that an entity awakening from the dream of Earth to a knowledge of its larger self has no idea of the power that it carries.

For you in a way are like puppies and you must grow into your feet and your ears and your tail. As you grow from a spiritually immature thinker to a seeker that is increasingly awake and alert and attentive, your puppy feet begin to take hold. You begin to grow into yourself, shall we say.

The kinds of strategy used by various seekers to grow more and more into a spiritually mature entity vary widely. The one known as J echoes the questions of many upon your sphere at this time who are using their memories of previous incarnations in order to gather more of a sense of who they are, the reasoning being that since there is so little of the personality that the soul stream has gathered which is given in any one incarnation, surely, as one gathers more and more details of other incarnations and is able to integrate these awarenesses into a single concept of the self, one will gain in one’s quality of knowledge about the self.

There are those who, such as the one known as S, have found that there are moments out of time that come upon one without warning or previous planning within which the sense of the self becomes resonant and clear. The intellectual content of this sense of self is almost nil. This path to the awareness of living as one is extends far more along the lines of one whose strength lies in direct apprehension, intuition and gnosis.

In addition to these two paths of grasping more and more detail from the deep memory and allowing a sense of self to come from direct apprehension are [other paths] too numerous to mention. We do not believe that it is necessary for the spiritual seeker to gain a detailed grasp of either path, or of other paths. What we hope to do as we speak to you is to give you more of a sense of your situation. The importance of either direct apprehension or the conscious integration of more and more detail of self fades before the awareness of the potential of your humanity.

You are all that there is. Focus down, through orders of magnitude beyond our ability to express it through this instrument, [into that place] where unimaginable power resides, not simply in you as you see yourself or in you as we see you, but in you as you are beyond any description on any level.

You have asked that, as spiritual awareness is gained, as one is able to live more as one is, what is gained and what is lost. Let us look first at the process that exposes the gain.

You come to know yourself beyond the details of your preferences and into the way it feels, smells and tastes to be you. We are attempting to push you beyond your senses, but use the senses that you understand in order to indicate that each of you is a bloom within eternity that is exquisitely unique, not simply in this little life but in the larger sense of a soul stream of infinite experience and variety. How it is that, as the soul stream builds itself through density after density and experience after experience, it somehow stays true to itself, we have no way of knowing. We only observe that it is so.

What do you gain as you become more aware how it feels to be you? You gain freedom and peace. You have no need to defend. You have no need to protect. You have no need to explain. You are. And who and what you are is a creature of such beauty, truth, worth and life that any container of words or concepts that you might attempt to use to say, “I Am and I hold you, you are the one infinite Creator” [is inadequate]. But that infinity, that Creator-ness is unique to you and is the gift that you give to the infinite One. It is, therefore, beyond price.

What do you lose as you gain in that feeling of your own essence? In a way, it may be said that you lose a great deal, for as you become more comfortable with that deepest self that you are beyond distortion, distortions begin to fall away. Do you value yourself because you are good at telling jokes? Perhaps that quirk of personality falls away and the jokes at which you laugh are not those any longer which cause those about you to join in laughter.

It is as though one asked an old person what he had lost by becoming old. He could say, “I have lost my looks, my teeth, my sense, my ability to go four hours without going to the bathroom,” or he could say, “I have lost my fears, my worries, my anger, my prejudice, and my self-imposed limitations.” There is no question, my friends, that in the process of becoming a more mature entity, spiritually speaking, things shall fall away from you and that which you are shall bear less distortion and more love.

If you value your distortions and say, “I Am who I am because of these distortions, be they physical or emotional or quirks of personality or having to do with particular gifts or particular limitations,” then you shall feel the loss of much as you become closer to congruency with the frequency and vibration of the one infinite Creator, which is Love.

As this instrument, who is a mystical Christian, would put it, as you become aware of your sainthood and your home within the heavenly realms shared by angels and those who have not descended into the vibrations of Earth, you lose the particularity, which may be dear to you, of your rank in society, your outer abilities, and all of those preferences by which you have distinguished yourself from others.

What is gain and what is loss when you are gazing at the opportunity in one small life to hold a channel or space that connects particularity to the infinite and that brings or can bring the infinite love and the light of the One from the very blazing heart of the mystery into sturdy, stable life, a life that moves through you without effort, but with infinite and intense intention? This is your opportunity to be and, in that beingness, offer your channel, your instrument, your essence, hollowed out, empty of the details of gifts and personality, so that your life and the life of your world may be lit from within by love.

You ask, finally, how do we live as we are? My friends, each moment of your life is a moment in which the potential for being, for knowing that you are a being, and for leaning into that knowledge with intention to serve, is held like a gift before you. Shall you take that gift in this moment? You may perhaps be distracted, but another moment shall come immediately, and then another, and then another. And so it is. There is no moment in your life as a third-density entity in incarnation that is not utterly and completely full of the opportunity to know the self, to accept the self, and to become the Creator.

My friends, while we are aware that we have barely scratched the surface of this most interesting query, we feel that it is a good time to pause and ask if there is a follow-up to this question. We are those of Q’uo.

L: I would like to ask you to comment on a theory I have. On piecing this together properly, I am starting to see that different incarnations, different lives, are like pieces of a puzzle that fit together over time until eventually the whole puzzle is shown. And yet each piece is still in the puzzle so that there is nothing experienced that is lost. There is perpetual gain and growth and [the puzzle is] continually added to, added to what is you, so that you aren’t growing smaller. You are growing bigger. Does this seem to be an adequate way of wording that concept?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister, and we would answer in two ways. Firstly, we would say that, indeed, the experiences of one incarnation and another and another and so forth, do, indeed, create an ever more detailed and articulated expression of the self that is the soul stream. In that way, my sister, you are quite correct.

In another way, we would point out that from our standpoint, at least, and as you know, it is our opinion only …

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

… it is helpful within one incarnation to accept the premise that that which is needed for you to learn and to serve to your highest and best has been offered and, therefore, that there is not the advantage that there may seem to be to gather other incarnational detail. We say this because the process of becoming more and more the self is a process of refinement and distillation of essence. It is not the multiplication of detail that informs the deepest part of the self. Rather, it is the willingness of the self to open the processes of emotion and sensation to distillation and refinement.

The self that you are, both within incarnation and as a soul stream, is a self in which there are many, many layers, moving down through the surface of consciousness, the upper levels of the subconscious, and down into the roots of mind, amongst those roots most importantly being those of the archetypal self.

You, as an instrument of particularity and infinity combined, have the capacity to dwell within the surface of your emotions, responding with impulsivity and vigor to each and every feeling. You also have an infinite capacity to allow emotion to penetrate the conscious self, the dreaming self, the self that walks the corridors of myth and lore, and the self that has gained access to those great waterways of emotion that make up the archetypal mind.

To ask the self to allow emotions to be refined and purified is to ask the self to walk into the fire of suffering. For if one defends against pain of an emotional type or a spiritual type, one ceases to be able to go deeper within those many, many levels of self that move into the archetypal mind. Indeed, it is through repeated experiences with such deeply painful emotions such as grief, anger, jealousy and rage that one, oh so slowly, becomes able to bear the beauty of pure emotion.

As in all things spiritual, the paradox is that as one is able to open oneself to the pain of going deeper within one’s emotional life, one is more and more able to see, to bear, to hold, to accept the emotions of joy, bliss and peace. For as in all of the levels and ways of understanding the one infinite Creator, the essence is always love. Consequently, the river of grief, the river of rage, all rivers whatsoever of purified emotion, lead at last into the ocean of bliss, which is the steady state of infinite love. It is, in a way, terrifying not to defend the self.

We do not encourage being undefended if there is something to defend. We do not encourage you to push past that which you can bear. We ask you to draw careful boundaries when you need to do so, that you may contain in an integrated and healthy way that personality shell with which you came into incarnation. It is well to protect your sanity and your sense of self. It is far better to do this and to move more slowly towards the purification of emotion than to ask the self to move beyond the bounds that it can bear.

But know and be confident in the fact that there is help that is available when emotions that you are processing are difficult, so that perhaps you may open just a hair more and be just one iota less fearful because you can feel the help that is with you, that is sustaining you, and will enable you to bear more.

For as you bear more, as you undergo the suffering at a deeper level, you are burning away distortion. You are purifying the emotions you came in to attempt to purify. And when you are learning in these ways, that activity is highly protected. There is the need to acknowledge the help and to ask for the help, but the help is as near to you as your breathing.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

L: No, thank you. Your words resonate with me very well.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you, my sister. We would ask if there is a final query at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: I have a follow-up to that last. If one is able to manage to integrate all of their reincarnational aspects, would this make the learning of lessons during life more efficient and also would it make polarization more efficient?

We are those of Q’uo, and we believe that we are aware of your query, my brother. The adding of detail from various incarnations to that which is known from the incarnation within which you experience time and space may, in some cases, clarify issues that are puzzling. And it is perhaps because it is time for a clarification of such issues that memories of a previous incarnation would bleed through. Consequently, we may say that there is a positive aspect to working with incarnations besides the one in which you now experience life.

However, my brother, there is a corresponding limitation which is brought about by the valuing of other incarnations’ details. This is due to the fact that each incarnation is a whole in and of itself. The entity that you were in any other incarnation would be unrecognizable to you from the standpoint of a personality, or as this instrument might say, a personality shell. This is to say that in each incarnational opportunity, you have taken from an infinite store of characteristics, gifts and limitations and previous associations a tiny portion of the whole and have created for yourself a persona, an avatar [2], if you will.

For your avatar to play a pure game, it needs nothing but its essence. The power of added details to distract the self within this incarnation from a full amount of respect for its essence when in this incarnation is variable, but in some cases, it may be helpful to release the details of other incarnations—not your knowledge of them—if they have come to you and are justly a part of what you know. Rather, we would suggest that you release them from the stricture of attempting to mold them into one larger being that tells you more than you will discover when, as the one known as S said, you sit in the sunshine and are suddenly aware of yourself.

My friends, it is with sadness that we part from you, for we have greatly enjoyed this conversation and the beauty and courage of your spirits. And the sacred space they have made is awesome.

Thank you. Thank you for calling us. Thanks to this instrument for collaborating with us. Thanks to the one infinite Creator, whom you and we all serve, for this opportunity to be together in His love and in His light. We are known to you as those of the principle of Q’uo. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai.

[1] Ra, Session 73, October 21, 1981. In context, the quote reads:

QUESTIONER: It seems to me that the primary thing of importance for those on the service-to-others path is the development of an attitude which I can only describe as a vibration. This attitude would be developed through meditation, ritual, and the developing appreciation for the creation or Creator which results in a state of mind that can only be expressed by me as an increase in vibration or oneness with all. Could you expand and correct that statement?

RA: I am Ra. We shall not correct this statement but shall expand upon it by suggesting that to those qualities you may add the living day by day and moment by moment, for the true adept lives more and more as it is.

[2] An avatar is defined by www.dictionary.com as “the descent of a deity to the earth in an incarnate form or some manifest shape; the incarnation of a god.” In use on the internet and in video games, it has come to mean a graphic image that represents a person. Q’uo seems to use both of these meanings to some extent in using this word.

December 5, 2009, Saturday Channeling Circle - Channeling Circle 3

Jim: As we seek to know ourselves and know the truth on this journey, there frequently occurs for the seeker an oppositional force, either an entity or an essence, that is of a negative nature. We are wondering how Q’uo would suggest that we attempt to understand this negativity, whether an essence or an entity, and how to address it, how to approach it, how to respond to it.

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. Thank you for calling us to this session of working and thank you for creating this circle of seeking for carving out, sometimes in very difficult circumstances, the time and the energy to seek the truth. As this instrument would say, you are awesome! And the beauty that you hold together as you share each other’s auras and build a sacred space is stunningly beautiful. We are so privileged to be part of this meditation.

As always, we would ask that each of you who hears or reads these words use your discrimination and discernment in choosing those avenues of thought you wish to pursue which may have been discussed by us. We thank you for this consideration, for your care in sorting out what is yours from what is not yours enables us to share our humble opinions with you without being concerned that we might infringe upon your free will.

You ask this evening, my friends, about those experiences of resistance or opposition or disturbance that seem sometimes to stand in front of one on a path of seeking and say, “Go no further.” The nature of your query is unique in our experience, in that each of those within this circle is dealing with a spiritual path which has great depth. For many who are beginners upon the path of seeking there is seen not the vertical aspect of seeking, but the horizontal, if we may use that figure.

It does not hold precisely but it works, inasmuch as we may say that it is possible to pursue a path of seeking that is seen as a journey from point A to point B, to point C, and so forth, as though it were walking across firm ground or riding across the level of the sea in a horizontal manner. To those, we would answer in one way.

This evening, however, we feel we are speaking with those who are experiencing the collapsing of boundaries and at the same time the releasing of boundaries, so that in one way it seems that all levels of the Creation have come together in one focus and in other ways it seems that all of the levels of Creation are spreading themselves like peacocks’ tails to express, in more and more detail, the unbelievable nuances possible and the great variety of points of awareness which are held in simultaneous fashion in one fragile instrument of the Creator such as each of you is.

Thusly, we shall answer in a different way, in a way in which we attempt to help you look at not only what may be opposing, distracting or offering resistance to you, but also who you are and what your points of perception may be that cause such and such a limitation, a resistance, or a distraction to surface before your near vision.

We speak to those whose hearts are pure, whose intention is set upon the pilgrim’s path. We salute you individually and collectively, for you have broken through that which is of the world to see with eyes that look for love, that hope to give love, and that are able to recognize the love that is the heart and soul of every essence and entity within this Creation of love.

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as S. We are those of Q’uo.

(S channeling)

I am Q’uo, and am with this instrument. We continue with the theme of that love which you are and ask you to reflect upon the simple point that all love is an outreaching, and in that capacity, shows already the fundamental character of acceptance. So how comes it, you may ask, that experiences arise in which you find yourself confronted with that which is deemed unacceptable, ugly, horrible and most damaging to one’s abiding desire to embrace those around one with an open heart?

For it is true that the path of every seeker will find such stumbling blocks. It is true that every seeker finds within [himself] those experiences which do not smack of love, which are potentially so frightening that one feels it no longer safe to set foot upon the path of seeking [so that one] would rather find safety and haven in some of the many distractions that offer themselves to one’s experience. “Whence come these terrors?” one asks, “And what may one do in the face of them to find a way that permits a continuation along one’s path of seeking?”

As a first step we suggest that one may examine the question of one’s own desire. For desire, my friends, is life, is seeking, is love. And it carries its energies forward into a world of common experience, originally in quite an innocent way. But one’s desire often encounters impediments, resistance and frustration.

And many times these impediments are imposed by expectations on the part of others who one loves and who one feels also return that love. One discovers then that to follow the course suggested by a desire one has would be unacceptable. And therefore one learns from a young age that desire itself can be a risky venture and should never be entered into wholeheartedly or with full fledge. One easily learns to build into the very structure of one’s desire a resistance to that desire which can express in very many different ways.

What happens, then, is that the desire itself is not fully quenched but rather finds alternative means, secret and subterranean, of expressing the life energy which has already being dedicated in them. This, my friends, is energy of the Creator and is never, never to be despised. And yet so often one finds that that is precisely its fate. It is despised even if by the one to whom it most closely belongs. Most who have lived within the kind of experience of third density which you now enjoy are well familiar with this kind of circumstance. And most have had to make accommodation for it in their daily lives in some fashion or another.

There are some cases, however, in which the experience of a pocket of a kind of rejected desire or energy is of such a strong nature that it can seem to acquire a life of its own and can turn on the one whose desire it is into forms that beggar the imagination in terms of range and type of representation. These forms are often dreamlike and can take on proportions that seem to be quite threatening and of a nature alien to the one beset by them.

We ask that you recognize first of all, therefore, that all such energy is your own, is the energy of the Creator, is real and is ultimately capable of being reintegrated. With this thought we would now transfer this contact. I am Q’uo.

(L1 channeling)

We are Q’uo, and we are now with this instrument. The practice of reintegrating that which is perceived as outer with that which you perceive as inner is one of the fundamental practices of the seeker along the path back to oneness with the Creator. That which is perceived as inner and that which is perceived as outer, on the one hand are very, very real. The monsters in the night exist. They exist because you interact with them. They exist because they give to the perceiver a presence of tangibility. You see them with the eyes of your body or the eyes of your mind and therefore they take on a reality in your life. On the other hand, these monsters of the night are merely empty perceptions of the mind, holding no real form or ultimate reality. It is only their impact that becomes real.

You perceive yourself as real. Each of those in this circle of seeking sees him or herself as an “I” with a mind and individuality. And when you perceive a self it is then easy to perceive an other-self. You each hold an identity of self and claim those things which you believe belong to the self, the traits of your being, that composite of thoughts and memories and mannerisms that form the being that you call yourself. Those things which you do not wish to integrate into that perception of self are often ignored or rejected. It is as if you choose those things which you will make yourself and those things which you will chose to make an other-self and reject.

But since this is ultimately impossible within the Creation, when you go deeper than the surface level of being and start to travel the path of a seeker and wish to know yourself entirely, those things which you have chosen as not of yourself start to reveal themselves. The shadows of the mountain that were not hit with the sun begin to appear around the climax of the mountain. You see crags and pinnacles arising out of the darkness around you and say, “What is this that has appeared at my side? It is not part of me.” But lo, you go deeper into the mountain and realize that each of these rocks and crevices are part of the same mountain; they are part of self. The snows fall on the entirety of the mountain alike.

The one known as L2 spoke earlier about needing to love the self in order to love that which is perceived as other-self. This is a concept that has been spoken of in many terms in your culture. One must love self before loving others. It holds especially true when one looks at it in this context, for that which is perceived as other-self is also self. And when one loves the self fully, that love trickles down deeper and deeper into the roots of self, where one perceives that that love then is spread out to those things once thought of as other-selves, which are actually also part of the same self.

As the seeker penetrates deeper along what was earlier described as the vertical, that which is seemingly far away becomes nearer. Again, we use the illustration of a mountain to carry our point. Starting at the pinnacle of the mountain, one can look out at the points of other mountains in a mountain range. Perhaps from this perspective there are clouds between the mountains, so that one standing on the peak of a mountain can see other mountains and clouds between the mountains and think of the mountain the seeker is standing on as one mountain and that mountain in the distance as a different mountain. But [one] penetrating deeper and deeper into the roots of self connects all other-selves. And the distance between one mountain and the other mountain seems less of a separation and more of a continuity with all of the other mountains in the range.

Again, to circle back to the concept of love and apply that to this illustration, the seeker brings the love down with him or herself into the roots of self, loving the self deeper and deeper in its entirety. And when one reaches the base of the mountain below the clouds, and sees the connection with all of the other mountains, that love spreads and grows to all of the other mountains, until it encompasses the entirety of the planet, shall we say, if we may use that image as a metaphor for all of Creation.

The one known as Carla spoke earlier of feeling a pain so intense that she may as well encompass the pain of the rest of humanity and heal all [others’] pain. She used the tool of her own suffering to penetrate the roots of herself so that she could see a connection with the entirety of other-selves. In this instance she was given the gift of oneness, connection between self and all other-selves. It is often when confronted with those monsters, whether they be pain, bad dreams or the monsters under the bed, that we are given the opportunity to go beneath the surface self, deeper into the one being that one sees in the mirror to the one Being at the center of creation.

At this time we wish to pass this contact onto the one known as L2. We are those of Q’uo.

(L2 channeling)

We are those of Q’uo, and we are with this instrument now. We greet you all in love and in light. We would like to draw attention to the fact that within the one creation that connects us all there have been created many different levels. Beings have stepped themselves down through various levels in order to gain all the experiences of life.

There are fragments of the Creator, and in essence, of yourself that are operating on different frequencies on different stairs of the staircase. These stairs all lead to one point. And yet one may find that they can move amongst the stairs and that various fragments from higher steps on the stairs may journey down into a vibration so different from that with which you are familiar that you are often not capable of recognizing [these fragments] as your fellow creation in this current density.

There are parts of yourself that are so distanced from yourself that they could, in the terms that you know, be considered a separate entity, and it is [possible] for these entities of different vibration to interact, to mingle with your vibration, on a level that differs from the resistance put up by the immediate subconscious of an individual.

The possibility of negative entities that have throughout the eons been deemed as demons, as monsters, exist on various levels of existence and are capable of interacting with individuals in this density on a level that can be fully disturbing and very distracting.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(L2 channeling)

If we may liken the creation as a body, if one part of the body is hurt or experiencing flux, all of the attention of the body is drawn to the area experiencing that particular distortion, all concentration is put upon said area. This is what happens when one entertains the fear in one’s own heart when one does not clear the levels of the immediate self in order to open the heart. They then draw forth like attention.

If you constantly think about the things that you fear, the things that you dread, if you constantly worry that you will encounter resistance, it will come. This is your inner creator at work, the creator that does not know such infinite power and yet has the very real ability to create the emotions on which you fixate your mind. That being who continuously brings focus upon outside fears without first tending to his own heart is creating the call for all those fears to be manifest.

When you open the heart and send out the call of love, you will find that not only are you met with a love response but that that love penetrates the darkness that you so fear, that it creates ripples in the pond that go [farther] than most in this density are even capable of imagining.

We would now like to transfer this contact to the one known as Jim. We are those of Q’uo.

(Jim channeling)

I am Q’uo, and am now with this instrument. We greet you each again in love and in light. As the seeker moves into these areas of opposition, confusion and difficulty, there is often the temptation either to cease the journey or to become disheartened and feel a failure. These are normal responses, my friends. There is no shame in feeling them. But this is a portion of your tempering, shall we say, as a spiritual vessel which seeks to hold the highest vibrations and to reflect these vibrations to the Creation about you, for you interact with all that there is. And how you interact is a product of your own choosing. Eventually, each seeker will find that there is great benefit to the self in sharing heartfelt love with each portion of the creation, including those portions that seem negative in relation to the self, especially in the interaction with the self.

Yet, to share the open heart and the unconditional love that is found therein with the negatively-oriented entities is but half the journey that needs to be taken to find respite and relief. The other half, we would suggest, is to build that armor of light about yourself with as much fervor as the love that has been sent from the heart, for this armor of light is that which provides a safe haven for the self that has encountered the difficulty from without.

For though it can be said that there is an entire universe contained within the self, that has both the positive and the negative experiences and entities, yet as it has been said, “As above, so below; as within, so without.” [1] When this armor of light has been constructed then the seeker that desires to be free of the opposition of negative sources is so, both from within and without, as is the intention of the seeker.

Know that you have the power of the Creator within you. You have all things within you. Thus, the power of your ability to create is total. That which is believed within the heart and the mind and the soul of the seeker is that which is true for that seeker. Thus, as you search your heart, your mind and your soul for those portions of the self that attract or repel any other source of energy or opposition you find also the ability to secure the self in safety from any deleterious sources of energy or entities.

At this time we would transfer this contact to the one known as Carla. We are those known as Q’uo.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Q’uo, and are now with this instrument. We greet each again in love and in light. Perhaps you have noticed, my friends, that as the various instruments in this circle have spoken they have often repeated these words, “love” and “light.” As you walk the tightrope across the abyss of chaos which is all that is perceived in this distortion, there is a balance beam for each self that is love and light. As entities pursue the spiritual path, they begin to discover that there are many points from which to perceive. Rare indeed is the seeker who is able to ascend that staircase of various vibratory ranges from which perception proceeds, all of which are couched and nested within your web of perception which is more or less integrated into a waking personality.

One may discover that [one] falls from one step, down many steps, to another floor of perception entirely. Another may find that there are sudden lifts and drops within dreams. Others may find that the vision that is so dearly desired, that is realer than the day-to-day illusion, becomes less penetrable as one moves closer to it.

All of these are examples of what the essences and energies and entities that seem to block your path are. It is a great challenge to see yourself as more than a waking personality, to realize that your boundaries are not those of your personality or your understanding. It is not necessarily helpful or good news to the seeking entity to find that there is not necessarily a continuity, in an horizontal sense, to one’s point of perception.

The second part of the query is, “How may we deal with these distractions, essences and entities that stand before the seeking self and say “Go no further.” It is far easier [to answer], for we call upon the principle of unity. And we would ask each, when faced with such visions, essences, entities and distractions, to cease movement, just as one in deep water might cease thrashing about attempting to swim to a shore that cannot be seen, and to come to rest, floating, gently being borne by whatever current one is experiencing in terms of types of vibration, when the effort to extract oneself from the moment of challenge has ceased. When one is empty and unresisting, one may then be in touch with the love that is within that vibration within that moment, within that nexus. [2]

This is important in two ways. Firstly, seekers are possessed with minds. And often the functions of the mind are denigrated in comparison to the forces of intuition and knowing. Yet in a situation which confronts one as a seeker, when the resistance to the resistance has ceased, when there is peace within the perceiving self, even in the face of this challenge, one may, using one’s mind, ask to find the love in that moment.

One may even use this question as a mantra. One may, in one’s own way, create the desire to know, “Where is the love in this moment?” One has stopped the momentum of that which is fearsome. One has come to a halt. One is therefore able to originate a new momentum and create the desire to see the love in the vibration of that moment.

Secondly, it is the glory and the truth of each seeker that the love in that moment is himself. To open the self amidst challenge to the awareness of love is to open the self to the universe that is love. It is not through an act of will that one becomes able to offer love to a fearsome entity that one is seeing or to an attitude of mind that burns with hectic fire, keeping him from the peace he can taste and feel. There is a releasing of all levels of perception that comes to one who desires to know the self. At the point where that question becomes a point of entry, then that seeker may allow love to flood the self so that one is marinated in love, drenched, permeated and filled with love, and as one feels the self as love, from this point of perception it becomes the act of simplicity itself to love the unlovable, to embrace the wolf that bites.

Many are those who have, at various times in their incarnation, damaged their light bodies, or as this instrument would say, their energy bodies, and therefore have created those points of entry which are perforce unguarded. To work on this aspect of the challenges of entities and essences which seem to be a roadblock or a point of fear or distraction is to call upon a certain kind of help.

Can you imagine, my friends, the uncounted entities who have never left the love and the light of the one infinite Creator to enter into illusion? Many call them angels, or the Elohim. Whatever their title, they function as part of the creative principle and they are able, when asked, to enter into the healing of light bodies. Therefore, we ask each, in times of challenge, to call upon that help, and then to know that healing is taking place.

Offer those moments as a daily practice, asking for the help and giving gratitude for the help.

Although the Creation is that which is mysterious beyond all telling, its essence is love. And its interacting parts are all made of love. Let this be the basis of your approach to those times of challenge and resistance that you shall indeed meet again and again, whoever you are, whatever your path. It is a natural part of movement through the Density of Choice, the density of dynamic opposition. Only within yourself, girded with faith that all is well, can you open yourself to love.

We thank each instrument and each of those within this circle for calling us to you. It has been a privilege and a pleasure to speak through each instrument and to consider this question. Because the energy of the group wanes, we shall not ask for a follow-up. If you wish to work further with these thoughts, we welcome further questions at another session of seeking. For now we leave this instrument and this group in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai vasu borragus.

[1] This is the Principle of Correspondence attributed to Hermes Tresmegistus. The full Principle is, “As above so below; as below so above; as within so without; as without so within.”

[2] A nexus is defined by www.dictionary.com as “a means of connection; tie; link.”

December 19, 2009, Saturday Mediation

Group question: Our question this evening, Q’uo, has to do with the seeker, as the seeker attempts to become the magician and change his or her consciousness at will over a period of time in incarnation and maintain the mental, emotional, spiritual and physical balance in so doing. Ra suggested that looking at the path of the seeker as [that of] the magician, it was correct to see it as the ability to create changes in consciousness at will. And this places a burden upon the seeker, upon the magician. We’re guessing that burden is the responsibility to use the increased consciousness in a service-to-others fashion.

Could you tell us if this is correct? And could you talk to us about the balance that is either achieved or not achieved which, when not achieved, may result in some need for counseling, therapy to reachieve or reacquire that balance? Could you talk to us about balance, creating changes in consciousness at will, and what this means to the seeker?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is a privilege to be called to your circle of seeking and we are most humbly grateful to share our thoughts with you on the question of balance and will and how those concepts may help the seeker.

Before we begin, however, as always, we would request of each of you who hears or reads these words that you listen carefully for your truth, not anyone else’s truth, not our truth, but your truth, the truth that you feel when you resonate to an idea. Wait for the resonance, dear ones, and when you hear those thoughts to which you resonate, by all means we offer them for you to discuss in your own mind and with others. We offer them as those resources with which you may work as you feel your way along your spiritual path, step by step, thought by thought, and concept by concept. If you will do this, my friends, leaving any thought that does not resonate to you behind, then we shall be able to share our humble thoughts with you, having no fear that we will interfere with your free will or the free play of your intuition and intellect and all of the powers of your being as you move through the cycles of your spiritual evolution. We thank you greatly for this consideration.

The query you have for us this evening is one which is rich and full of nuance. And in order to begin to discuss the question of balance for those who seek the One, we would, as we often do, take a step or two back to gaze at the environment in which the seeker does his work within your third-density world. Your density is called the Density of Choice and it is a heavily polarized environment. On the physical level you have light and darkness. On the spiritual level you have love and fear. On the mental level, you have all of the opposites that the intellect may generate, and of those, my friends, there is no end.

So here you are within this very polarized environment in which, as a spiritual seeker, the questions of morality and spirituality are paramount. What is service? What is service to others? What is service to self? What is radiance? What is contraction? What is the nature of you as a soul embedded inextricably in flesh?

Yes, you are flesh and yes, you are spirit. How can that be? Is there a dichotomy betwixt flesh and spirit? Is this incarnation that time and that place in which you discover that there is no dichotomy betwixt your flesh and your spirit?

As you move deeper into the considerations of spiritual seeking, you find your awareness of yourself blooming like a flower. You begin to feel the power of being yourself, of consoling, of loving, of supporting, of sustaining. You begin to see that choice-points fall along the way. You can take each choice-point in many different ways, depending upon what you want, what you desire, and what you will. If you desire to be consoled, what are the ramifications of that choice? Using the pairing of the opposites of the one known as Francis [1], if you desire to be loved, what are the natural ramifications of that choice? These are some of the most spiritually central considerations. Therefore, we recite to you this instrument’s imperfect memory of that powerful prayer.

Make me an instrument of thy peace. Where there is hatred, let me sow love. Where there is injury, pardon. Where there is discord, union. Where there is doubt, faith. Where there is despair, hope. Where there is sadness, joy. Where there is darkness, light. Help me to seek not to be loved, but to love. Not to be consoled, but to console. Not to be pardoned, but to pardon. For it is in giving that we receive. It is in pardoning that we are pardoned. And it is in dying that we rise to larger life. [2]

You may see, my friends, that we do not yet speak precisely of balance. We are attempting to draw the picture of the spiritual environment of this particular Density of Choice in which you now enjoy incarnation.

Why did you come here? For you did come by choice, my friends. There is a long line of those who wish to be present at this time within the harvest of third density on Planet Earth. You achieved your place in this school of souls by the seniority of your vibration. You earned your right to come into this place that could be heaven or could be hell, as the one known as Freddie [3] [was] saying before this channeling session of working began. You may count it as a signal blessing, my friends, that you have earned your way into this environment. For you unlike those who are within the inner planes of your planet, or in other densities, you have the right, the position, and the entitlement to choose what you will and to will what you choose.

This brings us to the discussion of that definition of the magical personality as one which creates changes in consciousness at will.

Anyone who has taken care of an infant or toddler is fully aware of the power of one entity’s will. That infant in your arms may be tiny. He has no power to use his limbs and no power to voice his desires, but he has a will. At the age of one or two, the choices that that entity needs are relatively simple. The use of the will is that which is the only tool or resource the infant has to attain its needs and so it cries with all of its will. Food! Change me! Hold me!

And in many ways, that cry never ceases. It becomes more complex, more sophisticated, more many-layered, but there is within each of you and certainly within each of us as well, a will. That will is part of your nature as a human being and as a part of the godhead principle. When entities say, “Thy will be done,” they may not consider whether or not they know the will of the Creator, but it is a central point to consider, if one wishes to do the will of the infinite One, how he may find ways to understand and grasp and contain that will.

The questioner suggested that perhaps the use of the ability to create changes in consciousness is to become more service-to-others oriented. And in a way, this is so. Yet, it is not broadly enough stated to be accurate. For others, as a part of the godhead principle, you are not the knee of the Creator or the eyelash of the Creator. You are the Creator, stepped down through many dimensions of time and space. Yet you are a hologram of the Creator. How do you know the will of the Creator? By moving into the depths of yourself. For there lies the one infinite Creator, with no iota missing. You are very young and inexperienced Creators. Yet your will is the will of the Creator. Therefore, you must ask yourself what kind of Creator you wish to be. What kind of creation do you wish to create?

Each of you in this room chose long ago to follow the path of service to others—the path of positive polarity. And it would seem on the surface of it that that choice moves you from perfect balance into an unbalanced desire to serve others. Yet, the earthly meaning of word “balance” is not the same as the spiritual meaning of the word “balance.”

Let us look at this in more detail. You are flesh and you are spirit, inextricably intertwined for the duration of this incarnation. Every breath that you take, every beat of your heart, is that which exists in the earth world of space/time and in the metaphysical world of time/space. And your breath and your heartbeat mean as much in time/space as they do in space/time. You are not flesh battling with spirit. You are spirit which has taken flesh in order to serve, in order to learn. These two goals are with you throughout your incarnation.

And so, in flesh you belong to the world which flesh has created over thousands of years. You belong to the environment which has ripened and matured through empire upon empire, kingdom upon kingdom, nation-state upon nation-state, working in so many ways, in so many seemingly chaotic ways, towards the culmination of the age and the harvest, learning of awareness, of knowing that has been growing within you through many incarnations and with every other human being in the earth world for as many incarnations.

You carry within you a flame that burns true and bright in any circumstances of life. You brought that flame with you when you moved as an energy body into the physical and connected yourself by that which this instrument calls the “silver cord” to the spinal cord of your physical body. And that fire shall continue to burn brightly and truly in that heartbeat when there is no more heartbeat, when the physical is dropped and you move on, without a single lapse of consciousness, on your way to your next great adventure.

What is that flame? My friends, we will call it your will. You have great power. And as the one known as R said, power can be frittered away by being multiplied and distracted and moved about in many, many interests all of the time. It can be wasted by an entity’s dislike of his shadow side. It can be forgotten as an entity identifies itself as a victim. And it can be turned, as the Star War movies often say, to the dark side by fear. So what is balance to one who has a will?

Anyone who has ridden a horse or a motorcycle is aware of the principle of balance being not only your balance, but the balance of the animal beneath you or the machine beneath you and the conditions of the road. It is not a static thing. It is freely flowing and always developing and changing. And when you as a seeker awaken to the extent of your personal power, when you press your will upon the universe, you become aware, perhaps for the first time, of the burden you shall bear, for if you know you are a person of power, then you have the burden of using your power aright. And again, we are not saying to use your power as someone has told you that you should use it. We are not saying use your power as we or any source outside of your own heart says to use it. You are undertaking the profound responsibility and burden of knowing what your will is.

The question of balance, then, for the spiritual seeker is a question of how to maintain your body, your mind and your spirit within this schoolroom of Earth in such a way that you shall have the most spacious and accurate workroom within which you may hear and feel and see who you really are, and therefore what your will really is.

Your balance will not be like anyone else’s balance. For a true spiritual seeker, balance is fundamentally that estate which is achieved when each of the chakras of your energy body lies open, so that each chakra may accept and allow through the chakra the full power of the love and the light of the one infinite Creator which streams infinitely and eternally from the Logos. That Logos has spoken its love, its nature, and its will in creating each of you and the environment in which you experience life. That Logos will have given you a fully functional, a fully capable and competent body of soul and flesh in which to pursue your seeking, and an energy body, in order to give you the best environment in which to learn about yourself and to learn about your own will and finally to learn about the right use of will, balanced when the energy body is open and allowing the energy of the One to flow through it and into the opened and fearless heart.

We cannot tell you what will decrease distortion within each of your chakras. We cannot tell you the appropriate attitude towards sexuality, towards relationships, towards marriage, towards anything. We can only tell you that you have every right and every ability to investigate for yourself where your balances lie in red ray, in orange ray, in yellow ray. These first three chakras are tremendously important in creating a balance within you that allows you to know your own heart.

And we say to you now that it is not necessary to become a magical personality in order to graduate with flying colors in this harvest of Earth. You need only to open your heart and to choose how to serve: to serve the self or to serve others. And then, having made that choice, to persist in that direction, becoming more and more polarized, since each of you here has already made the choice of service to others.

We say to you, if you can be fearless with your sexuality, if you can be fearless in a seemingly chaotic and dark world, sensing the rightness of your being here, if you can come to your own understanding of what relationships are to you and where the love is in them that will balance you and the others, then you can come into your open heart with the full power of the Logos blowing through you. And as you make choice after choice to love and to be loved in a positive and radiant fashion, you ready yourself for graduation. There is no doubt that one whose heart is open and whose path is service to others shall graduate.

But my friends, each of you wants more than the open heart. Each of you wants to move higher and to pull down inspiration and information through the gateway of intelligent infinity. In other words, each of you wishes to become a magician, if you will, one who has the ability to create changes in consciousness at will. So the richly fertile questions for you each day and each moment have to do with, “Is this moment one in which I wish to change consciousness? And if so, how shall I apply my will?”

This instrument is reminded of going to a restaurant. There was no place at the restaurant for the car in which the instrument rode to park. And so the driver drove around again. And as the driver came back to the first parking place, the closest parking place to the restaurant, the previous automobile, with its burden of humans with full tummies, left and the car in which the instrument was riding slid right into that parking place. And the instrument thought to herself, “Have I used my will rightly in praying for this parking place?”

How unspiritual a thing to pray for! Yet, what shall you pray for? What circumstances will excite your will? For you are here legitimately, with entitlement, to choose what you will, to fulfill the desires that you wish to fulfill. And you are here to fulfill each and every desire until you are satisfied that you have gleaned everything from this environment that you can.

Thus, we sit in each of your open hearts with you as we tabernacle together with the one infinite Creator and we ask, with each of you, shall you become the magician? Shall you take on that burden of responsibility, knowing that your will is the will of the one Creator, knowing that you, by your will, shall create the creation in which you will live?

If you do wish to do so, there are many, many entities here to help you with that. There are orders upon orders of the angelic hosts who move into the orbit, shall we say, of those humans who have chosen to become magical and who have chosen to vibrate in ways that are congruent with that particular order of angel. So [you will have angelic companions] whether you wish to heal, to teach, to create in the outer ways of poetry and music and dance, or whether, as is the highest of those higher rays’ goals, you wish to create a self-aware beingness so that you can be in all situations, not only when you are quiet but when you are busy and when the world about you is chaotic. Many, many are the angelic presences that wish to aid you in smoothing out and making more stable those environments, those vibratory environments, in which lie the radiance of being, channeling, teaching, dancing, singing, healing.

Loosen yourself, as you choose to be a magician, from the literal meaning of these descriptive words: healing, teaching, dancing, singing. For a parent is all of these for her child—the dancer, the singer, the teacher and the one whose radiance creates the atmosphere that keeps that child safe, happy and open for new experiences. Do not be fooled by what things look like in the outer world. For not all teachers teach. Not all dancers dance. And not all singers sing. Only you know what kind of magician you want to be. Only you know how you wish to proceed in developing your magical personality. What each of you has in common is consciousness. And that consciousness each of you shares.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

We would at this time pause and ask if there is a follow-up to this query or if there are other queries in this group? We are those of the Q’uo.

Questioner: I have a follow-up question, Q’uo. At one point you observe that wanderers often have personality disorders. In another place, you mention that posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is largely a spiritual disease, it is a blowing out of a part or all of the entity’s electrical or chakra system. I am curious as to whether personality disorders are also spiritual diseases for the same reason, and if it is an adaptive mechanism by wanderers who enter into the social consciousness of Earth. Can you comment on these notions and expand on any of them from a spiritual perspective?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your queries, my brother. We thank you for asking. It would not be precisely accurate to say that wanderers would choose to adapt to the Earth environment by choosing consciously to have energy imbalances or difficulties within the energy body that would cause the so-called medical doctors of your world to create diagnoses of mental illness. We would say, however, that each and every wanderer, insofar as he remembers what this instrument would call “better times,” is more vulnerable than an entity which is purely of third density in its antecedents to finding it very difficult to handle some of the more seemingly chaotic and dangerous energies that swirl and eddy about third density as it is experienced from the outside in, especially at this time of the shift of consciousness from third to fourth density.

You have a substantial harvest of those who have chosen the service-to-self path and in pursuing their clarity and their graduation in the negative sense they are creating huge amounts of chaotic energies, with the hope of causing fear and the lessening of the awareness of personal power in all entities except the self. This is so that the energies of others can be harvested to the self, making the self more powerful.

It is not strictly a service-to-others environment. It is most decidedly a very polarized environment. And as a result, you will find that the pain of experiencing, either physically or emotionally, the sum of these angry, warlike, heavy, predatory energies can, indeed, create those personality disorders, so-called.

We are saying, my brother, that it is not a strategy that causes entities from higher densities to experience personality disorders so-called. Rather it is honest, spontaneous and heart-felt distaste and revulsion and a refusal to allow those energies to touch the self that then objectify these energies as thought forms because of the fact that the particular entity experiencing that particular distortion of anger or predation or whatever negative essence or energy has entered into the environment the best defense mechanism for that entity, to attempt to build walls around those holes that have been made in the energy body.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: No thank you, Q’uo. This has been very helpful. Quo, we do have another question. May I proceed now?

We are those of Q’uo, and we dearly hope that you will, my brother.

Questioner: On a different topic, Q’uo, can you discuss the spiritual principles involved in the massive extinctions of plant and animal life which are accompanying the Earth’s movement into fourth density?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query. My brother, the answer to that query is two-fold. Firstly, there is a steady arising and falling away of species within the biota of your Earth world according to the progression of the energies of the density. The essence of consciousness is curious and creative and whenever a species comes into its species-hood, even in the full bloom of that pure species, the tendency of consciousness to be creative continues, so that there are variations. And then those variations have variations, etc. And this is endlessly balanced by such parameters as food, a safe place to live and produce young, that very basic physical environment which calls for life and then calls it into variety.

Consequently, you would find, if you could move back into that place where timelessness and first density gave way to time, that literally millions of species have arisen and fallen away in the natural rhythm of the procession of sub-densities. The first [sub-density] of third density, the second sub-density of third density, etc., into now, as you experience the seventh sub-density of third density. Therefore, some of those species that have passed into extinction have done so in ways that are entirely in accord with the balance of creation.

Secondly, those humans who have flourished upon third-density Earth and who began as part of the balance of life have forsaken the concept of stewardship and have replaced it with the concept of predation. When a kingdom is put into the power of a steward, the steward looks at each part of his realm and finds ways to support and encourage and sustain it. There is that feeling of being a shepherd of the sheep, not greater than the sheep, but the servant of the sheep. Your peoples for many, many generations have had the unfortunate tendency—and we say unfortunate because it is sorrowful, both to your soul and the soul of Earth itself—to see the self as the predator and the conqueror, not considering the realm as a whole or how the parts might fit together, but considering only short-term goals. “I want water here, therefore, we shall dam up the water to create water here where there was not water before.”

Does it come into the mind of the predator what that damming up of a natural resource will do to Mother Earth who had a balanced aquifer system? No, for that is not a concern to one who has separated itself from Mother Earth. Consequently, there is also a substantial list of species that have declined and become extinct because of the lack of stewardship and the ascent of predation on the part of the humans to whom Mother Earth was entrusted.

We would encourage you, as you think in this regard, to focus not upon the details of one species becoming extinct, but upon the energies which you radiate personally. We have an example from this instrument’s memory, my brother, of a story told about a catastrophe of nature in which thousands of starfish were thrown upon the shore where they were soon to die. One person waded out into that beach and started throwing starfish back in the water. A scoffer said unto this entity, “Why in the world are you doing this? You can’t possibly save all the starfish.” And the entity picked up a starfish and tossed it into the water and said, “Yes, but I can save this one.” [4]

Therefore, turn your sorrow and your concern from gazing at that which has occurred outside the ken, outside, shall we say, of your will and come gently, lightly in your own good time, to find your way of being the love and the light, not just for all starfish but for this one. It is a matter of great skill to make such choices of how to move concern into responsive energetic actions which truly lift and serve you and the world about you, and we reassure you that as you lift your own eyes to the light, you lift all of planet Earth to that light.

May we ask if there is a final query at this time? We are the those of Q’uo.

Questioner: I could ask another question, Q’uo, whenever you are ready. Q’uo, if I may go back to the topic of personality disorders, so-called, I am curious if you could talk more about personality disorders as a way of patching an energy hole. That sounds to me like something you’ve observed about posttraumatic stress disorder, where you call that a spiritual disease because it was an alteration of a blowing out of a part of the chakra system, and this sounds like it too. And so I am just curious if it would be appropriate to know more about patching that hole and how that works?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Although it is difficult to use your language to describe that which is not physical, for language is about the physical to a great extent, we can suggest that the healing of energy disorders as opposed to physical disorders takes place by those who heal with light. Now, each of you has light streaming from your fingertips, from your lips, from your heart. That which you do, that which you say and that which you think consists in light. Therefore, it is by those entities whose outer work is healing by light that these distortions may be lessened.

We have used various figures to help you envision how healing with light works. We have offered to you the idea of angels that sew with threads of golden light, just like the toe or the heel of a sock that needs darning, taking the good, looking into it and making a line of light to the other side of that damaged place in the heel and gradually, gradually, patiently weaving lines of light all along that rift of that tear, pulling from the good to the good, spanning the hole with light. Then weaving in and out across those beams of light from the good to the good and eventually darning, if you will, that hole.

This is not precisely what the angels are doing, but it is very helpful to be able to bring down into earthly terms what angelic energies do to heal with light. The one known as S expressed in a conversation with this instrument some time ago that there was a time in her life when she felt that there was something happening, some kind of hole in her aura. And she gathered herself together with everything she had and she said, “No, I will not be torn. I want to be healed,” and she was. And from that day to this, many years, decades even, there has been no more hole.

So, it is a matter of the will of the one who realizes that there are, indeed, holes blown in [the] energy body from surges of power that were too great for that energy body to bear, willing the self to be available for healing. For unless the self wishes help and asks for the help, the angels can do nothing.

There are nuances to this question that would take many hours to discuss. For light is that which is denser with information and energy, not simply from third density to fourth density, but from the sub-density to sub-density and sub-sub-densities within third density, so that there are many, many kinds of light. And for each injury to each soul’s energy body, there is a certain kind of light which is going to be needed in order to effect repair.

We have suggested to this group before that those who work with Reiki energy seem to have a fairly firm grasp of the nature of spiritual healing, in that they know for sure that they are instruments. They are not producing the light. They are not directing the light. They are there as instruments to touch into the energy body, the aura, of the one who is to be healed, so that that which can be done by light is effected by their offering of themselves as instruments through which the Creator may play its melodies of healing. And you may see that in many physical illnesses, if not all, there is the initial component of damage to the light body which, being neglected at the level of the light body, must perforce express itself within the denser chemical vehicle of the physical body.

We thank each of you for these queries and for gathering in this group this evening in order to seek the truth. It has been an honor to be with you and to share your meditation. Thank you.

We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

[1] St. Francis of Assisi, whose prayer is discussed in the second footnote.

[2] This prayer was originally written down by a student of St. Francis in French. The most commonly accepted translation of that version to English is, “Lord, make me an instrument of your peace, Where there is hatred, let me sow love; where there is injury, pardon; where there is doubt, faith; where there is despair, hope; where there is darkness, light; where there is sadness, joy; O Divine Master, grant that I may not so much seek to be consoled as to console; to be understood as to understand; to be loved as to love. For it is in giving that we receive; it is in pardoning that we are pardoned; and it is in dying that we are born to eternal life.”

[3] The Freddie is Freddie Mercury of the group, Queen. The song is “Heaven for Everyone,” from the album, Made in Heaven. The lyrics do not actually suggest that this could be hell, only that, “This could be heaven for everyone. This world could be fed, this world could be fun. This could be heaven for everyone. This world could be free, this world could be one.” This song was the tuning song, played to tune the group prior to the beginning of the meditation session.

[4] A web site where this story is told in context is www.stcsig.org/sn/PDF/StarfishStory.pdf.

December 26, 2009, Saturday Meditation

Jim: The question this evening has to do with emotions. We recognize love and fear as being polar opposites and we’re wondering if all the other emotions, such as jealousy, anger, doubt, greed, gluttony and so forth are some sort of a mixture of fear with love and if there is positive use that we can make of these supposedly negative emotions. Is there some benefit we can get from working with these emotions? What spiritual principles can we use to look at the various emotions that we come across in our daily lives?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. Thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking this evening. It is a privilege to be called and we are most happy to share our thoughts with you on the subject of emotions, love and fear.

As always, however, before we begin we would ask of each of you who hears or reads these words that you use your powers of discrimination and discernment in choosing which thoughts of ours you might wish to use as resources for your spiritual journey. We would ask that you follow the path of resonance. And if ideas do not resonate to you then please leave them behind without a second thought. We would not wish to be a stumbling block to you but only a resource. We thank you for this consideration.

You asked this evening concerning emotions. We find that among your people, emotions are often unappreciated and dishonored by those who would wish to live a spiritually oriented life. From our perspective, however, the emotions that you feel are gifts of enormous worth. Whereas the mind moves from thought to thought, generally governed by logic and the intellect, the heart moves from emotion to emotion, generally with no intellectual component whatsoever. For emotions are those gifts of the heart that stem from the very depths and roots of your consciousness.

Thusly, when you are attempting to think about emotions, you are attempting to think about that which has its reality in time/space, for [emotions] come from your consciousness rather than your intellect or mentality. Each person has a different and unique mentality and personality. However, as members of the tribe of humankind on your planet in third density, you share one consciousness. Your jealousy and another’s jealousy has the same energy. Your love and another’s love of a certain frequency has the same energy. It is emotions rather than thoughts which unite your people.

Now, in the roots of consciousness which this instrument calls the archetypal mind, the emotions can be mapped, much as the waterways of your continent can be mapped. There are rivers of emotions of various kinds, both those emotions you would call positive, such as joy, bliss and happiness, and emotions you would call negative, such as greed, gluttony and lust. Yet each emotion flows from its most distorted or extreme manifestation, through a succession of removals of distortion, until at last they all empty into the ocean that you would call the Logos or unconditional love or bliss.

This instrument has been attempting to define emotions along some sort of a yardstick or ruler attempting to measure emotions by the ratio of love to fear, this instrument having posited that love and fear are the fundamental opposites of emotion. [1] And we would suggest that while there is an element of truth in this thought, that it attempts to corral and compress the 360 degrees of emotions into a two-dimensional, straight line. This attempt in itself is a distortion of the model, shall we say, which we might suggest to be more useful for thinking about emotions.

In some ways, emotions can be perceived in terms of complementary colors. Those who wish to decorate their walls, for instance, will find a color wheel in which complementary colors are shown. And various contrasts are seen that are dynamic opposites. We find this wheel of color concept to be of use in talking about emotions.

However, it is not correct, in our humble opinion, to attempt to attach significance to the colors of emotions in that, for instance, it is said that someone is feeling “blue,” and there may well be a relationship betwixt that color or feeling which is blueness and that emotion. However, it is not valid to link “feeling blue” to the blue ray or the blue energy center, any more than a person who is “yellow” is operating from the yellow ray, or a person who is “green with envy” is operating from the heart chakra. In this sense there is no connection betwixt color and the emotions. They cannot be attached to any one chakra or ray. It is, however, a useful exercise when thinking about emotions to think of complementary colors and the track along which a certain kind of emotion might fall, so that one might begin to develop a wheel of emotions.

One way to look at emotions is to see where the love is in the emotion. For instance, if one considers the emotion of jealousy, the emotion of love is clearly seen, in that the object which has inspired one’s jealousy is greatly loved. Therefore, the jealousy has love at its heart, yet [it is] tinged by the fear of the loss of that love. [Therefore] the energy of the love becomes quite different from the original free and easy feeling of love.

We would suggest that there are complementary emotions, so that one may take radii out from the center of the wheel of emotions which is unconditional love, that love which this instrument would say is Christlike or which carries Christ Consciousness.

From that original love or that sea of bliss in the archetypal mind there spring forth the natural rays all around the 360 degrees of personhood.

Another way to evaluate emotions is to look at the faculty of will, desire or expectation. The clearest way to approach emotion, living day-to-day, would be to remain transparent and unattached to the outcome of one’s objects of desire or will or one’s expectations. However, it is precisely the inability of the individual within incarnation to remain unattached to outcomes which creates the bulk of distorted emotional reactions. Thusly, if one loved another purely and without attachment of any kind, and that object of love chose to move into relationship with another self beside the self, in the unattached entity this would be only a source of joy, knowing that the other self that is so beloved was doing something that he or she enjoyed. However, it is seldom that entities are unattached in this way.

If one looks at the meat of the spiritual life, it is clear that it is a blessing that the entity within incarnation is attached to outcomes and has distortions and expectations and desires, because these elements create the potential for feeling emotions and engaging consciousness in new and different ways.

Another element which is important to consider when looking at emotions is that faculty which you call judgment. The seeker who feels surface emotions tends to be non-judgmental if the emotions seem positive but quite judgmental if one’s own emotions seem to be from the shadow side of the self and express the darkness within. Now, if one were looking at a color wheel one would not judge the dark colors as inferior to the lighter colors but would see that all the range of colors would be needed to create all pleasing harmony within one’s color scheme. One would not shun the use of the notes of brown and gray and black and navy blue, for instance, as opposed to the pastels and the lighter colors in their earth tones such as the light tan, the light gray, and so forth. All of these colors equally are valued in building an environment which is pleasing to you personally.

As the spiritual seeker becomes more mature, each experience is another opportunity to work with a surface emotion and to refine or purify that emotion by offering it up as a spontaneous and pure feeling, without judgment, without asking the self to be one who feels only the positive emotions. Each emotion starts out, in the immature entity, as that which is confused and chaotic and has a high degree of static or noise as opposed to signal. Consequently, as a spiritual seeker, each time an emotion arises you are working to feel it without shrinking from it or reaching towards it, the goal being not to do anything with the emotion except to allow it to sink into the consciousness of the present moment.

As you give respect and honor to surface emotions you allow them the spaciousness to begin to filter down past the first levels of impulsivity and self-judgment. And as you allow yourself the space and the time for this emotion to tell its story to you, you are sinking into the roots of your own consciousness and beginning to be able to feel each emotion as a more distinct, pure and clarified color, shall we say.

It is possible, indeed probable, that some sort of ongoing contemplation of the archetypal mind may help the seeker to evaluate and think about the experiences of emotion that he has. Within the glyph of the Tree of Life, for instance, there are various emotions that are linked to the middle pillar, the feminine pillar, and the masculine pillar. It might be interesting to contemplate where the emotions that you experience day-by-day might fit on that Tree of Life glyph. [2]

Similarly, if one has a bent towards astrology, the ins and outs of the various signs and houses are to some a real aid and resource when working with understanding one’s emotions.

Lastly, as this particular group has done in the past, there is the possibility of gazing at the world of emotion and the nature of consciousness by working with the twenty-two images of the tarot. [3] As one looks at each concept complex, one may begin to see relationships betwixt various emotions.

This is subtle work, my friends, and the nature of consciousness is that of paradox, mystery and infinity, so that you do not have the comfort which the intellect might offer of finding neat and tidy explanations or orders to emotions within one’s life or within the creation of the infinite One. Rather, emotion, like the rivers and lakes of your planet, is an ever flowing, ever changing, ever evolving water system, shall we say, or circulation system of the consciousness of the one Creator.

You ask what spiritual principles can be used to think about emotion and we would offer you the principle of unity. You are all one. You do share an instinctual, fundamental and authentic awareness of the stuff of emotion. This is something that is trustworthy—that you have emotions in common with each other. There is no emotion that you can feel that others have not felt before you and will not feel after you.

In a way, emotions have more coherence than the workings of the intellect which would seem to be so much more coherent because of the nature of logic. However, logic can be spun to create sophistic rationales for anything desired, whereas emotions are stubbornly what they are. One may attempt to tamper with an emotion to make it different than it is, yet it is not in tampering [with emotions], or attempting to adjust emotions that you do not prefer, that create a skillful approach to emotion. Rather, it is to the one who trusts each and every emotion enough to give it space and time in which to articulate itself within your awareness that emotions shall begin to offer you the reward of that feeling of oneself that goes beyond the linear.

You are infinite beings. And yet on the surface of the mind there is a far more pale and watery feeling to the emotions of the day than you are able to experience when you stick with gazing at each and every emotion with respect and the lack of judgment.

The one known as L was saying earlier that there were those she met in the course of doing her job and her service to others who called up from within her feelings of really bright anger. What was she to do with this sudden and impulsive anger? Was she to attempt to squash it or to repress it? Was she to give it so much honor that she expressed that anger in ways that were not of service to others? How was she to handle feeling this sudden, impulsive anger? This occurs time and time again in the course of each and every day for each and every spiritual seeker.

And it would seem that there is no useful function for the negative emotions, whereas the positive emotions such as joy, admiration and love of a romantic or friendly nature are feel-good emotions that are hardly ever evaluated or judged. Nevertheless, it is very helpful when working with positive emotions to pay attention to them also. For just like the negative emotions, the surface of a positive emotion is only the beginning of its intensity, its clarity and its vitality, and it is to the spiritual seeker who focuses on such surface emotions such as joy and allows them to expand and, as we said before, to tell their story around the campfire of the self as it experiences itself that the gift of positive emotions shall come.

Likewise, when experiencing the seemingly negative or shadow emotions it is quite useful to behold and allow the awareness of these surface emotions to remain, not pushing them away because they are uncomfortable to behold, not saying, “Well, this can’t be me, I would never be so negative,” but rather gazing at this dark color of emotion and asking it to clarify, to refine itself, to become more pure.

The one known as L asked, “Well, what use are negative emotions? Can I use them?” We would suggest that the value of even the darkest seeming emotion is equal to the value of the most seemingly positive emotion in that it is a valid and honored part of all that there is. You are everything, every emotion. And each emotion has its place in creating of you within incarnation a less and less unbalanced and distorted expression, if you will, of the one Creator, for each of you is an expression of the one Creator.

As we have said through this instrument many times, it is the darker emotions, such as anger, that when allowed to become refined and purified create the grit, the muscle, the determination, the energy of enduring and persevering and winning through to the goals of your incarnation. If you do not have that driving energy that is expressed in anger within you in a more purified and refined state, you do not have the energy to be patient with the self as it is refined in the athanor or the furnace of experience.

This instrument was working with a quote from the Holy Bible earlier today that said that the one known as Jesus the Christ did not come into the world to judge the world, but that the world through him might be saved. [4] We would suggest that you be as merciful with yourself when working with negative emotions as would the one known as Jesus be. He was not interested in working with those who were free of error; he was interested in working with those who were distorted, who were hurting, who were suffering, who were in the darkness of confusion. Let that climate of complete non-judgment be your working attitude as you allow each emotion its proper place in your consciousness, and as you ask of yourself that you provide a continuing environment within yourself in which honored and respected emotions may gradually be purified and refined.

Your goal, then, is not to balance emotions until here is no emotion, but to experience each emotion in ways which allow those emotions to go from being muddy and confused to a place where each emotion is a jewel-tone. Gems come in all colors from black to white and everything in between. And the beauty of each is unique to that particular gem. Your emotions are gemlike. And when you have been able to allow the murk and the mud and the impulsivity gradually to evaporate from the heart and essence of each emotion, you are as one who has dug in the ore to mine those gems of self which you have in common with all those of your fellow humans. And as those energies within you are purified, there is less and less distortion [and] more and more balance, and less and less of that component of fear which we began by discussing. For it is indeed a valid observation that the one great original Thought is the emotion that is at the heart of every emotion, positive or negative. This is a trustworthy statement as far as we know. Every shade of emotion has its root in love, love unconditional, love un-judging, utter and absolute love. The oftener that you are able, at the end of working with emotions, to come back to love and to allow that love to overflow all other considerations, the stronger you shall be in being able to do this work of allowing the self to bloom.

Each of you is like a flower. And certainly if one looks at each entity’s energy body, each chakra is like a flower of a certain shape and of a certain potential for becoming more brilliant, more many-petaled and fuller of bloom. So think of working with your emotions as if you were working with the energies of dancing or music or poetry.

Allow boundaries to collapse, so that you begin to feel the connections between positive and negative emotions. As you become more fearless and flexible in working with balancing each emotion, you are allowing those chakras of your energy body to become more brilliant, more fully petaled, more articulated and more powerful.

We would conclude this observation of emotions with the concept of power. In an entity who is not attempting to seek spiritually or to find out by some way who he is and why he is here, the emotions shall generally remain fairly muddy and un-clarified, for there is really no incentive for one who does not realize the gifts that emotions represent to do the work necessary to begin to refine and purify these authentic and infinitely meaningful feelings that are the rays of your essential beingness as a creature of love.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

We have mentioned the balancing exercise many times through this instrument, and we would refer to it once again briefly for it is a very useful way to work with emotions.

The nature of all that is not the one original Thought is to be distorted. Distortion is not a bad word. Distortion is not an insulting word. There is distortion in all manifestation, even the highest and best you can imagine. If there were no distortion, there would be no creation, for the creation itself, in its manifested aspect, is a series of nested distortions. Thusly, one is not attempting to remove distortion completely, but rather to allow it to become more coherent; to change stuttering and muddy colors to laser lights and jewels.

The work of the balance exercise is simply to find each trigger which moved you this day from a certain default balance to an unbalanced or distorted reaction, whether it was for positive or negative, so-called.

Looking at those things within the self, looking at the process by which one was pulled off center, tells you about yourself. And as you allow those feelings to be viewed again and even to be intensified and then, as you allow the seemingly opposite emotion to come, as a complementary color would be seen across the color wheel, you lessen distortion within yourself by encouraging the equal respect given to both the seemingly negative and the seemingly positive.

As we said before, this is subtle work, but it is the work that you are here to do in terms of learning about yourself, learning who you are; in beginning to feel an authenticity of being that is more and more profound, so that you are a sturdier warrior of the light than you were before. Every emotion has its place. The surface of emotions is only the beginning of them.

We wish you the very best of journeys of exploration as you work with these emotions to learn of each and every essence that makes you who you are. You will find that all emotions, once they have been purified, work in harmony to create of you a human being. The nature of the human is to be ethically oriented and to desire to serve, to love and to know. Trust your emotions to help you learn these things. And as you relate to others, trust the emotions in them that resonate with your own in terms of dealing with each entity at the soul level.

Before we leave this instrument we would ask if there is a query, or a follow-up to this question. We are those of Q’uo.

(Pause)

Since we seemed to have exhausted the queries within this group this evening, then it falls to us to release this connection to this instrument and to this group. We would like to thank you again for calling us to your circle of seeking. It has been a joy and we are so grateful to each of you for crafting time and space in your very busy lives in order to come and seek for truth together. The sacred space that you have created with your desire and your longing is a stunningly beautiful thing and we thank you for that also.

We leave this instrument and this group in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu.

[1] Carla is writing a book concerning working with the emotions and the suffering of life as of this date.

[2] One good web site for pursuing this line of thought is www.tarotpedia.com/wiki/Tree_of_Life. W. E. Butler’s book, The Magician, His Training and His Work, also contains a clear and thorough explanation of the ten stations of this glyph.

[3] A good deal of Book IV of The Law of One is dedicated to exploring these twenty-two images.

[4] The Holy Bible, John 3:16-17. The quotation in context is, “For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life. For God sent not his Son into the world to condemn the world; but that the world through him might be saved.”

2010

January 2, 2010, Saturday Channeling Circle - Channeling Circle 4

Jim: The question this evening has to do with our desire as seekers of truth and those who wish to be of service to others. In this desire we have an inner life in which we see ourselves as working on ourselves, as being of service in the way of improving our thoughts, our spirit, and our emotions. We were wondering if, when these efforts of working on our inner selves do not seem to manifest in the outer world, we are still being of service. Is this still a valuable effort to make?

(Carla acts as senior channel for this session.)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. We thank each and every one of you for forming this circle of seeking and for requesting that we share our humble thoughts with you. We are delighted to speak with you concerning the value and worth of the inner life and the nature of that inner service that so often is not understood by the outer world.

However, as always, we would first wish to request from you that you use your discernment and judgment in terms of choosing which of our thoughts you would follow and those with which you would wish to work later. Take that which resonates and leave the rest behind. If you will do that for us, it will enable us to feel free about sharing our opinion. We greatly appreciate your consideration in this regard.

When a flower blooms, my friends, does it consider whether it is seen? Or does it respond to its nature and follow the ways of ripening, the call of the summer sun, and the sudden joy of its own beauty? This is the essence of being and inner work, as opposed to doing and outer work. Inner work has to do not only with the truth of yourself and your rhythms of maturing. It has to do not only with the timing of the summer sun. More than anything, it has to do with your willingness to allow your own sovereign beauty to bloom, unseen by human eyes.

In terms of the world, “radiancy of being” is just a collection of words. To the outer world, if you want radiancy of being, you put on cosmetics. They might be rouge and powder on your face. They might be the addition of practiced charm to your speech. But in terms of the world of action and outer things, radiancy is a matter of adjusting your mask and your persona so that you may most easily be perceived as being radiant, service-to-others, a loving person, and so forth.

In terms of the spirit, on the other hand, radiancy of being is the first and foremost service which all entities in incarnation on Planet Earth this day have to offer.

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as S. We are those of Q’uo.

(S channeling)

I am Q’uo, and am with this instrument. You may well ask, if it is true that the greatest service one may perform is of a radiance that is inward in nature, why one needs to incarnate at all to perform this service. And this is not an insignificant question. For it is true that the world in which you find your engagements, the world in which you find those who call upon you expecting to have your service in return, is an important mirroring element, shall we say. For service seeks those it may serve. And it can seem somewhat hollow and self-enclosed to feel that the bonds that unite those who seek in a sacred humanity are not breathed full of life.

One feels isolated and alone when one does not hear back a response to the service one has offered. This, we would suggest, is an occasion for reflecting on the true character of the service which you have had to offer. For service that seeks results in a form in which those results are expected is, in reality, a service which does not leave the closed sphere of the intention of the one who seeks to serve. One cannot predict how one’s service will be taken. One cannot know when it has really been of use to another. And so again and again, my friends, you must make a full effort, and again and again you must reckon with the possibility of hearing no echo at all.

We do not deny the loneliness that befalls a seeker in such a situation. We do not deny the difficulty in maintaining the energy of seeking under such a circumstance. We do not deny the difficulty in holding to the desire to be of service when it seems as if none of your fellow human beings really do want what you have to offer.

Nevertheless, we would say that it is frequently the case that the most eloquent efforts made in the area of service are those which are almost unnoticeable, in many cases, even to the self. We would say that the daily effort to inquire of the self about its own deepest intentions is itself a very great service and one upon which all true service depends.

It may be that there will be a day, there will be a week, there will be a month, or there will be a year in which one cannot honestly say to oneself that one’s whole heart is in one’s service. Upon these occasions, it is well to be consoled. It is well to realize that in order to serve, the self must be gathered to itself. And this very often requires moments of rest. It requires pulling back, and without judgment allowing the self to follow that which it finds diverting; allowing the self to seek solace where solace may be found. The very act of making this allowance is itself a spiritual act of very great significance, for in that gesture, one acknowledges also that one still abides, that one still is upon the path, that one still has set the intention to be of service to others in precisely that way it is given one to be.

We would at this time pass the contact to the one known as L1. We are those of Q’uo.

(L1 channeling)

We are those of Q’uo, and are with this instrument. As humans incarnate on this planet at this time in this culture, it is typical for your peoples to act and to see the fruits of your actions. If your peoples do not see the results of your actions, you try different actions or more actions in order to elicit a response and a result. When working with the lower chakras, action and reaction, gaining a result is a fundamental part of the work done with these chakras.

The red-ray chakra in its sexual urges requires a partner with whom to interact and results are produced from such interaction. Whether that be a fostering of greater, deeper companionship, or the biological result of a child, there is a reaction that comes forth from work with this chakra.

In the orange-ray chakra, one interacts with a partner. One sees the mirroring of another person in oneself. One has conversation, one has social exchange. When your people have conversation, it is a conversation between two people, each participating, one speaking and the other speaking because of being spoken to. There is action and reaction, there is result, cause and effect.

In the yellow-ray chakra this is again exemplified with more people in a group dynamic. In your social contexts of laws and order and the justice of morals and folkways, when you produce an action those of your community respond to this action.

When the spiritual seeker works on the higher chakras, the need to have a reaction needs to be reexamined. For the [true] spiritual seeker will not need a reaction when working with these higher chakras. The one who sends love out into the world because of an open heart, sends that love out into the world with an open heart without the concern of return.

When one working with the blue-ray chakra speaks through having opened the heart and opened the blue-ray chakra, one speaks without concern for the result and return of such action.

And again, when one works with the indigo-ray chakra, one works with a sense of beingness, of the inner self, of one’s inner growth, of a oneness in which there is no longer such a dynamic of self and other-self but of simply the one self, the one mind.

Because it is such a norm to humanity to need to see results, it is difficult to break out of that habit and work only with a sense of being that knows the wisdom of being without the need for constant reassurance. The need for constant reassurance stifles the further spiritual evolution of the soul within an incarnation. Seeking what you might call self-realization or special insight is a form of doubt. We call it doubt because there is a subtle lack of faith that the service that you are performing in working on yourself is not a service at all. There is a doubt that you are emanating light in your every action and a fear that unless you see results, nothing is actually being produced.

We have said in the past that your world is an illusion. We would like to modify and contextualize this concept. Saying that this world is an illusion does not mean that it does not exist. It exists to be used as a tool. The world of illusion can be likened to a papier-mâché mask formed to look like a face and painted with colorful paints that represent the human face. But when the paint is torn away, underneath it is just paper and glue. And breaking the paper and glue apart, you see another face behind the face.

Think of the face, the papier-mâché, the paint, the mask, the act of wearing the mask as one thing, rather than an illusion and then reality. Both things exist. We lay the foundation of this example in order to try to illustrate the folly of seeing that of cause and effect as separate from the metaphysical growth and light-bringing that one cannot perceive with the physical senses.

From our perspective, looking at your planet and your peoples with the physical as a mask above the light of the souls that you are, we perceive little difference. In fact, we would say we perceive no difference. It all exists as a continuum. In your world you see a world of physical acting and a world of metaphysical being rather than there being an entirety of one creation. So [from our standpoint] it is not particularly helpful to think, “Is it better to act and have reaction, or is it better simply to be, so as to have only the faith that you’re being a light-bringer?” The wisdom of analysis and the faith of your soul together combine to create a holistic human personality within this incarnation that serves the Creator with its unique blend of the physical and the metaphysical.

At this time we will pass our contact on to the one known as L2. We are those of Q’uo.

(L2 channeling)

We are those of Q’uo, and we are with this instrument. We greet you once again in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We find that this instrument is having a unique experience in contemplating the level of light available. We would find once again the flower illustration to be helpful. We would say that if each of you is a flower in the field, that flowers are not aware of what the other flowers are doing. They are too caught up in their own beingness as flowers. And yet should a person walk along and observe the flowers and marvel at their beauty, the flowers will not know they are being observed. They would say, “It is the Creator that walks by and savors the beauty of so many uniquely beautiful flowers.”

The colors, the shapes that you provide are such a precious gift! And though you do not always behold the full beauty of the spectrum in your current state of being, note that the beauty is so potent and so real that it is always, always seen. By being the beautiful thing that you are, you are providing happiness to the highest intelligence.

We would also say that though the flowers are often not aware of the existence of other flowers, the seeds can be transferred on the wind and interact to create new flowers. We would liken this to the invisible web of life that connects all things. The seeds your love sends out into the world travel much farther than you would realize. You are creating growth and beauty and benefiting all, in ways that you are not now capable of perceiving.

We would also say that the sun that shines down on the flowers is the great light that this instrument finds beating in her own heart. By being all that you are, you have the opportunity to be the sun; to shine down and nourish all of life. And though most people do not take the time to look up at the sun and thank it and acknowledge all it truly does for them, everyone can see the sun and feel its warmth and know in their hearts that it is what keeps them alive.

Please, be the sun. You have the potential to be the sun.

We find this instrument grows somewhat overwhelmed. We would now transfer this contact to the one known as Jim. We are those of Q’uo.

(Jim channeling)

I am Q’uo, and greet each again in the love and in the light. My friends, you do indeed have the potential to be as the sun that shines in your sky and provides the basic life force that brings your world, and indeed yourselves, into being. And it is this being that is your great value and great virtue, for it is the closest representation to the one Creator that you can experience, your very force of life. The awareness of self and the ability to direct this awareness as you pursue your inner world provides the foundation for all that is in the Creation, for all that is created, for all that shall be.

It is from this great foundation of beingness that that which is the Creation and shall move as the Creation takes its being. Thusly, as you work upon your inner being, you work upon that which is most important. For without this inner being, there could be no doing, no action, no work of a physical nature. First must come that which is inner, that which is hidden, that which is of the essence of the life force.

We would at this time transfer this contact to the one known as Carla. We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Q’uo, and we greet each again in love and in light through this instrument.

Perception, my friends, is that which is very powerful in your objective experience of yourself as well as your experience of the world. Perception does not necessarily speak truth. There is a self-perpetuating feature to one’s train of thought or attitude. If one’s original or key train of thought or attitude is fundamentally free of distortion, that which develops within one’s continuing romance with oneself strengthens in non-distortion.

If, for some reason, one’s attitude becomes distorted by fear or by self-doubt, that too has a self-perpetuating quality and it will seem to the self that the self moves only more and more into error and that this error is the truth of the self. Your creation is a creation of vibration and although you, by your doubt, may feel that you have lost your way, that you are no longer of an undistorted nature, and that you can neither see or seek nor serve the Creator, as the one known as Jim has often said, nevertheless, beneath the surf of your own surface of self-perceived distortion, you are the sun.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

You are the blossoms. You are the vibration, the essence, and the truth, the beauty, the peace, and the power. And your essential vibration will bloom as it must when it is ripe, whether it is seen even by you or whether it is not.

The reason that radiancy of being or simply “being” is the central service is that essence will always have more power than manifestation, just as mystery will always speak more truth than facts and logic. It is a glorious thing for each seeker when the clouds of doubt part and the seeker no longer is self-perceived.

Unguarded moments show beauty to the self. Snatches of music and melody heard within the folds of the mystery itself tell your truth to you. The one known as A was speaking of the practice of gazing into the mirror, into one’s eyes, and seeing the Creator. It is a matter of catching oneself past one’s guard and, in that unguarded moment, allowing that which is to be as it is. For that which is the one great original Thought of unconditional love is the Logos. That Logos is the Sun whose sunlight greets each new morning.

There are layers upon layers upon layers of experience within manifestation. Sometimes the layers line up in just the right way so that the sunshine is obvious within the self and within the Creation and the self-perceived self is reassured and knows it is on track and doing the work it came to do.

Very often, however, my friends, the layers do not sort themselves out in such a way that the clouds part and that the sunshine is felt and seen. Yet just as clouds on a cloudy day obscure the manifestation of sunlight but not its essence, so too your own perception is that which keeps you from watching yourself come to bloom again and again, in every crevice of your life. As the one known as L2 has said, any crevice of life, any desert, any thorny place that seems completely infertile is a place of bloom and beauty.

Being, radiance of being, and inner work are prior to and superior to outer work because they are that from which blooming emanates.

The one known as Eleanor wrote, “Mine is the sunlight, mine is the morning, born of the one light Eden saw play.” [1] Yours is the vibration of the Logos. Yours is the vibration of the sun. Let your light shine—or perhaps we should say, my friends, allow yourself to become transparent to the light that shines through all, illuminating all, articulating all, expressing all.

Why did you come to this desert to bloom? You came because it was the desert and blooming was needed. Bloom upon bloom, light upon light, all hidden, all unseen, and yet towering and illuming the shadows of manifestation.

Could you do this without incarnation? No, my friends, you would not have the right to make changes in the consciousness of this tribe of humankind. You yearned for the opportunity to become unseen, to plunge into the earth of your flesh, and to let spirit have a place in this desert.

A change comes. A harvest is called by the very rhythms of creation. And you are the workers in that harvest. You are the place the light may shine. Let your light shine so that all those that see you see you not, but only love.

We are known to you as those of Q’uo. It is most sad we are not to remain for further conversation. Yet those within this group are terribly weary. And although each has its battery [2]; each has its energy protected, it is well at this time that we leave these instruments and this group, thanking each for chiseling away a time together to seek and to serve. You are most beautiful to us and we thank you for blooming together these evening and creating this circle of seeking and this sacred space. It has been our honor and our privilege to share our humble thoughts with you at this time.

We leave this instrument and all of the group in the love and in the light, the peace and the power of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai vasu borragus.

[1] Eleanor Farjeon, “Morning Has Broken.” The verse is part of a hymn and it goes like this:

Mine is the sunshine; mine is the morning,

Born of the one light Eden saw play.

Praise with elation, praise every morning,

God’s re-creation of the new day.

[2] A battery, used in this sense, is a person who is supporting a channel during a session by holding the channel in love and offering himself as a sustainer of the energy of that channel.

January 23, 2010, Saturday Meditation

Jim: The question this evening has to do with the fact that when we get together in groups like this, where we share with an open heart, we are aware that a lot of light, energy and potential is generated. We are wondering how we can use that light, that potential, and that energy when we leave the group and go out into our daily lives and just how that light and energy effects the dawning of the New Age, the dawning of the fourth density, the density of love and understanding.

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is a great privilege to be called to your circle of seeking and we are delighted to share our humble opinions with you on the subject of how to carry with you that self of which you have become aware within the strengthening energy of this circle.

However, before we begin, we would greatly appreciate it if each of you who hears or reads these words would take it upon yourself to use your discrimination and your discernment, to take those thoughts which resonate to you and leave the rest behind. We would not wish to be a stumbling block before you and our comments cannot meet all of you all of the time where you are this day. We very much wish to leave you undisturbed in your patterns of seeking. Consequently, if you will use your discrimination and listen for resonance it will allow us to speak much more freely. We thank you for this consideration.

We would mention that we wish to thank you for the courage that it takes to set aside time from your busy schedules to seek the truth. The energy of that setting of the intention to seek the truth is profound to us and we realize as the one known as L said, you are not only out of the box, you are springing forth and blooming, completely free of boxes here. It is a great pleasure to be part of this circle.

It is indeed true, my friends, that when those of like mind gather together all of those within the group are aided in their seeking. For each is now supported by the others in the group. It is as if you all hooked yourselves up to a great big battery, each of you being a battery for each other, each of you supporting and encouraging and validating each other.

The nature of this phenomenon is, shall we say, electrical for want of a better word. For each of you is powered by not only a physical body which is chemical in its nature, but also a metaphysical or energy body which is electrical in its basic workings. As you rest in this circle of seeking during this session of working, each of your auras is necessarily blending with the auras on either side of you, and as you allow the energy to rotate around the circle clockwise, these blended energies begin immediately to build a sacred space together, indeed as soon as you started talking together when you came in the door. Indeed, you have already built an enormous dome of light over this dwelling place that reaches into the heavens and we find it most beautiful to see.

We turn our attention now to a discussion of the nature of this time and this moment for, relatively speaking, the next few years are as a moment in the general run of eternity and infinity. This moment is where, as this instrument said earlier, the third-density light is waning, soon to be setting so that there may come the dawning of new light, a new morning, a new density, the density which we often call [the density of] love and understanding.

In the waning of this third-density light there are more and more interpenetrations from fourth-density light. The reason a density is called that is that each density contains light that is denser with information. Consequently, fourth-density light carries an enormous amount of truth, which is why each of you is experiencing the opportunity now to gather up all of that shadow side of yourself that you may have neglected because it was not, on the surface of it, attractive and did not seem to carry the energy of love and light.

Yet, my friends, you are all things. If you are all one, then you contain all that there is in that unity. And while that unity’s nature is that of the Logos or unconditional love, yet it also contains all the distortions of that love. And many, my friends, are the distortions of love brought about by fear. Consequently, this is the very time for you to cultivate the quality of fearlessness and to leap into faith.

In the face of many seeming difficulties and disasters in your Earth world at this time it is easy to have fear. In the wake of so many theories about ascension and the “great rapture,” it is easy to have a fear that you shall not continue, or that you shall continue but be plucked from this place to a place of fire and brimstone. It is time to let those fears go, once and for all. As the poet said, “Death, where is thy sting? Grave, where is thy victory?” [1]

We ask you not to be concerned about such things as the physical life or the physical death, for unconditional and absolute love is with you in this world and in larger life as well. So if love is within you, what does it matter whether you experience [it] as a physical being or as a spiritual being? For when that transition occurs, you know, and let it be beyond a shadow of a doubt, that you shall continue as citizens of eternity.

Your environment will change as you move through that process that takes you into graduation from this density to the next, but know you well that you shall not be judged except by your own preferences. For you shall walk into the sunlight. And it shall become fuller by exquisitely, carefully nuanced grades of density. And as you walk into the fuller light, it shall cease being third density and begin being fourth density. And yet you still may walk on. You may walk on until the light becomes too full and is uncomfortable to you. Then that is where you shall stop and that is where you shall stay. And if you are still in third-density light when you stop, then your energy body shall be transited to another third-density planet where you may again take up the lessons of polarity and that choice of how to serve: shall you serve others or shall you serve yourself?

And if you have walked into fourth density before you stopped, then you have graduated. You have passed the third grade in this school of souls, as it were, and you shall find opening before you a great many more choices of how to live and be and serve and learn because of the fullness of fourth-density light. Some there are, my friends, who have indeed come from elsewhere and who have nurtured within their hearts the memory of that energy. And as you graduate, perhaps you shall simply keep walking the steps of light until you are back in your own native density.

As this has an impact upon you now, it is the impact of releasing all fear and of knowing that you are a magical and powerful being. You are part of the Godhead principle. And as you create your inner universe, so it is for you. Thusly, if you have compassion and forgive yourself and others in your universe you are forgiven and they are forgiven. You have that capacity and that entitlement. You may create for yourself fourth density right now, right here, by setting your intention to live by fourth-density values.

My friends, the one known as Jesus offered simple and strong advice. He spoke, saying that there were only two commandments that he felt should be carried into what he considered a new age. The first value was to love the Creator wholeheartedly, without stop or hindrance and with great, kindling fire. The second was to love all of those about you as though they were you, to treat all those about you as though they were you. [2]

When the one known as Peter said, “Well, what shall we do when you’re gone?” the one known as Jesus the Christ, said “Feed my sheep.” [3]

As you move from this very strongly supported circle of seeking into your own bailiwicks, into your own niches in life, we ask you to carry with you that intention to love the Creator and to love all those whom you meet as though they were yourself, or as the one known as Jesus said it, as though they were those who were dependant upon you to feed them.

We are not suggesting that you become silly or foolish. We are not suggesting that you cloud your eyes and refrain from seeing that which you see. What we are suggesting is that when you see with eyes of love, then you are seeing whomever you look at as a soul. You are not looking at their behavior when you look with eyes of love. You are looking at their essential being. In the Creation of the Father, all whom you see are sparks of the Creator.

To see with eyes of love is to be blessed with an awareness that informs you beyond the capacities of the intellect to inform you. And this is helpful, for it grounds that which you see as a personality seeing other personalities. We do not suggest that you stop seeing with all of the ability that you have to link with people, to connect with people, and to draw boundaries where needed when dealing with people that would move you from your center. We are saying that in addition to those normal and everyday movements of personality, intellect and emotion, you carry with you the love and the light of the one infinite Creator.

For you do carry within you that love, that light, that Christ, if you will. Indeed, within your heart, that energy blazes and awaits your reaching. It is not that you must call the Creator to you, for the Creator is nearer to you than your breath, closer to you than your very bones. That love waits for you just as the one known as Jesus awaited the priests who followed the star. You have within you a manger. And in that manger lies love itself. That love is the love of you and your neighbor and all that is within the one infinite Creation. So you are in a position to come into a stable of your own heart and take up that infant self that is your maturing soul. You have the capacity to cradle, nourish and nurture that child within.

You carry within you not only fourth density but all densities, all emotions, all circumstances, all that is in manifestation, all that can be imagined and those mysteries and paradoxes that lie beyond imagination. All this is within you. And therefore you are the one infinite Creator and the one Creation. We are not saying that you have grown into your puppy-feet yet. You are very young gods. And there is much to burn away in the furnace of everyday life as you go about collecting to yourself those gems of being that are the very realest part of you.

Thusly, when you spring forth from this group [meeting], from this blooming, from this precious moment, you carry within you the light that has been empowered by the safety of this group. And you may allow that light to shine. Again, we do not speak of physical things, but of those things which are metaphysical or spiritual. You do not create the light. You carry a space through which the infinite love and light of the one Creator may flow. You convect that light at all times through your energy body and it touches all of the various energies of your little life within incarnation as it moves through what this instrument would call the chakras or the energy centers.

There is daily work to do, just as there is daily housework to do if one wishes one’s house to be quite clean, [4] so that the infinite love and light of the Creator may flow into your heart in full power. The heart is the very center of the chakra body or the energy body. You help yourself to carry the light every time you discover that you have shut down one of your energy centers because something bothered you. When you go after that moment in your contemplations and you gaze upon that sudden closure or narrowing of your energy body because of pain, it’s very helpful to get to know yourself better and better as you find out where your triggers are, what has taken you away from an open energy body, what is squeezing that precious light as it flows into your heart.

If you can keep that energy flowing into your open heart, then you are in a position to work with the energies of communication, compassion and radiancy of being that lead you into a connection with the inspiration and information that comes to you through the gateway of intelligent infinity, pulling down from higher densities that which you need so that you are able to pursue your path with the utmost light possible.

It is easy to feel open and radiant in a supported group such as this one. It is less easy to maintain that free feeling of blooming when you do not have the group with you physically. Yet, my friends, you have many unseen companions [such as] angels, your guidance system, and what this instrument would call the Holy Spirit, that are powerful allies to help you hold open that space through which the love of the Creator can flow. If you can imagine your energy body ending at the tip of your head, you may imagine a flame of spirit that is constantly there when your energy body is open. Metaphysically speaking, it is a very real light. And you are a light unto all whom you meet.

Imagine in the days to come—the tsunamis, the hurricanes, the earthquakes, all of those things that surround the end of an age in which the heat of aggression and war has been stored in the earth and must be allowed to be released—the opportunities that you will have to witness to the light. You may see for yourself as you gaze at the events occurring in your Earth world at this time that the great majority of entities of the tribe of humankind are just a heartbeat away from giving and loving and caring and living in the fourth density where you may feed those about you and where you may expect those about you to feed you.

Certainly what this instrument would call the “loyal opposition” is delighted to fly above the radar with war and rumors of war. We simply ask you not to be dismayed but to move down into the roots of your being, down into who you are and why you are here at this time. It is a precious opportunity which you have to serve the light and to ask, “What is Your will for me today, for I give this day to You. This is Your day. I am Your servant. “Here am I. Send me. Send me.” [5]

And you may say to yourself, “Am I worthy to carry this love, to witness to this light?” And we say to you that the Creator has no one but those who are error-prone. You are entirely worthy just as you are. Indeed, we find each of you beautiful. For if you let the light come through you with no personality distortions, it would be white light. Yet how beautiful it is that you shade the light according to the colors of your personality so that you are like stained glass windows, giving [the white] light its color, its beauty, its particularity.

To support the attempt and the intention to live according to fourth-density values of love and compassion, it is very helpful, my friends, that each of you finds ways to enter into the silence for those moments of communion with the infinite One which move deeper than words can.

How you wish to enter into the silence and to practice the presence of the one Creator is entirely your choice. There is an amazing array of ways to practice the presence of the One, from the heat of exercise, to the contemplation of walking in nature, to the many ways of sitting in meditation, to the practice of words and inspiration as you read and think about what you have read. Whatever combination of those things appeals to you, we simply encourage you to make it a daily practice.

Above all things, my friends, we would suggest both that you take yourself ultimately seriously and that you take yourself lightly. It is easy to burn out on the spiritual path. Lift up from heaviness and self-judgment into compassion for the self, so that you fall in love with yourself just as you are. It is so much easier to love all those about you when you have done that: practiced forgiveness upon yourself for each and every perceived imperfection.

The hardest audience that you will ever have is yourself—the most severe critic, the sternest judge. Let those energies fall away from you as they will and forgive all. As you do so, you have begun a whole new life. And you may do that each and every day. You shall never run out of beginnings. You have infinity to rehearse.

We would at this time ask if there is a follow-up to this query before we open the questioning to other questions. We are those of Q’uo.

(Silence)

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Q’uo, and as it appears there is no follow-up to that query, may we ask if there are other queries within the group at this time.

A: Q’uo, I have a question. The concept of fourth-density technologies that are coming in now came to my mind. I’m wondering if you can comment on whether that is a useful concept and if so, if you could discuss it from a spiritual perspective without infringing on my or anyone else’s free will.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you for your query, my brother. The information which we may offer that is harmless is simply that there is indeed a certain amount of what this instrument would call retro-engineering of advanced technology as you would call it, and that this source of these bits of technology is of a polarity which is negative, that is to say, there is that energy within your peoples which is called service to self.

Just as we, in careful awareness of the need for the maintenance of complete free will, come to you in thoughts by means of channels such as this one, so there are entities which come to those who are seeking to graduate in service to self and it is those energies which are compatible with such things as physical landings and so forth of entities from elsewhere.

We are not saying that the technology itself has a negative vibration, but only that it would not be appropriate for a service-to-others group from elsewhere to infringe upon the free will of those upon your planet by attempting to introduce technology which might be to the advantage of those to whom it was given.

We thank you for this question, my brother, and this concludes the material that we see as being harmless.

May we ask if there is another query in the group at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

L: I had a query, Q’uo. Would it be possible for you to discuss any spiritual principles involved in sadism and masochism, the seeking out of inflicting or desiring pain to where it can be considered an arousing or mind-altering experience? Would this indicate some kind of blockage of the lower chakras that would cause that kind of thing to be sought out by an entity?

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we understand your query, my sister. There can be, in the course of a lifetime, the gathering of experiences which are very painful and which are suppressed because as a young entity in incarnation there has been no way to contain or understand these experiences. There are many different kinds of ways that a young soul can be abused and often these memories are deeply buried in order that the infant or the toddler or the child that has experienced these painful things might survive with an intact psychology, as this instrument would say.

These buried pockets of pain sometimes may call to the conscious mind of the adult, who has no memory or only of the vaguest memory of these early experiences, and suggest that somehow the expression of pain is appropriate. In psychological terms, my sister, it would be called a mental aberration or an illness. Certainly there is illness or toxicity involved in all that is of the shadow side.

The path to light is straight through that pain, so that you may imagine yourself cradling that part of yourself that is involved with the darkness and allowing the Mother aspect of the Creator to swaddle and rock this pain that is within. And through the dark night, continue rocking, continue loving, continue being there for that part of yourself that is in darkness.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

L: No, thank you, Q’uo.

We thank you, my sister. And may we say to all of those in this group that at any time that you wish us to be with you in your meditation, to strengthen the basic vibration of meditation, we are most happy to be there. You need only ask for us. This is also true, my friends, of the angels. Each of you has many angels around you, angels who love you because of who you are and because of your great ideals and your great hopes.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Carla channeling)

[They come] to let you know that you are loved and that you are safe.

May we ask if there is another query at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

A: I have another query, Q’uo. I wonder if you could discuss the discipline of mathematics from a spiritual perspective—the spiritual principles of math—without infringing on the free will of anybody? Thank you.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you for that query. It is an interesting one in that from our perspective, there is no difference between the science of numbers and the science of music. It has often been said by those who are deeply involved in numbers among your people that numbers are entities. And we would agree with this. And yet we would take it further.

Numbers are spiritual essences. The ratios and relationships betwixt numbers is the basis of the Hermetic philosophies, so called, the work of Hermes Tresmegistus and all of the science of alchemy which attempts to take that basic metal which is the unrealized self and to transmute it into the gold of the realized spiritual self.

Numbers have powerful and deep connections to various vibratory levels or states of being. If you feel that you may have a lucky number, for instance, it very likely is so that your particular vibration is comfortable with the powers of that particular number. If you wish to investigate the spiritual or the sacred nature of numbers, there are various ways to do that. You may investigate them according to the discipline of the Kabbalah, for the Kabbalah with its Gematria is a discipline hundreds and hundreds of years old and its pathways are very interesting to travel for one who is interested in numbers.

The reason that we compare numbers to music is that the vibratory nature of each note has a specific numerical value, so that when you are gazing at how harmony works, or how a twelve-tone scale may work, for instance, or how the various modes may differ from the major and the minor scales, you are looking at spiritual pathways that are compatible with various states of being.

The science of sacred geometry may also be a discipline that shall satisfy your resonance with this subject, my brother, and we would recommend that you look into that as well.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

A: No, Q’uo. Thank you.

We thank you, my brother. May we ask if there is a final query in this group?

A: I have one. Q’uo, I’m curious about the distinction between psychic attack and everyday, run-of-the mill catalyst, just the daily stuff, because life is life. I’m wondering if you could discuss that from a spiritual perspective—how to distinguish between the two—without impinging on anyone’s free will. Thanks.

We thank you, my brother. There really is no clear boundary between the slings and arrows of outrageous, everyday fortune, as this one would wrongly quote the one known as William, [6] and psychic greeting. However, there are slings and arrows that seem outrageous beyond the everyday. And in those cases it is likely that the seeker will say he is having a psychic greeting or psychic attack.

Usually, for the most part, psychic greetings are a mechanism from within the self where light has not been developed in a certain way or in a certain area and therefore, that which strikes one as catalyst strikes one much more keenly and much more painfully than the everyday experience and difficulty.

Consequently, before one begins to think, “Oh, I’m being attacked by some evil entity from the outside,” it is far more fruitful, generally speaking, to gaze within to see what has caused this seeming feeling of being attacked or greeted, to look into that moment of resistance or difficulty or frustration and to gather intelligence concerning that happening.

It is very instructive for any spiritual seeker to go right back into the heart of that which has troubled him, looking for patterns. For each has come into incarnation with some things to do and some things to learn. And for each there is at least one incarnational lesson that repeats, like the theme that plays over and over again, like the tune you hear and you know Peter is coming, or the wolf is coming, or the duck, in Peter and the Wolf, that marvelous piece which has a little tune for each entity. [7]

You also have themes to your incarnation, leitmotifs that occur again and again. It is not that they occur precisely the same way each time, for you are different each time that you meet this incarnational lesson. It meets you at a different place. Yet there are elements of it that you recognize after you’ve contemplated this for a while.

It helps greatly to have a handle on what your incarnational lessons are because it removes all fear when you come into that awareness, “Oh, I’m being hit by this again.” Then you can think, “Oh, okay, I know that. That’s my theme, that’s my lesson. Let’s see how I shall do with it this time.” Then you begin to ask yourself those questions that we so often encouraged you to ask:

“Where is the love in this moment?”

“Where is the Creator in this moment?”

“How may I serve to my highest and best in this moment?”

“How may I expand faith and let go of fear?”

“How may I love?”

Occasionally, there is an outside entity that wishes to distract you from the path that you have chosen to follow, for a being of light, a light-worker, that is distracted from the light work and coaxed into sitting by the side of the road in heavy gloom has successfully been taken away from that worker’s reason for being here. So, when you feel distracted, when you feel discouraged, allow those feelings to wash through you as you allow the love and the light of the infinite One to fill you.

That which happens to you, be it the normal difficulties of everyday or that which might be called psychic greeting, all responds to the same thing: your loving attention. So let your light shine forth. And when it is challenged, take the time to honor and respect that which the challenge is and then let it be and let it go so that you may be about the business that you came to be about.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

A: No, thank you, Q’uo. I’m satisfied.

We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Many thanks to each of you. It has been our privilege and pleasure to be part of this meditation. We leave this instrument and this group in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai vasu borragus.

[1] Holy Bible, I Corinthians 15: 54-55. In context, this quotation reads, “So when this corruptible shall have put on incorruption, and this mortal shall have put on immortality, then shall be brought to pass the saying that is written, Death is swallowed up in victory. O death, where is thy sting? O grave, where is thy victory?”

[2] In context, this quotation is from the Holy Bible, Matthew 22: 35-40: “Then one of them, which was a lawyer, asked him a question, tempting him, and saying, Master, which is the great commandment in the law? Jesus said unto him, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind. This is the first and great commandment. And the second is like unto it, Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself. On these two commandments hang all the law and the prophets.”

[3] In context, this quotation is from the Holy Bible, John 21:15-17: “When they had dined, Jesus saith to Simon Peter, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me more than these? He saith unto him, Yea, Lord; thou knowest that I love thee. He saith unto him, Feed my lambs. He saith to him again the second time, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me? He saith unto him, Yea, Lord; thou knowest that I love thee. He saith unto him, Feed my sheep. He saith unto him the third time, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me? Peter was grieved because he said unto him the third time, Lovest thou me? And he said unto him, Lord, thou knowest all things; thou knowest that I love thee. Jesus saith unto him, Feed my sheep.”

[4] This basic image of the two-story house, the first floor of which must be cleaned before you an enter the “upper room,” is offered often by the British mystic, Evelyn Underhill, in her writings and is the first place the instrument discovered this powerful analogy.

[5] In context, this quotation is from the mouth of Isaiah in the Holy Bible, Isaiah 6, 5-8: “Then said I, ‘Woe is me! For I am undone; because I am a man of unclean lips, and I dwell in the midst of a people of unclean lips. For mine eyes have seen the King, the Lord of hosts.’ Then flew one of the seraphim unto me, having a live coal in his hand, which he had taken with the tongs from off the altar. And he laid it upon my mouth, and said, ‘Lo, this hath touched thy lips; and thine iniquity is taken away, and thy sin purged.’ Also I heard the voice of the Lord, saying, ‘Whom shall I send, and who will go for us?’ Then said I, ‘Here am I; send me.’”

[6] William Shakespeare, in Hamlet, where Hamlet (Act III, Scene 1) muses, “To be, or not to be: that is the question: Whether 'tis nobler in the mind to suffer the slings and arrows of outrageous fortune, or to take arms against a sea of troubles, and, by opposing, end them?”

[7] “Peter and the Wolf” is a symphonic piece for children, complete with a narrative. The piece is both composed and written by Sergei Prokofiev in 1936. Each character in the story has a theme or leitmotif. When you hear the stringed instruments play a specific melody, it denotes Peter. French horns play a melody that announces the arrival of the wolf. The duck’s theme is played by an oboe.

January 30, 2010, Saturday Meditation

Group question: The question this evening has to do with prayer and sending love and light. We have got a number of qualities. We wonder what effect they have on the efficiency of a prayer. [Is it better] if we focus on one person or a group of people? [What about the effectiveness of] the intention, our emotions, and visualization? If we look at life in general as if all is one and all is well, does anyone really need prayer? What are we doing when we ask to send healing energy to another person, who is in fact the Creator, whole and perfect, in truth? If they are whole and perfect, do they need prayer? Is this catalyst in their life pattern real? Is it something to be ignored or something for which to pray? Can you give us an indication as to what makes prayers effective?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. Thank you for calling us to your circle of seeking. It is our pleasure and our privilege to share our humble thoughts with you.

Before we begin to discuss prayer, however, we would as always request that each of you use your discrimination and discernment and take that which resonates to you and leave the rest behind. If you will do this it will facilitate our feeling that we are free to speak without being concerned that we might infringe upon your free will or in some way disturb the rhythm of your path of seeking. We thank your for this consideration.

We thank each of those within the circle who has added to the group question this evening on prayer. In speaking concerning this way of being in conversation with the one infinite Creator we shall come at the question from several different angles and ask that you bear with us as we go from focus to focus.

Firstly, we would like to talk about how we see the environment of prayer. We see each of you as bodies of energy that contain all the colors of the rainbow in your energy body, starting with red at the root chakra, which with deals with sexuality and survival, moving up from the joining of the legs to the lower belly, where [lies] the orange chakra or energy center, which has to do with your relationship with yourself and your relationship with one other person at a time.

Moving up again to the solar plexus [we see] the yellow-ray energy center or chakra. This yellow-ray center deals with issues such as formalized marriage, work relationships, your birth family, and even the teams for which you root. All those energies of formalized or group relationships are in the solar plexus chakra. Those lead up to the heart chakra which is the green-ray energy center. It is, of course, the all-important center; that center which is the first energy center that, when opened, enables the seeker to work with the higher energies.

This means that in order for you to do the work of prayer, contemplation or many of those other occupations which deal with higher energies, it is all-important to keep those lower rays open so that the heart is always receiving a full dose of the infinite love-light of the one Creator.

Moving up again from the heart, the next energy center is the blue-ray chakra which deals with communication and compassion. Then there is, at the brow level, the indigo-ray chakra which deals with radiance of being. The violet-ray chakra is not a chakra that does work, in the sense that you would understand work of a spiritual nature. That is to say that it does not handle issues but rather is a read-out of the basic state of your being as a whole. It is your vibration, your signature. We know you by the violet-ray emanation. It is your signature in a far deeper way than your name would be, to us. Others [may] have your name but your [vibration] is unique in all of the infinite Creation.

Above the violet-ray energy center lies the opening to what this instrument calls the gateway to intelligent infinity. It is through that gateway that the entity who is in prayer or who is working as a healer or a teacher or an artist will set his intention to move, so that in reaching up through that gateway he will move from the world of space and time and the physical world to the world of time and space and the metaphysical world.

Within time and space are the inner planes of your planet. Many and many of them there are. Within that gateway is also the opening to outer planes such as this instrument is now using as she receives our concepts and translates them into words.

The entity who wishes to use the gateway to intelligent infinity needs to be sure before he begins to do his work that his lower chakras are clear and the energy is moving through fully into the heart. When the heart is open it is possible to set the intention to move through the gateway to intelligent infinity. It is possible to think of those ways to reach through that gateway for information and inspiration as a kind of menu, as this instrument would say, [like] a menu on the computer that drops down and offers you various options.

Those who wish to heal set their intention to reach through the gateway for healing energy and that healing energy comes down through the gateway, through the violet ray to the indigo ray and down to the blue ray, [then] to the green-ray chakra. There it stays, for the healing energy moves through the open heart of the healer and out through the energies of that healer to do its work according to the wisdom and the love of the spirit.

It is not necessary for the healer to do anything. The healer is a kind of instrument. Therefore, all the healer needs to do is set the intention to offer itself as an instrument for healing, and the healing then moves through. The healer may lay hands on the one to be healed. Yet it is not the healer’s hands that are doing anything. It is the energy that is moving through the healer and out through that healer’s hands. It is also not necessary to lay hands on a patient in order to heal, as the one known as S has noted. It is necessary only that the healer set its intention to open up the gateway and move through and call forth that healing energy from the one infinite Creator so it may be used as an instrument for healing. In this type of healing the energy goes where it is needed. It needs no instruction, for it moves with the power of the spirit.

Now you may ask, “What about entities who lay hands on people and they are healed, yet they are only healed for a little while?” My friends, that is what is called yellow-ray healing, where the will of the entity has not moved through the open heart and given up its selfhood. Rather, such entities have a gift. Yet they push it into entities. Therefore, they are effective as long as that energy is fresh. Yet, like any energy that is finite, it will fail after a certain amount of time. Consequently, we suggest the model of the healer as that instrument which sings the melody of the spirit.

Some there are who wish to use blue ray and so they set their intention as teachers and channels, such as this instrument, as artists that communicate, as those who counsel, as those who preach. They are asking and setting their intention to be communicators of those concepts which are too deep for words. Yet somehow there needs to be words, so that people who need the words can hear them and use them as transformative agents.

Again, if the one who communicates has any ego involved in the reaching it will fail. It is necessary simply to set the intention to be an instrument such as Saint Francis did when he said, “Lord make me an instrument of thy peace.” The model then is that with all the chakras opened up to the heart, the heart opens, the intention is set and the gateway opens. [That which] has been called for comes down, springs forward from green ray and bounces up to blue. There it stays and is used.

Some there are who wish to deal with their inner life to achieve a full radiance of being. The prayer life is that which uses the indigo ray. [There are] those who simply sit and allow the self to reveal self to self. The divine aspect of the self is opened and the things that are not necessary can fall away so that the eye of the self becomes the eye of the Christ, that icon or that symbol of unconditional love. In that model, then, the lower chakras being opened, the heart being open and the intention set, the entity reaches up through the gateway to ask for that energy of radiance of being which comes down through the body, down through the violet, indigo, blue [rays] and into the green ray and springboards back up to indigo, where it remains and does its work.

This is what we feel is happening in terms of your energy body and how it relates to the one infinite Creator when you pray or heal or teach or simply rest and allow the self to be revealed to the self.

We would now shift our focus a bit and take up the question asked by the one known as S when he said, “Is that way of healing which sees through all of the ten thousand things of the world as illusion and claims the truth of one infinite love that is the identify of all beings the appropriate way to heal? Or is there virtue in allowing the illusion to become solid and real enough that one may work with the catalyst that one receives, not simply sloughing it off as illusion and reaching for the highest and best truth but sitting with one’s imperfections as perceived by the self and looking at them in order to get to know the self better and to become one who has been able to see the self as it truly is and to be able to forgive it, so that the entity becomes self-redeemed, piece by piece by piece, so that eventually all is gathered in together into the open heart to become whole, integrated and entirely at peace with the self?”

To the one known as S we would say that there is a harmonization to these two attitudes. Yet in order to see the harmony of these two approaches it is necessary to draw back the focus from the apparent opposition of seeing through the illusion and using the illusion. The spiritual world is a world of paradox and contradiction and when you see these paradoxes occur, you know that you are on fruitful spiritual ground.

Indeed, all is illusion within your density, a deeper illusion than the densities [1] from which we speak. Yet all within our densities are also illusions, yet more rarefied and refined illusions. However, the paradoxes remain. The mystery remains. The purpose of there being such a thick veil between you as your physical body and you as a soul body is that your density is the Density of Choice. The choice that you have before you as a human being, once you realize that you are inevitably and most deeply an ethically orientated entity, it is to choose your manner of service.

Shall you be in service to others and achieve graduation from this density by polarizing towards service to others? That is the path of radiance. It is the path of Jesus the Christ, the path of the Buddha, the path of many and many of your world religions’ figures.

Or shall you choose the path of service to self, that path called the path of contraction or the path of that which is not. The service-to-self polarity is called the path of that which is not because in order to make the self the center of the universe and all others those whose job is to serve you, it is necessary to deny that you and your brothers and sisters are one. It is necessary to close the heart and keep it closed tightly. Consequently, it is the path of that which is not, for it denies the basis for all that is: the Logos, the love of the one infinite Creator. Nevertheless, it is a viable path from which one may graduate in negative polarity and move forward into the next density, the Density of Love, and also into fifth density, the Density of Wisdom.

The paths shall be separate as those who seek service to others explore the love of others and the wisdom that modifies and strengthens that love, while those who seek in service to self discover more fully the love of self and the wisdom that modifies the love of self.

However, in sixth density, the Density of Unity, all comes together once again and there is no polarity, for those who attempt to move forward on a negative path in sixth density come full stop and cannot go further. And therefore, in order to go further, they must release the path of that which is not and embrace that which is—the love of the One. It is against this cosmology, if you will, that you can see the benefit of the very heavy veil in third density and the supreme place of free will.

You have complete freedom of choice as to how you will polarize. When you awaken, as each of you within this room has done, whether a long time ago or more recently, you become aware, sometimes with startling rapidity, that the world is other than you saw it to be. And so you scramble to read all that you can, seeking knowledge. Now that you are outside the box, you cannot get back in the box. You cannot go back to sleep. You are awake. How shall you deal [with each] of these new awarenesses?

And so there is a great deal of the intake of information and the need to have patience with yourself as you assimilate the new information and begin to evaluate for yourself just how your path shall go. As you decide how you wish to proceed, you find that you must use faith and faith alone to choose the way of love. It is not obvious from the outside in that love is the nature of all things. It is not obvious from the outside in that each of you is one with all other beings and with the Creator. It is not obvious from the outside in that each of you is a person of power. Therefore, it is not all obvious that you are an entity that wants to become responsible for how you use your personal power. None of this is obvious. None of this is provable.

And that is the whole point of the veil. That is the point of the illusion—that you may use your free will to choose to leap into faith, as the one known as Kierkegaard put it. [2] Once you leap into faith you find your footing in midair and you are on your way. But there is indeed questioning and nervousness involved in taking that leap into mid-air. And [it] leaves behind the provable and the seeable and the sensible. Moving from this path of logic, it is clear that it is useful for you to use that faith-filled attitude to look at the only thing that you have within yourself to work with: your experiences.

Being a person of power and having these experiences, the seeker takes the self seriously enough to gaze at that which threw him off balance during the day and to ask himself, “What happened? What reveals itself to me of myself in [my] being triggered and being thrown off balance?” Functionally speaking, it is well to do this work in order to keep the energy body open. When one digs up the memory of that which occurred this day—say, for instance, someone cut you off in traffic and your energy body closed like a fist—it is normal and natural that when the physical body is jostled there is an immediate reaction. There is startlement. There is anger. There is the shadow side floating up from its lair deep within your personality. So you look at that when you have the time to contemplate it and you see why you were thrown off balance, why you were triggered into shutting down your energy body. It was shut down in your red ray because of your fear concerning survival. It was shut down in your orange ray because you resented the agent of that startlement and that danger. And you could not possibly open your heart to this entity until you realize what caused that moment of being off-balance.

Now, road rage, so- called, is such a common experience for anyone that drives that there is a great deal of opportunity to practice the realization of why that trigger happens. You have a great deal of time to practice the forgiveness of self and the forgiveness of the other self. And so gradually, as that experience happens again and again in your driving time, you begin to be able to do your work very quickly, to reopen your energy body and say, “There is room for you too, my friend, my brother, there is room for you too.” Thusly, you are back in balance and you have expressed love in that moment. That is the goal of using the catalyst of everyday and analyzing and allowing those experiences to repeat and even to intensify—so that, once you see where that catalyst has come from, you may call forth the dynamic opposite of that emotion that has been triggered by the shadow side.

You are not destroying the shadow-side emotion as much as you are balancing it, so that you may see that where there is shadow there is also light and it is in perfect balance. This is the density of polarity. You are using this density when you do this technique.

Now, those who look through the illusion to the truth and claim the truth are in harmony with those who are working with polarity. They are, as the one known as S said, working from a different viewpoint. They are reaching up through the gateway to intelligent infinity to that place where there is no polarity, where all things are one. They are holding that place and allowing the energy of the truth of unity, of unconditional love, to pour through them and out into the world. And as they are holding the one for whom they pray in their inner focus, they are giving that entity the opportunity to be bathed in that truth and to allow that truth to reset their energy body in vibrations that are full of health and wellness.

This instrument, for instance, has known of a person who asked for help from a practitioner of Christian Science, so-called. That practitioner held the truth that there was no power in alcohol. The entity who asked for help was not able to stop drinking at first, but then it discovered there was no kick to the alcohol. He was not getting drunk or getting high. So he simply quit drinking of his own accord. So you see there is great virtue in that model which reaches from illusion to truth and then allows truth to flow through [the healer’s energy body] and out into the world.

It is as though in one technique one were using the energy of the local world, while in the other technique one is using the energy of the universal world. Whether the focus is within the heart or from the heart up into metaphysical sources of inspiration and information, the result remains the same because the heart is that place which holds space/time and time/space—the physical and the metaphysical—in one location.

You are, in fact, living locations which allow infinity and eternity to move into the local space/time, everyday world. You are instruments of the divine and through you comes the light of the world. You are the eyes of love in this world. You are the hands and the voice and the smile, the hugs of love in this world. When you are on the beam shall we say, you are not offering them from the heart. You are offering them through your heart. So you do not run out of love; you do not run out of prayer time; you do not run out of those energies. If you called upon them as a human, you would quickly and completely run dry. However, you are simply opening yourself to be used by that energy that is unconditional love, the Logos, the Creator, the One Original Thought.

Now let us shift focus once more, my friends, to talk briefly concerning how to pray most efficiently. Perhaps by now you might guess we would say that you have a very wide range of ways to pray, one of them not being better than another, each of them being a child of your personality, your sensibility. Prayer is a very intimate, personal thing. It is a conversation between you and the Creator.

Now, the Creator does not speak in words. It is the Creator. It is that “still, small voice” [3] as the Holy Bible says. His silence is thunder. And in that silence is all the information that is infinite. You receive it whole and undisturbed as you enter the silence and tabernacle with the one infinite Creator. For some that is all that is needed, resting in silence, feeling that communion with the divine. There nothing else that seems to be needed.

For others, there is the gift of visualization. Such entities will find visualization very effective. It will feel right to hold each entity in thought, to visualize the entity as being well and see that entity in the light.

For others, as this instrument said [earlier], a certain entity with a certain difficulty brings to mind a hymn or a song or a chant. And the expression of the chant or song is directed at that crystallized place of pain that the prayer hopes to dissolve.

For others, there is a need for communication. There is a need for talking. Such entities will find it very comforting to journal, as that entity did who wrote Conversations with God, [4] writing down one’s question and then writing down the answer when it comes, writing down the next question, then writing down the next thought that appears in the mind, the answer. For some, this is a very comforting, reassuring way to have that conversation with the Creator. Certainly something is lost as impressions are turned into words. Yet for one who needs the words, those words are very helpful, more helpful than all of the silence in the world.

There are as many ways to pray as there are people who seek to join in union with the one infinite Creator that is their beginning, their end, and their deepest truth. We would assure you that there are no mistakes. If there is an intention to pray, [however you choose to pray] will be an effective way for you to pray.

Remember always that thanksgiving, praise and devotion are also ways to pray—to enter the silence and to feel the union with the one that opens to you that gateway to intelligent infinity.

We would at this time rest and acknowledge that we have only brushed the surface of this very interesting subject, for which we thank those in this circle. We would ask before we open to other queries if there is a follow-up to this question. We are those of Q’uo.

J: I have a question, Q’uo. Earlier you seemed to suggest that prayer is intended to reveal the self to the self. Can you tell me more about that without infringing on my free will?

We thank the one known as J for the query and believe we understand it. The one known as J wishes to know about prayer revealing self to self. My brother, for some the self is full. It is so full that there is no room for further understanding. For such entities the path of prayer concerning the seeking of truth is the path of releasing the fullness of self and allowing all of that self-definition to fall away so that the self becomes a chalice, empty at last and able to receive the truth.

For others, bound in suffering, wracked by doubts, caught in the world of ten thousand things, there is an emptiness of self. The chalice is already ready to receive. And for such entities it is precious indeed to open the self in passive prayer. Some would call it mediation and indeed the Buddhists would call it vipassana meditation. In this allowing of the self to be nothing and to float as the candle flame floats above the candle, self is revealed just as the candle reveals itself in the flame. It is an indigo-ray use of the gateway of intelligent infinity to ask for the self to be revealed to the self, for the self to feel its own radiance. And that flame comes down into the passive tallow of self and kindles the flame of truth so that the self becomes a chalice, holding the flame of love. And gently, sweetly, that flame melts away the suffering and the difficulty and frees the caught soul that it may fly free into the love of the open heart, into the love of the Logos.

May we answer you further, my brother?

J: No, Q’uo, I am very grateful for your answer.

And we are grateful to you, my brother.

M: I have a query, Q’uo. Could you tell me if there is a spiritual significance in the pressure I feel in my chest when I meditate?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. My sister, we are aware that you are already fully aware of the presence of energies that would seek to distract you from the path of service that you have chosen in this lifetime. They, or shall we say these energies so as not to give them a personality but simply to express them as resisting energies, are hoping to distract you from your seeking. They have used the extreme sensitivity of your spiritual or electrical body in order to create the impression of their presence, that presence being by its very nature part of the path of that which is not: coldness as opposed to warmth, contraction as opposed to radiance.

This coldness, my sister, is not in any way harmful nor is it, except in a statistical sense, real, by the definition of science. That is to say that statistically there may be seen to be a change in your physical temperature due to these impressions. However, it is only a statistically noticeable difference, not at all in congruency with the impression that you experience. Therefore, my sister, there comes that moment of choice.

We are aware that you have at all times met this choice-point by radiating love to the sender and radiating love to the self. My sister, one thing only would we suggest and that is to ask for help. There is help available in the form of your guidance, in the form of angelic presences, and in the form of calling upon the principles and the representatives within [the inner planes of] this density you call Earth—of those principles such as the one known as Jesus the Christ.

Consequently, we encourage you to offer the prayer that is congruent with your belief system; that is to say in the name of the Creator as you know the Creator. This instrument would simply say, “Jesus,” and the name would create a change in her vibration and would create a state of remembrance of the power of unconditional love in her heart. It is important, my sister, that you carefully choose the representation of the unconditional love that speaks most strongly to you and pray that name of the Creator-self as you need that change in vibration.

May we answer you further, my sister? we are those of Q’uo.

M: No, Quo, thank you.

We thank you and we may say, my sister, that we are with you. At any time that you need, you can ask us mentally and we shall undergird the basic vibration of the mediation.

M: Thank you.

My sister, it is our pleasure. We ask is there a final query at this time?

(No further queries.)

We are those of Q’uo, and are again with this instrument, greeting each in love and in light. The resounding silence indicates to us that we have exhausted all of those questions that have been traveling on your lips. We shall await such time as you wish to speak of those queries which you have kept to yourselves. All things have their moments.

May we thank each from the bottom of our collective hearts for asking us to join in your meditation this evening. Your courage is amazing. We know how busy your lives are. One look at that which is moving through any of your minds is enough to make us reel! Your lives are full of such detail, such vividness, such complexity, and yet you have found time this evening to come together to seek the truth. We find that stunning. Your beauty is wonderful as you have blended your vibrations and have created a sacred dome. It glows with light far above the roof of this dwelling. You have created a lighthouse that is spectacular and we thank you for your love, for each other, for the truth, and for the one infinite Creator.

We leave this instrument and this group in the love and the light, in the power and in the peace of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai vasu borragus.

[1] Q’uo uses the plural “densities” because the Q’uo principle is made up of planetary entities from the fourth (Hatonn), fifth (Latui) and sixth (Ra) densities.

[2] Søren Kierkegaard is a nineteenth-century philosopher who spoke of the circularity of faith. It takes faith to leap into faith. It is a profound truth as well as a total paradox and one which Q’uo uses often.

[3] This phrase is embedded in the story of the prophet Elijah. He seeks the word of the Lord, but does not find it except in the silence of the “still small voice.” The context is Kings I 19: 11-12, “And, behold, the Lord passed by, and a great and strong wind rent the mountains, and brake in pieces the rocks before the Lord; but the Lord was not in the wind: and after the wind an earthquake; but the Lord was not in the earthquake: And after the earthquake a fire; but the Lord was not in the fire: and after the fire a still small voice.”

[4] Neale Donald Walsch, Conversations with God; an Uncommon Dialogue: New York, Putnam’s, 1996. This book is still in print and available at your bookstore or from www.amazon.com.

February 6, 2010, Saturday Channeling Circle - Channeling Circle 5

Group question: The question this evening is, “At what point along the seeker’s path may he turn his full attention to the Creator and say, “I am ready as I am. As flawed and distorted as I may be, I ask that you use me as your instrument.” We would also like to know what qualities of attitude and orientation should accompany this statement.”

(Carla acts as senior channel for this session.)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. Thank you for the privilege of being called to your circle of seeking. We are most happy to share our humble opinions with you this evening.

But as always, we would ask of each of those who hears or reads our words that you exercise your discrimination and your discernment in choosing those [of our] thoughts that you wish to use. We would ask that you follow the path of resonance. We would ask that you leave behind those thoughts that do not resonate with you, for we would not wish to interrupt the rhythm of your seeking or interfere with your free will. We thank you for this consideration, for it will enable us to speak freely as we share our thoughts.

You ask this evening concerning the point at which it is appropriate to offer yourself wholeheartedly, holding nothing back, to the one infinite Creator, to be used as the Creator’s instrument in your everyday life. And we would begin by saying that now is the appropriate time, that present moment when you realize to the depths of your being that this is your wish, not for today, not for next week, not for next year, but for the remainder of your incarnation upon Planet Earth.

This is not a decision that you would wish to rush. When the moment comes for you to make that dedication, there will be no doubt and no reservation concerning the decision to serve the Creator. There will only be the realization that that this moment is the moment that you come home within yourself. For you have a home in your inmost heart. It awaits you patiently, faithfully and with the utmost love.

The challenge that faces one who is yearning to move into that absolute dedication of the light to the one infinite Creator is to gather all of the self together, the shadow side as well as the bright side. It is important to realize, on the eve of such a decision, that to be human is to be unable to avoid error. That is an old cliché, my friends, but it is a true one. You are dwelling at this time within a very thick illusion which makes that which is unreal seem very real and that which is very real seem unreal. It is an illusion in which objects and things seem to be that which is, whereas dreams, ideals, the seeking for the truth and the search for pure beauty seem to be phantasms of the imagination, creatures of the mind. Yet, those creatures of the mind are the most real and essential of these components which make up your being. And they are far more real in the sense of spirituality than the chair upon which you sit, the clothes upon your body, or even your physical body itself.

The Creator has no perfect people to be His voice of love, His hands of love, and His thoughts of love. He has you. “Just as you are,” as the old hymn goes, just as you are you are perfect. [1] In your uniqueness, in your dazzling complexity of distortions, you are perfect. And each of you is perfect uniquely. You are like snowflakes. No two energy bodies are alike. No two instruments have quite the same tone timbre. Therefore, being imperfect is not an issue. It is part of the self you experience yourself to be within the illusion you now enjoy.

We would, at this time, transfer our contact to the one known as S. We are those of Q’uo.

(S channeling)

I am Q’uo, and I’m with this instrument. We ask that you reflect well on the question of perfection and imperfection, as you feel it in your own person. For it will come to pass that what passes through you, even when you attempt to serve to the uttermost, will bear the mark of an imperfection which is your own, and which you will, in the course of your further efforts to serve, have to come to own as your own.

It is not sufficient to convince yourself upon a sunny morning that you wish to live a life pervaded by this sunshine all the remainder of your days and to expect that this sunshine will then simply take over and rule the order of your days thereafter. There continues to be a responsibility which each seeker must take and this is that side of an incarnational experience which is the learning process for each. The learning process is the balance to the effort to serve.

We would have you consider well that when you make an act of dedication in service, this act has a very large magical potential. And as in the case of every act with magical potential, there will be a sequence of events following from it which is the fulfillment and the realization, or the manifestation, of that potential. Within this process there will be surprises. And so we counsel that to engage in an act of commitment whereby when you dedicate yourself to wholehearted service, you enter the act with humility and with courage, recognizing that you have unleashed a force which has a power to manifest beyond what you are able to imagine.

Indeed, it has a potential to transfigure your own life beyond recognition. The effect upon catalyst can be very great, greatly accelerated. And greatly accelerated catalyst does not always meet with a greatly accelerated capacity for processing this catalyst. You may have unleashed more that you have bargained for.

When this has been discovered to have been so, we would suggest that there is no shame in pulling back, shall we say, to a more restful repose [in order] to find that in your life which you enjoy, which grounds you, which refreshes you, even though it may not seem as though it is doing the Lord’s service. If you enjoy gardening, it is hard to understand how working your garden may help those who are in need in Haiti, and yet it may be the best thing you could be doing.

For one who has invited, shall we say, more catalyst than can be processed has invited a great imbalance. And it is generally not possible to go forward in a condition that is greatly imbalanced. So we would reiterate that the time for making such dedication of one’s efforts is always now.

One needs to understand that one is blessed with many “nows,” each of which must find its measure. And so we would ask that, if you find through your magical act of dedication that you have brought on yourself more than you have bargained for, you take the attitude that this too is the Lord’s work. This too, is what there is to be processed so that you may go forward in your quest to be of service.

At this time, we would pass the contact to the one known as L. I am Q’uo.

(L channeling)

We are those of the Q’uo, and we are now with this instrument. We would say that the idea has become perpetuated among many of your peoples through the centuries, in the evolving ways that you perceive your Creator, to see the Creator as distant to the self, as a force on high that must be reached for, with a forlorn type of hope that perhaps one day you will be able to grasp up to the ledge of that love and light. We would say to you that the only separation between the Creator and yourself is the separation that you would create.

Seeking to offer oneself to the Creator, it is all right to ask the Creator for help, to ask for the inspiration and wisdom to make the adjustments to function upon the path you have chosen. You are never alone in your seeking, for the entire universe breathes as you breathe. To enter into prayer or meditation, to seek assistance in order to connect with the Creator is nothing of which to be ashamed.

In your very seeking of the Creator you are offering yourself. Simply realizing that every action in which you partake is a gift to the knowledge of the Creator. This in itself is a service.

In this density you are so much trapped in a linear model of time. And yet to understand that the very moment which you breathe in contains all of creation allows you to realize that all is as it will be at this moment or that in this moment there is eternity. When you look up, and reach for that light and pray wholeheartedly to be of service, take the time to find that light within yourself that resonates with the very light on high for which you strive. The spark of the Creator will grow brighter and brighter within your own soul as you discover more of it.

The Creator sees you always, is with you always, and will never turn a blind eye to your heart’s desires. We have personally spoken to this instrument on numerous occasions in telling her that it is OK to ask for help. So you need not fear that in your imperfection you might not make the grade, that your reaching might not be enough to put you on the level you perceive that you need to be in order to serve the Creator. For by asking this question, you have in turn answered this very question. Seeking the Creator and being the Creator: this is the epitome of service.

We would now transfer this contact to the one known as Jim. We are those of the Q’uo.

(Jim channeling)

I am Q’uo, and am with this instrument. We greet each again in love and in light. As you are aware of being the Creator, then you must also be aware that you are all things. That which you seek, you are already, in fact. The service you desire to render is a service that you render as you are who you are, how you are.

If your desire, that of being an instrument for the Creator, is a desire which you hold with all your heart, then this desire becomes your service, becomes your path. Your ability to serve as an instrument for the Creator has no boundaries and is fueled by this pure desire that burns within your heart. Each entity, indeed each thing within the creation, serves the Creator in a way which may be more or less conscious, more or less efficient, shall we say. However, the service is true. The service is there.

The service moves through the interaction of all parts, persons and particles of creation. This is the Creator knowing Itself. This is the reason for the creation, that the Creator may know Itself through each of its portions, each part of the creation. Thus, as you move through your daily round of activities, you interact with other portions of the Creator to inform the Creator, according to your free will, of the various experiences which are open to you as you choose this and that, this and that.

At this time we would transfer this contact to the one known as Carla. We are those of Q’uo.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Q’uo, and greet each again in love and in light through this instrument. The sweetness and earnestness of this query is very moving to us, and we affirm the rightness of that yearning to create of the light a priesthood—not an outer priesthood, necessarily, but an inner realization of who you are and why you are here. And when that hunger and thirst matures within you and ripens into bloom, now is the time. As this instrument would have it:

(Carla singing)

If with all your heart,

Ye truly seek me,

Ye shall ever surely find me,

Thus saith the Lord. [2]

Doubt not that that which you seek is there.

To conclude with this query, we would address the question of what characteristics of the personality, what resources, might aid in creating for oneself a rule of life, and inviting the one infinite Creator to come into the life, to know the fire of love within you as that which is useful, that which is sturdy in service.

And we would say firstly that it is very helpful in this regard to be ready to lose everything that you understand as familiar and normal. This may not happen to you, my friends, and yet it may. When you ask the Creator to come into your life in power and in grace, you are releasing yourself from any definition of yourself which you previously had. What shall be required of you is unknown. You are releasing your will to the will of the one infinite Creator, whose name is Love. You wish to sing a melody of love in your life, but you do not know what melody that is until that moment comes.

This instrument has had the experience many times of things falling away from her, things that she thought were deep parts of herself. Be willing to let self-definition go, to let it flow, let it be, and you shall discover that next layer within you that is more real, that is more essential, and that is closer to the Creator’s selfhood than that one of which you were capable before you asked this powerful question, “May I serve?”

Secondly, we would encourage bloody-minded, stubborn perseverance. This instrument, earlier this day, was speaking with the one known as Jim. He was speaking of a beloved coach [3] who had gone on to be a coach to many other teams, but who was coach first to the one known as Jim’s baseball team in high school. And this instrument asked the one known as Jim, “What one thing did the coach teach you that was the best of all his advice?” And the one known as Jim replied, “He always said, never give up.”

You shall face challenge after challenge whether or not you dedicate yourself to the one Creator, yet when you dedicate yourself, you will find challenges of a specific kind and they will cut to the bone. Do not give up. Remember the words, “All is well,” and all will be well.

There are many times when it makes no sense not to give up, when any rational person would give up. And we ask you to leap into faith with abandon, with joy, with laughter, and with rock-steady determination not to give up. Let your life be as it is, meet the challenges of the day, and don’t give up.

Lastly, we would say that it is very helpful to abandon all pretense and pride, for they are those things which narrow and limit you. Let humility wrap its sweet tendrils around all of those sentences that begin “I am” or “I should.” And instead ask, “What wilt thou have me do, for I am your instrument? What song would you have me sing with my life?” We thank the one known as G for this query, and since he is not within this circle physically, we shall not ask for a follow-up, but shall instead take this opportunity to open this meeting to further questions.

Are there any questions on your mind at this time? We are those of the Q’uo.

A: Q’uo, I’m interested in the idea of fourth-density service-to-other technologies that might be coming into our culture at this time. I wonder if you could comment on whether that’s a useful concept. I’m only talking about service-to-other technologies, and whether such things are coming to help with Earth changes and with the ascension of the planet at this time. Please comment on the spiritual principles of that without infringing on our free will. Thank you.

We thank the one known as A for that query. We are those of Q’uo, and believe we understand it. My brother, our difficulty in responding to your query is in the fact that the service-to-other technology that is being created at this time is late third-density in its origin.

We realize that you have this feeling that fourth-density entities are offering us, within third density, technology that comes from fourth density. However, in point of fact the technology that is service-to-others at this time is that which is being created by those[human beings on Earth] who are service-to-others and living lives within that desire to serve the Creator. In their seeking the technology is opening up as penetrations of fourth-density light come into third density that carry a great deal of truth. Consequently that interpenetration of fourth-density light is indeed aiding many of those who are working at the very end of their third-density incarnational patterns to be able to expand into more service-to-others technologies.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of the Q’uo.

A: Yes. I’m curious about Tesla’s free-energy machine. Is there anything you can say about its positioning within the densities and its role in spiritual evolution here, and about the spiritual principles of that without infringing on our free will?

We find that we are not able to use this instrument at this time and would therefore offer this contact to the one known as Jim. This instrument needs to leave the circle. [4]

(Jim channeling)

I am Q’uo, and am with this instrument. We would respond to your query, my brother, by saying that the devices that have been made by many entities such as the one known as Nikola Tesla, and which provide an energy which is free to all, are those devices which are not just of fourth density in their character and in their purpose, but have for some portion of your experience of late third-density been available on a limited basis to those of your culture. However, these devices have had limited success in fulfilling their purpose because of the desire of a small group of your third-density entities to reserve the power and economic profit that proceeds from the possession and distribution of such devices [for themselves]. Thus, it is more in the realm of that which is potential, rather that that which is actual.

May we answer you further, my brother?

A: Yes, Q’uo, thank you very much. I remember your saying at one point that the marriage relationship was a germinal expression in third density of fourth density, of the social complex, actually. And what I’m wondering, Q’uo, is are there any other notable social organizational forms that we’re seeing in third density now that are also germinal of the social memory complex, the idea of really merging, that you can discuss the spiritual principles of, without infringing on our free will? Thank you.

I am Q’uo. and am aware of your query, my brother. The tendency of entities to join in any type of grouping for the accomplishment of a common purpose is a tendency which is fundamental in the fourth-density experience.

We find we must pause briefly to allow this instrument to work the recording device. We are those of the Q’uo.

(Side one of tape ends.)

(Jim channeling)

I am Q’uo, and am once again with this instrument. The ability of entities to blend energy in [commonly held] desires and purposes to achieve an harmonious group result is a type of experience which will be far more available and expanded, shall we say, within the fourth-density experience that now begins its initial phase upon your planetary sphere. For the ability to work as an unit is an ability which requires the clear communication of all entities involved. And as your evolution moves you into the fourth-density experience as a social memory complex, this group effort will be enhanced as the group mind becomes available to each individual within the group. Thus the energies of all may become available and harnessed, shall we say, by the group effort.

Thus there will be far more accomplished in the realm of both the inner growth and the societal growth as the fourth-density experience is made available to more of your population.

Is there a final query at this time?

Carla: I have one, Q’uo, since I have an opportunity to ask a question that I don’t usually get. As I approach this time of getting my spine stabilized and healing up from that operation, what words might you offer to me as to how I might improve the quality of my service through this experience?

I am Q’uo, and am aware of your query, my sister. It is well, as you approach this experience, to look upon it as one of true healing. That is, not just as one of the physical vehicle, but of the sense of self that is your foundation stone, shall we say, your soul essence. To see yourself as one who serves the Creator in each interaction with others, in each experience that is shared, in each opportunity that is offered, is to see yourself in a truer light. For there is no failure. There is only experience. There is only effort.

As you begin to prepare for the actual experience of the surgical procedure we would suggest that you remind yourself that in truth you are whole and perfect and that what is about to occur is the opportunity to express this wholeness and perfection in the outer realm, shall we say, of your physical vehicle. Thus, that which you seek is that which you are already experiencing upon the inner planes, shall we say. And those of the healing profession who offer their services to you are partaking in a mutual expression of this perfection.

At this time we would thank each present for taking the time from the daily round of activities to join in this circle of seeking. The beauty that we see and experience as each has blended his and her aura with the group is magnificent. We rejoice in your joy, and see the light and love of the one Creator pouring forth from each heart. And for this we thank you greatly.

We are known to you as those of Q’uo. We would now take our leave of this instrument and this group, leaving each in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu borragus.

[1] The “old hymn” is “Just As I Am,” written by Charlotte Elliott in 1835. The fifth verse, which seems to hold Q’uo’s thought best of the six verses, is:

Just as I am, Thou wilt receive,

Wilt welcome, pardon, cleanse, relieve;

Because Thy promise I believe,

O Lamb of God, I come, I come.

[2] This passage is from Mendelssohn’s oratorio, Elijah, sung therein as a tenor solo.

[3] That coach is Monte Kiffin who, like Jim, grew up in Lexington, Nebraska. Under Kiffin’s leadership, Jim’s American Legion Midget team won a state championship in 1963. He currently serves as defensive coordinator for the USC Trojans Football program, where his son Lane Kiffin was named head coach on January 12, 2010.

[4] Carla had just begun drinking Kangen water and was experiencing heavy detoxification, which resulted in her being called to the restroom frequently as the water eliminated heavy metals from her body.

Table of Contents

Introduction

About the Contents of the Transcripts:

2008

June 6, 2008, Channeling Intensive 2 - Session 1 - Channeling Circle 4

June 6, 2008, Channeling Intensive 2 - Session 2 - Channeling Circle 5

June 7, 2008, Channeling Intensive 2 - Session 3 - Channeling Circle 6

June 8, 2008, Channeling Intensive 2 - Session 4 - Channeling Circle 7

September 13, 2008, Saturday Mediation

September 27, 2008, Saturday Mediation

October 11, 2008, Saturday Meditation

October 25, 2008, Saturday Meditation

October 31, 2008, Channeling Intensive 3 - Session 1 - Channeling Circle 8

October 31, 2008, Channeling Intensive 3 - Session 2 - Channeling Circle 9

November 1, 2008, Channeling Intensive 3 - Session 3 - Channeling Circle 10

November 1, 2008, Channeling Intensive 3 - Session 4 - Channeling Circle 11

November 2, 2008, Channeling Intensive 3 - Session 5 - Channeling Circle 12

November 8, 2008, Saturday Meditation

November 22, 2008, Saturday Meditation

December 13, 2008, Saturday Meditation

December 27, 2008, Saturday Meditation

2009

January 10, 2009, Saturday Meditation

January 20, 2009, Special Meditation

January 24, 2009, Saturday Meditation

January 27, 2009, Special Meditation

February 3, 2009, Special Meditation

February 6, 2009, Channeling Intensive 4 - Session 1 - Channeling Circle 13

February 6, 2009, Channeling Intensive 4 - Session 2 - Channeling Circle 14

February 7, 2009, Channeling Intensive 4 - Session 3 - Channeling Circle 15

February 8, 2009, Channeling Intensive 4 - Session 4 - Channeling Circle 16

February 8, 2009, Channeling Intensive 4 - Session 5 - Special Meditation

February 14, 2009, Saturday Meditation

February 28, 2009, Saturday Meditation

March 14, 2009, Saturday Meditation

March 28, 2009, Saturday Meditation

April 11, 2009, Saturday Meditation

April 19, 2009, “Get Ready for 2012” Gathering

April 25, 2009, Saturday Meditation

May 9, 2009, Saturday Meditation

May 23, 2009, Saturday Meditation

May 29, 2009, Channeling Intensive 5 - Session 1 - Channeling Circle 17

May 29, 2009, Channeling Intensive 5 - Session 2 - Channeling Circle 18

May 30, 2009, Channeling Intensive 5 - Session 3 - Channeling Circle 19

May 30, 2009, Channeling Intensive 5 - Session 4 - Channeling Circle 20

August 4, 2009, Special Meditation

August 11, 2009, Special Meditation

September 6, 2009, Special Meditation - L/L Research Homecoming 2009

September 12, 2009, Saturday Meditation

September 22, 2009, Special Meditation

September 26, 2009, Saturday Meditation

October 3, 2009, Saturday Channeling Circle - Channeling Circle 1

October 13, 2009, Special Meditation

October 17, 2009, Saturday Meditation

October 20, 2009, Special Meditation

October 25, 2009, Channeling Intensive 1 - Session 2 - Channeling Circle 1

November 7, 2009, Saturday Channeling Circle - Channeling Circle 2

November 21, 2009, Saturday Meditation

November 28, 2009, Saturday Meditation

December 5, 2009, Saturday Channeling Circle - Channeling Circle 3

December 19, 2009, Saturday Mediation

December 26, 2009, Saturday Meditation

2010

January 2, 2010, Saturday Channeling Circle - Channeling Circle 4

January 23, 2010, Saturday Meditation

January 30, 2010, Saturday Meditation

February 6, 2010, Saturday Channeling Circle - Channeling Circle 5